The Star Kins "What a paradox, what a fearful reproach, when the dis- tinction of a few hundred miles—nay, as many feet or even inches!—can transform heinous crime to simple unqualified circumstance!" .. . Hm. Balder Bashin, in the Ecclesiarchic Nuncia- mento of Year 1000 at Foresse, on the planet Kroki- nole. "Law cannot reach where enforcement will not follow." . . . Popular aphorism. Excerpts from "Smade of Smade's Planet," feature ar- ticle in Cosmopolis, October, 1923: Q: Do you ever get lonesome, Mr. Smade? A: Not with three wives and eleven children. Q: Whatever impelled you to settle here? A rather dis- mal world, on the whole, isn't it? A: Beauty is in the eye of the beholder- I don't care to run a vacation resort. Q: What kind of people patronize the tavern? A: People who want quiet and a chance to rest. Oc- casionally a traveler from inside the Pale or an ex- plorer. Q: I've heard that some of your clientele is pretty rough. In fact—not to mince words—it's the gen- eral belief that Smade's Tavern is frequented by THE DEMON PRINCES the most notorious pirates and freebooters of the Beyond. A: I suppose they occasionally need rest too. Q: Don't you have difficulty with these people? Main- taining order, so to speak? A: No. They know my rules. I say, "Gentlemen, please desist. Your differences are your own; they are fu- gitive. The harmonious atmosphere of the tavern is mine and I intend it to be permanent." Q: So then they desist? A: Usually. Q: And if not? A: I pitch them into the sea. Smade was a reticent man. His origins and early life were known only to himself. In the year 1479 he acquired a cargo of fine timber, which, for a whole set of obscure reasons, he took to a small stony world in the middle Beyond. And there, with the help of ten in- dentured artisans and as many slaves, he built Smade's Tavern. The site was a long narrow shelf of heath between the Smade Mountains and Sinade Ocean, precisely on the planet's equator. He built to a plan as old as construction itself, using stone for the walls, timber beams and plates of schist for the roof. Completed, the tav- ern clung to the landscape, as integral as an outcrop of rock: a long two-storied structure with a high gable, a double row of windows in front and rear, chimneys at either end venting smoke from fires of fossil moss. At the rear stood a group of cypress trees, their shape and foliage completely appropriate to the landscape. Smade introduced other new features into the ecology: in a sheltered valley behind the tavern he planted fodder and garden truck; in another he kept a small herd of cattle and a flock of poul- try. All did moderately well, but showed no disposition to overrun the planet. Smade's dominion extended as far as he cared to claim—there was no other habitation on the planet—but he chose to assert con- trol only over an area of perhaps three acres, within the bounds of a whitewashed stone fence. From occurrences beyond the fence Smade held aloof, unless he had reason to consider his own interests threatened—a contingency which had never arisen. Smade's Planet was the single companion of Smade's Star, an THE STAR KING undistinguished white dwarf in a relatively empty region of space. The native flora was sparse: lichen, moss, primitive vines and pal- odendron, pelagic algae which tinctured the sea black. The fauna was even simpler: white worms in the seabottom muck; a few ge- latinous creatures which gathered and ingested the black algae in a ludicrously inept fashion; an assortment of simple protozoa. Smade's alterations of the planet's ecology could hardly, therefore, be considered detrimental. Smade himself was tall, broad, and stout, with bone-white skin and jet-black hair. His antecedents, as has been mentioned, were vague, and he never had been heard to reminisce; the tavern, how- ever, was managed with the utmost decorum. The three wives lived in harmony, the children were handsome and well-mannered, Smade himself was unfailingly polite. His rates were high, but his hospitality was generous, and he made no difficulties about collect- ing his bill. A sign hung above the bar: "Eat and drink without stint. He who can and does pay is a customer. He who cannot and does not pay is a guest of the establishment."' Smade's patrons were diverse: explorers, locators, Jarnell tech- nicians, private agents in search of lost men or stolen treasure, more rarely an IPCC representative—or "weasel," in the argot of the Beyond. Others were folk more dire, and these were of as many sorts as there were crimes to be named. Making a virtue of neces- sity, Smade presented the same face to all. To Smade's Tavern in the July of 1524 came Kirth Gersen, representing himself as a locater. His boat was the standard model leased by the estate houses within the Oikumene, a thirty-foot cyl- inder equipped with no more than bare necessities: in the bow the monitor-autopilot duplex, a star-finder, chronometer, macroscope, and manual controls; midships the living quarters with air machine, organic reconverter, information bank, and storage; aft the energy block, the Jarnell intersplit, and further storage. The boat was as scarred and dented as any; Gersen's personal disguise was no more than well-worn clothes and natural taciturnity. Smade accepted him on his own terms. "Will you stay awhile, Mr. Gersen?" "Two or three days, perhaps. I have things to think over." Smade nodded in profound understanding. "We're slack just now; just you and the Star King. You'll find all the quiet you need." "I'll be pleased for that," said Gersen, which was quite true; his THE DEMON PRINCES Just-completed affairs had left him with a set of unresolved qualms. He turned awav, then halted and looked back as Smade's words penetrated his consciousness. "There's a Star King here, at the tav- i=" "He has presented himself so." "I've never seen a Star King. Not that I know of." Smade nodded politely to indicate that the gossip had reached to the allowable limits of particularity. He indicated the tavern clock: "Our local time; better set your watch. Supper at seven o'clock, just half an hour." Gersen climbed stone stairs to his room, an austere cubicle con- taining bed, chair and table. He looked through the window, along the verge of heath between mountain and ocean. Two spacecraft occupied the landing field: his own and another ship, larger and heavier, evidently the property of the Star King. Gersen washed in a hall bathroom, then returned to the down- stairs hall, where he dined on the produce of Smade's own gardens and herd. Two other guests made their appearance. The first was the Star King, who strode to the far end of the room in a flutter of rich garments: an individual with skin dyed jet black, eyes like ebony cabochons as black as his skin. He was taller than average height, and carried himself with consummate arrogance. Lusterless as charcoal, the skin dve blurred the contrast of bis features, made his face a protean mask. His garments were dramatically fanciful: breeches of orange silk, a loose scarlet robe with white sash, a loose striped gray and black coif which hung rakishly down the right side of his head. Gersen inspected him with open curiosity. This was the first Star King he had observed as such, though popular belief had hundreds moving incognito through the worlds of man: cosmic mysteries since the first human visit to Lambda Grus. The second of the guests apparently had just arrived: a thin middle-aged man of indefinite racial background. Gersen had seen many like him, miscellaneous uncategorized vagabonds of the Be- yond. He had short coarse white hair, a sallow undyed skin, an air of diffident uncertainty. He ate without appetite, looking back and forth between Gersen and the Star King in furtive speculation, but it seemed as if presently his most searching glances were directed toward Gersen. Gersen tried to avoid the increasingly insistent gaze; the least of his desires was involvement in the affairs of a stranger. THE STAR KING After dinner, as Gersen sat watching the play of lightning over the ocean, the man sidled close, wincing and grimacing in sheer nervousness. He spoke in a voice which he tried to keep even, but which trembled nevertheless. "I assume that you are here from Brinktown?" From childhood Gersen had concealed his emotions behind a careful, if somewhat saturnine, imperturbability; but the man's question, jangling upon his own alarms and tensions, startled him. He paused before replying, gave a mild assent. "As a matter of fact, I am." "I expected to see someone else. But no matter. I've decided that I can't fulfill my obligation. Your Journey is pointless. That's all." He stood back, teeth showing in a humorless grin—obviously braced against an expected dire reaction. Gersen smiled politely, shook his head- "You mistake me for someone else." The other peered down in disbelief. "But you are here from Brinktown?" "What of that?" The man made a forlorn gesture. "No matter. I expected—but no matter." After a moment he said, "I noticed your ship—model 9B. You're a locater, then." "Correct." The man refused to be discouraged by Gersen's terseness. "You're on your way out? Or in?" "Out." Then, deciding that it was as well to circumstantiace his role, he added, "I can't say that I've had luck." The other man's tension suddenly gave way. His shoulders sagged. "I own to the same line of business. As to luck—" He heaved a forlorn sigh, and Gersen smelled Smade's home-distilled whiskey. "If it's bad, no doubt I have myself to blame." Gersen's suspicion was not completely lulled. The man's voice was well-modulated, his accent educated—in itself indicating noth- ing. He might be precisely as he represented himself: a locater in some sort of trouble at Brinktown. Or he might be otherwise: a situation entailing a set of hair-raising corollaries, Gersen would vastly have preferred the company of his own thoughts, but it was an act of elementary precaution to look more deeply into the mat- ter. He drew a deep sigh and, feeling faintly sorry for himself, made a courteous, if wry, gesture. THE DEMON PRINCES "Do you care to join me?" "Thank you." The man seated himself gratefully, and with a new air of bravado seemed to dismiss all of his worries and appre- hensions. "My name is Teehalt, Lugo Teehalt. Will you drink?" Without waiting for assent he signaled one of Smade's young daughters, a girl of nine or ten, wearing a modest white blouse and long black skirt. "I'll use whiskey, lass, and serve this gentleman whatever he decides for himself." Teehalt appeared to derive strength either from the drink or from the prospect of conversation. His voice became firmer, his eyes clearer and brighter. "How long have you been out?" "Four or five months," said Gersen, in his role oflocater. "I've seen nothing but rock and mud and sulfar ... I don't know whether it's worth the toil." Teehalt smiled, nodded slowly. "But still—isn't there always excitement? The star gleams and lights up its circlet of planets. And you ask yourself, will it be now? And time after dme: the smoke and ammonia, the weird crystals, the winds of monoxide, the rains of acid. But you go on and on and on. Perhaps in the region ahead the elements coalesce into nobler forms. Of course it's the same slime and black trap and methane snow. And then suddenly: there it is. Utter beauty. ..." Gersen sipped his whiskey without comment. Teehalt appar- ently was a gentleman, well-mannered and educated, sadly come down in the world. Teehalt continued, half talking to himself. "Where the luck lies, that I don't know. I'm sure of nothing. Good luck looks to be bad luck, disappointment seems happier than success. . .. But then, bad luck I would never have recognized as good luck, and called it bad luck still, and who can confuse disappointment with success? Not I. So it's all one and life proceeds regardless." Gersen began to relax. This sort of incoherence, at once en- gaging and suggestive of a deeper wisdom, could not be imagined among his enemies. Unless they hired a madman? Gersen made a cautious contribution: "Uncertainty hurts more than ignorance." Teehalt inspected him with respect, as if the statement had been one of profound wisdom. "You can't believe that a man is the better for ignorance?" "Cases vary," said Gersen, in as easy and light a manner as was natural to him. "It's clear that uncertainty breeds indecision, which THE STAR KING 9 is a dead halt. An ignorant man can act. As for right or wrong— each man to his own answer. There never has been a true consen- _») sus. Teehalt smiled sadly. "You espouse a very popular doctrine, ethical pragmatism, which always turns out to be the doctrine of self-interest. Still, I understand you where you speak of uncertainty, for I am an uncertain man." He shook his thin, sharp-featured head. "I know I'm in a bad way, but why should I not? I've had a peculiar experience." He finished the whiskey, leaned forward to gaze into Gersen's face. "You are perhaps more sensitive than first impression would suggest. Perhaps more agile. And possibly younger than you seem." "I was born in 1490." Teehalt made a sign which could mean anything, searched Ger- sen's face once more. "Can you understand me if I say that I have known overmuch beauty?" "I probably could understand," said Gersen, "if you made your- self clear." Teehalt blinked thoughtfully. "I will try." He considered. "As I have admitted to you, I am a locater. It is a poor trade—with apologies to you—for eventually it involves the degradation of beauty. Sometimes only to a small extent, which is what a person such as myself hopes for. Sometimes there is only small beauty to corrupt, and sometimes the beauty is incorruptible." He made a gesture of his hand toward the ocean. "The tavern harms nothing. The tavern allows the beauty of this terrible little planet to reveal itself." He leaned forward, licking his lips. "The name Malagate is known to you? Attel Malagate?" For a second time Gersen was startled; for a second time the reaction failed to reach his face. After another slight pause, he asked casually, "Malagate the Woe, so-called?" "Yes. Malagate the Woe. You are acquainted with him?" And Lugo Teehalt peered at Gersen through eyes which had suddenly gone leaden, as if the mere act of naming the possibility had re- newed his suspicion, "Only by reputation," said Gersen, with a bleak twitch of a smile. Teehalt leaned forward with great earnestness. "Whatever you may have heard, I assure you, it is flattery." "But you don't know what I have heard." 10 THE DEMON PRINCES "I doubt if you have heard the worst. But nevertheless, and the astounding paradox. . . ." Teehalt closed his eyes. "I am locating for Attel Malagate. He owns my ship. I have taken his money." "It is a difficult position." "When I found out—what could I do?" Teehalt threw up his hands in an excited extravagant gesture, reflecting either emotional turmoil or the effects ofSmade's whiskey. "I have asked myself this, over and over. I did not make this choice. I had my ship and my money, not from an estate house, but from an institution of dignity. I did not think of myself as a common locater. I was Lugo Teehalt, a man of parts, who had been appointed to the post of Chief Ex- plorer for the institution, or some such folly—so I assured myself. But they sent me out in a 9B boat, and I could no longer delude myself. I was Lugo Teehalt, common locater." "Where is your boat?" asked Gersen, idly curious. "There is only my own and the Star King's out on the landing field." Teehalt pursed his lips in another onset of wariness. "I have good reason for caution." Teehalt glanced right and left. "Would it surprise you to learn that I expect to meet—" he hesitated, thought better of what he had planned to say, and sat silently a moment, looking into his empty glass. Gersen signaled, and young Araminta Smade brought whiskey on a white jade tray, upon which she herself had painted a red and blue floral border. "But this is inconsequential," said Teehalt suddenly. "I bore you with my problems. . .." "Not at all," said Gersen, quite truthfully. "The affairs of Attel Malagate interest me." "I can understand this," said Teehalt after another pause. "He is a peculiar combination of qualities." "From whom did you have your boat?" Gersen asked ingenu- ously. Teehalt shook his head. "I will not say. For all I know you may be Malagate's man. I hope not, for your own sake." "Why should I be Malagate's man?" "Circumstances suggest as much. But circumstances only. And in fact I know that you are not. He would not send someone here whom I have not met." "You have a rendezvous, then." "One I don't care to keep. But—I don't know what else to do." "Return to the Oikumene." THE STAR KING II "What does Malagate care tor that? He comes and goes as he pleases." "Why should he concern himself with you? Locators are twenty to the dozen." "I am unique," said Teehalt. "I am a locater who has found a prize too precious to sell." Gersen was impressed in spite of himself. "It is a world too beautiful for degradation," said Teehalt. "An innocent world, full of light and air and color. To give this world to Malagate, for his palaces and whirligigs and casinos—it would be like giving a child to a squad of Sarcoy soldiers. Worse? Possibly worse." "And Malagate knows of this?" "It is my unfortunate habit to drink rashly and talk wildly." "As you do now," suggested Gersen. Teehalt smiled his wincing morose smile. "You could tell Mal- agate nothing he does not already know. The damage was done at Brinktown." "Tell me more of this world. Is it inhabited?" Teehalt smiled again, but made no answer. Ciersen felt no re- sentment. Teehalt, beckoning to Araminta Smade, ordered Fraze, a heavy sour-sweet liquor reputed to include among its constituents a subtle hallucinizer. Gersen signified that he would drink no more. Night had long settled over the planet. Lightning crashed back and forth; a sudden downpour began to drum on the roof. Teehalt, lulled by the liquor, perhaps seeing visions among the flames, said, "You could never find this world. I am resolved that it shall not be violated." "W^hat of your contract?" Teehalt made a contemptuous motion. "I would honor it for an ordinary world." "The information is on the monitor filament," Gersen pointed out. "The property of your sponsor." Teehalt was silent so long that Gersen wondered if he were awake. Finally Teehalt said, "I am afraid to die. Otherwise I would drop myself and boat and monitor and all into a star." Gersen had no comment to make. "I do not know what to do." Teehalt's voice became soft, as the drink soothed his brain, and showed him visions. "This is a remarkable world. Beautiful, yes. I wonder if the beauty does not 12 THE DEMON PRINCES conceal another quality which I can't fathom . . . just as a woman's beauty camouflages her more abstract virtues. Or vices. ... In any event the world is beautiful and serene beyond words. There are mountains washed by rain. Over the valleys float clouds as soft and bright as snow. The sky is a deep dark sapphire blue. The air is sweet and cool—so fresh that it seems a lens. There are flowers, though not very many. They grow in little clumps, so that to find them is like coming on a treasure. But there are many trees, and most magnificent are the great kings, with gray bark, which seem to have lived forever. "You asked if the world were inhabited. I am forced to answer yes, though the creatures who live there are—strange. I call them dryads. I saw only a few hundred, and they seem a race ages old. As old as the trees, as old as the mountains." Teehalt shut his eyes. "The day is twice the length of ours; the mornings are long and bright, the noons are quiet, the afternoons are golden—like honey. The dryads bathe in the river or stand in the dark forest. . . ." Tee- halt's voice dwindled; he appeared to be half asleep. Gersen prompted him. "Dryads?" Teehalt stirred, raised in his chair. "It's as good a name as any. They're at least half plant. I made no real examination; I dared not. Why? I don't know. I was there—oh, I suppose two or three weeks. This is what I saw.. . ." Teehalt landed the battered old 9B on a meadow beside a river. He waited while the analyzer made environmental tests, though a land- scape so fair could not fail to be hospitable—or so thought Teehalt, who was scholar, poet, wastrel in equal parts. He was not wrong: the atmosphere proved salubrious; allergen-sensitive cultures tested negative; microorganisms of air and soil quickly died upon contact with the standard antibiotic with which Teehalt now dosed himself. There seemed no reason why he should not immediately go forth upon this world, and he did so. On the turf in front of the ship Teehalt stood entranced. The air was clear and clean and fresh, like the air of a spring dawn, and utterly silent, as if just after a bird call. Teehalt wandered up the valley. Stopping to admire a grove of trees, he saw the dryads, who stood gathered in the shade. They were bipeds, with a peculiarly human torso and head structure, though it was clear that they resembled man in only the most su- THE STAR KING 13 perfcial style. Their skin was silver, brown, green, in sheens and splotches; the head showed no features other than purplish-green bruises, which seemed to be eye spots. From the shoulders rose members like arms, which branched into twigs and then leaves of dark and pale green, burnished red, bronze-orange, golden ocher. The dryads saw Teehalt and moved forward with almost human interest, then paused about fifty feet distant, swaying on supple limbs, the crests of colored leaves shimmering in the sunlight. They examined Teehalt and he examined them, in a mutual absence of fear, and Teehalt thought them the most entrancing creatures of his experience. He remembered the days which followed as idyllic, utterly calm. There was a majesty, a clarity, a transcendental quality to the planet, which affected him with an almost religious awe, and pres- ently he came to understand that he must leave shortly or succumb psychically, give himself completely to the world. The knowledge afflicted him with an almost unbearable sadness, for he knew that he would never return, During this time he watched the dryads as they moved through the valley, idly curious as to their nature and habits. Were they intelligent? Teehalt never answered that question to his own sat- isfaction. They were wise, certainly—he made this particular dis- tinction. Their metabolism puzzled him, and also the nature of their life cycle, though gradually he acquired at least a glimmer of en- lightenment. He assumed, to begin with, that they derived a certain degree of energy from some sort of photosynthetic process. Then one morning, as Teehalt contemplated a group of dryads standing immobile in the marshy meadow, a large winged hawklike creature swooped down, buffeted one of the dryads to the side. As it toppled Teehalt glimpsed two white shafts, or prongs, extending from the supple gray legs into the ground. The shafts at once re- tracted when the dryad fell. The hawk creature ignored the toppled dryad, but scratched and tore at the marsh and unearthed an enor- mous white grub. Teehalt watched with great interest. The dryad apparently had located the grub in its subterranean burrow and had pierced it with a sort of proboscis, presumably for the ingestion of sustenance. Teehalt felt a small pang of shame and disillusionment. The dryads were evidently not quite as innocent and ethereal as he had thought them to be. The hawk thing lumbered up from the pit, croaked, coughed, 14 THE DEMON PRINCES flapped away. Teehalt went curiously forward, stared down at the mangled worm. There was little to be seen but shreds of pallid flesh, yellow ooze and a hard black ball, the size of Teehalt's two fists. As he stared down, the dryads came slowly fonvard and Teehalt withdrew. From a distance he watched as they clustered about the torn worm, and it seemed to Teehalt that they mourned the man- gled crearure. But presently, with their supple lower limbs, they brought up the black pod and one of them carried it away high in its branches. Teehalt followed at a distance, watched in fascinated wonder as, close beside a grove of slender white-branched trees, the dryads buried the black pod. In retrospect he wondered why he had attempted no commu- nication with the dryads. Once or twice during the time of his stay he had toyed with the idea, then let the thought drift away—per- haps because he felt himself an intruder, a creature gross and un- pleasant. The dryads in their turn treated him with what might be courteous disinterest. Three days after the black pod had been buried Teehalt had occasion to return to the grove, and to his astonishment saw a pallid shoot rising from the ground above the pod. At the tip pale green leaves already were unfolding into the sunlight. Teehalt stood back, examined the grove with new interest: had each of these trees grown from a pod originated in the body of a subterranean grub? He examined the foliage, limbs, and bark and found nothing to suggest such an origin. He looked across the valley, to the great dark-leaved giants: surely the two varieties were similar? The giants were majestic, serene, with trunks rising two or three hundred feet to the first branching. The trees grown from the black pods were frail; their foliage was a more tender green, the limbs were more flexible, and branched close to the ground—but the species were clearly related. Leaf shape and structure were almost identical, as was the general appearance of the bark: supple, yet rough-texture d, though the bark of the giants was darker and coarser. Teehalt's head swarmed with speculations. Later the same day he climbed the mountain across the valley and, crossing the ridge, came down upon a glen with precipitous rocky walls. A stream rushed and splashed through mossy boulders and low fernlikc plants, falling from pool to pool. Approaching the brink, Teehalt found himself on a level with the foliage ot the giant THE STAR KING 15 trees, which here grew close beside the cliff. He noted dull green sacs, like fruit, growing among the leaves. Straining, risking a fall, Teehalt was able to pluck one of these sacs. He carried it down the mountainside and across the meadow^ toward the boat. He passed a group of dryads who, fixing their purple-green eye bruises on the sac, became rigid. Teehalt observed them with puz- zlement. Now they approached, their gorgeous fans quivering and shimmering in agitation. Teehalt felt embarrassed and guilty; evi- dently by plucking the sac he had offended the dryads. Why or how he could not fathom, but he hastily sought the concealment of his ship, where he cut the sac. The husk was pithy and dry; down the center ran a stalk from which depended white pea-sized seeds, of great complexity. Teehalt inspected the seeds closely under a mag- nifier. They bore a remarkable resemblance to small underdevel- oped beetles, or wasps. With tweezers and knife he opened one out on a sheet of paper, noting wings, thorax, mandibles: clearly an insect. For a long while he sat contemplating the -insects which grew on a tree: a curious analogue, so Teehalt reflected, to the sapling which sprouted from a pod taken from the body of a worm. Sunset colored the sky; the distant parts of the valley grew in- distinct. Dusk came and evening, with the stars blurring large as lamps. The long night passed. At dawn when Teehalt emerged from his boat he knew that the time of his departure was close at hand- How? Why? He had no answer. The compulsion nevertheless was real; he must leave, and he knew he would never return. As he considered the mother-of-pearl sky, the curve and swell of the hills, the groves and forests, the gentle river, his eyes went damp. The world was too beautiful to leave; far too beautiful to remain upon. It worked on something deep inside him, aroused a queer tumult which he could not understand. There was a constant force from somewhere to run from the ship, to discard his clothes, his weapons, to merge, to envelope and become enveloped, to immolate himself in an ecstasy of identification with beauty and grandeur . . . Today he must go. "If I'm here any longer," thought Teehalt. "I'll be carrying leaves over my head with the dryads." He wandered up the valley, turning to watch the sun swell into the sky. He climbed to the ridge of the hill, looked east over a succession of rolling crests and valleys, rising gradually to a single 16 •HIE DEMON PRINCES great mountain. To west and south he caught the glimmer of water; to the north spread green parkland, with a crumble of gray boulders like the ruins of an ancient city. Returning into the valley, Teehalt passed below the giant trees. Looking up, he noticed that all the pods had split, and now hung limp and withered. Even as he watched he heard a drone of wings. A hard heavy pellet struck his cheek, where it clung and bit. In shock and pain Teehalt crushed the insect, or wasp. Looking aloft he saw others—a multitude, darting and veering. Hastily he returned to the ship and dressed in a coverall of tough film. His face and head were protected by transparent mesh. He was unrea- sonably angry. The wasp's attack had marred his last day in the valley, and in fact had caused him the first pain of his stay. It was too much to expect, he reflected bitterly, that paradise could exist without the serpent. And he dropped a can of compressed insect repellent into his pouch, though it might or might not be efficacious against these half-vegetable insects. Leaving the ship, he marched up the valley, with the insect's bite paining him still. Approaching the forest he came upon a strange scene: a group of dryads surrounded by a buzzing swarm of wasps. Teehalt approached curiously. The dryads, he saw, were under attack, but lacked any efficient means of defense. As the wasps darted in to settle on the silver skin, the dryads flapped their branches, rubbed against each other, scraped with their legs, dis- lodging the insects as best they could. Teehalt approached, filled with horrified anger. One of the dry- ads near him seemed to weaken; several of the insects gnawed through its skin, drawing gouts of ichor. The entire swarm suddenly condensed upon the unfortunate dryad, which tottered and fell, while the remaining dryads moved sedately away. Teehalt, impelled to disgust and loathing, stepped forward, turned the can of repellent upon the nearly solid mass of wasps. It acted with dramatic effectiveness, the wasps turning white, with- ering, dropping to the ground; in a single minute the entire swarm was a scatter of small white husks. The dryad under attack also lay dead, having been almost instantly stripped of its flesh. The dryads who had escaped -were now returning, and, so Teehalt thought, in a state of anguish and even fury. Their branches quivered and flashed; they marched down upon him with every indication of an- tagonism. Teehalt took to his heels and returned to his ship. THE STAR KIXG 17 With binoculars he watched the dryads. They stood about their dead comrade in a state of anxiety and irresolution. Apparently— or at least it seemed so to Teehalt—their anguish was as much for the withered insects as the dead dryad. They clustered over the fallen body. Teehalt could not observe exactly what they did, but presently they arose with a glossy black ball. He watched them carry it across the valley toward the grove of giant trees. I have examined the native life forms of over two thousand planets. I have noted many examples of convergent evolu- tion, but many more of divergence. . . . Life, Volume II, by Unspiek, Baron Bodissey. It is first of all essential that we understand exactly what we mean by the well-used term "convergent evolution." Especially we must not confuse statistical probability with some transcendental and utterly compelling force. Consider the class of all possible objects, the number of which is naturally very large: infinite, indeed, unless we impose an upper and lower limit of mass and certain other physical qualifications. Thus imposing and so qualifying, we find that still only an infinitesimal fraction of this class of objects can be considered life forms. . . . Before we have even started the investigation we have exercised a very stringent selection of objects which by their very definition will show basic similarities. To particularize: There are a limited number of meth- ods of locomotion. If we find a quadruped on Planet A, and a quadruped likewise on Planet B, does this imply conver- gent evolution? No. It merely implies evolution, or perhaps no more than the fact that a four-legged creature can ef- fectively stand without toppling and walk without stum- bling. In my opinion, therefore, the expression "convergent evolution" is tautological. . ..Ibid. THE STAR KING From: "The Wages of Sin," by Stridenko: article in Cos- mopoUs, May, 1404: Brinktown: what a city! Once the jumping-off place, the last outpost, the portal into infinity—now just another set- tlement of the North East Middle Beyond. But "just an- other"? Is this a fair description? Decidedly not. Brinktown must be seen to be believed, and even then the hard of belief depart incredulous. The houses are set far apart along shaded avenues; still they rise like watchtowers, thrusting up into and through the palms, virebols, scalmettos, and it is a mean house which does not soar above the treetops. The ground level is no more than an entry, a raised pavilion where the clothes must be changed, for local habit ordains the use of paper house capes and paper slippers. Then above: what an explosion of architectural conceits, what tur- rets and spires, belfries and cupolas! What elaborate magnificence, what inspired scrimshaw, what intricate, in- ventive, farcical, wonderful applications and misapplications of likely and unlikely materials! Where else can one find balustrades of tortoiseshell studded with gold-plated fish heads? Where else do ivory nymphs hang suspended by their hair from the roof gutters, their faces expressing only bland benediction? WTiere else can a man's success be gauged by the sumptuousness of the tombstone he designs for himself and erects in his front yard, complete with pan- egyrical epitaph? And in fact where but in Brinktown is success such an ambiguous recommendation? Few indeed of the inhabitants dare show themselves within the Oiku- mene. The magistrates are assassins; the civil guard arson- ists, extortioners and rapists; the elders of the council, bordello owners. But civic affairs proceed with a punctilio and gravity worthy of the Grand Sessions at Borugstone, or a coronation at the Tower of London. The Brinktown jail is one of the most ingenious ever propounded by civic au- thorities. It must be remembered that Brinktown occupies the surface of a volcanic butte, overlooking a trackless jun- gle of quagmire, thorn, eel-vine skiver tussock. A single road leads from city down to jungle; the prisoner is merely locked out of the city. Escape is at his option; he may flee 20 THE DEMON PRINCES as far through the jungle as he sees fit: the entire continent is at his disposal. But no prisoner ever ventures far from the gate; and, when his presence is required, it is only nec- essary to unlock the gate and call his name. Teehalt sat looking into the fire. Gersen, vastly touched, won- dered if he intended to say more. At last Teehalt spoke. "So I left the planet. I could stay no longer. To live there a person must either forget himself, give way completely to the beauty, drown his identity in it—or else he must master it, break it, reduce it to a background for his own construc- tions. I could do neither, so I can never go back. . . . But the mem- ory of the place haunts me." "In spite of the wasps?" Teehalt nodded somberly. "Yes indeed. I did wrong to inter- fere. There is a rhythm to the planet, an equilibrium which I blun- dered into and disturbed. I've speculated for days, but I still don't understand the process completely. Wasps are born as fruit of the tree; the worms yield the seed to one kind of tree—this much I know. I suspect that the dryads produce the seed to the great giants. The process of life becomes a great circle, or perhaps a series of incarnations, with the great trees as the end result. "The dryads seem to tap the worms for part of their sustenance, the wasps devour the dryads. Where do the worms come from? Are the wasps their first phase? Flying larva, so to speak? Do the worms eventually metamorphose into dryads? I feel this must be the case— though I don't know. If so, the cycle is beautiful, in a fashion I can't find words to describe. Something ordained, stately, ancient—like the tides, or the rotation of the galaxy. If the pattern were disturbed, if one link were broken, the whole process would collapse. This would be a great crime." "So therefore you don't want to reveal the location of the world to your sponsor whom you believe to be Malagate the Woe." "I know to be Malagate," said Teehalt stiffly. "How did you find out?" Teehalt looked at him sidewise. "You are very interested in Malagate." Gersen, wondering if, after all, he were so transparent, shrugged. "One hears many strange tales." THE STAR KING 21 "True. But I do not care to document them. And do you know why?" "No." "I have changed my thoughts about you. Now I suspect you of weaselry." "If I were a weasel," said Gersen, smiling, "I'd hardly admit it. The IPCC has few friends Beyond." "I am unconcerned," said Teehalt. "But I hope for better days if—when—I return home. I do not care to incur Malagate's ani- mosity by identifying him to a weasel." "If I were a weasel," said Gersen, "you have already compro- mised yourself. You know of truth drugs and hypnotic rays." "Yes. I also know how to avoid them. But no matter; it's not important. You asked how I learned that Malagate was my sponsor. I have no objection to telling you this. It was through my own drunken prolixity. I put into Brinktown. In Sin-San's Tavern I spoke at length, much as I spoke to you tonight, to a dozen en- thralled listeners. Yes, I held their attention." Teehalt laughed bit- terly. "Presently I was called to the telephone. The man at the other end said his name was Hildemar Dasce. Do you know him?" "No." "Odd," said Teehalt, "since you are so interested in Attel Mal- agate. . . . But, in any event, Dasce spoke to me, told me to report to Smade's. He said I'd meet Malagate here." "What?" demanded Gersen, unable to control the sharpness of his voice. "Here?" "Here at Smade's. I asked, what's this to me? I had no dealings with Malagate and wished none. He convinced me otherwise. So I'm here. I am not a brave man." He made a small helpless gesture, picked up his empty glass, looked into it. "I don't know what to do. If I remain Beyond. . . ." Teehalt shrugged. Gersen considered a moment. "Destroy the monitor filament." Teehalt shook his head regretfully. "It's the surety I carry for my life. Indeed, I'd rather—" he stopped short. "Did you hear anything?" Gersen jerked around in his chair. No use denying his ner- vousness—at least, not to himself. "Rain. Thunder." "I thought I heard tubes blowing." Teehalt rose to his feet, peered from the window. "Someone is coming." Gersen also went to the window. "I see nothing." I HI DF\10\ PRI\CFS "A ship dropped down into the field," said Teehalt He thought for a moment " I here are, or w ere, only two ships there \ours and the Star King's " "Where is your ship^" "T set down in a valley to the north I want no one meddling with my monitor " He seemed to listen, then, looking into Gersen's eyes, he said, ""You are not a locator " "No " Teehalt nodded "Locators are, by and large, a vile lot You are not of the IPCC=" "Think of me as an explorer " "Will you help me?" The harsh precepts of Gersen's training contended with his impulses He muttered ungraciously, "Within limits—ver\ narrow limits " Teehalt smiled thinly "What are these limits'"" "My own business is urgent I can't allow myself to be di- verted " Feehalt was neither disappointed nor resentful, he could expect no more from a stranger "Odd," he said once more, "that you do not know Hildemar Dascc—sometimes known as Beauty Dasce But he will come in presently "liou ask, how do I know^ Bv the logic of plain ordinary tear " "You'll he sate so long as you stay inside the tavern," said Ger- sen shortly "Smade has his rules " Teehalt nodded, politely acknowledging the discomfiture he had caused Gersen A minute passed The Star Kmg rose to his feet, his pink and red garment glowing in the firelight He walked slowly up the stairs, looking neither to right nor left I eehalt followed him with his eves "Impressive creature I understand that only the handsome ones are allowed to leave their planet " "Sol have heard" Teehatt sat looking into the tire Gersen started to speak, then restrained himself He felt exasperation with Teehalt, tor a clear and simple reason Teehalt had aroused his sympathy, 1 eehalt had entered his mind, I eehalt had burdened him with new troubles He also relt dissatisfaction with himself—tor reasons by no means so simple, in fact for no rational reason whatever Beyond argu- ment, his own affairs were oi paramount importance, he could not THE SFAR K!\G 23 permit himself to be diverted If emotion and sentiment could sway him so easily, where would such things stop? The dissatisfaction, far from being appeased, grew more insis- tent There was a connection, too tenuous to be defined, with the world Teehalt had described, a sense of loss and longing, of some indefinable inadequacy Gersen made a sudden angry motion, swept all the irritating doubts and questions from his mind. They could only decrease his effectiveness Five minutes passed Teehalt reached into his jacket, brought forth an envelope "Here are photographs you might be pleased to inspect at your leisure " Gersen took them without comment The door slid back Three dark shapes stood in the gap, looking into the room Smade roared from behind the bar, "Come in or stay out' Must I warm the whole cursed planet7" Into the hall stepped the strangest human being of Gersen's experience "And there," said Teehalt with a sick titter, "you see Beauty Dasce." Dasce was about six feet tall His torso was a tube, the same gauge from knee to shoulder His arms were thin and long, ter- minating in great bony wrists, enormous hands His head was also tall and round, with a ruff of red hair, and a chin seeming almost to rest on the clavicle Dasce had stained his neck and face bright red, excepting only his cheeks, which were balls of bright chalk- blue, like a pair of mildewed oranges At some stage of his career his nose had been cleft into a pair of cartilaginous prongs, and his eyelids had been cut away, to moisten his corneas he wore two nozzles connected to a tank of fluid which every few seconds dis- charged a film of mist into his eyes There was also a pair of shut- ters, now raised, which could be lowered to cover his eyes from the light, and which were painted to represent staring white and blue eyes similar to Dasce's own The two men at his back by contrast appeared ordinary run- of-the-mill human beings both dark, hard, competent-seeming, with quick clever eyes Dasce made a brusque signal to Smade, who stood impassively watching from behind the bar "Three rooms, if you please We will eat presently " "Very well" "The name is Hildemar Dasce " 24 THE DKMON PRINCES "Very well, Mr. Dasce." Dasce now sauntered across the room to where Teehalt and Gersen sat. His glance shifted from one to the other. "Since we are fellow travelers, houseguests of Mr. Smade, let us introduce our- selves," he said politely. "My name is Hildemar Dasce. May 1 in- quire yours?" "I am Kirth Gersen." "I am Keelen Tannas." Dasce's lips, pale purple-gray against the red of his skin, moved in a smile. "To an amazing degree you resemble a certain Lugo Teehalt whom I expected to find here." "Think of me as you like," said Teehalt in a reedy voice. "I have spoken my name." "But what a pity; I have business to transact with Lugo Tee- halt!" "It is pointless, then, to approach me." "As you wish. Though I suspect that the business with Lugo Teehalt might interest Keelen Tannas. Will you step aside for a moment's private conversation?" "No. I am not interested. My friend knows my name; it is Kee- len Tannas." "Your 'friend'?" Dasce turned his attention to Gersen. "Do you know this man well?" "As well as I know anyone." "And his name is Keelen Tannas?" "If this is the name he offers you, I suggest that you accept it." Without further remark Dasce turned away. He and his men went to a table at the end of the hall, where they ate. Teehalt spoke in a hollow voice. "He knows me well enough." Gersen felt a new spasm of irritation. Why should Teehalt feel impelled to embroil a stranger in his troubles, if his identity were already known? Teehalt explained his act in the next breath. "Since I fight the hook, he thinks he has me trapped, and he amuses himself." "What of Malagate? I thought you had come here to meet him." "Better that I return to Alphanor and confront him there. I will return his money, but I will not lead him to the planet." At the end of the hall Dasce and his two companions were THE STAR KING 25 served with platters from Smade's kitchen. Gersen watched them for a moment. "They seem unconcerned." Teehalt sniffed. "They think that I will deal with Malagate, but not with them. ... I will try to escape. Dasce does not know that I landed over the hill. Perhaps he thinks that your ship is mine." "Who are the other two men?" "Assassins. They know me well enough, from the tavern at Brinktown. Tristano is an Earthman. He kills by touches of his hand. The other is a Sarkoy venefice. He can brew stuff to kill from sand and water. All three are madmen—but Dasce is the worst. He knows every horror there is to be known." At this moment Dasce looked at his watch. Wiping his mouth with the back of his hand, he rose, crossed the room, bent over Teehalt. In a husky whisper he said, "Attel Malagate waits you outside. He will see you now." Teehalt stared at him with sagging jaw. Dasce swaggered back to his table. Teehalt rubbed his face with quivering fingers, turned to Ger- sen. "I can still evade them if I can lose myself in the dark. When I run out the door, will you detain these three?" "How do you suggest 1 do this?" asked Gersen sardonically. Teehalt was silent a moment. "I don't know." "Nor do I, with the best will in the world." Teehalt gave a sad nod. "Very well, then. I will fend for myself. Good-bye, Mr. Gersen." He rose to his feet, walked to the bar. Dasce slanted his eyes at him, but otherwise seemed uninterested. Beside the bar, Teehalt stood beyond the reach of his vision, whereupon he darted into the kitchen, out of sight. Smade looked after him with wonder, then returned to business. Dasce and the two assassins stolidly continued their meal. Gersen watched covertly. Why did they sit with such uncon- cern? Teehalt's ruse had been pitifully obvious. Gersen's skin began to prickle; he drummed his fingers on the table. In spite of his resolve, he rose to his feet, went to the doorway. Pushing open the timber panels, he stepped out on the veranda. The night was dark, lit only by stars. The wind, for a wonder, was still; but the sea, swirling and flowing, sent up a muffled sad sound. ... A short sharp scream, a whimper, from behind the tav- ern. Gersen abandoned his resolve and started forward. A grip like 26 I HE DEMON PRINCES the pinch of steel seized his arm, tweaked nerves at the back of his elbow; another hand clamped at his neck. Gersen let himself fall, broke the grip. Suddenly all his doubts and exasperations were gone; he was a whole man. He rolled over, bounced to his feet, stood m a half crouch, shuffled slowly forward. Facing him with an easy smile stood Tnstano the Earthman. "Careful, friend," said Tnstano in the clipped flat Earth accent. "Give me trouble and Smade pitches you into the sea " Dasce came out the door, followed by the Sarcoy poisoner. Tnstano |omed them and the three walked to the spaceport. Gersen remained on the terrace, breathing heavily, crawling internally with his frustrated need for action. Ten minutes later two ships rose into the night. The first was a squat armored vessel, with weapons fore and aft. The second was a battered old locator's ship, Model 9B. Gersen stared in wonder. The second ship was his own. The ships disappeared, the sky once more was empty. Gersen returned into the tavern and sat before the fire. Presently he brought forth the envelope given him by Lugo Teehalt, opened it, and extracted three photographs, which he examined for the better part of an hour. The fire burnt low, Smade took himself off to bed, leaving a son dozing behind the bar. Outside, the night rams began to thrash down, lightning crackled, the ocean groaned. Gersen sat m deep thought. Presently from his pocket he brought a sheet of paper, which listed five names: Attel Malagate (the Woe) Howard Alan Treesong Viole Falushe Kokor Hekkus (the Killing Machine) Lens Larque From his pocket he brought a pencil, but still he deliberated. If he continually added names to his list he would never finish. Of course there was no real need to write; there was no real need for a list. Gersen knew the five names as well as he knew his own He com- promised. To the right and below the last name of the original list he appended a sixth: Hildemar Dasce. For a space he sat looking at the names, with two sides to his mind- the one so alive and THE STAR KING -*/' passionate that the other, the cerebral detached observer, felt a trace of amusement. The flames settled low; chunks of fossilized moss glowed scar- let; the sea sound was slower and lower m pitch. Gersen rose to his feet, climbed the stone stairs to his room. During his life Gersen had known little other than a succession of strange beds; nevertheless sleep came slowly and he lay staring into the dark. Visions passed before him, from as early as he could remember. First there was a landscape which, as he recalled it, was wonderfully pleasant and bright. There were tawnv mountains, a village painted in faded pastel colors along the banks of a wide tawny river. But this picture, as always, was followed by another even more vivid: the same landscape littered with hacked and bleeding bodies Men and women and children shuffled into the holds of five long ships under the weapons of two score men in strange grim cos- tumes. With an old man who was his grandfather, Kirth Gersen watched, horrified, from across the river, concealed from the slavers by the bulk of an old barge. When the ships had lifted, they re- turned across the river to the silence of death. Then his grandfather told him, "Many fine things your father had planned for you. learn- ing and useful work and a life of satisfaction and peace. Do you recall this3" "Yes, Grandfather." "The learning you shall have. You will learn patience and re- source, the ability of your hands and your mind. You will have useful work: the destruction of evil men. WTiat work could be more usefuP This is Beyond, you will find that your work is never done— so therefore you may never know a life of peace. However, I guar- antee you ample satisfaction, for I will teach you to crave the blood of these men more than the flesh of woman." The old man had been as good as his word. Eventually they made their way to Earth, the ultimate repository of every sort of knowledge. Young Kirth learned many things, from a succession of strange teachers which it would be tedious to detail. He killed his first man at the age of fourteen, a footpad who had the ill-luck to accost them in a back alley of Rotterdam. WTiile his grandfather stood by, in the manner of an old fox teaching a cub to hunt, young Kirth, 28 THE. DEMON PRINCES gasping and sobbing, broke first the ankle, then the neck of the astonished assailant. From Earth they moved to Alphanor, capitol planet of the Rigel Concourse, and here Kirth Gersen gained more conventional knowledge. When he was nineteen his grandfather died, bequeath- ing him a comfortable sum of money and a letter which read: My dear Kirth: I have seldom told of my affection and high regard for you; I take this occasion to do so. You have come to mean more to me than ever did my own son. I will not say I am sorry that I have set your feet in the path they now must take, even though you will be denied many ordinary pleas- ures and luxuries. Have I been presumptuous in so shaping your life? I think not. For several years you have been self- motivated, and have showed no inclination to point yourself in any other direction. In any event, 1 can think of no more useful service for a man to perform than that which I have ordained for you. The Law of Man is bounded by the limits of the Oikumene. Good and evil, however, are ideas which encompass the universe; unluckily, beyond the Pale there are few to ensure the triumph of good over evil. Actually the triumph consists of two processes: first evil must be extinguished, then good must be introduced to fill the gap. It is impossible that a man should be equally effi- cacious in both functions. Good and evil, in spite of a tra- ditional fallacy, are not polarities, nor mirror images, nor is one merely the absence of the other. In order to minimize confusion, your work will be the destruction of evil men. What is an evil man? The man is evil who coerces obe- dience to his private ends, destroys beauty, produces pain, extinguishes life. It must be remembered that killing evil men is not equivalent to expunging evil, which is a rela- tionship between a situation and an individual. A poisonous spore will grow only in a nutrient soil. In this case the nu- trient soil is Beyond, and since no human effort can alter the Beyond (which must always exist), you must devote your efforts to destroying the poisonous spores, which are evil men. It is a task of which you will never see the end. Our sharpest and first motivation in this matter, agreed, THE STAR KING is no more than a primitive ache for revenge. Five pirate captains destroyed certain lives and enslaved others who were precious to us. Revenge is not an ignoble motive, when it works to a productive end. The names of these five pirate captains I do not know. My best attempts have brought me no information. One man, an underling, I rec- ognized: his name is Parsifal Pankarow, and he is no less baneful than the five captains, though his potentialities for harm are less. You must seek him Beyond and learn from him the names of the five. Then you must kill the five, and it will do no harm if they suffer pain in the process, for they have brought an immeasurable amount of pain and grief to others. There is still much for you to learn. I would advise you to join the Institute, except I fear that the disciplines of this body would not set well with you. Do as you think best. In my youth I thought to become a catechumen, but Destiny ruled otherwise. If I were friends with a Fellow I would send you to him for counsel—but I have no such friend. Perhaps you will be less constricted outside the Institute. Stringent conditions are imposed upon the catechumen through the first fourteen degrees. In any event, I advise you to devote a time to the study of Sarkoy poisons and hand techniques, preferably on Sar- kovy itself. There is room for improvement in your marks- manship and knifeplay, though you need fear few men at hand fighting. Your intuitive judgments are exact, your self- control, economy of action, and versatility are to be com- mended. But you still have much to learn. For the next ten years, study, train—and be cautious. There are many other capable men; do not rashly waste yourself against any such until you are more than ready. In short, do not make an overvirtue of courage or heroism. A goodly amount of cau- tion—call it fear or even cowardice—is a highly desirable adjunct for a man such as yourself, whose one fault might be said to be a mystical, almost superstitious, faith in the success of your destiny. Do not be fooled: we are all mortal, as I now attest. So, my grandson, I am dead. I have trained you to know good from evil. I feel only pride in my accomplishment, HI DFMON PRINOS and hope that you will remember me with affection and respect Your loving grandfather, Rolf Marr Gersen For eleven years Kirth Gersen obeyed the dictates of his grandfa- ther, or exceeded them, meanwhile seeking both \uthm the Oiku- mene and Beyond for Parsifal Pankarow, but fruitlessly Few occupations offered more challenge, more hazard, more chilling rebuffs to incompetence than weaselmg for the IPCC Ger- sen undertook two assignments, on Pharode and Blue Planet Dur- ing the term of this latter, he submitted a preemptive requisition for information regarding Parsifal Pankarow, and felt himself well rewarded to learn that Parsifal Pankarow currently resided at Brink- town, where he was Ita Bugloss, operator of a prosperous import business Gersen found Ira Bugloss, or Pankarow, to be a burly, hearty man, egg-bald, his skin dyed lemon-yellow, his mustachios wide, black and luxuriant Bnnktown occupied a plateau which stood like an island in a black-and-orange )ungle Gersen scrutinized Pankarow's move- ments for two weeks, and learned his routine, which was that of a man without a care Then one evening he hired a cab, rendered the operator unconscious, and waited outside the Jodisei Conversation and Flower Arranging Club until Pankarow tired of sporting with the inmates and emerged into the humid Bnnktown night Well pleased with himself, humming a tune he had only )ust learned, he staggered into the cab and was conveyed, not to his sumptuous home, but to a remote clearing in the )ungle Here Gersen put questions which Pankarow had no wish to answer Pankarow made an effort to hold his tongue, to no avail Finally five names were wrung from his memory "Now what will you do with me7" croaked the erstwhile Ira Bugloss "I will kill you," said Gersen, pale and quivering after exercise he did not en)oy "I have made you my enemy, furthermore, you deserve to die a hundred times over." "At one time, ves," cried the sweating Pankarow "Now I lead a blameless life, I m)ure no one'" Gersen wondered it every such occasion would cause him such nausea, misgivings and misery He responded in a voice held crisp THE STAR KI\'G 31 and even by enormous effort "What you say perhaps is true, but your wealth stinks of pain And certainly you will make a report to the first agent of any of the five you meet " "No. I swear not And my wealth—take it all." "Where is your wealth7" Pankarow tried to make conditions. "I will lead you to it " Gersen shook his head sadly "Accept my excuses You are about to die It comes to all men, you had best feel that you are requiting the evil you have done—" "Under my tombstone'" screamed Pankarow "Under the stone tombstone before my house'" Gersen touched a tube to Pankarow's neck, which spat a Sarkoy poison into the skin "I will go to look," he said "You will sleep until you see me again " Gersen spoke no more than the truth Pankarow relaxed thankfully and was dead in seconds. Gersen returned to Bnnktown, a deceptively placid settlement of tall ornate three-, four-, and five-story houses embowered among green, purple and black trees At twilight he sauntered along a quiet back lane to Pankarow's house The stone tombstone stood plain to see. a massive monument of marble spheres and cubes sur- mounted by a sculptured image of Parsifal Pankarow in a noble pose, head thrown back to the sky, arms outspread As Gersen stood appraising it a boy thirteen or fourteen years old stepped down from the porch and approached Gersen. "Are you from my father3 Is he with the fat women?" Gersen steeled his heart to the inevitable pangs, and put aside all thought of confiscating Pankarow's wealth "I bring a message from your father " "Will you come m3" inquired the boy, tremulously anxious. "I'll call my mother " "No Please don't I have no time Listen carefully Your father has been called away He is not sure when he can return Perhaps never " The boy listened round-eyed "Did he—run away3" Gersen nodded "Yes Some old enemies found him, and he does not dare show himself He said to tell you or your mother that money is hidden under the tombstone." The boy stared at Gersen "Who are you3" "A messenger, no more Tell your mother exactly what I have told you One more thing when you look beneath the tombstone, 32 I HF DF MON PRINCFS be careful. There may he a trap to guard the money Do you un- derstand what I'm saying^" "Yes A booby trap " "That's right Be careful Get the help of someone you can trust " Gersen departed Bnnktown He thought of Smade's Planet, with its elemental quiet and isolation, precisely the antidote to his fretful conscience Where, he asked himself, as the locater boat skidded down a fracture in the continuum, did the balance lie3 He had by no means reached the tipping point Parsifal Pankarow de- served the callous execution he had received But what of wife and son7 They must bear the pain, but why7 To protect the women and children of more deserving men from worse so Gersen re- assured himself But the haunted dark look of the boy's eyes would not leave his memory Destiny led him The first at Smade's Tavern engaged him with Malagate the Woe, the first name Parsifal Pankarow had blurted forth In his bed Gersen heaved a deep sigh Pankarow was dead, poor miserable Lugo Teehalt was probably dead All men must die, let there be an end to brooding He grinned into the dark, thinking of Malagate and Beauty Dasce examining the monitor of his ship To begin with they would be unable to open the monitor with their key—a formidable difficult}, even worse if they suspected thief- proofing of explosive, poison gas or acid When after great travail they eventually extracted the filament, it would show blank Ger- sen's monitor was no more than window dressing, he had never bothered to activate it Malagate would look questiomngly at Beauty Dasce, who would mutter some sort of objurgation Perhaps then they would think to check the serial number of the ship, only to find that it was different from that issued to Lugo Teehalt And then swiftly back to Smade's Planet But Gersen would be gone 3 Question (put to Eale Maurmath, Chief Quaestor of Tn-Planetary Police System, during a roundtable tele- vision discussion broadcast from Conover, Cuthbert, Vega. May 16, 993) I know your problems are tremendous, Quaestor Maurmath, in fact I don't really comprehend how you get on top of them. For instance, how can you possibly locate some one particular man, or trace his background, among ninety-odd inhabited planets and billions of people, of all varieties of political complexion, local habit, doctrines of belief? Answer; Usually we can't. Message of Lord Jaiko Jaikoska, Chairman of the Ex- ecutive Board, to the Valhalla General Legislative As- sembly, Valhalla, Tau Gemini, August 9, 1028 I urge you not to endorse this sinister measure. Humanity many times has had sad experience ofsuperpow- erful police forces .. As soon as (the police) slip out from under the firm thumb of a suspicious local tribune, they become arbitrary, merciless, a law unto themselves They think no more of justice, but only of establishing themselves as a privileged and envied elite. They mistake the attitude of natural caution and uncertainty of the civilian population as admiration and respect, and presently they start to swag- ger back and forth, |inglmg their weapons in megalomaniac euphoria. People thereupon become not masters, but ser- TIIF. DKMON PRINCF.S vants. Such a police force becomes merely an aggregate of uniformed criminals, the more baneful in that their position is unchallenged and sanctioned by law. The police mentality cannot regard a human being in terms other than as an item or object to be processed as expeditiously as possible. Public convenience or dignity means nothing; police prerogatives assume the status of divine law. Submissiveness is de- manded. If a police officer kills a civilian, it is a regrettable circumstance: the officer was possibly overzealous. If a ci- vilian kills a police officer all hell breaks loose. The police foam at the mouth. All other business comes to a standstill until the perpetrator of this most dastardly act is found out. Inevitably, when apprehended, he is beaten or otherwise tortured for his intolerable presumption. The police com- plain that they cannot function efficiently, that criminals escape them. Better a hundred unchecked criminals than the despotism of one unbridled police force. Again I warn you, do not endorse this measure. If you do, I shall surely veto it. Excerpt from address of Richard Parnell, Commis- sioner of Public Weal, Northern Territory, Xion, Rigel Concourse, to the Association of Police Officers, Civil Guards and Crime Detection Agencies, at Parilia, Pil- gham, Rigel, December 1, 1075; ... It is not enough to say that our problems are unique; they have become catastrophic. We are held responsible for the efficient conduct of our jobs, but are refused the necessary tools and powers to do man can mur- der and rob anywhere within the Oikumene, jump into a waiting spaceship and he light years away before his crime is discovered. If he passes beyond the Pale, our jurisdiction ends—at least officially, although all of us know of coura- geous officers who have put justice ahead of expediency and caution and have gone beyond the Pale to make their ar- rests. This of course they have a right to do, since every human law becomes invalid Bcvond, but the risk is their own. More often the criminal who goes Beyond escapes scot free. When he chooses to return into the Oikumene he may THE STAR KING have changed his appearance, his LOSI coordinates, and his fingerprints, and is safe unless he has the misfortune to be arrested for a new^ infraction in the community where he committed his original crime and was there genified.* Essentially, in this day of the Jarnell Intersplit, any criminal who takes a few elementary precautions can go unpunished. This association many times has sought to establish a more satisfactory basis for crime detection and prevention. Our main problem is the diversity of local police organi- zations, with their totally disparate standards, goals, and range of problems, and the consequent chaos of information files and retrieval systems. An obvious solution exists, and the association's standing recommendation is the formation of a single official police system to maintain law and order throughout the Oikumene, The advantages of such a system are obvious: standard- ization of procedure, use of new equipment and ideas, uni- fied control, a central office for the filing, indexing, and cross-indexing of information, and, perhaps of highest im- portance, the creation and maintenance of an esprit, a pride of profession, to attract and hold men and women of the highest abilities. As we all know, this centralized agency has been denied us, no matter how urgently we plead its virtues. The osten- sible motive behind this refusal is known to us all, and I will not dignify it by mentioning it. I will say that police morale is sinking to an ever lower level and soon may van- ish—unless something is done. Today I wish to put before the convention a proposal for the "something.1' Our association is the private organization of a group of private individuals. It has no official status or connection with any governmental office whatever. In short, we are free to do what we please, enter into any kind of busi- ness we please, so long as we contravene no laws. I propose that this association go into business, that we found a private crime-detection agency. The new company will be strictly a commercial proposition, financed by as- *The noun is gene-classification, thence to adjective gene-classified, abbreviated to seinfied. THE DF.MON PRINCES sociation money and by private subscription. Headquarters will be established at some central and convenient location, but there will be branches on every planet. Our staff will l)e recruited from among members of this association and any other qualified persons. They will be well paid, from fees and profits. Where will these fees and profits derive? Primarily from local police organizations, who will use cer- tain of the facilities of this new interplanetary agency, in- stead of expending large sums to maintain redundant facilities of the same sort. Since the proposed agency will be a private business organization subject to all local and interplanetary laws, the critics of our former schemes must be silenced. .. . Eventually the Intel-world Police Coordination Company would automatically be called upon to handle all problems of crime detection and prevention other than those that are purely local, and even here the IPCC may function usefully. In due course the IPCC will certainly dwarf in scope all present and future official police groups. We will have our own laboratories, research programs, ab- solutely complete files, and an absolutely high-class staff— recruited, as I say, from members of the association, and others. Are there any questions? Question from the floor: Is there any reason why police officers of a municipality or a state should not simultane- ously be members of the IPCC staff? Ansu'er: This is a very important point. No, there is no reason. I see no conflict between the two agencies, and there is even' reason to hope that local police officials will automatically wish to become affiliated with the IPCC. This would be to the advantage of the IPCC, the local po- lice group, and the individual himself. In other words, the local police officer would have nothing to lose and every- thing to gain by referring cases to the IPCC and author- izing the subsequent fee if he himself were a staff member. From Chapter III, The IPCC: Men and Methods, by Raoul Past: . . . Nominally an intra-Oikumene organ, the IPCC has been forced by the dynamics of its basic rationale to operate THE STAR KING 37 Beyond. Here, where the only laws are local ordinances and taboos, the IPCC finds little cooperation: indeed, the very opposite. The IPCC operative is known as a weasel; his life is constantly balanced on a knife edge. The Central Agency shrouds in secrecy the exact number of "weasels," and also the percentage of casualties. The first figure is suspected to be low, through difficulties of recruitment; the second high, through both the exigencies of the work and the efforts of that most fantastic of human constructions, the Deweasel- mg Corps. . .. The universe is infinite; worlds without end exist; but certainly one must travel far to find a situation so par- adoxical, whimsical, and grim as this: that the single disci- plined organization of the Beyond exists only to extirpate the nominal forces of law and order. Gersen awoke in the strange bed, the sky through the small square window only vaguely gray. He dressed and xlescended the stone steps to the hall, where he found one of Smade's sons, a dour dark lad of twelve, fanning the coals in the fireplace to life. He bade Gersen a gruff "Good morning," but seemed indisposed for further conversation. Gersen stepped outside to the terrace. Predawn mist concealed the ocean, rolling in sheets and curls across the heath—a dreary, monochromatic scene. The sense of isolation was suddenly oppressive. Gersen returned inside, went to warm himself at the new fire. The boy was sweeping the hearth. "Killing last night," he told Gersen in gloomy satisfaction. "Little thin man got it- Right behind the moss shed." '' "Is the body there?" Gersen asked. "No. No body. They took it with them. Three bad ones, maybe four. Father is black mad; they did their dirt inside the fence." Gersen grunted, displeased with every aspect of the situation. He asked for breakfast, which was presently forthcoming. As he ate, the dwarf sun lifted above the mountains, a brittle white wafer barely visible through the mist. An onshore wind came up, the mist dissipated; and when Gersen once more went outside the sky was clear, though fog wisps still blew in from the oily sea. Gersen walked north along the shelf between ocean cliffs and 38 THE. DEMON PRINCES mountains. Underfoot was a carpet of spongy gray moss, redolent with a musty resinous odor. The sunlight streamed over his head, out to sea, the black water giving back no glint or reflection. Pie went to the edge of the cliff, looked down two hundred feet to the rise and fall of the water. He tossed a stone, watched the splash, the ripples quickly absorbed in the larger motion. What would it be like, he wondered, to sail a boat on this ocean? Out across the horizons, with the whole world to explore: barren coasts, bleak headlands, tall stern islands, with no sight of human being or dwell- ing until the return to Smade's Tavern. Gersen turned away from the cliff, continued North. Fie passed the mouth of a valley fenced in against Smade's cattle. Teehalt certainly had not left his boat here. A quarter mile ahead a spur of the mountains humped down almost to the sea. In the shadow of the ridge Gersen found Tee- halt's boat. He made a quick inspection. The vessel was indeed a Model 9B, identical to his own. The gear and machinery seemed in good order. In a housing under the bow bulge hung the monitor which had cost Teehalt his life. Gersen returned to the tavern. His original plan, to spend sev- eral days, must be altered; Malagate might discover his mistake and return with Hildemar Dasce and the two assassins. They would wish to take Teehalt's monitor, and this Gersen was resolved they should not do, though he did not care to risk his life in the effort to keep it. Returning to the tavern, he noted that the landing field was empty. The Star King had departed. This morning? Or during the night? Gersen had no idea. He settled his score and, moved by some obscure impulse, paid Lugo Teehalt's bill. Smade made no com- ment. He was clearly consumed by cold fury. His eyes showed white around the drab irises, his nostrils were distended, his chin jutted forward. The rage was not on Lugo Teehalt's behalf, Gersen re- alized; the murderer, whoever he might be—Dasce had mentioned Attel Malagate—had flouted Smade's law; he had disturbed the se- renity of Smade's Tavern; he had wronged Smade. Gersen felt a twinge of sad amusement, which he took pains to conceal. Politely he inquired, "When did the Star King leave?" Smade merely glared silently back at him like an angry Black Angus bull. Gersen gathered his small packet of belongings and departed the tavern, declining the twelve-year-old boy's proffer of assistance. THE STAR KING 39 Once more he walked north across the gray heath. Crossing the ridge, he looked back toward the tavern. Staunch and secure it stood, facing the black, wind-whipped sea—utterly alone. Gersen shook his head dubiously and turned away. "Everyone is the same," he told himself. "Anxious to arrive and, when they leave, wondering why they came." A few minutes later he took Teehalt's boat aloft on its boosters, then pointed it back toward the Oikumene and cut in the oversplit- Smade's Planet dwindled astern and, with its white dwarf sun, pres- ently became lost, a single spark among a million. Stars slid by like fireflies blown on a dark wind, the light reaching Gersen by back- splash or backcurl, wherein the Doppler effect played no role. Per- spective was lost; the eye was fooled; stars moved astern, the near slipping across the far. Within hand reach? A hundred yards dis- tant? Ten miles? The eye had no tool by which to judge. Gersen set the star finder to the index of Rigel, engaged the autopilot, made himself as comfortable as the spartan facilities of the Model 9B permitted. The visit to Smade's Tavern had served him well, though the occasion had been bought by Lugo Teehalt's death. Malagate wanted Lugo Teehalt's monitor; this was the premise which con- trolled the shape of the future. Malagate would be willing to enter negotiations, and, with equal certainty, he would act through an agent. Although, thought Gersen, he had seen fit to kill Lugo Tee- halt at first hand.. . . There was something puzzling here. Why need Lugo Teehalt die? Sheer malice on the part of Malagate? Not impossible. But Malagate had killed and ravaged so extensively that taking the life of one thin miserable man could provide him only paltry gratification. More likely the motive was habit, sheer offhanded casual habit, To sever relations with a man who might be inconvenient, you killed him. ... A third possibility: Had Teehalt penetrated the an- onymity which Malagate, among all the Demon Princes, held of supreme importance? Gersen reviewed his conversation with Tee- halt. For all his ravaged and woebegone appearance, Teehalt had used educated intonations. He had seen better days. Why had he turned to the disreputable profession of locating? The question, of course, had no real answer. Why did a man set himself in any specific direction? Why and how did a man, presumably born of ordinary parents, become Attel Malagate the Woe? 40 THE DEMON PRINCES Teehalt had hinted or implied that Malagate was somehow in- volved in the leasing of the locater ship. With this thought in mind, Gersen made a careful inspection of the ship. He tound the tradi- tional brass plate naming the place of manufacture; Liverstone on Fiame, a planet of the Rigel Concourse. The monitor likewise car- ried a bronze flake detailing its serial number and the manufacturer: the Feritse Precision Instruments Company, at Sansontiana on Olliphane, also of the Concourse. But there was no indication of the owner, no evidence of registration. It would be necessary, then, to trace ownership of the boat indirectly. Gersen set himself to consider the problem. Estate houses maintained two-thirds of all locater ships, their stock in trade consisting of worlds with specific attributes: planets highly mineralized, planets suitable for colonization by dissident groups, planets pleasant enough to serve as a millionaire's reserve, planets distinguished by a sufficiently interesting flora and fauna to attract curio dealers or biologists; most rarely, planets supporting intelli- gent or semi-intelligent life, of interest to sociologists, cultural tax- onomists, linguists, and the like. The estate houses were concentrated in the cosmopolitan cen- ters of the Oikumene: three or four worlds of the Concourse, chief among them Alphanor; Vega's Cuthbert, Boniface, Aloysius; Noval; Pi Cassiopeta's Copus and Orpo; Quantique; old Earth. The Con- course would be the logical starting place, if in fact Lugo Teehalt worked for an estate house. But this was by no means certain; in fact, as Gersen seemed to recall, Teehalt had implied otherwise. If so, the investigation was narrowed considerably. Next to the estate houses, universities and research institutes were the chief employers of locaters. And Gersen had a new thought. If Teehalt had been either a student or a faculty member at some specific lyceum, col- lege or university, he would probably apply to this same institution for employment. Gersen corrected his thinking: the conjecture was not neces- sarily probable. A proud man, with friends and associates who might remember him, would use his old school in this fashion only as a last resort. Was Lugo Teehalt proud? Not in this way, or so it seemed to Gersen. Teehalt had seemed a man who might easily turn to his old haven for security. There was another obvious source of information: the Feritse Precision Instrument Company at Sansontiana, where the monitor THE STAR KING 41 would be registered in the name of its purchaser. And another rea- son for visiting the Feritse Precision Instrument Company: Gersen wanted to open the monitor and remove the filament. To this end he needed a key. Monitors were often tamperproofed with explosive capsules or corrosives; violent extraction of the filament seldom yielded useful information. The officials of the Feritse Company might or might not prove accommodating, Sansontiana was a city of Braichis, one of Olli- phane's nineteen independent nations, the Braichish were a head- strong, involute, altogether peculiar people. Concourse law, however, repudiated private claims beyond the Pale, and discour- aged the use of explosive traps. Hence, in an ordinance detailing the equipment required aboard spacecraft: "The manufacturers of such devices (referring to monitors) are thereupon enjoined and required to furnish keys, switching devices, code sticks, number se- quences or any other tool, appliance or information necessary to the safe opening of the instrument in question, without delay, com- plaint, error, exorbitant charge, or any behavior or act calculated to deter the petitioner from obtaining the key, coded device or information demanded, if and when the petitioner is able to dem- onstrate ownership of said instrument. Presentation of the serial plate originally or thereafter affixed by the manufacturer to the instrument shall be deemed sufficient and adequate evidence of ownership." All well and good. Gersen could secure the key, but the com- pany need not furnish information as to previous registration of the instrument. Especially if Artel Malagate should suspect that Gersen might come to Sansontiana with such a purpose in mind, and take steps to preclude the contingency. The thought opened a set of new vistas. Gersen frowned. Had his temperament been other than careful and orderly, these various options and possibilities might not occur to him. He would be saved a great deal of difficulty, but he probably would die sooner.. . . He shook his head in resignation, reached for the star charts. Not far off his line of fission was the star Cygnus T342, and its planet Euville where an unpleasant and psychotic population lived in five cities: Oni, Me, Che, Dun and Ve, each compulsively built in pentagonal patterns, from a central five-sided citadel. The spaceport, on a remote island, was opprobriously named "Orifice." Everything Gersen needed could be found at the spaceport; he had 42 -I'lIE DEMON PRINCES no desire to visit the cities, especially since each required, in lieu of passport, the tattooing of a star on the forehead, a different color for each citv. To visit all five cities the prospective tourist must display rive stars; orange, black, mauve, yellow and green. 4 From New Discoveries in Space, by Ralph Quarry: ... Sir Julian Hove apparently derived his attitudes from the late Renaissance explorers. Upon return to Earth, members of his crews imposed upon themselves (or had imposed) a strict rule of discretion and secrecy. Details nev- ertheless leaked out. Sir Julian Hove was, to use the most comprehensive term, a martinet. He was likewise a man utterly without humor. His eye was bleak, he spoke without moving his lips; his hair was combed day after day in pho- tographically identical furrows. While he did not actually require that the personnel wear dinner jackets to meals, certain of his rules imposed an almost equivalent punctilio. . .. The use of rirst names was eschewed; salutes were ex- changed at the beginning and termination of each watch, even though the personnel was by and large civilian. Tech- nicians whose specialties were without scientific pertinence were forbidden to set foot on the fascinating new worlds: an order which came close to fomenting mutiny, until Sir Julian's second in command, Howard Coke, prevailed upon Sir Julian to ameliorate this regulation. The Rigel Concourse is Sir Julian's most noteworthy discovery: twenty-six magnificent planets, most of them not only habitable but salubrious, though only two display even quasi-intelligent autochthones. . . . Sir Julian, exercising his prerogatives, named the planets for boyhood heroes: Lord Kitchener, William Gladstone, Archbishop Rollo Gore, Edythe THE DEMON PRINCES MacDevott, Rudyard Kipling, Thomas Carlyle, William Kirk- cudbright^ Samuel B. Gorsham, Sir Robert Peel, and the like. But Sir Julian was to be deprived of his privilege. He telegraphed ahead the news of his return to Maudley Space Station, together with a description of the Concourse and the names he had bestowed upon the members of this mag- nificent group. The list passed through the hands of an obscure young clerk, one Roger Pilgham, who rejected Sir Julian's nominations in disgust. To each of the twenty-six planets he assigned a letter of the alphabet and hurriedly supplied new names: Alphanor, Barleycorn, Chrysanthe, Diogenes, Elfland, Flame, Goshen, Hardacres, Image, Jez- ebel, Krokinole, Lyonnesse, Madagascar, Nowhere, Olli- phane, Pilgham, Quinine, Raratonga, Somewhere, Tan- tamount, Unicorn, Valisande, Walpurgis, Xion, Ys and Zacaranda—the names derived from legend, myth, ro- mance, his own whimsey. One of the worlds was accom- panied by a satellite, described in the dispatch as "an eccentric, tumbling, odd-shaped fragment of chondritic pumice," and this Roger Pilgham named "Sir Julian." The press received and published the list and Rigel's planets became so known, though Sir Julian's acquaintances wondered about the sudden extravagance of his imagina- tion. And who, or what, was "Pilgham"? Sir Julian presum- ably would explain upon his arrival. The clerk, Roger Pilgham, presently returns to the ob- scurity from which he sprang, and there is no record of his conduct or state of mind as Sir Julian's return became im- minent. Did he feel apprehension? Uneasiness? Indiffer- ence? Beyond all doubt he had become resigned to the prospect of discharge from his position. In due course Sir Julian made a triumphant return, and in due course used the phrase, "most impressive perhaps are the New Grampian Mountains on the North Continent of Lord Bulwer-Lytton." A member of the audience po- litely asked the whereabouts of Lord Bulwer-Lytton, and the substitution was revealed. Sir Julian's reaction to the deed was one of extraordi- nary fury. The clerk prudently went into seclusion; SirJul- THE STAR KING ian was encouraged to reintroduce his own nominations, but the damage had been done; Roger Pilgham's brash deed caught the fancy of the public, and Sir Julian's Cfrmmology gradually faded from memory. From Popular Handbook of the Planets, 303rd Edition, published 1292: Alphanor, a planet considered the administrative node and cultural center of the Rigel Concourse. It is eighth in orbital order. Planetary Constants: Diameter 9300 miles Mass 102 Mean Day 29 hours, 16 minutes, 29.4 seconds etc. General Remarks: Alphanor is a large bright sea world with a generally bracing climate. Ocean occupies three- quarters of the total surface, including the polar ice floes. The land mass is divided into seven nearly contiguous con- tinents: Phrygia, Umbria, Lusitania, Scythia, Etruria, Lydia and Lycia, in a configuration suggesting seven petals of a Bower. There are uncounted islands. Autochthonous life is complex and vigorous. The flora has in no way yielded to terrestrial imports, which must be carefully tended and nurtured. The fauna is likewise com- plex, and on occasion actively savage; to cite the clever hyr- can major of upper Phrygia, and the invisible eel of the Thaumaturge Ocean. The political structure of Alphanor is a pyramidal de- mocracy—simple in theory, intricate in practice. The con- tinents are divided into provinces, thence prefectures, districts and wards: these latter defined as population blocs of five thousand persons. Each ward committee sends a rep- resentative to the district council, which elects a delegate to the prefectural diet, which sends a member to the pro- vincial congress, which does likewise for the continental parliament. Each parliament elects seven rectors to the THE DEMON PRINCES 46 Grand Council at Avente, in the Sea Province of Umbria, which thereupon chooses a chairman. From Preface to Peoples of the Concourse, by Strick and Chernitz: The Concourse populations are far from homogeneous. During the migrations from Earth racial groups tended to follow their own, and in the new environments, under the influence of interbreeding and new behavior patterns, such groups specialized even further. . .. The folk of Alphanor eneral are fair, brown-haired, of medium stature, in 0 - though an hour's walk along the Grand Esplanade at Avente will show the observer every conceivable style of human being. The Alphanor psychology is more difficult to express. Every inhabited world is different in this regard; and though the differences are real and distinct enough, it is hard to present them accurately without discursiveness— especially since each planetwide generalization is com- pounded, vitiated, or contradicted by regional differences. Rigel, dead ahead, was a bright blue-white point from which every other star seemed to flee. Gersen had little to do but contemplate his destination, fight restlessness and tension, speculate regarding Attel Malagate's probable intentions, and formulate his own set of responses. The first problem; Where to land? One hundred and eighty-three spaceports on twenty-two of the twenty-six worlds were convenient to his lawful use, as well as unlimited desert and wasteland, should he choose to risk arrest for violation of the quar- antine laws. How intensely did Malagate want Teehalt's monitor? Would he arrange a watch at every spaceport? Theoretically, this could be done, by the suborning of port officials. The cheapest and perhaps most effective system would be to offer a resounding reward to the man who reported Gersen's arrival. Gersen of course might choose to set down at another star system. It would be difficult to mount guard over every space port of the Oikumene. But it was by no means Gersen's purpose to go into hiding. In the next phase of proceedings he must necessarily expose himself. THE STAR KING 47 This next phase was the identification of Malagate. Two methods to this end suggested themselves: he could either trace the registry of the monitor, or await the approach of some member of Mala- gate's organization, and then try to trace the nerve of authority back to its source. Malagate would take for granted Gersen's intent to investigate the monitor, and would presumably concentrate his vigilance at the Kindune spaceport, which served Sansontiana. Nevertheless, for a series of indefinite reasons—little more than hunches—Gersen decided to land at the Grand Interplanetary Spaceport at Avente. He approached Alphanor, coasted down into landing orbit, locked his autopilot into the official landing program, and once more sat back. The boat settled, bumped in a roar of expiring jets upon the scorched red earth. The jets died; there was silence. Au- tomatically the pressure-equalizing valve began to hiss. The port-officials approached in a slide car. Gersen answered questions, submitted to a brief medical inspection, received an entry permit. The officials departed; a mobile crane trundled up, lifted the boat, carried it to a bay in the storage line at one side of the field. Gersen descended to the ground, feeling exposed and vulner- able. He started to detach the monitor, keeping a careful lookout in all directions. Two men sauntered along the storage line, casually, or so it seemed. Gersen recognized one of them instantly: the Sarcoy who had followed Hildemar Dasce into Smade's Tavern. As they approached, Gersen gave them no overt heed, but they made no twitch or move that he did not observe. The Sarkoy wore a modest suit of dark gray with epaulettes embroidered with opals; his companion, a thin sandy-hatred man with dancing white-gray eyes, wore a laborer's loose blue coverall. The two stopped a few feet from Gersen, stood watching as if in casual interest. Gersen, after a glance, ignored them, though his skin crawled and his pulse pounded. The Sarkoy muttered some- thing to his associate, came a little forward. "I think we've met?" His voice was soft, sardonic. "Your name evades me," said Gersen politely. "I am Suthiro, Sivij Suthiro." 48 THK DEMON PRINCKS Gersen examined him carefully, seeing a man of middle weight, with the curious flat head of the Sarkoy Steppeman,* the face wider than high. Suthiro's eyes were soft dead olive-drab, the nose snub and dark of nostril, the mouth wide, thick-lipped—a face shaped by more than a thousand years of specialization and inbreeding. Gersen could not detect the "breath of death," an accomplishment forced upon indentured assassins, which shortened their lives, gave the skin a yellowish glaze, and caused the hair to stiffen. Suthiro's skin was untoned pallid ivory, his hair was a glossy black pelt, and he wore tattooed on his right cheek the small Maltese cross of the Sarkoy hetman. Gersen said, "My apologies, Scop Suthiro. I don't remember the occasion you mention." "Ah." Suthiro's eyes widened at Gersen's use of the honorific. "You have visited Sarkovy. Dear green Sarkovy, its boundless steppes, its merry festivals!" "Merry, so long as the harikap last. Then what will you tor- ture?" Suthiro, of a race inured to insult, took no offense. "We always have each other. ... I see you know my planet well." "Fairly well. Perhaps you remember me from Sarkovy." "No," said Suthiro wryly. "Elsewhere, and more recently." Gersen shook his head. "Impossible. I have just come in from Beyond." "Exactly. We met Beyond. At Smade's Tavern." "Indeed." "Yes. With certain others I came to meet my friend Lugo Tee- halt. In the confusion and excitement Lugo left Smade's Planet in your spaceship. Surely you are aware of this?" *The Sarkoy were held in low esteem by other peoples of the Oikumene, by virtue of repugnant eating habits and gross and exhibitionistic sexual conduct. Also despised was the popular Sarkov sport known as harbite, or the baiting of a harikap, a large bristle- furred semi-intelligent biped of the north forests- The wretched creature, brought to a state of tension by hunger, would be thrust into a circle of men armed with pitchforks and torches, stimulated to wild activity by being set on fire, thrust deftly with pitchforks back into the center of the circle as it sought to escape, Sarkovy, the single planet of Phi Ophiuchi, was a dim world of steppes, swamps, black forests, morasses. The Sarkoy lived in tall wooden houses behind timber palisades; not even the largest of the towns was secure from the attack of bandits and nomads from the wastelands. By practice and tradition the Sarkoy were accomplished poisoners- A Mas- ter Venefice reportedly could kill a man merely by walking past him. THE STAR KING 49 Gersen laughed. "IfTeehalt has either apologies or complaints, I'm sure he will seek me out." "Exactly," said Suthiro. "Lugo Teehalt sent me to make ad- justment. He begs forgiveness for his mistake, and wishes only that I recover his monitor." Gersen shook his head. "You can't have it." "No?" Suthiro moved closer. "Lugo offers a thousand SVU* to indemnify you for his mistake." "I accept with thanks. Give me the money." "And the monitor?" "I will return it when he comes for it." The thin-faced man made an irritable clicking sound, but Su- thiro grinned. "This is not exactly feasible. You will have the money, but we will not have the monitor." "There is no reason why you should have the monitor. Lugo Teehalt is one principal in the matter; I will give him his monitor. I am the other principal in the matter; it is perfectly legitimate for you to give me the money. Unless, of course, you distrust my hon- esty." "By no means, since we do not intend to put it to the test. We propose, in fact, to take the monitor at this moment." "I think not," said Gersen. "I plan to take possession of the filament." "This is out of the question!" said Suthiro gently. "Try to stop me." Gersen returned to work, disengaged the seals from the monitor housing. Suthiro watched placidly. He made a signal to the thin-faced man, who backed away and kept lookout. "I could stop you so suddenly you'd become a marble statue." He looked over his shoul- der to the thin-faced man, who nodded. Suthiro exhibited a weapon he carried in his hand. "I can provide you a heart spasm, a brain hemorrhage, or a convulsion of the small intestine, whichever you prefer." Gersen paused in his work, drew a deep sigh. "Your arguments are impressive. Pay me five thousand SVU." "I need pay you nothing. But here is the thousand I men- tioned." He tossed Gersen a packet of notes, then motioned to the thin-faced man, who came forward, took Gersen's tools, and ex- *SVU: Standard Value Unit of the Oikumene. 50 THE DEMON PRINCES pertly detached the monitor. Gersen counted the money, moved to the side. The two dropped the monitor into a bag and, without another word, departed. Gersen laughed quietly. This was the mon- itor he had bought and installed at Euville, at a cost of four hundred SVU. Teehalt's monitor was safe inside the ship. Gersen returned into the ship, closed the ports. Time now was of the essence. Suthiro would require about ten minutes to com- municate his success, either to Dasce or conceivably to Malagate himself. Messages would then go out to various other spaceports of the Concourse, calling off the alert. Malagate would not receive the monitor, if Gersen were in luck, for several hours, perhaps not for days, depending upon his whereabouts. There would be an addi- tional delay while the deception was discovered, and then Mala- gate's organization would once again be mobilized, the focus now upon the Feritse Precision Instrument Company at Sansontiana, on Olliphane. By this time Gersen hoped to have been there and gone. Cer- tainly he would have no time to spare. Without further delay he started the jets, rose into the blue Alphanor sky, pointed the boat toward Olliphane. From Popular Handbook of the Planets: Olliphane, nineteenth planet of the Rigel Concourse. Planetary Constants: Diameter 6700 miles Mass 0.9 etc. General Remarks: Olliphane is the most dense of the Rigel planets, and orbits close at the outer edge of the Hab- itable Zone. It has been speculated that when the proto- planet of the Third Group disintegrated Olliphane received an unduly large share of core materials. In any event, until recent astronomic times, Olliphane was subject to intense plutonic activity, and even today boasts ninety-two active volcanoes. Olliphane is highly mineralized. An imposing relief provides vast hydro-electric potential, furnishing cheaper energy than is possible from traditional sources. A diligent disciplined population, utilizing these advantages, has made Olliphane the most highly industrialized world of the Con- course, rivaled only by Tantamount, with its shipyards, and Lyonnesse, with its monumental Gnome Iron Works. Olliphane is relatively cool and wet, with the population concentrated in the Equatorial Zone, notably around the shores of Lake Clare. Here the visitor will find the ten larg- est cities of the planet, led by Kindune, Sansontiana, and New Ossining. THE DEMON PRINCES Olliphane is likewise nutritionally self-sufficient. Few other than natural foods are consumed, of which per capita consumption is highest in the Concourse, third highest among major worlds of the Oikumene. The alpine valleys surrounding the lake are devoted to dairying and the pro- duction of greenstuffs. The Olphs are a mingled stock, derived primarily from a colony of Hyperborean Skaters. They are typically blond to brown of hair, large-boned, often inclined to corpulence, with fair undyed skins. They are respectful of orthodoxy, sedate in personal lives, but notoriously enthusiastic during the public fetes and celebrations which serve as emotional release to an otherwise conventional and reserved folk. A caste system, though without legal status, permeates every phase of the social structure. Prerogatives are care- fully denned, jealously observed; the language has expanded and loosened to provide at least a dozen styles of address. From "A Study of Inter-Class Accommodations," by Frerb Hankbert, in Journal of the Anthropicene, Vol. Mcxm: It is a remarkable experience for a visitor to watch a pair of Olphs, strange to each other, appraising each other for caste. The operation requires no more than an instant, and appears almost intuitive, for the persons concerned may well be wearing standard garments. I have questioned many Olphs in this matter, and can still make no definite assertions. In the first place most Olphs blandly deny the existence of caste structure, and consider their society completely egalitarian. In the second place, the Olphs themselves are not quite sure how they divine the caste of a stranger. He either has more of the quality known as haute than oneself, or less. I have theorized that rapid unconscious and almost un- detectable eye movements are the key to the assessment of haute, with characteristic shifts or steadiness indicative of each caste. Hands and hand morions may play a similar function. As might be expected, high officials of the bureaucracy THE STAR KI\G enjoy the most exalted caste, and especially the Civic Tu- telars, as the Olphs name their police. Gersen landed at the Kmdune spaceport and, with Tcehalt's mon- itor in a suitcase, boarded a subway for Sansontiana. To the best of his knowledge no one had heeded his arrival, no one had followed him. But now time was growing short. At any moment Malagate must realize he had been duped and would seek to re-establish con- tact. For the moment Gersen considered himself safe; nevertheless, he performed a few classic maneuvers to disengage himself from stick-tight* or tracker. Finding nothing to disconcert him, he de- posited the monitor in a public locker, at the subway interchange under the Rapunzel Hotel, retaining only the brass serial plate. Then, boarding an express car, he was delivered in fifteen minutes, to Sansontiana, eighty miles south. He consulted a directory, trans- ferred to a local for the Ferristoun District, and presently was dis- charged into a station only a few hundred yards from the Feritse Precision Instrument Company. Ferristoun was a dismal district of industrial structures, ware- houses, an occasional tavern; these latter cheerful little nooks, lavish with ornament, colored glass, carved wood, in emulation of the grand pleasure arcades along the lake shore. The time was middle morning; rain had darkened the black cobblestone pavement. Six-wheel drays lumbered along the streets, the entire district sounded to a subdued hum of engines. As Gersen walked a short sharp bleat of whistle signaled a change of shift; the sidewalks at once became crowded with workers. They were pale people, blank and humorless of face, wearing warm well-made cov- eralls in one of three colors: gray, dark blue, or mustard yellow; a "Stick-tight—these come in at least five varieties, suitable to various applications The bervo-opticai—a spy cell supported on rotary \vings, remotely guided h\ an oper- ator The automatic—a similar cell [o follow ,1 radioactive or monochromatic lag fixed to, ur smeared upon, a man or vehicle The Gulp spy master—a semi-inteiligenr flying crearure trained to follow any suh|ect of interest, clever, cooptrative, ichahle, hue relatively large and nodceable The M.inv spy bird—a smaller, less obnusive cre.irure, trained to perform smularlv, less docile and intelligent, more aggressive The Manx sp\ bird modification—similar to the above, equipped with control devices 54 THE DEMON PRINCES contrasting belt, either black or white; black round-topped kaftans. All were standard issue, the government being an elaborate syndi- calism, as thoroughgoing, careful and humorless as its constituency. Two further bleats of the whistle sounded; as if by magic the streets cleared, the workers ducking into buildings like cockroaches exposed to the light. A moment later Gersen came to a stained concrete facade on which large bronze letters read FERITSE, and below, in the hooked Olph script; Precision Instruments. Again it had become necessary to expose himself to his enemies; the prospect was far from comfort- able. Well, there was no help for it. A single small door led into the building. Gersen entered, to find himself in a long dim hallway, a concrete tunnel, which after a hundred feet brought him to the administration offices. He went to stand at a counter, and was ap- proached by an elderly woman of pleasant appearance and manner. By local custom, she wore masculine garments while at work; a dark blue suit with a black belt. Recognizing Gersen as an off-worlder, of unguessable caste, she bowed with unctuous courtesy and asked In a low reverent voice: "How, sir, may we serve you?" Gersen tendered the brass plate. "I have lost the key to my monitor, and I want a duplicate." The woman blinked. Her manner underwent an instant, if un- conscious, change. She reached hesitantly for the plate, held it be- tween thumb and forefinger as if it were tainted, looked over her shoulder. "Well?" asked Gersen in a voice made suddenly harsh by ten- sion. "Is there any difficulty?" "There are new regulations," the woman muttered. "I have had instructions to. ... I must consult Director-Controller Masensen. Excuse me, sir." She went almost at a trot to a side door, disappeared. Gersen waited, the subconscious perceptors in his brain ticking and prick- ling. He was more nervous than he cared to be; nervousness clouded the Judgment, affected the accuracy of observation... . The woman slowly returned to the counter, looking to right and left, evading Gersen's eyes. "Just a moment, sir. If you will wait.. . . There are records to be inspected; isn't this the way always? When a person wishes haste. . . ." "Where is the serial plate?" asked Gersen. "Director-Controller Masensen has taken it into charge." THE STAR KING 55 "In that case, I'll speak to Director-Controller Masensen at once." "I will inquire," said the woman. "Please don't bother," said Gersen. Ignoring her startled squeak of protest, he let himself through a swinging door, passed ahead of her into the inner chamber. A portly thick-faced man in faddish Special Issue blue and dove gray sat at a desk talking into a telephone. He looked at the brass serial plate as he spoke. At the sight of Gersen his eyebrows rose, his mouth sagged in irritation and dismay. Quickly he laid down the telephone. There was an instant while his eyes nicked up and down Gersen's clothes before he shouted, "Who are you, sir? Why do you come into my room?" Gersen reached across the desk, took possession of the serial plate. "Whom do you telephone in connection with this matter?" Masensen became fiercely haughty. "None of your concern, whatsoever! Impudence! Here in my office!" Gersen spoke in a soft even voice. "The Tutelars will be inoer- ested in your illegal actions. I am puzzled that you choose to defy the law." Masensen sat back, in puff-cheeked alarm. The Tutelars, of a caste so elevated that the distinction between Masensen and his office clerk would seem insignificant, were not to be trifled with. They were no respecters of persons; they tended to believe the accusation rather than the protestation of innocence. They wore uniforms of a sumptuous thick pile which showed various sheens according to the light: plum, dark green, gold. Not so much arro- gant as intensely serious, they conducted themselves to the full implications of their caste. On Olliphane penal torture was admin- istered as a cheaper, if not more effective, deterrent than fines of imprisonment; the threat of a police accusation could therefore bring consternation to the most innocent. Director-Controller Masensen cried out, "I have never defied the law! Do I refuse your request? No indeed." "Then furnish my key immediately, as the law requires." "Softly then," said Masensen. "W''e cannot go so fast. There are records to inspect. Don't forget, we have more important affairs than leaping to serve every raggle-taggle vagabond of a locator who marches into our room to insult us." Gersen stared into the round pale face, which gave back hos- 56 THE DKMON PRINCES tility and defiance. "Very well," said Gersen. "I will go to complain before the Board ofTutelars." "Now then, be reasonable!" blurted Masensen in heavy affa- bility. "All things do not come at once." "Where is my key? Do you still plan to defy the law?" "Naturally, no such thing is possible. I will see to the matter. Come, be patient. Take a chair and compose yourself for just these few minutes." "I do not care to wait." "Go, then!" bellowed Masensen. "I have done exactly as the law requires!" His lips were pushing in and out; his face was pink with fury; he hammered the desk with his fists. The clerk, standing horrified in the doorway, emitted a low wail of terror. "Bring the Tutelars!" raged Masensen. "I will accuse you of molestation and threats! I will see you whipped!" Gersen dared delay no longer. Furiously he turned, departed. He passed through the outer office and out into the concrete tun- nel. He paused, turned a quick look behind him. The receptionist, fluttering in excitement, paid him no heed. Grinning like a wolf, Gersen walked up the hall, away from the entrance, and presently came to an arched opening giving upon the production chambers. Standing to the side, inconspicuous in the shadow of a pilaster, he made a careful appraisal of the rooms, tracing the various pro- duction lines. Certain phases were under biomechanical control, others were performed by debtors, moral deviants, vagrants or drunks, leased by the dozen from the city. They sat chained to their benches, guarded by an old warden, and worked with apathetic ef- ficiency. The room supervisor sat on an elevated platform, which could swing on a boom to any area of the room. Gersen located the process where monitors were constructed, identified the area where locks were installed: an alcove two hun- dred feet along the wall, beside a cubicle where a clerical worker, perhaps a timekeeper, sat on a high chair. He made a final survey of the room. No one had showed the slightest interest in him. The supervisor's attention was turned else- where. He walked quickly along the wall to the cubicle where the clerk sat: a harassed hollow-cheeked young-old man, with sardonic black eyebrows, a wrinkled sallow skin, a cynical hook of nose and curl of mouth: a man not necessarily a pessimist, but apparently one THE STAR KING 57 without optimism. Gersen stepped to the back of the cubicle, where there were shadows. The clerk looked around in astonishment. "Well, sir? W-Tiat do you wish? This is not permitted; you must know that." Gersen asked, "Would you care to earn a hundred SVU—very quickly?" The clerk grimaced sadly. "Of course. W'Tio must I kill?" "My wants are less demanding," said Gersen. He displayed the brass plate. "Get me the key for this instrument, and fifty SVU is yours." He placed five purple notes on the table. "Find out to whom the serial number is registered—fifty SVU more." He counted down the notes. ' The clerk looked at the money, then turned a speculative glance over his shoulder, out across the shop. "WTiy not go to the front office? The Director-Controller usually handles such things." "I have irritated Director-Controller Masensen," said Gersen. "He makes difficulties, and I am in a hurry." "In other words, Director-Controller Masensen would not ap- prove of my helping you." "Which is why I offer you the hundred SVU to perform an entirely legal errand for me." "Is it worth my job?" "If I leave by the back way, no one need know. And Masensen will never know the difference." The clerk considered. "Very well," he said. "I can do it. But I'll need another fifty SVU for the keymaker." Gersen shrugged, brought forth an orange fifty SVU note. "I will appreciate haste." The clerk laughed. "From my viewpoint, the sooner you are gone the better. I'll have to look through two sets of records. We're not too efficient here. Meanwhile keep to the back, out of sight." He noted the serial number, left the cubicle, disappeared behind a partition. Time passed. Gersen noticed that the back wall was paneled with painted glass. Bending, he put his eye to a scratch and obtained a blurred view of the room behind the partition. The clerk stood at an old-fashioned filing case, nipping cards. He found the file, made a set of notes. But now from a side door Masensen lumbered into the room. The clerk closed the file, walked away. Masensen stopped short, fired a question at the clerk, who 58 THP^ DEMON PRINCES responded with an indifferent word or two. Gersen paid silent trib- ute to his sang-froid. Masensen glared after him, then wheeled and went to the files. With one eye on Masensen's burly back, the clerk bent over the keymaker, whispered in his ear, departed. Masensen looked around suspiciously, but the clerk had left the room. The machinist dropped a key blank into the machine, consulted a paper, punched a set of buttons to control the notches, twists, conductivities and magnetic nodes of the key. Masensen rummaged through the files, extracted a card, marched from the room. The clerk at once returned. The machinist tossed him the key; the clerk came back to the cubicle. He handed the key to Gersen, took five purple notes from the table. "And the registration?" asked Gersen. "I can't help you. Masensen got to the files ahead of me and removed the card." Gersen glumly considered the key. His main purpose had been to learn the registered owner of the monitor. The key of course was better than nothing; the record filament was easier to hide than the monitor itself- But time was short; he dared delay no longer. "Keep the other fifty," he said. The money, after all, had come from Malagate. "Buy your children a present." The clerk shook his head. "I accept pay only for what I achieve. I need no gift." "As you wish." Gersen returned the money to his pocket. "Tell me how to leave inconspicuously." "You had better go the way you came," said the clerk. "If you try to go out the back way you will be stopped by the patrol." "Thank you," said Gersen. "You are not Olph?" "No. But I've lived here so long I've forgotten anything better." Gersen looked cautiously from the cubicle. The situation was as before. He slipped out, walked quickly along the wall to the arch, slipped through into the concrete tunnel. Passing the door which led into the administration offices, he looked through, saw Masen- sen pacing back and forth, evidently in a vicious mood. Gersen stepped past, hurried down the hall toward the outside door. But now this door opened. A man entered, his features dark against the outside light. Gersen continued forward briskly, confi- dently, as if his business were the most legitimate in the world- THE STAR KING 59 The man approached; their eyes met. The newcomer stopped: it was Tristano the Earthman. "Luck!" declared Tristano in a voice of hushed pleasure. "Luck indeed." Gersen made no reply. Slowly, carefully, he sought to sidle past, too nervous and tense to feel fear. Tristano took a step, blocked his way. Gersen halted, appraised him. Tristano was shorter than him- self by an inch, but thick in the neck and shoulders, flat but rather wide at the hips: an attribute indicating agility and good muscular leverage. His head was small, almost hairless; his features were neat. The ears were surgically cropped, the nose flat, the area around the mouth thick with muscle. His expression was calm, with a serene secret half-smile twisting up the corners of his mouth. He seemed reckless rather than vicious: a man who would fee! neither hate nor pity, a man driven only by the need to fulfill the extremes of his capabilities. A highly dangerous man, thought Gersen. He said qui- etly, "Stand aside." Tristano extended his left hand almost affably. "Whatever your name is, be wise. Come with me." Flicking and weaving the ex- tended hand, he leaned forward. Gersen watched Tristano's eyes, ignoring the distracting left hand. WTien the right hand darted forth he knocked it aside, drove his fist into Tristano's face. Tristano reeled back, as if in desperate pain, and Gersen pre- tended to be deceived. He rushed forward, arm cocked back to administer another blow, then halted abruptly as with incredible agility Tristano swung up his leg: a kick intended to cripple or kill. As the foot swung by, Gersen seized toe and heel, twisted hard. Tristano, relaxing instantly, turned in mid-air, pulled himself into a ball, used the momentum of his turn and fall to wrench the foot harmlessly from Gersen's grasp. He caught himself catlike on hands and feet, started to bounce away, but Gersen caught the back of Tristano's head, yanked Tristano's face down against his knee. Car- tilage crushed, teeth broke. Tristano fell back, now startled. For an instant he sat laxly asprawl. Gersen caught Tristano's leg and ankle in a lock, threw over his weight, and felt the bone snap. Tristano sucked in his breath. Snatching for his knife, he left his throat exposed; Gersen hacked backhand at the larynx. Tristano's throat was well-muscled, and he retained consciousness, but fell back, feebly waving his knife. 60 THE DEMON PRINCES Gersen kicked it away, but edged forward carefully, for Tristano might be equipped with one or a dozen secret built-in weapons. "Leave me be," croaked Tristano. "Leave me be, go vour way." He dragged himself to the wall. Gersen cautiously reached forth, giving Tristano the option to counter. Tristano refused; Gersen made contact with the massive shoulders, gripped. Tristano suffered this. The two stared eye to eye- Tristano made a sudden grab for an armlock, simultaneously bringing up his good leg. Gersen avoided the armlock, seized the leg, prepared to break the other ankle. Behind him there was out- cry, a flurry of movement. Director-Controller Masensen, face con- torted, came running awkwardly down the hall. Behind him trotted two or three underlings. "Stop this!" cried Masensen. "What do you do here, in this building?" lie fairly spat in Gersen's face, "You are a devil, a crim- inal of the worst sort! You insult me, you attack my customer! I will have the Tutelars attend to you!" "By all means," panted Gersen, suddenly brimming with vin- dictiveness. "Call the Tutelars." Masensen raised his eyebrows. "What? You have this insolence too?" "No insolence is intended," said Gersen. "A good citizen assists the police in apprehending criminals." "What do you mean?" "There is a certain name which I need speak only once to the Tutelars. I need only hint that you and this person are in collusion. For proof? This man"— he looked down at the half-smiling, half- dazed Tristano—"do you know him?" "No. Of course I do not know him." "But you identified him as a customer." "So I'thought him." "He is a notorious murderer." "Waning, my agile friend," croaked Tristano. "No murderer I." "Lugo Teehalt is not alive to contradict you." Tristano essayed a grimace of outraged innocence. "W^e spoke, you and I, while the old man died." "In this case, neither Dasce nor the Sarkoy killed Teehalt. Who came with you to Smade's Planet?" "We came alone." THE STAR KWG 61 Gersen stared in puzzlement. "I find this hard to believe. Hil- demar Dasce told Teehalt that Malagate awaited him outside." Tristano's response was a faint shrug. Gersen stood looking down at him. "I respect the Tutelars and their scourges; I dare not kill you. But I can break more bones, and you will walk sideways like a crab. I can spread apart your eyes, and you will look in two different directions the rest of your life." The lines bracketing Tristano's mouth became deep and mel- ancholy. He slumped heavily back against the wall, uninterested, sodden with pain. He mumbled, "Since when is killing beyond the Pale called murder?" "Who killed Teehalt?" "I saw nothing. I stood with you, by the door." "But the three of you came together to Smade's." Tristano made no response. Gersen leaned forward, performed a quick vicious act. Masensen made an inarticulate sound, stumbled away; then, halting as if caught by a wire, he slowly turned to stare. Tristano looked numbly at his dangling hand.- "Who killed Teehalt?" Tristano shook his head. "I will say no more. I would rather limp and squint than die of the Sarkoy's cluthe." "I can infect you with cluthe." "I will say no more." Gersen leaned forward, but Masensen uttered a short quavering cry. "This is intolerable! I will not allow it! Must you give me nightmares? I do not sleep well." Gersen examined him without friendliness. "You would do well not to interfere." "I will call in the Tutelars. Your acts are grossly illegal; you have broken laws of the state." Gersen laughed. "Call the Tutelars. We will learn who has broken laws and who will be punished." Masensen rubbed his pallid cheeks. "Go then. Never return, and I will say no more." "Not so fast," said Gersen, in high good spirits. "You are in serious difficulties. I came here on a legal errand; you telephone for a murderer, who attacks me. This conduct no one should ignore." Masensen licked his lips. "You are making false charges; I will add this to my particulars." It was a poor effort. Gersen laughed. He went to Tristano, turned him over on his face, pulled the jacket 62 THK DEMON PRINCES down the broad back to constrict the arms, tied it in place with Tristano's sash. With his broken bones Tristano was now immo- bilized. Gersen stepped down the hall, motioned to Masensen. "Let us go to your office." Gersen led the way, with Masensen stumping reluctantly be- hind; once within the inner office, Masensen sank on nerveless legs into his chair. "Now then," said Gersen, "call the Tutelars." Masensen shook his head. "It—it is better to make no difficul- ties. The Tutelars are sometimes unreasonable." "In that case you must tell me what I want to know." Masensen bowed his head. "Ask." "Who did you telephone when I appeared?" Masensen showed extreme agitation. "I cannot tell you," he said huskily. "Do you insist that I be killed?" "The Tutelars will ask the same question, as well as many oth- ers." Masensen looked in anguish to right, left, up at the ceiling. "A man," he said, "at the Grand Pomador Hotel. His name—Spock." "I know better," said Gersen. "You are lying. I give you one more chance. Who did you call?" Masensen shook his head desperately. "I do not lie." "Have you seen the man?" "Yes. He is tall. He has short pink hair, a long big head and no neck. His face is a peculiar red color, and he wears dark spec- tacles, and a nose guard—very unusual. He has no more feeling than a fish." Gersen nodded. Masensen was telling the truth. This would be Hildemar Dasce. He turned. "Now then, this is most important. I wish to know to whom the monitor is registered." Masensen started to shake his head, then gave a fatalistic shrug and rose to his feet. "I will go for the record." "No," said Gersen. "We will go together. And if we cannot find the record, I swear to you I will lodge the strongest possible charges." Masensen rubbed his forehead wearily. "I remember now. The record is here." He brought forth a card from his desk. "Sea Prov- ince University, Avente, Alphanor. Beneficial Grant 291." "No name?" THE STAR KING 63 "No. And there is no value to you in the key. The university uses a coder in each of its monitors. We have sold them several." "Indeed." The use of a coder, to thwart the double-dealing of an unscrupulous locater, was common enough. Masensen's voice became heavily ironic. "The university has evidently sold you a coded monitor without the descrambling strip. If I were you I would complain to the Avente authorities." Gersen considered the implications of the information. They were far-reaching indeed, if one certain condition were met. "Why did you telephone the man Spock? Did he offer you money?" Masensen nodded miserably. "Money. And—he made threats. An indiscretion in my past—" he made a vague gesture. "Tell me, did Spock realize that the monitor was coded?" "Certainly. I mentioned this to him, but he was already aware of it." Gersen nodded. The condition had been met. Attel Malagate must necessarily have access to the descrambling strip at the Sea Province University. He reflected for a moment. Information was accumulating. Malagate himself had killed Teehalt, if Hildemar Dasce were to be believed. Tristano indirectly had verified this; he had conveyed more information than he meant to. He had also confused the sit- uation. If Dasce, the Sarkoy poisoner, and Tristano had come to- gether, with no fourth person, how was the presence of Malagate to be explained? Had he arrived simultaneously in another ship? Possible, but unlikely. . . . Masensen was staring at him anxiously, miserably. "I'm going now," said Gersen. "Do you plan to tell this Spock that I was here?" Masensen nodded, all his bluster departed. "I must." "But you will wait one hour." Masensen made no protest. He might or might not respect Gersen's wishes—most likely not. But there was no help for this. Gersen turned, departed the office, leaving Masensen utterly de- flated. Walking down the hall Gersen overtook Tristano, who some- how had managed to squirm and writhe himself erect. Now he hopped down the hall, one foot dragging at a queer angle. He looked over his shoulder at Gersen, still wearing the quiet half 64 THE, DEMON PRINCES smile, though the muscles around his mouth were tight. Gersen stopped to consider the man. It would be wise and desirable to kill him, except for the possibility of police interference. So, contenting himself with a polite nod, and stepping past Tristano, he went his way. 6 Preface to Men of the Oikumene, by Jan Holberk Vaenz LXII: There is a stifling quality to this age which has been observed, remarked on and lamented by a number of the contemporary anthropologists: an oddity, for never before have such variegated opportunities and possible channels of life existed. It is profitable to consider this situation, for it will recur many times in the pages to follow. The most important fact of human life is the infinity of space: the bounds which can never be reached, the worlds without number still unseen—in short, the Beyond. It is my belief that the awareness of these awesome possibilities has somehow clotted at the core of human consciousness, and has diminished or dampened human enterprise, An instant qualification is necessary. Men of enterprise indeed exist, though sadly enough most of them work Be- yond, and their enterprise is not entirely constructive. (The statement is not completely ironical: many of the most nox- ious forms of life exert some sort of useful side effect.) But, in general, ambition is turned inward, rather than out toward the obvious goals. Why? Does infinity, as an object of experience instead of a mathematical abstraction, daunt the human mind? Are we complacent and secure, knowing that the riches of the galaxy are always there for the taking? Is contemporary life already sated by too rich a diet or novelty? Is it conceivable that the Institute wields more control over the human psyche than we suspect? Or THK DEMON PRINCES is there current a feeling of frustration ant] staleness, the conviction that all glory- has been won, that all the mean- ingful goals have been achieved? Undoubtedly there is no single answer. But several points are noteworthy. First (to be mentioned without com- ment) is the peculiar situation where the most influential and effective systems of the day are the private, or at best semipublic, associations: the IPCC, the Institute, theJarnell Corporation. Second is the decline of the general level of education. The extremes are certainly farther apart; the savants of the Institute on the one hand, and, say, the serfs of a Tertullian estate on the other. If we consider the condition of men beyond the Pale, the polarity is even more pronounced. There are obvious sources to the decline. Pioneers settling in strange and often hostile environments have sheer sur- vival for their first concern. Possibly even more daunting is the unmanageable mass of accumulated knowledge. The trend toward specialization began with modern times, but after the breakout into space, and the consequent new am- plitude of information, specialization has become even more narrowly focused. It is perhaps pertinent to consider the manner of man who has become the new specialist. He lives in a materi- alistic age, where comparatively small interest is given to absolutes. He is a man of charm, wit, sophistication, but no profundity. His ideals are not abstract. His field of en- deavor, if he is a scholar, may be mathematics or one of the physical sciences; but it is a hundred times more likely to be a phase of what loosely are called humanistic studies: history, sociology, comparatives, symbology, esthetics, an- thropology, the varieties of experience, penology, educa- tion, communication, administration and coercion, not to mention the morass of psychology already trampled by gen- erations of incompetents, and the still unexplored wilder- ness of psionics. There are also those who, like the author, ensconce themselves on a thunderous crag ot omniscience, and with protestations of humility which are either unconvincing or totally absent, assume the obligation of appraisal, commen- THE STAR KING dation, derogation or denunciation of their contemporaries. Still, by and large it is an easier job than digging a ditch. From Ten Explorers: A Study of a Type, by Oscar Anderson: Every world has its distinctive psychic aroma: this is a matter attested to by each of the ten explorers. Isack Can- aday is willing to wager that if he were blindfolded and taken to any planet of the Oikumene or the immediate Be- yond, he would correctly identify this planet immediately upon removal of the blindfold. How does he perform such a feat? At first glance it seems incomprehensible. Canaday himself professes not to know the source of his knowledge. "I Just raise my nose, I look around the sky, I take a couple jumps—and it comes to me." Canaday's explanation is of course arch and consciously quaint. Our senses are undoubtedly much more acute than we suspect. The composition of the air, the color of the light and the sky, the curvature and proximity of the hori- zon, the tension of gravity: these are presumably interpreted in our brains to produce an individuality, exactly as the sight of eyes, a nose, hair, a mouth, ears, creates the look of a face. All of this without mention of flora and fauna, the ar- tifices of autochthone or man, the possibly distinctive look of sun or suns. . . . From Life, Volume III, by Unspiek, Baron Bodissey: As a society matures, the struggle for survival imper- ceptibly graduates and changes emphasis, and becomes what can only be termed the quest for pleasure. This is a large statement, possibly of no startling novelty. Neverthe- less, as a generality, it affords a rich resonance of implica- tions. The author suggests as a lively topic for a dissertation a survey of various environment-survival situations and the special types of pleasure goals deriving therefrom. It seems probable, from a moment's reflection, that every particular 68 THE DFMON PRINCFS scarcity or compulsion or danger generates a corresponding psychic tension demanding a particular gratification. Gersen returned to the subway terminal at Sansontiana. He re- co\ered the monitor, immediately made a trial of the key. To his gratification the lock moved smoothly, the case slid open. There was neither explosive nor acid present He extracted the little cylinder containing the filament, weighed it m his hand. Then he stepped into a post-office booth and mailed the cylinder to him- self at the Hotel Credenza, Avente, Alphanor. He rode the subway back to Kindune and the spaceport, and with no untoward incident took his ship aloft. The blue crescent of Alphanor presently bulged across the sky, with Ri^el dazzling beyond. When the seven continents began to emerge from the dark, Gersen engaged his autopilot into the Av- ente landing program, and so was guided down to the spaceport. The crane lifted the boat, earned it to a storage bay; Gersen emerged, made a cautious reconnaissance. Finding no evidence of his enemies, he proceeded down the ranks of stored spacecraft to the terminal building Here he breakfasted and considered his plans. They were, he decided, completely straightforward, deriving from a progression of logical steps in which he could see no flaw: a. Lugo Teehalt's monitor was registered to the Sea Province University. b. The information on the monitor filament was coded, acces- sible only upon application of the decoding, or descramblmg, strip c. The decoding strip was in possession of the Sea Province University at Avente. d. 1. According to Lugo Teehalt, Attel Malagate had been his original sponsor (a fact he had apparently understood for the first time at Brmktown. Indiscretions by Hildemar Dasce^ Everything considered, Malagate probably still regarded his incognito secure). 2 Malagate vigorously sought possession of the monitor and its filament, and hence must have access to the de- coding strip. e. Gersen's course of action would therefore be- THE STAR K1\G 69 1. Identify the persons who had access to the decoding strip. 2. Learn which of these fulfilled a set of conditions consis- tent with the identity and activities of Malagate. Which, for example, had been gone long enough for a visit to Smade's Planet^ A straightforward and logical line of attack indeed. But, Gersen reflected, the implementation of his logic might not be quite so easy. He dare not arouse Malagate's apprehensions. To a certain extent, possession ofTeehalt's filament provided security; however, if Malagate felt a personal threat, he would find little difficulty, and no qualms, in arranging an assassination. To this moment, Malagate had no reason to fear exposure, and it would be foolhardy to con- vince him otherwise. The initiative, for the present, was Gersen's; there was no occasion for breakneck haste. . . . His attention be- came distracted. In a booth nearby sat a pair of pretty girls who evidently had come to the terminal to welcome a friend, or to see one off- Gersen contemplated them wistfully, aware, not for the first time, of an empty area in his life, and feeling a dissatisfaction not unlike the indefinable emotion he had known at Smade's Planet. Frivolity . . . the two girls evidently had very little else on their minds. One had dyed her hair forest green and toned her skin a delicate lettuce green. The other wore a wig of lavender metal shav- ings with dead-white skin toning; an elaborate cloche of silver leaves and tendrils clung to her forehead, clasped her cheeks. Gersen drew a deep breath. Undoubtedly he had lived a grim, cheerless existence. Thinking back across the years, scenes came crowding into his mind, all of which were variations on a single theme: other children occupied with irresponsible pleasure, while he, a rather thin boy with a grave face, watched from a distance. He had felt only interest and wonder at the easy gaiety—so he recalled—never relating the scenes to himself. His grandfather had seen to that. .. . One of the girls at the nearby booth had noticed his attention; she whispered to her friend. Both glanced across the aisle, then ostentatiously ignored him. Gersen smiled ruefully. He felt no con- fidence in his dealings with women; he had known few intimately. He frowned, turned the two a wary side glance. Not impossibly, Malagate had sent these girls to beguile him. Ridiculous. Why two;i 70 THE DF.MON PRINCES They rose and departed the restaurant, each turning on him one swift covert glance. Gersen watched their retreat, resisting the sudden urge to run after them, to introduce himself, to make them his friends. . . . Ri- diculous again, doubly ridiculous. What would he say? He pictured the two pretty faces at first puzzled, then embarrassed, while he stood making lame efforts to ingratiate himself. The girls were gone. Just as well, thought Gersen, half amused, half angry with himself. Still, why deceive himself? Living the life of half a man was difficult, a source of dissatisfaction. The circumstances of his life had given him small command of the social graces. Still, what of that? He knew his mission in life, and he was superbly prepared to fulfill this mission. He had no doubts, no un- certainties; his goals were exactly defined. A sudden idea disturbed the flow of his self-reassurances: Where would he be without this clear purpose? If he were less artificially motivated, he might not show so well in comparison with the easy men around him, with their pleasant manners and fluent talk. . . . Turning the thought over, back and forth, Gersen began to feel spiritually deficient. No phase of his life had occurred by his own free choice. He felt no slightest tremor in his dedication: this was not the point at issue. But, he thought, a man's goals should not be imposed upon him until he knew enough of the world to make his own survey, to weigh his own decisions. He had not been given this option. The decision had been made, he had accepted it. ... After all, what matter? More to the point, what would he do when and if he succeeded in his aims? The chances were small, of course. But—assuming the death of five men—what then would he do with his life? Once or twice before he had reached this point in his reflections; warned by some subconscious signal, he had never gone beyond it. Nor did he do so now. His breakfast was finished; the girls, who had prompted him to his brooding, had taken themselves off. Evidently they were not agents ofMalagate the Woe. Gersen sat a few minutes longer considering the best approach to his problem, and again decided upon simple directness. He went to a communication booth and was connected to the Information Bureau at the Sea Province University in the suburb of Remo, ten miles south. The telescreen flickered first with the university seal, then a conventional reception presentation, printed with the words, Please THE STAR KING 71 speak clearly. Simultaneously a recorded voice asked, "How may we serve you?" Gersen spoke to the still unseen receptionist. "I want infor- mation regarding the university's exploration program. W^hich de- partment is directly concerned?" The screen clarified through a decorative cross-hatching to show the gold-toned face of a young woman with blonde hair in flamboyant puffs at each ear. "That depends on the type of explo- ration." "It would be connected with Beneficial Grant 291." "Just a moment, sir, and I'll inquire." The scene retreated be- hind the cross-hatching. Presently the girl's face reappeared. "I'll connect you with the Department of Galactic Morphology, sir." Gersen looked into another pale receptionist face. This young woman had arch piquant features toned nacreous silver, and wore her hair in a dark nimbus of ten thousand tiny varnished spikes. "Galactic Morph." "I want to inquire about Beneficial Grant 291," said Gersen. The girl considered for a moment. "You mean the grant itself, sir?" "The grant, how it operates, who administers it." The arch young face pursed its mouth dubiously. "There's not much I can tell you, sir. It's the fund which finances our exploration program." "I'm particularly interested in a locater named Lugo Teehalt, who worked under the grant." She shook her head. "I wouldn't know anything about him. Mr. Detteras could tell you, but he's not available for appointments today." "Mr. Detteras hires the locators?" The girl twisted her eyebrows, squinted; she had a mobile ex- pression, a wide mouth with a merry upward twitch at the corners. Gersen watched her in fascination. "I don't know too much about things like that, sir. We have our part in the Master Exploration Program, of course. That's not under Grant 291, though. Mr. Det- teras is Director of Exploration; he could tell you whatever you wanted to know." "Is there anyone else in the department who might sponsor a locater on Grant 291 ?" 72 THE DF.MON PRINCES The girl looked speculatively sidewise at Gersen, wondering as to the nature of his interest. "Are vou a police official?" she asked timidly. Gersen laughed. "No, I'm a friend of Mr. Teehalt's, trying to finish up some business for him." "Oh. Well, there's Mr. Kelle who is Chairman of the Research Planning Committee. And Mr. Warweave, the Honorary Provost, who made the donation for Grant 291. Mr. Kelle is gone for the morning; his daughter is marrying tomorrow and he's very busy." "What about Mr. Warweave? Can I see him?" "Well—" the girl pursed her lips, bent her head over an ap- pointment panel. "He's busy until three, and then he keeps an open hour, for students or persons without appointments." "That would suit me very well." "If you'd care to leave your name," said the girl demurely, "I'll put it at the head of the list. Then you won't have to wait, in case there are lots of others." Gersen was startled by her solicitude. He searched her face, and was further surprised to find her smiling at him. "That's very kind of you. My name is Kirth Gersen." He watched her write. She seemed in no hurry to terminate the conversation. He asked, "What does an Honorary Provost do? What are his duties?" She shrugged- "I don't know, really. He comes and goes. I think he does just what he wants. Anyone who is rich does just what he wants. Wait till I'm rich." "One more thing," Gersen said. "Are you familiar with the routine of the department?" "Why yes, I should say so." The girl laughed. "In so far as there is a routine." "The recording filament of the monitor in a locater boat is coded. You're aware of this?" "So I have been told." The girl was definitely speaking to Ger- sen as an individual, rather than a face on a screen. Gersen thought her deliciously pretty, in spite of her rather extravagant hair style. Definitely he had been in space too long. He kept his voice even with an effort. "WTio unscrambles the filaments? WT-io is in charge of the code?" Again the girl was doubtful. "Mr. Detteras for one. Perhaps Mr. Kelle." THE STAR KING 73 "Can you find out definitely?" The girl hesitated, examining Gersen's face. It was always wise to refuse to answer questions whose motives she could not fathom; still—where could be the harm? The man who inquired seemed interesting: wistful and sad, so she thought, and a trifle mysterious; and definitely not unattractive, in a hardbitten fashion. "I can ask Mr. Detteras' secretary," she said brightly. "Will you wait?" The screen dimmed, and a minute or two later brightened again. The girl smiled back at Gersen, "I was right. Mr. Detteras, Mr. Kelle, and Mr. Warweave—these are the only people who have access to the decoding strip." "I see. Mr. Detteras is Director of Exploration, Mr. Kelle is Chairman of the Research Planning Committee, and Mr. War- weave is—what?" "Honorary Provost. They gave him the title when he endowed the department with Grant 291. He's a very wealthy man, and very interested in space exploration. He frequently goes Beyond. .. . Have you ever been Beyond?" "I've just returned." She leaned forward, her face alive with interest. "Is it really as wild and dangerous as everyone says?" Gersen threw caution to the winds, with a bravado that startled even himself. "Come out with me and see for yourself." The girl did not appear unduly perturbed. But she shook her head. "I'd be alarmed. I've been taught never to trust strange men from the Beyond. You might be a slaver and sell me." "Such things have happened," said Gersen dampened. "You're probably safer where you are." "Still," she said coquettishly, "who wants to be safe?" Gersen hesitated, started to speak, stopped short. The girl watched him with an expression of bland innocence. Well, why not? he asked himself. His grandfather had been old and parched. . . . "In that case—if you're willing to risk it—perhaps you'd spend the evening with me." "For what purpose?" The girl was suddenly demure. "Slavery?" "No. Just—the usual. Whatever you'd like to do." "This is very abrupt. After all, I haven't even seen you face to face." "Yes, you're right," said Gersen once more abashed. "I'm not very gallant." 74 •HIE DKMON PRINCES "And still, what could be the harm? I'm impulsive myself, or so I've been told." "I suppose it depends on circumstances." "You're just in from Beyond," the girl said magnanimously. "So I guess you can be excused." "Then you'll do it?" She pretended to consider. "Very well. I'll take a chance. Where will I meet you?" "I'll be out at three o'clock to see Mr. Warweave; we can make arrangements then." "I'm off duty at four. . . . You're sure you're not a slaver?" "I'm not even a pirate." "Rather an unenterprising sort, I'd say. . . . But I'm just as pleased, until I know you a little better." A wide sandy beach extended a hundred miles south of Avente, around the entire concavity of Ard Hook. As far as Remo, and a few miles beyond, villas built of glaring white coquina lined the crest of the sandy bluffs which overlooked the ocean. Gersen hired a car, a small surface slider, and skidded south over the broad white turnpike,, the inevitable dust puffing up behind him. For a space the road followed the shore. Sand dazzled under the brilliant Rigel light; blue water under a collar of white foam sparkled and rolled calmly7 up and down the sand, creating a sound invariable on every wwld in every galaxy where surf meets shore. The road presently climbed the bluffs; to the left spread sand dunes overgrown with black and purple iron bush, punctuated by tall white balloon flower, the inflated pod floating at the end of a long stem. Other white villas looked forth from groves of cool green deodars, native feathertree, hybrid palm. Ahead the ground rose, and the sandy bluffs became a range of low hills, presenting a steep face to the ocean. Remo occupied the flat land at the foot of one of these hills. A pair of piers terminating in high-domed casinos reached forth to create a harbor filled with small boats. The university occupied the crest of the hill: a series of low, flat-rooted structures connected by arcades. Gersen -arrived at the campus parking area, lowered the slide car, alighted. A slideway took him through a commemorative arch into a wide mall, where he inquired directions from a student. THE STAR KING 75 "The College of Galactic Morphology? Into the next quad, sir; the building at the far corner." Ruefully pondering the respectful "sir" from a man no more than seven years his junior, Gersen walked to the end of the mall, threading a many-voiced, many-costumed multitude of students. He crossed the quadrangle, approached the building at the far cor- ner. At the portal he paused, aware of an emotion strangely like diffidence, or shyness, which had gradually been asserting itself dur- ing the entire trip out to the university. He jeered at himself. Was he a schoolboy, that the prospect of an evening with a strange girl should give him tremors? And more remarkable, the emotion seemed to take precedence over the basic goal ot his existence! He shrugged, irritated and amused together, then entered the foyer. At a desk a girl looked up, with an uncertainty Gersen identified as equivalent to his own. She was smaller and more slender than he had thought her to be, but by no means less appealing. "Mr. Gersen?" Gersen put on what he hoped was a reassuring smile. "It occurs to me that I don't know your name." She relaxed a trifle. "Pallis Atwrode." "That takes care of the formalities," said Gersen. "I hope that our arrangement is still working?" She nodded. "Unless you've changed your mind." "No." "I act far bolder than I actually am," said Pallis Atwrode. She gave an embarrassed laugh. "I've simply decided to ignore my up- bringing. My mother is a blue-stocking. Perhaps it's time I began to overcompensate." "You begin to alarm me," said Gersen. "I'm not very bold ei- ther, and if I have to cope with overcompensation—" "Not really formidable overcompensation. 1 won't become in- toxicated, or pick a fight, or—" She stopped. "Or?" "Oh—just -or.' " Gersen looked at his watch. "I'd better see Mr. Warweave." "His offices are down that corridor. And Mr. Gersen—" Gersen looked down into the upturned face. "Yes?" "Today I told you something which it seems I shouldn't have. About the code. It's supposed to be secret. Would you please not mention it to Mr. Warweave? I'd get in trouble." 76 ^ HE DEMON PRINCES "I'll say nothing about it " "Thank you." He turned, went off down the corridor she had indicated The floor was resilient black and gray tesserae, the walls and ceiling were plastered white, devoid of decoration or relief except for the various doors and identificators—these in various muted tones of maroon, mauve, dark green, indigo Three doors along the corridor Gersen came upon a free- floating identificator of luminous blue letters, which read. GYLE WARWEAVE, and below PROVOST He paused, struck by the incongruity of Malagate the Woe in such surroundings. Was there a break in his chain of reasoning5 The monitor was coded, registered to the university Hildemar Dasce, Malagate's lieutenant, had sought possession of the filament, which was useless without the decoder. Gyle Warweave, Detteras and Kelle were the three men who had access to the decoder, one of the three must be Malagate. So then which, Warweave, Detteras or Kelle3 Conjecture without facts was useless, he must deal with events as they occurred He stepped forward, the door slipped aside, quick as a camera shutter, the identificator broke into individual letters which scattered like frightened fish, to regroup after he had passed In the outer office a tall thin middle-aged woman with keen unsympathetic gray eyes stood listening to an obviously unhappy young man, shaking her head slowly, continually, as he spoke "I'm sorry," she said finally, m a clear brittle voice, "these ar- rangements are all made on a formal basis of student achievement. I can't allow you to bother the provost with your complaints " "WTiat is he there for, then5" shouted the young man. "He had open office hours, why can't he listen to my side of the story?" The woman shook her head "I'm sorry." She turned away "Are you Mr Gersen5" she asked Gersen came forward. "Mr Warweave is expecting you, please go through that door " Gersen went as directed Gyle Warweave, sitting at a desk, rose to his feet as Gersen entered a tall handsome man, strong and fit looking, of an age not immediately obvious—perhaps ten or fifteen years older than Gersen His hair was a cushion of black curls shaped close to his skull, his skin dye a conservative pale umber His face was emphatically marked, the eyes narrow, deep-set, black THE STAR KING 77 and brooding, the nose and chin harsh He saluted Gersen with a measured courtesy "Mr Gersen, sit down, if you will I'm glad to make your acquaintance." "Thank you " Gersen looked about him. The room was larger than the usual office, the desk occupying an unconventional posi- tion by the left of the door, with the greater part of room beyond Tall windows at the right overlooked the quadrangle, the opposite wall was papered with hundreds of maps Mercator pro)ections of many worlds The center of the room was empty, giving it the semblance of a conference chamber from which the table had been removed. At the far end, on a pedestal of polished wood, stood a construction of stone and metal spires, the provenance of which Gersen was ignorant He seated himself, returned his attention to the man behind the desk Gyle Warweave hardly conformed to Gersen's picture of the typical university administrator This of course would well be true, thought Gersen, if Warweave were Malagate Contradicting the evidence of his conservative skin dye, Warweave wore a rich bright- blue suit with a white sash, white leather greaves, pale blue sandals garments which might be affected by a young buck of the Sailmaker Beach district, north of Avente. Gersen groped at an elusive fa- miliarity, a tantalizing wisp of recollection, which fled completely from view. Warweave inspected Gersen \uth a similar frank curiosity, in which there was a trace of condescension Gersen definitely was no dandy He wore the neutral garments of a person either uninter- ested m current modes or unaware of them His skin was undyed (walking along the streets of Avente, Gersen had felt almost un- dressed), his thick dark hair was cropped into an undistinguished ruff Warweave waited with attentive politeness Gersen said, "I'm here, Mr. Warweave, in connection with a rather complex matter My motives are beside the point, so I'll ask you to listen without troubling about them " Warweave nodded "Rather difficult, but I'll try " "First of all, are you acquainted with Mr Lugo Teehalt5" "No, I am not " The answer \\as immediate and decisive "May I ask who has the responsibility for the university's space exploration program5" 78 THE DEMON PRINCES Warweave considered. "Do you refer to major expeditions, shotgun surveys, or what in particular?" "Whatever program makes use of locators in leased boats." "Hm," said Warweave. He turned a quizzical look toward Gersen. "By any chance, are you a locater in search of a post? If so- Gersen smiled politely. "No, I'm not after a job." Warweave smiled in his turn, a quick humorless grimace. "No, of course not. I'm inept in my judgments. For instance, your voice tells me very little. You're not a native of the Concourse. If you were of a different physiognomy I'd place you from Mizar's Third." "During most of my youth I lived on Earth." "Indeed?" Warweave raised his eyebrows in manufactured astonishment. "Out here, you know, we think ofEarthmen in terms of stereotypes: cultists, mystics, hypercivilized eptcenes, sinister old men in Institute black, decadent aristocrats.. .." "I claim no particular niche," said Gersen. "Incidentally, you puzzle me no less than I puzzle you." Warweave put on an expression of rueful whimsey. "Very well, Mr. Gersen. You were asking about our policy in connection with locators. First of all, we cooperate with a number of other institu- tions in the Master Space Exploration Program. Secondly, there is a small fund which may be drawn upon to expedite some special project." "That is Beneficial Grant 291?" Warweave inclined his head in curt assent. "Very odd," said Gersen. "Odd? How so?" "Lugo Teehalt was a locater. The monitor in his boat was char- tered to Sea Province University, under Grant 291." Warweave pursed his lips. "It's quite possible that Mr. Teehalt might be working for one of the department heads on some special project." "The monitor was coded. That should narrow the possibilities." Warweave pierced Gersen with a hard glance of black eyes. "If I knew what you wanted to learn, I could answer more to the point." There was nothing to lose by telling at least part of the truth, thought Gersen. If Gyle Warweave were Malagate, he would know THE STAR KING 79 what had happened. If he were not, no harm could be done. "The name Attel Malagate is familiar to you?" "Malagate the Woe? One of the so-called Demon Princes." "Lugo Teehalt located a world of apparently idyllic condi- tions—a world literally beyond value, more Earthlike than Earth. Malagate learned of the discovery, how I don't know. In any event, at least four ofMalagate's men hunted Teehalt to Smade's Tavern. "Teehalt arrived )ust after I did. He landed in a hidden valley and walked to the tavern. During the evening Malagate's men ar- rived. Teehalt tried to escape, but they caught him in the dark, killed him. Then they took off in my ship, apparently assuming that it was Teehalt's. Both were the same, old Model 9B." Gersen laughed. "When they checked my monitor they had a sorry sur- prise. "The next day I left in Teehalt's boat. Naturally I took pos- session of his monitor. I plan to sell the filament for as much as the market will bear." Warweave nodded briskly, moved a sheet of paper on his desk an inch to the right. Gersen watched him, studying the immaculate hands, the glossy fingernails. Looking up, he caught the stare of Warweave's gaze, less affable than his tone of voice. "And from whom do you propose to collect?" Gersen shrugged. "I'll give Teehalt's sponsor the first oppor- tunity. As I mentioned, the filament is coded, and is valueless with- out the decoding strip." Warweave leaned back in his chair. "Offhand I don't know who might have contracted with this man Teehalt. Whoever it is natu- rally would not buy a pig in a poke." "Naturally not." Gersen placed a photograph on the desk. Warweave glanced at it, dropped it into a projection slot- A screen on the far wall burst into color. Teehalt had taken the picture from a rise of ground to one side of a valley. On either hand hills rolled back, over, away and beyond—the rounded tips could be seen re- ceding into the distance. Groves of tall dark trees stood to the side of the valley; a river wandered through the meadows, the banks lined with rushes. At the far side of the meadow, almost in the shade of the forest, stood what appeared to be a bank of flowering shrubs. The sun could not be seen, but the sunlight was golden-white, warm, languid, and the time was evidently noon. Warweave studied the picture at length, then made a gruff non- 80 THE DEMON PRINCES committal sound. Gersen provided another photograph; the screen shifted to display the view down the valley: the river meandering and twisting, finally disappearing into the far distance. Trees stand- ing tall at either side formed a sort of aisle, diminishing until all faded into haze. Warweave heaved a sigh. "Beyond question a beautiful world. A hospitable world. What of atmosphere and biogens?" "Completely compatible, according to Teehalt." "If it is as you say—undiscovered, uninhabited—an indepen- dent locater could name his own price. Still, not being born yes- terday, I wonder, could not this photograph have been made elsewhere? Even on Earth, where the vegetation is similar to this?" For answer, Gersen brought forth a third photograph. War- weave dropped it into the slot. The screen depicted, as if from a distance of twenty feet, one of the objects which in the first pho- tograph had appeared as a flowering shrub. It was revealed as a perambulatory being, semihumanoid, graceful. Slender gray legs supported a gray, silver, blue, green torso; purple-green eyes looked forth from a perfect ovoid head, which was otherwise featureless. From the shoulders, armlike members reached three feet into the air, branching and webbing, to support the peacock's tail fan of fronds. "The creature, whatever it is—" "Teehalt called it a dryad." "—certainly it is unique. I've never seen its like before. If the picture is not faked—and I do not believe that it is—then the planet is what you claim it to be." "I claim nothing. Teehalt made the claims. It is a world—so he told me—so beautiful that he could neither bear to stay nor bear to leave." "And you have Teehalt's filament in your possession." "Yes. I want to sell it. The market is presumably limited to those persons who have access to the decoding strip. Of these, the man who sponsored Lugo Teehalt's operation should have the first option." Warweave gave Gersen a long steady inspection. "A quixotic attitude, which puzzles me. You do not seem a quixotic man." "Why not Judge from deeds rather than impressions?" Warweave merely raised his eyebrows in something like dis- dain. Then he said, "Conceivably I could make you an offer for the THE STAR KING 81 filament: say two thousand SVU now, another ten thousand after inspection of the world. Possibly a trifle more." "Naturally I will take the best price 1 can get," said Gersen. "But I would like to interview Mr. Kelle and Mr. Detteras first. One of them must be Teehalt's sponsor. If neither is interested in the filament, then—" Warweave interrupted sharply. "WTiy do you specify these two men?" "Other than yourself, they are the only persons who have access to the decoding strips." "May I ask how you are aware of this?" Remembering Pallis Atwrode's request, Gersen felt a pang of guilt. "I asked a young man in the quadrangle. Apparently it's com- mon knowledge." "Altogether too much loose talk," said Warweave, his mouth in a hard angry line. Gersen wanted to inquire how Warweave had spent the pre- vious month, but the occasion was clearly inopportune. It could not be a wise question, if posed directly: if Warweave were Malagate, his suspicion would instantly be reinforced. Warweave now tapped fingers on his desk, rose to his feet. "If you will give me half an hour I will ask Mr. Detteras and Mr. Kelle to step into my office, and you can make your inquiry. Will that be satisfactory?" "No." "No?" barked Warweave. "Why not?" Gersen also rose to his feet. "Since the matter does not concern you, I would prefer to interview Mr. Kelle and Mr. Detteras alone, on my own terms." "This is at your option," said Warweave coldly. He considered a moment. "WTiat you are after, I can't guess. I put little faith in your candor. But I will make a bargain with you." Gersen waited. "Kelle and Detteras are busy men," said Warweave. "They are not as accessible as I am. I will arrange that you see them at once— today, if you like. Possibly one or the other will admit to an ar- rangement with Lugo Teehalt. In any case, after your interview with Kelle and Detteras, you will report to me what offers, if any, they have made, and so give me the opportunity of meeting or exceeding the offer." 82 THF DEMON PRINCES "In other words," said Gersen, "you'd keep this world for your private use5" "Why not5 The filament is no longer the property of the uni- versity You have taken possession of it And, if the truth be known, my money has gone to endow Grant 291 " "That's reasonable enough " "You agree to my bargain, then7" "Yes So long as you understand that the first refusal goes to Teehalt's sponsor " Warweave's eyelids drooped, he inspected Gersen with a rather cynical twist of the lips "I wonder why you insist on this." "Perhaps I am a quixotic man after all, Mr. Warweave " War-weave swung about, spoke into the desk screen, listened, turned back to Gersen "Very well. Mr Kelle will see you first, then Mr. Detteras After that you will report back to me." "I agree " "Good You will find Kelle's office at the opposite end of the building " Gersen went out into the corridor past Warweave's glint-eyed secretary, returned to the foyer Pallis Atwrode looked up with an eager expectancy Gersen found very appealing "Did you learn what you wanted to5" "No. He's sending me to see Kelle and Detteras." "Today5" "Right now." She looked at him with new interest "You'd be surprised at the people both Mr Kelle and Mr Detteras have refused to see today." Gersen grinned. "I don't know how long I'll be .. If you're off duty at four—" "I'll wait," said Palhs Atwrode, and then she laughed "I mean, you won't be very much longer than four, and I'd have to walk home, and explain where I live—it's )ust easier waiting " "I'll be as fast as I can," said Gersen. Deeming the unsubstantiated dogma of a locali/ed religious cult to be an undignified and unsuitable base on which to erect the chronology of galactic man, the members of this convention hereby declare that time shall now be reckoned from the year 2000 A D (Old System), which becomes the year 0 The revolution ofFarth about Sol remains the stan- dard annual unit Declaration at the Oikumemcal Convention for the Standardization of Units and Meters "Everything of which we are conscious has for us a deeper meaning still, a final meaning And the one and only means ot rendering this incomprehensible comprehensible must be a kind of metaphysics which regards everything whatsoever as having significance as a symbol." Oswald Speng-ler "Who are our basic enemies^ This is a secret, unknown even to those basic enemies " Xaviar Skolcamp, Over-Centennul Fellon ot the Institute, indulgently, in response to a )ournahst's too- searching question Kagge Kelle was a small, compact man with a large, solid, well- arranged head His skin was only faintly dyed, to a waxv bisque pallor, he wore a severe costume of dark brown and purple His eyes were clear and remote, his nose short and blunt, his mouth prim, held firmly as if in compensation for its overfullness 84 THE DEMON PRINCES Kelle seemed to make a virtue of inscrutability. He greeted Gersen with austere courtesy, listened to his story without com- ment, saw the photographs without perceptible show of interest. Choosing his words with care, he said, "I am sorry that I cannot help you. I did not sponsor Mr. Teehalt's expedition. I know noth- ing about this man." "In that case, will you allow me the use of the decoding strip?" Kelle sat motionless for a moment. Then he said in an even voice, "Unfortunately, this is contrary to the rules of the depart- ment. I would encounter not a little criticism. Still. .. ." He picked up the photographs, examined them once more. "This is beyond question a world of interesting characteristics. What is its name?" "I don't have that information, Mr. Kelle." "I cannot conceive why you seek Teehalt's sponsor. Are you a representative of the IPCC?" "I am a private individual, though naturally I can't demonstrate this." Kelle was skeptical. "Everyone works to his own interests. If I understood what you were trying to achieve, I could possibly act with more flexibility." "That is more or less what Mr. Warweave told me," said Ger- sen. Kelle turned on him a sharp look. "Neither Warweave nor my- self are what might be called innocent men." He thought for a moment, then said grudgingly, "On behalf of the department, I can go so far as to make you an offer for the filament—though, as you tell the story, it actually is the property of the department to begin with." Gersen nodded in full agreement. "That is exactly the point I am trying to establish. Does the filament actually belong to the university, or can I feel free to do as I like with it? If I could find Lugo Teehalt's sponsor—or determine whether the sponsor actu- ally exists—then any number of new possibilities would appear." Kelle was not to be moved by Gersen's ingenuousness. "It is an extraordinary situation ... As I say, I might be able to make you an attractive offer for the filament—even as a private party, if that would expedite matters. Although I would naturally insist on a prior inspection of the planet." "You know my qualms in the matter, Mr. Kelle." Kelle's response was only a small incredulous smile. Once more THE STAR KING 85 he studied the photographs. "These—er, dryads, I must say they are creatures of considerable interest. . . . Well, I can help you to this extent. I will consult university records for information regard- ing Lugo Teehalt. But in exchange, I would like you to assure me an opportunity to consider the purchase of this world, in the event that you do not find the so-called 'sponsor.' " Gersen could not restrain a mild gibe. "You gave me to un- derstand that you weren't particularly interested." "Your assumptions are of no consequence," said Kelle evenly. "This should not injure your sensibilities, for you clearly are not concerned as to my opinion of you. You approach me as if I were mentally deficient, with a tale which would not impress a child." Gersen shrugged. "The 'tale,' as it stands, is substantially ac- curate. Naturally I haven't told you everything I know." Kelle smiled again, rather more generously. "Well, let's see what the records have to tell us." He spoke into the microphone. "Confidential Information. Authority of Kagge Kelle." The nonhuman voice of the information bank responded. "Confidential Information, ready." "The file on Lugo Teehalt." He spelled out the name. There was a series of subdued mutterings, a quiet eerie whis- tling. The voice spoke once more, reading off the information it had gathered. "Lugo Teehalt: his file. Contents: Application for admission, verification and appended comment. April 3, 1480." "Pass," said Kelle. "Application for admission to advanced regimen, verification and appended comment. July 2, 1485." "Pass." "Thesis for degree in College of Symbology: title: 'The Mean- ingful Elements in the Eye Motion of the Tunkers of Mizar Six.' December 20, 1489." "Pass." "Application for post as associate instructor, verification and comment. March 15. 1490." "Discharge of Lugo Teehalt, associate instructor, for conduct prejudicial to morale of student corpus. October 19, 1492." "Pass." "Contract between Lugo Teehalt and Department of Galactic Morphology, January 6, 1521." 86 THE DEMON PRINCES Gersen exhaled a small sigh at the relaxation of tension of whose existence he had barely been aware. It was definite: Lugo Teehalt had been employed as locater by someone within the department. "Quote in resume," Kelle ordered. "Lugo Teehalt and Department of Galactic Morphology agree and covenant to the following: Department will furnish Teehalt a suitable space vessel, provisioned, equipped, found in typical and useful manner, in order that Teehalt shall conduct, as agent of de- partment, assiduous exploration of certain areas of galaxy. Depart- ment advances Teehalt sum of five thousand SVU and guarantees a bonus of graduated values for degrees of successful exploration. Teehalt agrees to devote best efforts to successful pursuit of explo- ration, to preserve results of said exploration secure and secret from all persons, groups, and agencies other than those authorized by Department. Signatures: Lugo Teehalt for Lugo Teehalt; Ominah Bazerman for department. "No further information." "Mmf," said Kagge Kelle. He spoke to the screen. "Ominah Bazerman." A click, a voice spoke. "Ominah Bazerman, Chief Clerk." "Kelle speaking. Two years ago a certain Lugo Teehalt was despatched as a locater. You signed his contract. Do you remember the circumstances?" There was a moment's silence. "No, Mr. Kelle, I can't say that I do. The contract probably came to me in a set of other papers." "You don't remember who would have initiated this contract, who sponsored this particular exploration?" "No, sir. It must have been either yourself, or Mr. Detteras, or perhaps Mr. Warweave. No one else would order out such an ex- ploration." "I see. Thank you." Kelle turned to Gersen, his eyes mild, almost bovine. "And there you have it. If it wasn't Warweave, it must be Detteras. As a matter of fact Detteras is former Dean of the College of Symbology. Perhaps he and Teehalt were acquain- ^i tances. ... Rundle Detteras, Director of Exploration, seemed a man com- pletely at his ease—at peace with himself, his job, the world at large. When Gersen entered his office, Detteras held up his hand in easy THE STAR KING 87 salute. He was a large man, surprisingly ugly for this age when a pointed nose or an overloose mouth could be repaired in a matter of hours. He had made no attempt to camouflage his ugliness; in- deed, it seemed as if his rather harsh blue-green skin dye, almost the color of verdigris, accentuated the coarseness of his features, the rather gauche brusqueness of his motions. His head was the shape of a gourd; the heavy chin rested on his breast with no per- ceptible intervention of neck, the hair was a bristle dyed the color of wet moss. From knee to shoulder he seemed of uniform thick- ness, with a torso like a log. He wore the quasimilitary uniform of a Baron of the Order of Archangels: black boots, loose scarlet breeches, and a splendid blouse striped green, blue and scarlet, with gold epaulettes and filigreed breast plates. Rundle Detteras was of sufficient presence to command both the uniform and his odd phys- iognomy; a man with the slightest dubiety or self-consciousness would instantly have seemed eccentric. "Well, well, Mr. Gersen," said Detteras, "is it too early for a taste of arrack?" "I'm out of bed." Detteras stared in brief puzzlement, then laughed heartily. "Ex- cellent! This is when I usually hoist the hospitality flag. Tint, tang, or white?" "White, please." Detteras poured from the tall slender flask. He raised his glass: "Detteras au pouvoir!" and drank with gusto. "First of the day, like a visit home to mother." He poured himself a second tot, settled back, turned upon Gersen a glance of leisurely appraisal, Gersen asked himself, which one: Warweave? Kelle? Detteras? One of these exteriors hid the ferocious soul of Attel Malagate the Woe. Warweave? Kelle? Detteras? Gersen had inclined toward War- weave; now he was once more dubious. Detteras had undeniable force, a rude, harsh-textured energy, almost palpable. Detteras apparently felt no urgency about coming to grips with Gersen's business, for all the reputed press of his affairs. It was not unlikely that he and Warweave had been in communication, and possibly Kelle likewise. "A never-ending puzzle," said Detteras, rather pompously. "The modes of why and how men differ." If Detteras were in no hurry, thought Gersen, neither was he. "No doubt you're right," he said, "although I don't understand the immediate relevance." 88 THE DEMON PRINCES Detteras laughed; a heavy booming sound. "Quite as it should be; I would be surprised if you professed otherwise." He held up his hand to forestall Gersen's response. "Presumption on my part? No. Hear me out. You are a somber man, a pragmatic man. You carry a heavy load of secrets and dark resolves." Gersen sipped suspiciously at the arrack. The verbal pyrotech- nics might be intended as a distraction, a device to diminish his wariness. He concentrated on the arrack, senses keen for the faintest off flavor. Detteras had poured both drinks from the same flask; he had offered Gersen a choice of three distillations; he had taken up glasses without seeming calculation. There existed, none- theless, enormous scope for ruse, which no normal vigilance could prevent. . . . The drink was innocent, so Gersen's tongue and nasal passages, trained on Sarkovy, assured him. He focused his attention upon Detteras and the previous remark. "Your opinions regarding me are exaggerated." Detteras grinned, a great gap-lipped grimace. "But nevertheless essentially accurate?" "Possibly." Detteras nodded complacently, as if Gersen had given him the most emphatic of corroborations. "It is a skill, or habit of obser- vation, born of long years of study. I formerly specialized in Sym- bology, until I decided that I'd cropped the pasture as short as my teeth were long, and as far as my tether would reach. So here I am in Galactic Morphology. A less complicated field, descriptive rather than analytic, objective rather than humanistic. Still, I occasionally find application for my previous field. Now is a case in point. You come into my office, an utter stranger. I assess your overt symbolic presentation: skin color; shape, condition, color of your hair; fea- tures, clothes, your general style. You will say, this is common prac- tice. I reply, true. Everyone eats, but a skilled taster is rare. I read these symbols with minute exactitude, and they provide me with information about your personality. I, on the other hand, deny sim- ilar knowledge to you. How? I bedizen myself with random and contradictory symbols, I am in constant camouflage, behind which the real Rundle Detteras watches, as calm and cool as an impresario at the hundredth performance of a glittering carnival extravaganza." Gersen smiled. "My nature might be as flamboyant as your symbols, and I might dissemble it for reasons similar to your own— whatever they are. A second point: your presentation, if it can be THE STAR KING 89 believed, illuminated you almost as clearly as the set of your natural symbols. Third—why bother in the first place?" Detteras seemed much amused. "Aha! You show me for the fraud and charlatan I am! Still, I cannot avoid the conviction that your symbols tell me more about you than mine do about me." Gersen leaned back in his seat. "To little practical effect." "Not so fast," exclaimed Detteras. "You occupy yourself exclu- sively with positivity! Consider negativity for a moment. Some peo- ple fret regarding the cryptic mannerisms of their colleagues. You protest that the symbols tell you nothing of importance; you dismiss them. These others worry because they cannot integrate a prolif- eration of information." Gersen started to demur; Detteras held up his hand. "Consider the Tunkers ofMizar Six. You are acquainted with them? A religious sect." "I heard them mentioned a few minutes ago." "As I say," Detteras continued, "they are a religious group: ascetic, austere, devout to an astonishing extreme. The men and women dress identically, shave their heads, use-a language of eight hundred and twelve words, eat identical meals at identical hours— all this to protect themselves from the perplexity of wondering about each other's motivations. True. This is the basic purpose of the Tunker mode. And not too far from Mizar is Sirene, where for a similar reason men wear highly conventionalized masks, from birth to death. Their faces are their dearest secrets." He proffered the arrack flask. Gersen held out his glass. Detteras continued. "The practice here on Alphanor is more complicated. We gird ourselves for offense and defense, or sheer playfulness, with a thousand ambiguous symbols. The business of living is enormously complicated; artificial tensions are established; uncertainty and suspicion become normality." "And in the process," suggested Gersen, "sensitivities are de- veloped unknown to either the Tunkers or the Sirenese." Detteras held up his hand. "Again, not so fast. I know a great deal about both these peoples; insensitivity is a word which cannot be applied to either. The Sirenese will detect the most remote nu- ance of uneasiness when a man masks himself above his status. And , the Tunkers—I know less of them, but I believe that their personal differentiations are as refined and varied as our own, if not more so. I quote an analogous esthetic doctrine: the tighter the discipline of an art form, the more subjective the criteria of taste. In another 90 THF- DEMON PRINCES category, becoming ever more didactic, consider the Star Kings— nonmen driven by their psyches to literally superhuman excellences. They must enter the field cold, as it were, without even the human racial unconscious as a matrix for their symbolic education. Re- turning to Alphanor, it must be remembered that the folk thrust an enormous amount of perfectly valid information at each other, as well as ambiguities." "Confusing," said Gersen dryly, "if one allows himself to be distracted." Detteras laughed quietly, evidently well pleased with himself. "You've led a different life than I have, Mr. Gersen. On Alphanor the issues aren't life and death; everyone is fairly sophisticated. It's easier than not to accept people at their own valuation. Indeed, it's often impractical not to do so." He looked sidelong at Gersen. "Why do you smile?" "It dawns upon me that the dossier on Kirth Gersen, requested from the IPCC, is slow in arriving. In the meantime, you find it impractical to accept me at my own valuation. Or even your own." Detteras laughed in his turn. "You do both me and the IPCC an injustice. The dossier came promptly, several minutes before your arrival." He pointed to a photostat sheet on his desk. "I or- dered the dossier, incidentally, in my role as a responsible officer of the Institution. I think I can make a case for my caution." "What did you learn?" asked Gersen. "I haven't seen the dos- sier recently." "It's marvelously blank." He picked up the paper. "You were born in 1490: where? Not on one of the major worlds. At the age of ten you registered into Galileo Spaceport on Earth, in the com- pany of your grandfather, whose antecedents perhaps we should likewise check. You attended the usual schools, were accepted by the Institute as a catechumen, reached the eleventh phase at the age of twenty-four (quite respectable progress), when you withdrew. From now on there is no record, suggesting that either you re- mained permanently on Earth, or departed illegally, without reg- istration. Since you now sit before me, the latter seems to have been the case. Remarkable," said Detteras, "that a person could live to your age in a society as complex as the Oikumene with no small impingement upon the official record! Long years of silence while you were occupied where? How? To what purpose, and to what effect?" He glanced questioningly at Gersen. THE STAR KING 91 "If it's not there," said Gersen, "I don't want it there." "Naturally. There is very little more." He tossed down the dos- sier. "Now you are anxious to make your inquiries. I will anticipate you. I knew Lugo Teehalt, far back indeed, in my undergraduate days. He involved himself in some sort of unsavory mess and dropped from sight. A year or so ago he came to me, asking for a locator's contract." Gersen stared at him, fascinated. So here was Malagate! "And you sent him out?" "I chose not to do so. I did not want him dependent upon me for the rest of his life. I was willing to help him, but not on a personal basis. I told him to apply either to the Honorary Provost, Gyle War-weave, or the Chairman of the Research Planning Com- mittee, Kagge Kelle; to mention my name, that very likely they could assist him. This was the last I heard of him." Gersen took a deep breath. Detteras spoke with the assurance of truth. But which of them had not? Detteras at least had con- firmed that one of the three—either himself, Warweave or Kelle— was lying. Which? Today he had seen Artel Malagate, looked into his eyes, listened to his voice. .. . He was suddenly uneasy. WTly was Deterras so relaxed? Presumably a busy man, how could he spare so much time? Gersen abruptly sat up in his chair. "I will get to the point of my call upon you." He told the story he had already related to War- weave and Kelle, while Detteras listened with a faint smile playing over his coarse mouth. Gersen displayed the photographs and Det- teras looked at them negligently. "A beautiful world," said Detteras. "If I were wealthy I would ask you to sell it to me to be my personal estate. I am not wealthy. On the contrary. In any event, you seem not so much anxious to sell your rights to this world as you do to locate poor old Teehalt's sponsor." Gersen was somewhat taken aback. "I'll sell to the sponsor for a reasonable price." Detteras smiled skeptically. "Sorry. I can't admit to a falsehood. W^arweave or Kelle is your man." "They deny it." "Strange. So then?" 92 THE DEMON PRINCES "The filament is useless to me in its present condition. Will you furnish me the decoding strip?" "I'm afraid that's out of the question." "I thought as much. So I must sell to one or the other of you, or to the university. Or destroy the filament." "Hm." Detteras judiciously nodded his head. "This demands careful thought. If your demands were not excessive, I'd be inter- ested. ... Or perhaps the three of us, in concert, could come to some agreement with you. Hm. . . . Let me speak to Warweave and Kelle. And then, if you can, come back tomorrow, say at ten. I might have a definite proposition to put before you." Gersen rose to his feet. "Very well. Tomorrow at ten." "Yes, we are a reactionary, secretive, pessimistic organiza- tion. We have agents everywhere. We know a thousand tricks to discourage research, sabotage experiments, distort data. Even in the Institute's own laboratories we proceed with deliberation and discretion. "But now let me answer some of the questions and ac- cusations we often Jiear. Do the members of the Institute enjoy wealth, privilege, power, freedom from the law? Hon- esty compels the answer: Yes, in varying degree, depending upon phase, achievement. "Then the Institute is an inbred, restricted, centripetal group? By no means. We consider ourselves an intellectual elite, certainly. Why should we not? Membership is open to anyone, although few of our catechumens achieve even so far as the fifth phase. "Our policy? Simple enough. Space drive has given a terrible weapon to any megalomaniacs who happen to occur in our midst. There is other knowledge which, if equally free, could ensure them tyrannical power. We therefore control the dissemination of knowledge. "We are scathed as 'self-anointed divinities'; we are ac- cused of pedantry, conspiracy, condescension, smugness, ar- rogance, obstinate self-righteousness; these are the mildest of the objurgations we hear. We are accused of intolerable paternalism, and in the same breath reproached for disen- gagement from ordinary human affairs. \Vhy do we not use our lore to lighten toil, alleviate pain, prolong life? WTiy do 94 THP DEMON PRINCES we stand aloof3 Why do we not transform the human estate into a Utopia a task well within our power3 tk the answer is simple—perhaps deceptively so We feel these are false boons, that peace and satiety are akin to death For all its rawness and cruel excess, we envy archaic humanity its ardent experience We hold that gain after toil, triumph after adversity, achievement to a goal long sought, is a greater beneficence than prebendary nutrient from the teat of an indulgent government " From the television address by Madian Carbuke, Centennial (Hundredth Phase Fellow) of the Institute, December 2, 1502 Conversation between two Centennials of the Institute, in connection with a third not present —"I would gladly come to your house for a chat, if I did not suspect that Ramus were likewise invited " —"But what is so wrong with Ramus3 He often amuses me -"He is a fungus, a flatulence, a pompous old toad, and he irritates me vastly " Question occasionally put to Fellows of the Institute: Are Star Kings included among the fellowship3 The customary answer We certainly hope not Motto of the Institute A little knowledge if a dangerous thing, a great deal of knowledge is disaster, which detractors of the Institute scornfully paraphrase to- Somebody else's ig- norame is hlivs Pallis Atwrode lived with two other girls in a seaside apartment tower to the south of Remo. Gersen waited in the lobby while she ran up to change clothes and retint her skin He went out on the deck overlooking the ocean, leaned against the rail Great blazing Rigel hung low over the ocean, laying a molten road from shore to horizon Near at hand in the harbor, enclosed by twin piers, a hundred boats were moored power yachts, sailing catamarans, glass-hulled submarines, a shoal of jet-powered THE STAR KI\G 95 aquaplanes, to be ridden at maniacal speed over, through, and across the waves Gersen's mood was complex, and puzzled even himself There was the heart-bumping anticipation of an evening with a pretty girl, a sensation he had not known for years There was the melancholy normally induced by sunset—and now the sunset was beautiful in- deed, the sky glowed mauve and green-blue around a green bank of persimmon-orange clouds stranded with magenta. It was not the beauty which brought on melancholy, mused Gersen, but rather the quiet halcyon light and its fading And there was another melancholy—different yet somehow similar—which came to Ger- sen as he watched the debonair folk about him They were all graceful and easy, untouched by the toil and pain and terror that existed on remote worlds Gersen envied them their detachment, their social skills. Still, would he change places with any of them3 Hardly. Pallis Atwrode came to )om him by the rail. She had tinted herself a beautiful soft olive-green, with a subtle patina of gold, she now wore her hair in a loose dark curly cap She laughed at Ger- sen's obvious approval "I feel like a wharf rat," said Gersen "I should have changed into new clothes." "Please don't worry," she said "It's completely unimportant. Now What shall we do3" ' "You'll have to make suggestions " "Very we\\ Let's go into Avente and sit on the esplanade I never tire of watching people walk past Then we can decide what's next " Gersen acceded; they walked to the slide car and drove north, Paths chattering with ingenuous candor about herself, her job, her opinions, plans and hopes She was, so Gersen learned, a native of Singhal Island, on the planet Ys Her parents were prosperous, owning the only cold-storage warehouse of the Lantango Peninsula WTien they retired to the Palmetto Islands, her oldest brother took control of the warehouse and likewise the family home The brother next older had wished to marry her, this form of union being coun- tenanced on Ys, which had been settled originally by a group of Reformed Rationalists The brother was stout, red-faced, arrogant, without a trade other than driving the warehouse van, and the pros- pect held no charm for Pallis 96 THE DF.MON PRINCES At this point Pallis hesitated and her candor seemed to slip gears, for she changed the subject. Gersen guessed at the dramatic confrontations, fierce reproaches and countering accusations which had taken place. Pallis had now lived in Avente for two years and, though sometimes homesick for the sights and sounds of Ys, she felt herself happy and lucky. Gersen, who had never known anyone so artless, was charmed by her talk. They parked the slider, walked out along the esplanade, selected a table in front of one of the numerous cafes, and sat watching the crowds stroll by. Beyond spread the dark ocean, with the sky now plum and indigo-gray, with only the faintest tinge of lemon to mark the passage of Rigel. The night was warm; folk from all the worlds of the Oikumene sauntered past. The waiter brought goblets of punch. Gersen sipped and his tensions began to relax. Neither spoke for a period; then Pallis suddenly turned to face him. "You're so silent, so guarded; is it because you're in from Beyond?" Gersen had no ready reply. Finally he gave a rueful laugh. "I hoped you'd think me easy and suave, like everyone else. . . ." "Oh come now," said Pallis teasingly. "Nobody's like everyone else." "I'm not altogether sure," said Gersen. "I suppose it's a matter of relativity: how near you are. Even bacteria have individuality, if they're examined closely enough." "So now I'm a bacterium," said Pallis. "Well, I'm another, and I'm probably boring you." "No, no! Of course not! I'm enjoying myself." "So am I. Too much. It's—enervating." Pallis scented a compliment. "How do you mean?" "I can't allow myself the luxury of emotional commitments— even if I should like to." "You're much, much, much too sober for a young man." "I'm not young anymore." She made a gay gesture. "But you admit you're sober!" "I suppose so. But be careful, don't push me too far." "A woman likes to think herself a temptress." Again Gersen had no response. He studied Pallis across the table; for the moment she seemed content to watch the passersby. What a gay, warm-hearted creature, he thought, without a trace of malice or acerbity. THE STAR KING 97 Pallis turned her attention back to him. "You're really such a quiet man," she told him. "Everyone else I know refuses to stop talking, and I listen to continual floods of nonsense. I'm sure you know hundreds of interesting things, and you refuse to tell me any of them." Gersen grinned. "They're probably less interesting than you think." "Still, I'd like to make sure. So tell me about the Beyond. Is life really so dangerous?" "Sometimes yes, sometimes no. It depends on whom you meet, and why." "But—perhaps you'd rather I didn't ask—what do you do? You're not a pirate or a slaver?" "Do I look like a pirate? Or a slaver?" "You know that I don't know what a pirate or a slaver look like! But I'm curious. Are you a—well, criminal? Not that it's nec- essarily a disgrace," she added hastily. "Affairs which are perfectly acceptable on one planet are absolutely taboo'on another. For in- stance, I told one of my friends that all my life I'd planned to marry my oldest brother—and her hair uncurled!" "I'm sorry to disappoint you," said Gersen, "but I'm not a crim- inal. ... I don't fit into any category." He considered. There could be no indiscretion in telling her what he had told Warweave, Kelle and Detteras. "I've come to Avente for a particular purpose, natu- rally—" "Let's have dinner," said Pallis, "and you can tell me while we eat." "Where shall we go?" "There's an exciting new restaurant, only just opened. Every- one's talking about it and I've never been there." She jumped to her feet, took his hand with an easy intimacy, pulled him upright. He caught her under the arms, bent forward, but his daring waned; he laughed and released her. She said archly, "You're more impul- sive than you look." Gersen grinned, half shamefacedly. "Well, where is the exciting new restaurant?" "Not far. We can walk. It's rather expensive, but I plan to pay half the account." "That's not necessary," said Gersen. "Money is no particular 98 TI IF, DEMON PRINCES problem to a pirate. If I run short, I'll rob someone. You, per- haps. . .." "It's hardly worth the trouble. Come along, then." She took his hand, and they walked north along the esplanade like any of the thousand other couples abroad this fine Alphanor evening. She led him to a kiosk circled by large luminous green letters reading NAUTILUS. An escalator dropped them two hundred feet into a tall octagonal lobby paneled with rattan screens. A major- domo escorted them along a glass-vaulted tunnel, out upon the floor of the sea. Dining rooms of various sizes opened off the pas- sage, into one of which they were conducted, and seated at a table close beside the sloping glass dome. The sea lay beyond, with bea- cons illuminating the sand, rocks, seaweed, coral, the passing sub- marine creatures. "Now," said Pallis, leaning forward, "tell me about the Beyond. And don't worry about alarming me, because I love an occasional shudder. Or better, tell me about yourself." "Smade's Tavern on Smade's Planet is a good place to start," said Gersen. "You've been there?" "Of course not. But I've heard it mentioned." "It's a small, barely habitable planet out in the middle of no- where; all mountains, wind, thunderstorms, an ocean black as ink. The tavern is the only building on the planet. Sometimes it's crowded, sometimes there'll be no one but Smade and his family for weeks on end. When I arrived the only other guest was a Star King." "A Star King? I thought they were always disguised as men." "It's not a matter of disguise," said Gersen. "They are men. Almost." 'T never have understood about the Star Kings. Just what are they?" Gersen shrugged. "You'll get a different answer every time you ask. The general speculation goes like this. A million years ago, more or less, the planet Lambda Grus III, or 'Ghnarumen'—you have to cough through your nose to get it even approximately right—was inhabited by a rather frightening assortment of crea- tures. Among them was a small amphibious biped without any particular tools for survival except awareness and an ability to hide in the mud. He probably looked a little like a lizard, or a hairless seal. . . . The species faced extinction half a dozen times, but a few THE STAR KING 99 always managed to hang on, and somehow scavenge an existence among creatures who were more savage, more cunning, more agile, better swimmers, better climbers, even better scavengers than themselves. The proto-Star Kings had only physical advantages: self-consciousness, competitiveness, a desire to stay alive by any means whatever." "They sound rather like the proto-humans on ancient Earth," said Pallis. "No one knows for sure: at least no men. What the Star Kings know they're not telling. .. . These bipeds differed from proto-man in several respects: first, they are biologically much more flexible, able to transmit acquired characteristics. Second, they are not bi- sexual. There is cross-fertilization by means of spores emitted on the breath, but each individual is male and female at once, and the young develop as pods in the armpits. Perhaps from this lack of sexual differentiation the Star Kings have no natural physical vanity. Their basic drive is the urge to outdo, to outfunction, to outsurvive. The biological flexibility coupled to a rudimentary intelligence pro- vided the means to implement their ambitions; they consciously began to breed themselves into a creature which could outperform their less resourceful competitors. "This is all speculation, of course, and what follows is specu- lation on an even more tenuous basis. But just let's assume that some race able to traverse space visited Earth. It might have been the people which left ruins on the Fomalhaut planets, or the Hex- adelts, or whoever carved Monument Cliff on Xi Puppis X. "We assume that such a space-traveling people came by Earth a hundred thousand years ago. Assume that they captured a tribe of Mousterian Neanderthals, and for some reason conveyed them to Ghnarumen, world of the proto-Star Kings. Here is a challeng- ing situation for both parties. The men are far more dangerous opponents to the Star Kings than the now-defeated natural ene- mies. The men are intelligent, patient, crafty, ruthless, aggressive. Under pressure of the environment the men themselves evolve into a different type: more agile, faster of body and mind than their Neanderthal predecessors. "The proto-Star Kings suffer setbacks, but they have their hereditary patience, as well as important weapons: the competitive urge, the biological flexibility. Men have proved superior to them- 100 THE. DEMON PRINCES selves; to compete with men they shape themselves into human semblance. "The war continues, and the Star Kings admit, very guardedly, that certain of their myths describe these wars. "Another assumption now becomes necessary. About fifty thou- sand years ago the space travelers return, and convey the evolved Earthmen back to Earth, and perhaps a few Star Kings: who knows? And so the Cro-Magnons appear in Europe. "On their own planet the Star Kings are at last more manlike than men, and prevail: the true men are destroyed, the Star Kings are supreme and remain so until five hundred years ago. The men of Earth discover the intersplit. When they chance upon 'Ghna- rumen' they are astonished to find creatures exactly resembling themselves: the Star Kings." "It sounds far-fetched," said Pallis dubiously. "Not as far-fetched as convergent evolution. It is a fact that Star Kings exist: a race not antagonistic, but not friendly either. Men are not allowed to visit 'Ghnarumen'—or however the name is pronounced. The Star Kings tell us only as much about them- selves as they care to, and they send observers—spies, if you like— everywhere throughout the Oikumene. There are probably a dozen Star Kings in Avente right now." Pallis grimaced. "How can you tell them from men?" "Sometimes even a doctor can't, after they finish disguising and faking themselves. There are differences, of course. They have no genital organs; their pubic region is blank. Their protoplasm, blood, hormones have a different composition. Their breath has a distinc- tive odor. But the spies, or whatever they are, are altered so that even an X-ray shows the same as that of a man." "How did you know the—the creature at Smade's Tavern was a Star King?" ' "Smade told me." "How did Smade know?" Gersen shook his head. "I never thought to ask." He sat silent, preoccupied with a new notion. There had been three guests at Smade's Tavern: himself, Teehalt, and the Star King. IfTristano were to he believed—and why not?—he had ar- rived in company only with Dasce and Suthiro. If Uasce's statement to Teehalt were to be credited, Attel Malagate must be reckoned THE STAR KING 101 Teehalt's murderer. Gersen had certainly heard Teehak's scream while Suthiro, Dasce and Tristano stood within his range of vision. Unless Smade were Malagate, unless another ship had surrep- titiously arrived—which were both unlikely—then Malagate and the Star King must be one. Thinking back, Gersen recalled that the Star King had left the dining hall in ample time to allow a conference outside with Dasce. . . . Pallis Atwrode lightly touched his cheek. "You were telling me of Smade's Tavern." "Yes," said Gersen. "So I was." He looked at her speculatively. She must certainly know a great deal about the comings and goings of Warweave, Kelle and Detteras. Pallis, misunderstanding the na- ture of his gaze, flushed prettily under her pale-green skin toning. Gersen laughed uneasily. "Back to Smade's Tavern." He described the events of the evening. Pallis listened with interest, almost forgetting to eat. "So now you have Lugo Teehalt's filament and the university has the de- coder." "Correct. And neither one is valuable without the other." They finished dinner; Gersen, with no credit account on Al- phanor, paid the bill in cash. They returned to the surface. "Now what would you like?" "I don't care," said Pallis. "Let's go back along the esplanade to a table, for a while, anyway." The night was now dark: the moonless black-velvet night of Alphanor. The facade of every building at the back of the esplanade glowed faintly, blue or green or pink; the pavement gave off a silver effulgence; the balustrade emitted a pleasant, almost unseen amber- beige radiance; everywhere was soft shadowless light, rich with muted ghost color. Up in the dark sky stars floated, big, vague, pale. A waiter brought coffee and liqueur; they settled back to watch the passing crowds. Pallis said in a reflective voice, "You're not telling me every- thing." "Of course not," said Gersen. "In fact. .. ." He paused, grap- pling with a disturbing new thought. Attel Malagate might mistake the nature of his interest in Pallis—especially if Malagate were a Star King, sexless, unable to understand the male-female relation- ship. "In fact," said Gersen in a bleak voice, "I really have no right involving you in my troubles." 102 THE DEMON PRINCES "I don't feel involved," said Pallis, stretching her arms lazily. "And if I were, what of it? This is Avente on Alphanor, a civilized city on a civilized planet." Gersen gave a sardonic chuckle. "I told you that others were interested in my planet. Well—these others are pirates and slavers as depraved as your romantic heart could desire. . .. Have you ever heard ofAttel Malagate?" "Malagate the Woe? Yes." Gersen resisted the temptation of telling her that she took mes- sages and ran errands daily for Malagate. "It's almost certain," he said, "that stick-tights are watching us. Now. This very minute. And the other end of the circuit is possibly Malagate himself." Pallis moved uneasily, scanned the sky. "Do you mean that Malagate is watching me? That's a creepy feeling." Gersen looked to right, to left, then stared. Two tables away sat Suthiro, the Sarkoy venefice. Gersen felt a sinking at the pit of his stomach. Meeting Gersen's eye, Suthiro nodded politely, smiled. He rose to his feet, sauntered to the table. "Good evening, Mr. Gersen." "Good evening," said Gersen. "May I join you?" "I'd prefer not." Suthiro laughed softly, seated himself, inclined his fox face to- ward Pallis. "And this young lady—do you plan to introduce me?" "You already know who she is." "But she does not know me." Gersen turned to Pallis. "Here you see Scop Suthiro, Master Venence of Sarkovy. You expressed an interest in evil men; here you have as completely evil a man as you're likely to meet." Suthiro laughed in easy glee. "Mr. Gersen judiciously uses the word 'likely.' Certain of my friends surpass me as grandly as I sur- pass you. I hope indeed that you do not meet them. Hildemar Dasce, for instance, who boasts of his ability to paralyze dogs with a glance." Pallis' voice was troubled: "I'd just as soon not meet him." She stared at Suthiro in fascination. "You really—admit that you're evil?" Suthiro laughed once more, a subtle muffled sound. "I am a man; I am a Sarkoy." Gersen said, "I've just been describing our encounter at THE STAR KING 103 Smade's Tavern to Miss Atwrode. Tell me something: Who killed Lugo Teehalt?" Suthiro seemed surprised. "Who else but Malagate? We three sat within. Does it make any difference? It might as easily have been myself or Beauty or Tristano. .. . Tristano, by the way, is quite ill. He suffered a dreadful accident, but hopes to see you on his recovery." "He can consider himself lucky," said Gersen. "He is ashamed," said Suthiro. "He thinks himself skillful. I have told him he is not so skillful as I. Now perhaps he will believe it. "Speaking of skill," said Gersen, "can you do the paper trick?" Suthiro cocked his head sidewise. "Yes, of course. Where did you learn of the paper trick?" "At Kalvaing." "And what wrought you at Kalvaing?" "A visit with Coudirou the venefice." Suthiro pursed his heavy red lips. He wore a yellow skin tone; his brown pelt was glossy and smooth with oil. "Coudirou is as wise as any—but as for the paper trick. ..." Gersen handed him a nap- kin. Suthiro suspended it from left thumb and forefinger, stroked it lightly with his right hand. It fell to the table in five ribbons. "Well done," said Gersen, and to Pallis: "His fingernails are hardened, sharp as razors. Naturally he would waste no poison on the paper, but each of his fingers is like the head of a serpent." Suthiro made complacent acquiescence. Gersen turned back to him. "WTiere is your friend Fancy Dasce?" "Not too far distant." "Red face and all?" Suthiro shook his head sadly at Dasce's poor taste in skin ton- ing. "A very able, a very strange man. Have you ever wondered about his face?" "WTien I could bear to look at it." "You are not my friend, you tricked me beautifully; neverthe- less, I will warn you: never cross Fancy Dasce. Twenty years ago he was thwarted in some small escapade. It was a matter of col- lecting money from an obstinate man. Hildemar by chance found himself at a disadvantage. He was knocked down and strapped hand and foot. So his creditor had the poor taste to cleave poor Hilde- 104 THE DEMON PRINCES mar's nose, and cut off his eyelids. . . . Hildemar eventually escaped and now is known as Beauty- Dasce, or Fancy Dasce." "How awful," muttered Pallis. "Exactly." Suthiro's voice became contemptuous. "A year later Hildemar allowed himself the luxury of capturing this man. He conveyed him to a private place, where he lives to this day. And occasionally Hildemar, remembering the outrage which cost him his features, returns to this private place to remonstrate with the man." Pallis turned glazed eyes at Gersen. "These people are your friends?" "No. We are associated only through Lugo Teehalt." Suthiro was looking along the esplanade. Gersen asked idly, "You and Dasce and Tristano work together and train together as a team?" "Often, though I for one prefer a singular scope." "And Lugo Teehalt had the misfortune to blunder upon you at Brinktown." "He died quickly. Godogma takes all men. Is this misfortune?" "One never likes to hasten Godogma." "True." Suthiro inspected his strong agile hands. "Agreed." He looked toward Pallis. "On Sarkovy we have a thousand popular aphorisms to this effect." "Who is Godogma?" "The Great God of Destiny, who carries a flower and a flail, and walks on wheels." Gersen put on an air of studious concentration. "I will ask you a question. You need not answer; in fact perhaps you do not know. But I am puzzled: Why should Malagate, a Star King, so vehe- mently desire this particular world?" Suthiro shrugged. "That is a matter with which I have never concerned myself. Apparently the world is valuable. I am paid. I kill only when I must or when it profits me—so you see," he told Pallis parenthetically, "I am not really so evil a man, am I now? Presently I will return to Sarkovy and live out my days roaming the Goro- bundur Steppe. Ah, now! There is the life! When I think of those times to come, 1 wonder why I sit here now, beside this odious wetness." He grimaced toward the sea, and rose to his feet. "It is a presumption to advise you, but why not be sensible? You can never defeat Malagate; therefore relinquish the filament." Gersen thought for a moment, then said, "I will also presume, THE STAR KING 105 in the same spirit which prompts you. My advice is this: Kill Hil- demar Dasce the next moment you see him, or even before." Suthiro knit his furry brown eyebrows in puzzlement, glanced for the most fleeting instant upward. Gersen continued. "There is a stick-tight watching us, although I have not located it. Its microphone probably registers our con- versation. Until you told me, I had no idea that the Star King at Smade's Tavern was Malagate. I am interested. I do not think this is common knowledge." "Quiet!" hissed Suthiro, eyes blazing with sudden red wrath. Gersen lowered his voice. "Hildemar Dasce quite possibly will be asked to punish you. If you wish to forestall Godogma, if you wish to take your wagon across Gorobundur Steppe—kill Dasce and go." Suthiro hissed something below his breath, jerked up his hand as if to throw, then backed away, turned, melted into the crowd. Pallis relaxed, slumped into her chair. In an uncertain voice she said, "I'm not as adventurous as I supposed myself." "I'm sorry," said Gersen, genuinely contrite. "I should never have asked you out." "No, no. I just can't accustom myself to that kind of talk, here on the esplanade, in peaceful Avente. But I suppose I'm actually enjoying it. If you're not a criminal, who or what are you?" "Kirth Gersen." "You must work for the IPCC." "No." "Then you must be on the Institute's Special Committee." "I'm just Kirth Gersen, private individual." He rose to his feet. "Let's walk for a bit." They went north along the esplanade. To the left lay dark sea; to the right the edifices glowing in various soft colors; and beyond, the skyline of Avente: luminous spires against the black Alphanor night. Pallis presently took Gersen's arm. "Tell me, what if Malagate is a Star King? What does that mean?" "I've been wondering myself." Indeed, Gersen had been trying to remember the look of the Star King. Had it been Warweave? Kelle? Or Detteras? The lusterless black skin tone had blurred the features; the striped coif had covered the hair. Gersen had an im- pression that the Star King had been taller than Kelle, but not quite 106 TIIF. DEMON7 PRINCES so tall as Warweave. But would even the black skin tone have cam- ouflaged Detteras' rude rough features? Pallis was speaking: "Will they really kill that man?" Gersen glanced up to see if he could locate the stick-tight, with- out success. "I don't know. He's useful. Incidentally. ..." Gersen hesitated, wondering anew as to the ethics of involving Pallis in the sordid affair, if only remotely. "Incidentally what?" "Nothing." For fear of the stick-right's microphone Gersen dare not inquire as to the movements ofKelle, Detteras and War- weave; Malagate so far had no reason to suspect his interest. Pallis said in an injured voice, "I still don't understand how all of this affects you." Once more Gersen chose to be discreet. The stick-tight might hear; Pallis Atwrode herself might be an agent of Malagate's, though Gersen considered this unlikely. So he said, "Not at all— except in the abstract." "But any of these people"—she nodded at the passersby—"they might be Star Kings. How could we separate them from men?" "It's hard. On their home planet—I won't attempt to pro- nounce it—they come in many approximations to man. Those who travel the known worlds as observers—spies, if you prefer, although I can't imagine what they hope to learn—they're almost exact fac- similes of true men." Pallis suddenly seemed subdued. She opened her mouth to speak, then closed it again, and finally gave a gay fling other hands. "Let's forget about them. Nightmares. You have me seeing Star Kings everywhere. Even at the university. ..." Gersen looked down into her upturned face. "Do you know what I'd like to do?" She smiled provocatively. "No. What?" "First I'd like to shake off the stick-tight, which is no great problem. And then. . . ." "And then?" "I'd like to go somewhere quiet, where we could be alone." She looked away. "I don't mind. There's a place down the coast. Les Sirenes, it's called. I've never been there." She laughed in em- barrassment. "But I've heard people talking." Gersen took her arm. "First to shake off the stick-tight. . . ." Pallis entered into the maneuvers with childlike abandon. THE STAR KING 107 Looking into the merry face, Gersen wondered about his resolve to avoid emotional involvements. If they went to Les Sirenes, if the night brought them to closer intimacy, what then? Gersen thrust aside his qualms. He could cope with problems as they arose. The stick-tight, if it had existed, was confounded and lost; they returned to the parking area. There was little light; the ranked round shapes glimmered with silky dull highlights. They came to the slide car; Gersen hesitated, then put his arms around the swaying girl, kissed her upturned face. Behind him was the loom of movement; ahead a furtive shifting. Gersen turned, in time to look into a horrid bloodred face with poisonous blue cheeks. Hildemar Dasce's arm descended; a great weight curled over Gersen's head; lightning exploded inside his skull. He tottered and fell to his knees. Dasce leaned over him. Gersen tried to dodge. The world reeled and toppled; he saw Su- thiro grinning like a sick hyena, with his hand to the girl's neck. Dasce struck again, and the world went dim, Gersen had time for an instant of bitter self-reproach, before another thunderous buffet extinguished his consciousness. Excerpt from "When Is a Man Not a Man," by Podd Hachinsky, article in Cosmopolis, June, 1500; ... As men have traveled from star to star they have encountered many forms of life, intelligent and nonintelli- gent (to emphasize a perfectly arbitrary and possibly an- thropomorphic parameter). No more than half a dozen of these life forms merit the adjective "humanoid." Of these half dozen, a single species closely resembles man: the Star Kings of Ghnarumen. Ever since our initial astounded contact with the race, the question has recurred: Are they of the family of man— the "bifurcate, bibrachiate, monocephaloid, polygamtte/' as Tallier Chantron waggishly puts it—or are they not? The answer, of course, depends on definitions. One point can instantly be settled: the Star Kings are not homo sapiens. But if what is meant is a creature which can talk a human language, walk into a haberdashery and dress himself off a rack, play an excellent game of tennis, or fight a bout of chess, attend the regal functions of Stock- holm or the lawn fetes of Strylvania without occasioning a lift of autocratic eyebrow—then that creature is a man. Man or not man, the typical Star King is a courteous, even-tempered fellow, even if suspicious and humorless. Do him a favor and he will thank you, but feel no obligation; injure him and he will explode in tigerish fury and kill you—if he is in a situation where human law cannot restrain him. If such action will cause legal trouble, he will instantly THE STAR KING dismiss the injury and hold no grudge. He is ruthless but not cruel, and is puzzled by such perverse human manifes- tations as sadism, masochism, religious fervor, flagellation, suicide. On the other hand, he will demonstrate a whole battery of peculiar habits and attitudes no less inexplicable from our point of view, arising from the twists and quirks of his own psyche. To say that his origin is in dispute is like a remark to the effect that Croesus was well off. At least a dozen the- ories to explain the remarkable similarity between Star King and Man exist: none completely convincing. If the Star Kings themselves know, they will admit nothing. Since they bar all anthropological and archaeological research teams from their planet, we are afforded neither verification nor refutal of any of these theories. / On human planets they punctiliously model their con- duct after the best human examples, but their innate be- havior patterns are unique to the race. Perhaps to oversimplify, one can say that their dominant trait is a pas- sion to excel, to outdo a competitor at his own game. Since man is the dominant creature of the Oikumene, the Star Kings accept him as a cynosure, a champion to be chal- lenged and outdone, and so they strive to outdo man in every aspect of the human capacity. If this ambition (at which they are often successful) seems unreal and artificial to us, no less so does our sexual drive seem to them; for the Star Kings are parthenogenetic, reproducing in a man- ner which is beyond the scope of this article to describe. Knowing nothing of vanity, setting no store by either beauty or ugliness, they strive for physical perfection only to score points in their semi-amicable contest with true men.... What of their achievements? They are fine builders, daring engineers, excellent technicians. They are a prag- matic race, not particularly apt at mathematics or the spec- ulative sciences. It is hard to conceive of their giving birth to a Jarnell, who discovered the space splitter by sheer ac- cident. Their cities are impressive sights, rising from the flatlands like a growth of metallic crystals. Each adult Star King builds for himself a spire or tower. The more fervent 110 THE DEMON PRINCES his ambition and the more exalted his rank, the higher and more splendid his tower (which he seems to enjoy only as a monument). Upon his demise the tower may be tempo- rarily occupied by some junior individual during the period in which he accumulates sufficient wealth to build his own tower. Inspirational as the cities seem from a distance, they lack the most obvious municipal utilities, and the areas be- tween the towers are unpaved, dusty, littered. Factories, in- dustrial plants, and the like are housed in low utilitarian domes and manned by the least aggressive and least evolved of the species—for the race is by no means homogeneous. It is as if every human gathering included Proconsuls, Pithecanthropi, sinanthropus giganticus, Neanderthals, Mag- dalentans, Solutreans, Grimaldi, Cro-Magnon, and all the races of Modern Man. At midnight a group of young folk came laughing and singing into the parking area. They had dined with unaccustomed amplitude at The Halls; they had visited Llanfelfair, Lost Star Inn, Haluce, the Casino Plageale; they were intoxicated, but as much by exuberance as by the wines, smokes, perfusions, subliminal whirligigs, chants, voltes and other exaltments purveyed by the houses which they had visited. The youth who stumbled over Gersen's body uttered first a jocular malediction, then an exclamation of shocked concern. The group gathered; one ran to his vehicle, pressed the emergency call button; two minutes later a police craft dropped down from the sky, and shortly afterward an ambulance. Gersen was conveyed to a hospital, where he was treated for concussion and shock with appropriate irradiation, massage and vi- talizing medicines. He presently returned to consciousness, and for a moment lay thinking. Then he gave a sudden lurch and tried to rise from the bed. The attending interns cautioned him, but Ger- sen, paying no heed, struggled erect and stood swaying. "My clothes!" he croaked. "Give me my clothes!" "They're safe in the closet, sir. Relax, recline, if you please. Here is the police officer, who will take your evidence." Gersen lay back, sick with apprehension. The police investi- gator approached: a keen-faced young man wearing the yellow- brown jacket and black breeches of the Sea Province Constabulary. THE SJ'AR KING 111 He addressed himself to Gersen politely, seated himself, opened the flap of the recorder lens. "Now, sir, what happened?" "I was out for the evening with a young woman, Miss Pallis Atwrode of Remo. When we came back to the car, I was slugged, and I don't know what happened to Miss Atwrode. The last thing I remember, she was struggling to escape from one of the men." "There were how many?" "Two. I recognized them. Their names are Hildemar Dasce and a man I know only as Suthiro, a Sarkoy. Both are notorious men Beyond." "I see. The young lady's name and address?" "Pallis Atwrode, Merioneth Apartments, Remo." "We'll check at once to make sure she hasn't arrived home. Now, Mr. Gersen, let's go over this again." In a dull voice Gersen gave a detailed account of the attack, described Hildemar Dasce and Suthiro. As he spoke, a report came in from Constabulary Control: Pallis Atwrode had not returned to her apartment. Roads, airways and space terminals were under ob- servation. The IPCC had been called into the case. "Now, sir," said the investigator in a neutral voice, "may I in- quire your business?" "I am a locater." "What is the nature of your association with these two men?" "None. I saw them at work once before, on Smade's Planet. Apparently they regard me as an enemy. I believe that they are part ofAttel Malagate's organization." "Very strange that they should commit an actionable offense so brazenly. In fact, why did they not kill you?" "I don't know." Gersen once more staggered to his feet. The investigator watched with professional attentiveness. "What are your plans, Mr. Gersen?" "I want to find Pallis Atwrode." "Understandable, sir. But best that you do not interfere. The police are more effective than a single man. We should have news for you at any time." "I don't think so," said Gersen. "By now they're in space." The investigator, rising to his feet, made tacit admission that such was the case. "We will naturally keep you informed." He bowed, departed. 112 THE DEMON PRINCES Gersen immediately dressed, with the disapproving help of an orderly. His knees were weak; his head floated in a kind of gener- alized all-embracing pain; there was a faint singing in his ears from the drugs. An elevator dropped him directly to a subway station; Gersen stood on an exchange platform, straining to formulate a coherent plan of action. A phrase kept repeating itself compulsively, like an inchworm traversing the inner surface of his skull: Poor Pallis, poor Pallis. With no better plan in mind, he stepped into a capsule and sent himself to a station under the Esplanade. He emerged, but instead of going to the car, took a seat in a brasserie and drank coffee. "By now she's in space," he told himself once more. "And it's my fault. My fault." Because he should have foreseen this sort of outcome. Pallis Atwrode knew Warweave, Kelle and Detteras well; she saw them daily, heard whatever gossip there was to be heard. Malagate the Star King, Malagate the Woe, was one of three men, and Pallis Atwrode evidently had knowledge which, coupled to Suthiro's in- discretions, made Malagate's incognito insecure. Hence she must be removed. Killed? Sold into slavery? Taken by Dasce for his per- sonal use? Poor Pallis, poor Pallis! Gersen looked out over the ocean. A rim of lavender was form- ing at the horizon, presaging dawn. The stars were fading. "I've got to face up to it," Gersen told himself. "It's my re- sponsibility, If she is harmed—but no. I'll kill Hildemar Dasce in any event. . . ." Suthiro, treacherous, fox-faced Suthiro was already as good as dead. And there was Malagate himself, the architect of the entire evil construction. As a Star King he somehow seemed less hateful: a dire beast, which might be expunged without emo- tion. Surfeited with hate and grief and misery, Gersen went to the car in the now empty parking area. There was the spot where Dasce had stood. There, where he had lain unconscious—what a wretched careless fool! How the spirit of his grandfather must writhe in shame! He started the car, returned to his hotel. There were no mes- sages. Dawn had come to Avente. Rigel threw wide horizontal fans of light between the distant Catiline Hills and a darkling bank of THE STAR KING 113 clouds. Gersen set the alarm dial, dosed himself with a two-hour soporific, threw himself down on the bed. He awoke to gloom and depression even more intense than before. Time had passed; whatever had been in store for Pallis At- wrode was now fact. Gersen ordered coffee; he could not bring himself to eat- He considered what he must do. The IPCC? He would be forced to tell everything he knew. Could the IPCC act more effi- ciently if he laid his information before them? He could tell them that he suspected an administrator of the Sea Province University to be one of the so-called Demon Princes. What then? The IPCC, an elite police force, with the vices and virtues characteristic of such an organization, might or might not be trustworthy. Star Kings had possibly infiltrated the group: in that case Malagate would certainly be warned. And how could the information help rescue Pallis At- wrode? Hildemar Dasce was the kidnaper; Gersen had reported this, and no information could be more explicit. Another possibility: the exchange of Teehalt's world for Pallis Atwrode. . .. Gersen would gladly accept the trade—but whom to trade with? He still could not identify Malagate. The IPCC no doubt would have means to detect him. Then what? The exchange would no longer be conceivable. There might be a quiet execu- tion—though the IPCC generally acted only upon the formal re- quest of some authorized governmental agency. And in the meantime, what of Pallis Atwrode? She would be lost—a small de- lightful spark of life extinguished, forgotten. But if Gersen knew Malagate's identity he would have vastly more leverage. He could make his offer with assurance. The logic of the situation seemed to be that Gersen proceed as before. But how slow! Think of Pallis, poor Pallis! Nevertheless, Hildemar Dasce had gone Beyond, and no effort of Gersen or of the IPCC could avail against this hard fact. Artel Malagate alone had the power to order his return. If Pallis Atwrode still lived. The situation had not changed. As before, his first urgency was: identify Malagate. Then: bargain, or extort. With his course of action once more clear, Gersen's spirits lifted. More accurately, his resolve and dedication burned at a fer- vent new heat. Hate gave him a heady, almost drunken, sense of omnipotence. No one, nothing, could withstand emotion so in- tense! 114 THE DEMON PRINCES The hour of his appointment with Detteras, Warweave and Kelle was approaching. Gersen dressed, descended to the garage, slid his car out upon the avenue and headed south. Arriving at the university, he parked, rode the slideway to the mall, crossed the quadrangle to the College of Galactic Morphol- ogy. Hoping against hope, with a sudden quick jerking of the heart, he looked toward the reception desk. A different girl was on duty. He asked politely, "Where is Miss Atwrode this morning?" "I don't know, sir. She hasn't arrived. Perhaps she's not feeling well." Perhaps indeed, thought Gersen. He mentioned his appoint- ment and proceeded to the office of Rundle Detteras. Warweave and Kelle were there before him. The three un- doubtedly had reached a common decision, a common course of action. Gersen looked from face to face, Detteras to Warweave to Kelle. One of these creatures was human only in similitude. At Smade's Tavern he had glimpsed him, and he tried to think back, to visualize, to remember. No image came. Black-dyed skin and exotic costume were a disguise beyond his penetration. Furtively he assessed each. Which? Warweave: aquiline, cold-eyed, arrogant? Kelle: precise, humorless, austere? Or Detteras, whose geniality now seemed insincere and counterfeit? He could not decide. He forced himself into a pose of studious courtesy, and made his primary gambit. "Let's simplify the whole matter," said Gersen. "I'll pay you—by this I naturally mean the college—for the decoding strip. I imagine the college could use a thousand SVU. In any event, that's the offer I wish to make." His adversaries, each in his own style, seemed taken aback. Warweave raised his brows, Kelle stared fixedly, Detteras put on a puzzled half smile. Warweave said, "But we understood that you intended to sell what you conceived to be your interest in this matter." "I don't mind selling," said Gersen. "If you'll offer me enough." "And how much is enough?" "A million SVU, perhaps two, or perhaps three, if you'll go that high." Kelle snorted. Detteras shook his big ugly head. "Fees of that sort are not paid to locaters," said Warweave. THE STAR KING 115 "Has it been established which of you sent out Teehalt?" asked Gersen. "What does it matter?" asked Warweave. "Your interest in the affair—money—has become clear enough." He looked from Kelle to Detteras. "Whoever it is has either forgotten or does not care to disclose himself. Doubtless that is the way the situation will re- main. Detteras said, "It's certainly inconsequential. Come now, Mr. Gersen, we have decided to make you a joint offer—certainly not as grandiose as the figure you name—" "How much?" "Possibly as much as 5,000 SVU." "Ridiculous. This is an exceptional world." "You do not know this," Warweave pointed out. "You have not been there; or so you claim." "More to the point," said Kelle dryly, "neither have we." "You have seen the photographs," said Gersen. "Exactly," said Kelle. "We have seen no -more. Photographs can be faked without difficulty. I for one do not propose to pay out a large sum on the strength of three photographs." "Understandable," said Gersen. "But for my part I don't intend to make a move without a guarantee. Don't forget I have suffered a loss, and this is my opportunity to make it good." "Be reasonable!" Detteras urged bluffly. "Without the decoder, the filament is just another spool of wire." "Not completely. Fourier analysis eventually can break the code." "In theory. It is a long expensive process." "Not as expensive as giving the filament away for next to noth- in^" The discussion continued for an hour, Gersen gritting his teeth in impatience. A price of 100,000 SVU, to be deposited in escrow, was eventually arranged; the sale conditional upon a list of provisos relating to the physical characteristics of the world in question. Agreement having been reached, telescreen contact with the Bureau of Deeds and Contracts at Avente was made. The four men identified themselves formally, represented their interests; the con- tract was read into the records. A second call, to the Bank of Alphanor, established the escrow account. 116 THE DEMON PRINCES The three administrators now sat back and inspected Gersen, who in his turn looked from one to the other. "So much is settled. Which of you goes with me to inspect this world3" The three exchanged glances. "I'll go," said Wat-weave. "I'll be very much interested to go." "I was about to volunteer my own services," said Detteras. "In that case," said Kelle, "I might as well come along too. I'm very much overdue for a change." Gersen seethed m frustration He had expected Malagate— whoever he might be—to volunteer his services; in fact, to assert them. Gersen could then take this individual aside and offer a new set of conditions: the filament for Pallis Atwrode. WTiat, after all, was the world to him? His single goal was Malagate's identity, and after that his life. But now this plan had gone by the boards. If all three went out to Teehalt's planet, the identification of Malagate must depend upon new circumstances. Meanwhile the fate ofPalhs Atwrode bore no thinking about. Gersen made a last-ditch protest. "My boat is small for four. Better if only one went out with me." "No difficulty there," Detteras stated. "We will go out in the departmental ship. Plenty of room aboard." "Another matter," said Gersen gruffly. 'T have urgent business I must see to in the near future. I am sorry to inconvenience you, but I insist that we leave today " There was vigorous and general protest: all three declared themselves tied up for at least a week by engagements, appoint- ments, and commitments. Gersen put on a show of temper. "Gentlemen, you have wasted enough of my time. We leave today, or I'll take the filament else- where—or destroy it." He watched the three faces, hoping to sur- prise Malagate in dismay. Warweave gave him a glance of metallic dislike; Kelle examined him as if he were an insubordinate child; Detteras shook his head ruefully. There was a moment of silence. W^ho would be the first to agree, no matter how reluctantly, to the conditions31 Warweave said in a colorless voice, "I consider that you are taking a very arbitrary and high-handed position." "Confound it," grumbled Detteras, "I can't simply ditch every- thing m five minutes." THE \TAR KI\G 117 "One of you should be able to tear yourself loose," Gersen suggested hopefully. "We can make a preliminary survey—suffi- cient so I can take my money and be off about mv business." "Humph," grunted Detteras Kelle said slowly, "I suppose that I would be able to go out." W^arweave nodded "My engagements, with considerable in- convenience, can be postponed " Detteras threw his hands into the air, turned to the screen, called his secretary. "Cancel all my appointments Urgent business is taking me out of town." "For how long, sir3" "I don't know," said Detteras, with a hard glance for Gersen. "Indefinitely" Gersen continued his inspection of the three men. Detteras alone had displayed irritation. Kelle obviously regarded the trip as an unexpected outing, Warweave maintained a cool detachment. So much for that particular ploy, thought Gersen He went to stand by the door "W^e'll meet at the spaceport, agreed3 At—let us say—seven o'clock. I will bring the filament; one of you must bring the decoding strip." The three acquiesced, and Gersen departed Returning to Avente, Gersen pondered the future. What chal- lenges would he face from these three men, one of whom was Attel Malagate3 It would be foolhardy not to make preparations, to ar- range safeguards this was the training imposed upon him by his grandfather, a methodical man, who had labored diligently to dis- cipline Gersen's innate tendency to rely upon improvisation. At the hotel Gersen examined his belongings, and made certain selections, then packed and checked out After painstaking precau- tions against stick-tights and human trackers, he went to a branch office of the Amalgamated Distribution Service, another of the monster semipublic utility companies with agencies throughout the Oikumene. In a booth he consulted catalogues which offered him a choice of a million products produced by thousands of fabricators Making his choice, he punched the requisite buttons, went to the sen ice counter There was a wait of three minutes, while automatic machinery ranged the shel\es of the enormous underground warehouse, then the mechanism Gersen had ordered appeared on a belt He exam- ined it, paid the clerk, departed, and rode the subway to the space- 118 THE DEMON PRINCES port. He inquired the location of the university ship from an attendant, who took him out on a terrace and pointed down the long line of spacecraft large and small, each in its bay. "Notice, sir, the red and yellow yacht with side platform? Well, count down three. First the CD 16, then the old Parabola, and then the green and blue ship with the big observation dome. That's the job. She's going out today, eh?" "Yes. About seven. How did you know?" "One of the crew is already aboard, I had to let him on." "I see." Gersen went down to the field, walked along the way which led past the ranked spacecraft. From the shadow of the ship in the next bay, he inspected the university ship. The contours were distinctive, as was the rather elaborate emblem at the bow. Recol- lection stirred at the back of his mind: somewhere before he had seen this ship. Where? At Smade's Planet on the landing field be- tween mountains and black ocean. It was the ship used by the Star King. The shape of a man passed in front of one of the observation windows. When he moved out of sight Gersen crossed the space between the two ships. Cautiously he tried the outer entry port; it eased ajar. He stepped into the transition chamber, peered through the panel into the ship's main saloon. Suthiro the Sarkoy worked at an object which he apparently had attached to the underside of a shelf. Inside Gersen something more ferocious than gladness—a pe- culiar exaltation of hate—swelled and burst, suffusing his enure body. He tried the inner portal; it was locked from within. There was, however, an emergency disengagement which would unlock the door if pressure were equalized between cabin and outer atmo- sphere. Gersen touched the emergency switch. There was an au- dible click. Within the ship, all was silent. Not daring to glance through the panel, Gersen pressed his ear to the port. Useless: no sound could pass through the laminated structure. He waited a min- ute, then carefully eased himself up to look into the cabin once more. Suthiro had heard nothing. He had gone forward, and now appeared to be adjusting the padding around a stanchion. His heavy flat-skulled head was bent forward, his lips were pursed out. Gersen slid back the port and stepped into the cabin, a projac pointed at the big square buckle of Suthiro's steppe-rider harness. THE STAR KfNG 119 "Skop Suthiro," said Gersen. "This is a pleasure for which I had not dared hope." Suthiro's dog-brown eyes opened and shut; he grinned broadly. "I was waiting for your arrival." "Indeed. And why?" "I wanted to continue our discussion of last night." "We were speaking of Godogma, the long-legged walker with wheels on his feet. Plainly he has wheeled across the path of your life, and you will never drive your wagon over the Gorobundur." Suthiro became very still, his eyes measuring Gersen. "What happened to the girl?" asked Gersen gently. Suthiro considered, then rejected the feasibility of feigning in- nocence. "She was taken by Fancy Dasce." "With your connivance. Where is she now?" Suthiro shrugged. "He had orders to kill her. Why, I don't know. I am told very little. Dasce will not kill her. Not till he has the full use of her. He is a khet.^ Suthiro sneered the epithet, a metaphor linking Dasce to the obscenely fecund Sarkovy mink. "He has left Alphanor?" "Certainly." Suthiro seemed surprised at Gersen's naivete. "Probably for his little planet." He made a fretful uncomfortable motion, which brought him an imperceptible four inches closer to Gersen. "Where is this planet?" "Ha! Do you think he would tell me? Or anyone else?" "In that case—but I must ask you to stand back." "Pah," whispered Suthiro in a childish display of petulance. "I can poison you any time I choose." Gersen allowed a faint smile to cross his lips. "I have already poisoned you." Suthiro raised his eyebrows. "When? You have never closed with me." "Last night. I touched you when I handed you paper. Look at the back of your right hand." Suthiro stared in slow horror at the red weal. "Cluthe!" Gersen nodded. "Cluthe." "But—why should you do this to me?" "You merit such an end." Suthiro launched himself like a leopard; the projector in Ger- sen's hand discharged a stalk of blue-white energy. Suthiro fell to THE. DEMON PRINCES 120 the deck, lay staring up at Gersen. "Better plasma than cluthe," he whispered huskily. "You'll die by cluthe," said Gersen. Suthiro shook his head. "Not while I carry my poisons." "Godogma calls you. So now speak truth. Do you hate Hilde- mar Dasce?" "I hate Dasce indeed." Suthiro seemed surprised, as if there were anyone who did not hate Dasce. "I would kill Dasce." "Most people would do no less." "Where is his planet?" "Beyond. I know no more." "When are you to see him next?" "Never. I am dying, and Dasce is bound for a deeper hell than mine." "If you lived?" "Never. I was to return to Sarkovy." "Who knows of this planet?" "Malagate .. . perhaps." "Is there no one else? Tristano?" "No. Dasce tells little. The world is airless." Suthiro carefully hunched himself together. "Already the skin begins to itch." "Listen, Suthiro. You hate Dasce. Yes? And you hate me, for I have poisoned you. Think! You, a Sarkoy, poisoned by me, and so easily." Suthiro muttered, "I hate you indeed." "Tell me how to find Dasce, then. One of us must kill the other. The death will be your doing." Suthiro rocked his furry head in desolation. "But I cannot tell you what I do not know." "What has he said of his world? Does he talk?" "He boasts: Dasce is a vile braggart. His world is harsh; only a man like himself could master this world. He lives in the crater of a dead volcano." "What of the sun?" Suthiro hunched himself together. "It is dim. Yes. It must be red. They asked Dasce about his face—in a tavern. Why had he dyed himself red? To match his sun, said Dasce, which was the same color, and not much larger. "A red dwarf," mused Gersen. THE STAR KI.\G 121 "So it might be." "Think! What else? Which direction? Which constellation? Which sector?" "He says nothing. And now—I do not care. I think only of Godogma. Go away so that I may kill myself decently." Gersen surveyed the huddled form without emotion. "What are you doing here in the ship?" Suthiro looked at his hand curiously, then rubbed his chest. "I feel it moving." He examined Gersen. "Well, then, since you would look on my death: watch." He put hands to his neck, convulsed his knuckles. The brown eyes stared. "In thirty seconds now." "Who would know of Dasce's planet? Has he friends?" "Friends?" Suthiro, even in his last seconds, took occasion to sneer. "Where does he lodge in Avente?" "North of Sailmaker Beach. In an old hut on Melnoy Heights." "Who is Malagate? What is his name?" Suthiro spoke in a whisper. "A Star King has no name." "What name does he use on Alphanor?" The thick lips opened and closed. Words rattled in the pale throat. "You killed me. Should Dasce fail, let Malagate kill you." The eyelids Jerked, quivered. Suthiro lay back, seemed to stiffen, made no further movement. Gersen looked down at the body. He walked around behind it, studied it. The Sarkoy were notoriously treacherous and revengeful. With his toe he attempted to turn the body over on its face. Quick as the strike of a serpent the arm flashed around, poison prongs ready. Gersen jerked back; the projac ejected a second dazzling line of energy. This time Suthiro the Sarkoy lay truly dead. Gersen searched the corpse. In the pouch he found a sum of money, w^ich he tucked into his own wallet. There was a kit of poisons, which Gersen examined, then, unable to comprehend Su- thiro's cryptic nomenclature, discarded; also a device no larger than his thumb, intended to project crystalline needles of poison or virus on a Jet of compressed air: a man could be infected from a distance of fifty feet and know nothing save a faint tingle. Suthiro carried a projac similar to his own, three stilettos, a packet of fruit lozenges, undoubtedly lethal. Gersen dropped the weapons back into Suthiro's pouch, dragged the body to a waste ejection locker, and crammed it away 122 THE DEMON PRINCES out of sight. Once in space, the touch of a button would dispose of Sivij Suthiro the Sarkoy. Next he looked to discover what Suthiro, while alive, had so earnestly been trying to achieve. Under the shelf he found a small toggle switch controlling a set of wires which led to a concealed relay, which in turn activated the valves on four reservoirs of gas at various secret spots around the cabin. Death gas or anaesthetic? He detached one of the reservoirs and found a label printed in the crabbed Sarkoy syllabary: Tironvirasko^s Instantaneous Narcoleptic, an odorless sleep inducent with minimal post redacts. It seemed that Malagate, no less methodical than Gersen, was taking his own precautions. Gersen took each of the four reservoirs to the entry port, re- leased their contents, replaced them where he had found them. He left Suthiro's switch in place, but changed its function. This accomplished, Gersen brought out his own device: the timer he had purchased at Amalgamated, and a grenade from his armament. After a moment's reflection, he secured it inside the reactor housing, where it would do maximum damage, and yet be conven- ient in case of need. He glanced at his watch: one o'clock. Time was growing short. Far too short to accomplish all that must be done. He departed, locking the ship behind him and, returning to the terminal, took the subway for Sailmaker Beach. At a stand beside the station Gersen selected a self-service cab— a single-seat scooter, gyroscopically balanced, with a transparent canopy. Two SVU in the slot gave him possession for an hour. Stepping aboard, he drove north through the noisy streets of Sail- maker Beach. The district had a unique flavor. Avente, a suave cosmopolitan city, was almost indistinguishable from fifty other polities of the Oikumene. Sailmaker Beach resembled no other locale in the known universe. The buildings were low, thick-walled, constructed for the most part of crushed coquina concrete, white or color- washed; in the blazing light of Rigel even pastels seemed intense. For some reason lavender and pale blue, along with white, were the most popular tints. The district was home to scores of off-world nationalities, each forming an enclave, each with its characteristic food shops, restaurants, specialty houses. Though widely disparate of origin, habit and physiognomy, the inhabitants of the district THE STAR KING 123 were uniformly voluble, half suspicious, half naive, contemptuous of outsiders, equally contemptuous of each other. They earned their living from tourists, as domestic servants or day laborers, as pro- prietors of small shops and craft studios, as entertainers or musi- cians in the innumerable taverns, bistros, bordellos, restaurants. At the north rose Melnoy Heights, and here the architecture changed to tall narrow apartment buildings, of almost Gothic elon- gation, each seeming to peer over the other's shoulder, across Sail- maker Beach to the more conventional districts. In Melnoy Heights Hildemar Dasce reputedly had lodgings. As methodically as short- ness of time and anxiety allowed, Gersen sought information re- garding him. There was no Hildemar Dasce listed in the Melnoy Heights Directory—nor had Gersen expected to find one. Dasce undoubt- edly would desire privacy, the pose of normality. Gersen began to visit the taverns, describing the tall man with the split nose, the red skin, the chalk-blue cheeks. He soon en- countered folk who had noticed Dasce, but not until the fourth tavern did he find anyone who had spoken with him. "You must mean Beauty," said the bartender, a stubby orange- skinned man, with russet hair arranged in fine glossy festoons and curls. Gersen stared in fascination at the chain carved from tur- quoise which looped from a hole in his left nostril to a hole in the lobe of his left ear. "Beauty comes in often to drink. A spaceman, he claims himself, but as to this I can't be certain. I have often declared myself a great lover. All of us lie, as much or more than necessary. 'What is truth?' asks Pons Pilarus, in the fable, and I answer: 'A commodity as cheap as air which we hide as if it were as precious as yewl stone,' " The bartender was disposed to further philosophy; Gersen hauled him back to the issue at hand. "Where does Beauty Dasce house himself?" "Up the hill, up back." The bartender made a vague gesture. "I can tell you no more, because I know no more." Gersen rode his scooter up the steep lanes and switchbacks of Melnoy Heights. Inquiry at another tavern, a tiresome series of questions at various shops, lobbies and street corners, finally re- sulted in explicit directions to Dasce's lodgings. Riding a little un- paved road which left the area of tall apartments, Gersen circled a steep rocky hillside, where gangs of children scrambled like goats. At the end of the road stood an isolated rectangular cottage, rudely, 124 THE DEMON PRINCES if substantially, constructed. It commanded a magnificent view over the ocean; over Sailmaker Beach; the Grand Esplanade, dwindling far to the south; and, only just perceptible through the haze, the apartment towers of Remo. Gersen approached the cottage with care, though it exuded the indefinable but unmistakable feeling of vacancy. He walked around peering through the windows, seeing nothing of interest. After a quick glance to right and left, he broke in the sash of an incon- spicuous window, and cautiously, in the event that Dasce had set out mantraps, climbed into the cottage. The house was strong with the feel of Dasce's habitancy: a faintly acrid odor, together with an aura more subtle than odor, of crudeness, dark, pompous, magnificent strength. There were four rooms, encompassing the usual functions. Gersen made a quick general investigation, then concentrated his attention upon the par- lor. The ceiling was scrolled plaster, painted pale yellow. The floor was covered by a carpet of greenish-yellow fiber, the walls were a checkerboard of maroon and dark brown hardwood tiles. At the far end Dasce had placed a desk and a heavy chair. The wall over the desk was hung with dozens of photographs: Dasce in all poses, against every variety of background. There was Dasce in startling close-up, revealing every pore of his skin, the split cartilage of his nose, the lidless blue eyes. There was Dasce in the costume of a Bernal flame fighter—varnished black plates and horns and cusps and prongs, like a titanic stag beetle. There was Dasce in a palanquin of yellow rattan, hung with persimmon silk, borne on the shoulders of six black-haired maidens. The angle of the wall displayed a set of photographs of a man who was not Dasce. Apparently they had been taken over a period of years. The first showed the face of a man thirty years old: a sturdy, confident, bulldog face, serene, even complacent. The face had changed alarmingly in the second of the photographs. The cheeks were sunken, the eyes started from their sockets, the nerves at the temples showed in an intricate mesh. In each succeeding photo- graph the face became ever more haggard... . Gersen glanced along a row of books: pornography of a childishly obscene nature, weapon manuals, an index to Sarkoy poisons, a late edition of Hand- hook to the Planets, an index to Dasce's microbook library, a Star Directory. The desk itself was extremely handsome: side panels of dark THE STAR KING 125 wood carved to represent griffins and winged serpents in a jungle; the surface an exquisite inlay of opals polished flat. Gersen checked the drawers and pigeonholes. They were barren of information— completely empty, in fact. Gersen stood back, a tide of grim despair rising within him. He looked at his watch. In four hours he must meet Detteras, Warweave and Kelle at the spaceport. He stood in the center of the room, carefully scrutinized every article. Some- where must be a link with Dasce's secret planet; how to recognize it? He went to the bookshelf, took down the Star Directory^ ex- amined the lay of the binding. If Dasce's red dwarf were listed he certainly must have located it in the directory. If he had done so several times, there might be a crease, a smear, a discoloration. No such mark was visible. Gersen held the book by its two covers, let it hang. A third through the book the pages separated a hairbreadth. Gersen carefully opened the book at this spot, looked down the listing. Each star—and on this page there were two hundred—was described under eleven headings: index number, constellation place- ment as viewed from Earth, star type, planetary information, mass, vector of velocity, diameter, density, location coordinates, distance from the center of the Oikumene, remarks. Twenty-three red dwarfs were listed. Eight of these were dou- ble. Eleven hung solitary in space, forlorn feeble sparks. Four were accompanied by planets, eight planets in all. These four Gersen scrutinized with especial care. Reluctantly he was forced to con- clude that none of these planets could conceivably be considered habitable. Five of the planets were too hot, one was completely awash in liquid methane, two were too massive to allow human toleration of the gravity. Gersen's mouth drooped in disappoint- ment. Nothing. Still, the page at one time had been earnestly con- sulted; there must be information here which Dasce needed or valued. Gersen tore the page from the book. The front door opened; Gersen whirled. In the opening stood a middle-aged man no larger than a boy often. His head was round; his eyes brimmed with curiosity, flicking over Gersen, around the room. He had large features, long pointed ears, a heavy protuberant mouth: a Highland Imp from the Highlands of Krokinole, one of the more specialized races of the Concourse. He came forward, fearlessly swaggering. "Who are you, that's THE DEMON PRINCES 126 in Mr. Spock's house? Looking through Mr. Spock's things? A bur- glar, I think." Gersen replaced the book, and the Imp said, "That's one of his precious volumes, that bit of stuff. Not likely he wants your fingers all over it. I'd better go for the constable." "Come back here," said Gersen. "Who are you?" "I'm the by-your-leave caretaker, that's who I am. Also this is my land and my house and my freehold. Mr. Spock is the man I let to, and why should I give every burglar north of Swansea leave to pillage and loot?" "Mr. Spock is a criminal," said Gersen. "And if he is, it's proof then that there's no honor among thieves." "I'm no thief," said Gersen mildly. "The IPCC is after your tenant, Mr. Spock." The Imp bent his big head forward. "Be you IPCC? Show me your blazer." On the assumption that a Krokinole Imp would not recognize an IPCC blazer when he saw one, Gersen displayed a transparent tablet, with his photograph under a gold seven-pointed star. He touched it to his forehead and it glowed into light, a factitious dis- play which impressed the Imp. He instantly became effusive in his cordiality. "Never did think that Mr. Spock was up to good. He'll come to a bad end, mark my words! What's he done now?" "Kidnap. Murder." "Bad deeds, both. I'll have to caution Mr. Spock." "He is a wicked man. How long has he lived here?" "Donkey's years." "You know him well, then?" "Well indeed. Who drinks with him when everyone else turns their heads as if Mr. Spock smelt poorly? Me. I drink with him, and frequently. It's no treat to look like Mr. Spock, and I have my compassion." "So you're Spock's friend." The big features twisted and moved in successive displays of tolerance, crafty speculation, virtuous indignation. "I? Certainly not. Do I look the sort who consorts with criminals?" "But—let us say—you have heard Spock talking." THE STAR KING 127 "That I have, and oh, the tales he tells!" The Imp's eyes rolled ludicrously upward. "Do I believe him? No." "Has he ever spoken of a secret world where he has a hide- away?" "Again and again. He calls it Thumbnail Gulch. W^hy? He al- ways shakes his head when he's asked. A tight-mouthed man, Mr. Spock, for all his loose braggadocio." "What more has he said of his world?" The Imp shrugged. "The sun's blood-red, hardly enough to keep him warm." "And where is this world?" "Aha! That's where he's sly. No word of this will he speak. Many's the time I've wondered, thinking that suppose poor Mr. Spock took sick on this lonesome world—who'd know to tell his friends?" Gersen smiled grimly. "And this argument never induced him to confide in you?" "Never. Why do you wish to know?" "He's kidnaped an innocent young woman and taken her to this world." "The rogue. What a raffish creature." The Imp shook his head in distress, from which a certain measure of wistful envy was not absent. "I'll never let my land and house to him again." "Think. WTiat has Spock said regarding the world?" The Imp screwed up his eyes. "Thumbnail Gulch. The world is bigger than the sun. Astonishing, no?" "If the sun is a red dwarf, not too astonishing." "Volcanos. There are live volcanos on this world." "Volcanos? That's odd. A red dwarfs planet shouldn't have volcanos. It's too old." "Old or young, the volcanos thrive. Mr. Spock lives in a dead crater, and he sees a whole line of volcanos smoking up along the horizon." "What else?" "Nought." "How long does it take to get to his planet?" "That I can't say." "You've never met any of his friends?" "Tosspots at the tavern, no more. But yes. One. Less than a year ago—an Earthman, a heavy cruel man." THE DEMON PRINCES 128 "Tristano?" "I know nothing of his name. Mr. Spock had just returned from a business trip Beyond, to a planet called New Hope. Do you know it?" "I've never been there." "Nor I, though I've wandered far. But the very day of his re- turn, while we sit in Gelperino's Saloon, the Earthman comes in. 'Where have you been?' he asks. 'Ten days I've been here, and we left New Hope together.' Mr. Spock gives him his haughty look. 'If you must know, I looked in on my little hideaway for half a day. I have obligations there, you know!' And the Earthman said no more." Gersen thought a moment and suddenly was in a hurry to leave. "What more do you know?" "Nothing more." Gersen made a last survey of the house, under the inquisitive scrutiny of the Imp, then departed, ignoring the Imp's sudden harsh demands for damages when he discovered the broken window sash. Hastily, now, Gersen rode down through the winding avenues, across Sailmaker Beach, back into central Avente. He went to an office of the Universal Technical Consultative Service, and gained the attention of an operator. "Set up this problem," said Gersen. "TWX) ships leave the planet New Hope. One proceeds directly here, to Avente. The other goes to a red dwarf star, spends half a day, then comes to Avente, arriving ten days later. I want a list of the red dwarf stars which this second ship might have visited." The operator considered. "There is obviously an ellipsoid shell here, the foci being New Hope and Alphanor. We must take into account the accelerations and decelerations, the probable coast pe- riods and landing times. There will necessarily be a locus of most probability, and areas of diminishing probability." "Set up the problem so that the machine lists these stars in order of probability." "To what limits?" "Oh—one chance in fifty. Include also the constants of these stars as given in the directory." "Very well, sir. The fee will be 25 SVU." Gersen brought forth money; the operator translated the prob- lem into precise language, spoke into a microphone. Thirty seconds THE STAR KING 129 later a sheet of paper dropped from a slot. The operator glanced at it, signed his name, handed it without a word to Gersen. Forty-three stars were listed. Gersen compared the list with the page he had torn from Dasce's Directory. A single star occurred on both lists. Gersen frowned in puzzlement. The star was a member of a binary, without planets. The couple was.. . . Naturally! thought Gersen, illumination flooding his mind. How else could volcanos exist on the companion of a red dwarf? Dasce's world was not a planet, but a dark star: a dead surface, perhaps still faintly warm. Gersen had heard of such worlds. Usually they were too dense, too massive for human occupancy, but if a small star in the course of two or three billion years happened to sweep up enough detritus to build a thick shell of light material, the surface gravity might well be reduced to a tolerable level. At ten minutes to seven, Kelle, Warweave and Detteras appeared at the spaceport, wearing spacemen's harness, their skins washed the blue-brown tone which originally, in popular credence, was thought to protect the human organism from certain mysterious Jarnell effluviae, and which by usage had become a normal adjunct to the space traveler's accoutrements. They halted in the middle of the lobby, looked about, spied Gersen, turned to face him as he approached. Gersen surveyed them with a dour smile. "We seem to be ready, all of us. I thank you gentlemen for your promptness." "Achieved, necessarily, at great inconvenience to all of us," stated Kelle. "In due course the reason for haste will become clear," said Gersen. "Your luggage?" "On its way to the ship," said Detteras. "Then we will leave. We have clearance?" "Everything has been arranged," said Warweave. The group proceeded from the lobby and walked around to the docking area, toward which a crane was already trundling. The luggage, four large cases and as many smaller packets, was stacked beside the ship. Warweave unlocked the entry ports; Gersen and Kelle passed the cases into the cabin. Detteras made a bluff attempt to assert command. "We have four compartments aboard. I'll take forward starboard; Kelle, you'll have starboard aft; War- 130 THE. DEMON PRINCES weave, port forward; Gersen, port aft. We might as well move our luggage out of the cabin." "One moment," said Gersen. "There is a situation that we must resolve before we proceed any further." Detteras' big face creased in a scowl. "What sort of situation?" "We are two parties of interest here—at least two parties. Nei- ther trusts the other. W^e are going Beyond, past the edge of law. All of us, recognizing this fact, have brought weapons. I propose that we lock all weapons in the security cabinet; that we open the luggage and, if necessary, strip ourselves naked, to assure each other that all the weapons have been declared. Since you are three to my one, if any advantage lies to either side, it is to yours." "A highly undignified process," grumbled Detteras. Kelle, more equable now than Gersen could have believed, said, "Come now, Rundle. Gersen is merely verbalizing reality. In short, I agree with him. The more so since I carry no weapons." Warweave made a careless gesture. "Search me, search my lug- gage; but let's get under way." Detteras shook his head, opened his case, withdrew a projac of great power, tossed it upon the table. "I have my doubts about the wisdom of this. I have nothing against Mr. Gersen personally—but suppose he takes us to a far planet where he has accomplices wait- ing, who capture us and hold us for ransom? Stranger crimes have occurred." Gersen laughed. "If you consider this a real danger you need only remain here. I don't care whether one goes or all go." "WT-iat of your own weapons?" asked W^arweave dryly. Gersen brought forth his projac, a pair of stilettos, a dagger, four grenades the size of walnuts. "Mv word," said Detteras. "You maintain quite an armament." "I occasionally have need for it," said Gersen. "Now, the lug- gage. .. ." The accumulated arms were placed in a cabinet which was secured with four locks, each man retaining a key to one of the locks. The crane trundled up to the ship; the boom swung around. Hooks engaged in trammels; the ship jerked, hung free, was carried out on the field. Detteras went to the main console and touched a button, w^hich flashed a row of green lights. "Everything ready to go," he said. "Tanks full, machinery in order." THE STAR KING 131 Kelle cleared his throat and brought forth a handsomely mounted wooden case bound in red leather. "This is one of the departmental rationalizers. You have Mr. Teehalt's filament, I as- sume?" "Yes," said Gersen. "I have the filament with me. But there is no hurry. Before we engage the monitor we must reach zero base point, which is far distant." "Very well," said Detteras. "WTiat are the coordinates?" Gersen brought forward a slip of paper. "If you will allow me," he said politely, "I will make the settings on the autopilot." With ill grace Detteras rose to his feet. "It seems to me that there is no longer reason for distrust. We have stripped ourselves of our weapons; all the issues have been settled. So let us all relax and behave amicably." "With pleasure," said Gersen. The ship was lowered to the launching pad, the crane disen- gaged and rolled away. The group settled themselves into takeoff seats; Detteras started the automatic launching-sequence. There was a Jar, a sense of acceleration, and Alphanor retreated below. 10 From the chapter "Malagate the Woe," in the book The Demon Princes, by Caril Carphen, published by Eluci- darian Press, New Wexford, Aloysius, Vega: ... In our cursory summary we have seen how each Demon Prince is unique and highly individuated, each dis- playing his characteristic style. This is all the more remarkable in that the basic variety of possible crimes is limited and can be numbered on the fingers. There is crime for gain: extortion, robbery (which includes piracy and raids on settled communities), swindling in its infinite guises. There is slavery, with its various man- ifestations: procuring, selling, and using slaves. Murder, co- ercion, and torture are merely adjuncts to these activities. The personal depravities are equally limited, and can be classified under sexual debauchery, sadism, violent acts prompted by pique, vmdictiveness, revenge, or vandalism. Doubtless the catalogue is incomplete, perhaps even il- logical, but this is beside the point. I merely wish to display the basic paucity, in order to illustrate this point: that each of the Demon Princes, in inflicting one or another atrocity, impresses the act with his own style and seems to create a new crime. In the previous chapters we have examined the maniacal Kokor Hekkus and his theories of absolute frightfulness; the devious Viole Falushe, voluptuary, sybarite, and amateur of kinaesthetics. Completely distinctive is Artel Malagate, the Woe, in THE STAR KING style and mannerism. Rather than enlarging himself, pro- jecting a macroscopic delineation of his person and deeds, to mesmerize his victims and intimidate his enemies, Mal- agate prefers the possibly equally chilling device of silence, invisibility, dispassionate impersonality. There is no reliable description of Malagate. Certainly Malagate is a cognomen, derived from a folk epic of old Quantique. He acts with implacable viciousness, although his cruelties are never wanton, and, if he maintains a pleasure palace after the style of Viole Falushe or Howard Alan Treesong, it is a well- guarded secret. Malagate's activities are primarily extortion and slavery. In the Conclave of 1500 at Smade's Planet, where five De- mon Princes and a score of lesser operators met to define and circumscribe their activities, Malagate was allotted that sector of the Beyond centered on Ferrier's Cluster. It in- cludes over a hundred settlements, towns and vicinities, upon all of which Malagate levies assessments. He rarely encounters protest or complaint, for he need merely cite the example of Mount Pleasant, a town of 5,000 persons which declined to meet his demands. In the year 1499 Mal- agate invited four other princes to join him. The junta swept down upon the town, captured and enslaved the en- tire population. On the planet Grabhorne he maintains a plantation of about ten thousand square miles, with a slave population estimated at twenty thousand. Here are carefully tilled farms, and factories which build exquisite furniture, musical instruments and electronic mechanisms. The slaves are not overtly ill treated, but working hours are long, the dormi- tories are drab, social opportunities are restricted. Punish- ment is a term in the mines, which few survive. Attel Malagate's attention is usually wide and dispas- sionate, but he sometimes focuses upon some individual. The planet Caro lies in an area which none of the Demon Princes claim. Mayor Janous Paragiglia of the city Desde espoused and advocated a militia and space navy sufficient to protect Caro, and to seek out and destroy Malagate or any other of the Demon Princes who dared to attack Caro. Malagate kidnaped Janous Paragiglia and tortured him for THE DEMON PRINCES 154 thirty-nine days, telecasting the entire process to the cities of Caro, to all the planets in his own sector, and, in one of his rare acts of bravado, to the Rigel Concourse. As mentioned, his personal appetites are unknown. A rumor frequently encountered runs to the effect that Mal- agate enjoys engaging in personal gladiatorial duels with able-bodied enemies, with swords for weapons. Malagate is said to exhibit superhuman strength and dexterity, and seems to derive satisfaction from slowly hewing his oppo- nent to bits. Like certain other Demon Princes, Malagate maintains a discrete and respectable identity within the Oikumene and, if whispers are correct, occupies a prestigious position on one of the major worlds. . . . Alphanor became a misty pale disk, mingled with the stars. Within the ship the four men settled into an uneasy accommodation. Kelle and Warweave startled a quiet conversation. Detteras stared for- ward into star-spattered emptiness. Gersen lounged to the side, watching the three men. One of them—not completely a man, or better, a simulated man—was Malagate the Woe. Which? Gersen thought he knew. There was still no certainty in his mind; his conjecture was based on indications, probabilities, suppositions. Malagate, for his part, must still feel secure in his incognito. He had no reason to suspect Gersen's objective; he must still consider Gersen no more than an aquisitive locater out to drive as hard a bargain as he could. So much the better, thought Gersen, if it would help him to a sure identification. He wanted two things only: the freedom of Pallis Atwrode, and the death of Malagate. And, of course, of Hildemar Dasce. If Pallis Atwrode were dead—so much the worse for Dasce. Surreptitiously Gersen watched his suspect. Was this man Mal- agate? Frustrating to be so close to his goal. Malagate, of course, had his own plans. Behind the human skull worked thought patterns incommensurable to his own, moving toward a goal still obscure. Gersen could define at least three areas of uncertainty in the situation. First, did Malagate still carry weapons or have access to weapons previously concealed aboard the ship? A possibility, al- THE STAR KING 135 though he might be relying entirely on the hidden tanks of anaes- thetic gas. Second, were either or both of the other men his accomplices? Again a possibility, but distinctly less strong. Third, and a less simple set of circumstances: What would hap- pen when the ship reached Dasce's dead star? Here again variables piled on variables. Did Malagate know of Dasce's hideaway? If so, would he recognize it on sight? The answers here were both Prob- ably yes. The question then would be, how to surprise and either capture or kill Hildemar Dasce without hindrance from Malagate. Gersen reached a decision. Detteras had urged the need for amicability. One thing was sure: amicability would be sternly tested before long. Time passed; a wary routine was established. Gersen chose a propitious time and gave the body of Suthiro to space. The ship slid effortlessly past shining stars, at astounding speed, by means only vaguely comprehensible to the men who controlled it. The pale of human civilization and law came to an end; at some precise instant the ship passed Beyond and struck up and out toward the dwindling fringes of the galaxy. Gersen kept steady if discreet surveillance over his three shipmates, wondering who would first show concern, anxiety, or suspicion as to the immediate destination. This person was Kelle, though any of the three might have been muttering together out of Gersen's hearing. "Where the devil are we headed?" Kelle inquired peevishly. "This is no area to attract a locater; we're practically in intergalactic space." Gersen took up a relaxed position. "I have not been altogether candid with you three gentlemen." Three faces turned swiftly, three pairs of eyes bored in at him. "What do you mean?" grated Detteras, "It is not a serious matter. I have been compelled to make a detour. After I perform a certain errand, we will proceed with our original plans." He raised his hand as Detteras took a deep breath. "It serves no purpose to admonish me; the situation is unavoidable." Warweave spoke in an icy voice: "What is this 'situation'?" "I'll be glad to explain, and I'm sure all of you will appreciate my predicament. First of all, I seem to have made an enemy of a well-known criminal. He is known as Malagate the Woe." Gersen glanced from face to face. "Doubtless you all have heard of him; 'I HE DEMON PRINCES 136 he is one of the Demon Princes. The day before we left one of his lieutenants, a creature named Hildemar Dasce, kidnaped a young woman I happen to be interested in and conveyed her to a private world. I feel obligated to this young woman; she is suffering through no fault other own, but merely from Malagate's desire to punish or intimidate me. I believe I have located Dasce's planet; I plan to rescue this young woman, and I hope for your cooperation." Detteras spoke in a voice thick with rage. "Why could you not have told us of your plans before we left? You insisted on leav- ing, you forced us to break our engagements at great inconve- nience—" Gersen said mildly, "You have some cause for resentment, but, since mv own time is limited, I thought it best to combine the two projects." He grinned as Detteras' neck swelled in new fury. "With luck, this business will not take long, and \\e will be on our way without delay." Kelle said meditatively, "The kidnaper has conveyed the young woman to a world in this vicinity?" "I think so. I hope so." "And you expect our help in rescuing this young woman?" "Only in a passive sense. I merely ask that you don't interfere with my plans." "Suppose that the kidnaper resents your intrusion. Suppose that he kills you." "The possibility exists. But I have the advantage of surprise. He must feel completely secure, and probably I will have no great trou- ble overpowering him." "Overpowering him?" inquired Wanveave, delicately sardonic. "Overpowering or killing him." At this moment the Jarnell kicked out, the ship whined down into ordinary velocities. Ahead glowed a dim red star. If it were double, its companion was yet invisible. Gersen said, "As I say, surprise is my most important asset, so therefore I must ask that none of you through inadvertence or mal- ice use the radio." Gersen already had disabled the radio, but he saw no reason to put Malagate on his guard. "I'll explain my plans so that there can be no misunderstanding. First, I'll bring the ship close enough to inspect the surface of the planet, but far enough out to avoid radar detection. If my theories are correct and I locate Dasce's habitation, I'll go to the far side of the world, approach the THE STAR KING 137 surface, and land as close to Dasce's dwelling as feasible. Then I'll take the platform flyer and do what must be done. The three of you need only wait till I return; then we shall be once more on our way to Teehalt's planet. I know I can count on your cooperation, because I naturally shall take the monitor filament with me and hide it somewhere before I confront Hildemar Dasce. If I am killed, the filament will be lost. Naturally I will need the weapons which are now in the security locker, but I see no reason for objection on your part." No one spoke. Gersen, looking from one to another, studying most intently the face of his suspect, laughed inwardly. Malagate was posed with a maddening dilemma. If he should interfere and by some means warn Dasce, then Gersen might well be killed and Malagate's hopes of acquiring Teehalt's planet dashed. Would he trade Dasce for the planet? Gersen was certain of his decision; Mal- agate was notoriously callous. Detteras heaved a deep sigh. "Gersen, you're a subtle man. You've put us in a position where, for motives of sweet reason, we are forced to do your bidding," "I assure you that my motives are irreproachable." "Yes, yes, the damsel in distress. All very well; we ourselves would be criminals to deny her the chance of rescue. My exasper- ation is not at your goals—if you have told us the truth—but at your lack of candor." With nothing to lose, Gersen became humble. "Yes, perhaps I should have explained more carefully. But I am accustomed to working by myself. In any event, the situation is now as I have described it. Do I have the cooperation of you all?" "Humph," said Wanveave. "We have little choice, as you are perfectly well aware." "Mr. Kelle?" asked Gersen. Kelle inclined his head. "Mr. Detteras?" "As Wanveave points out, we have no choice." "In that case I will proceed with my plans. The world on which we are to land, incidentally, is a dead star rather than a planet." "Does not excessive gravity make habitation inconvenient?" asked Kelle. "We'll know very shortly." Wanveave turned away, went to look out at the red dwarf. The I HP DEMON PRINCES dark companion had now become visible, a large brown-gray disk, three times the diameter of Alphanor, mottled and reticulated in black and umber. Gersen was pleased to find surrounding space rich in detritus; the radar screen indicated dozens of minuscule plane- toids and moonlets in orbits about each star. He could approach the dead star boldly with small fear of detection. A momentary shift into mtersplit braked the ship, another brought it to a state of lazy drifting a quarter-million miles above the now looming mass. The surface seemed dim and featureless, with vast areas covered by what looked like oceans of chocolate-colored dust. The outline of the world was sharp and stark against the black of space, indi- cating a sparse atmosphere. Gersen went to the macroscope, in- spected the surface. The world's relief leapt into perspective, though the terrain still was hardly rugged. Chains of volcanic mountains netted the surface, there was a mesh of rifts and cre- vasses, a number of ancient isolated plutonic buttes, hundreds of volcanos, some active, others dead or quiescent. Gersen set crossbars on a short sharp peak at the demarcation between day and night, the ob)ect seemed not to move, nor to alter its position in relation to the line of darkness: apparently the world held a constant face to its companion. In such case, Dasce's dwelling would almost certainly be on the bright face, probably near the equator, at the longitude directly under the sun. He scrutinized the region carefully, under high magnification. The area was large; there were dozens of volcanic craters, large and small. Gersen searched for an hour. Warweave, Kelle and Detteras stood watching him with varying degrees of impatience and sar- donic dislike. Gersen reviewed his logic; it seemed to hang together. The red dwarf had been listed on a well-used page in Dasce's Directory, it was found within the requisite ellipsoidal shell; it had a dark star companion. This must be the star And, by every likelihood, Dasce's crater must be located somewhere within the warm sunlit area be- low. An odd formation attracted his attention, a square plateau, with five mountain ranges radiating like the fingers of a hand. A phrase of the Melnoy Heights Imp occurred to him. "Thumbnail Gulch." At fullest magnification Gersen examined the area corresponding to the thumbnail Certainly there was a small crater here. Certainly it seemed to show a slightly different color, a slightly different tex- THE DIRKING 139 ture than the others. And there where the sunlight struck glancingly on the inside wall, a glint^ And below, the faint shine of white3 Gersen reduced the magnification, studied the surrounding ter- rain. Even though Dasce might not detect approaching ships at planetary distances, his radar might w^rn him of ships approaching for a landing. If he dropped down on the far side of the world and then slanted in behind the hon/on, to land behind the plateau which formed the palm of the hand, he might well be able to sur- prise Dasce. He fed the necessary information into the course computer, engaged the autopilot. The ship veered and began its descent. Kelle, unable to contain his curiosity, asked, "Well? Have you found what you were looking for?" "I think so," said Gersen. "I can't be certain." "If you are careless enough to be killed," said Kelle, "you put us to enormous inconvenience " Gersen nodded. "This is essentially what I meant to convey to you a short while ago. I am sure that you'll help me, at least pas- sively." "We have already agreed to this." The dark star loomed below and the ship landed on a shelf of naked brown stone a quarter mile from a heave of low black hills. The stone was the texture of brick; the surrounding plain displayed a surface resembling dried brown mud. Overhead the red dwarf bulked large; the ship cast a dense black shadow. A thin wind blew small curls of dust across the plain, sifting a greenish-blue powder into long herringbone drifts. Detteras said thoughtfully, "You know-, I think it only fair that you leave the filament here. Why victimize us2" "I don't plan to be killed, Mr. Detteras." "Your plans might go awry." "If so, your troubles will seem very trivial in comparison to mine. May I have my weapons2" The locker was opened; the three watched warily while Gersen armed himself. He looked from face to face. In the mind of one of these men feverish plots were hatching. Would he act as Gersen anticipated—which was to say, not act? Here was a chance Gersen must take. Suppose he were wrong, suppose this were not Dasce's planet and Malagate knew it; suppose Malagate, through some in- tuition, suspected Gersen's goal. He might be ready to sacrifice his THE DEMON PRINCES 140 hopes of acquiring Teehalt's world in order to maroon Gersen out here on this dark star. There was a precaution Gersen could take; it would be foolish for him not to do so. He stepped back into the engine room and detached a small but vital component from the energy reactor, one which could be refabricated, if necessary, with ingenuity and patience. He tucked it into his pouch, along with the filament. Warweave, standing in the doorway, observed the act but made no comment. Gersen dressed himself in an airsuit, left the ship. Opening the forward hatch, he winched down the little platform flyer, loaded aboard a spare airsuit and spare tanks of oxygen, and without fur- ther ceremony set out for Thumbnail Gulch, skimming low to the ground, the thin atmosphere keening over the windshield. The landscape was odd even to one accustomed to the terrain of strange planets: a dark spongy surface in varying shades of ma- roon, brown and gray, marred here and there by volcanic cones and low wallowing black hills. This might be true star stuff—clinker remaining after the fires had died—or it might be sediment swept up from space. Most likely both. Gersen wondered, did the aware- ness that he was traversing the surface of a dead star contribute to the sense of weirdness and unreality? The thin atmosphere allowed absolute clarity of vision; the horizons were far, the panorama seemed endless. And overhead there was the glowering sphere of the red dwarf, rilling an eighth of the sky. The ground shouldered up to become the plareau which com- prised the palm of the hand; a titanic flow of lava. Gersen swerved to the right. Far ahead he could see a line of black hills lying across the landscape like the back of a monstrous petrified triceratops. This was the "thumb" at the end of which rose Dasce's volcano. Gersen flew low to the ground, taking advantage of all possible cover, swerving in and out, close to the wall of the plateau, and so approached the line of jagged black peaks. Slowly, cautiously, he eased up the tumbled slope, Jets muffled by the thin air to no more than a mutter. Dasce might have installed detectors along these slopes—but, on second thought, it seemed hardly likely. He would consider the effort superfluous. Why attack by land when a torpedo from space would be easier? Gersen gained the ridge. There, two miles ahead, was the vol- cano which he hoped would be Dasce's hideaway. Off to the side, down on the plain which continued on and on indefinitely, was the THE STAR KING 141 most welcome sight of Gersen's experience, a sight which brought tears of sheer savage heart-rending joy to his eyes: a small space- boat. His hypothesis had been correct: here was Thumbnail Gulch in all certainty; here would be found Hildemar Dasce. And Pallis Atwrode? Gersen landed the platform and continued on foot, taking ad- vantage of all possible cover, avoiding approaches where detectors would be most likely, even though caution seemed no more than a formality. Destiny could not bring him this far only to deal him failure! He mounted the slopes: mingled basalt, obsidian and tuff. Reaching the lip of the crater, he peered over—out on a webbed dome constructed of thin cables and transparent film, held dis- tended by air pressure. The crater was not large: fifty yards in di- ameter and almost perfectly cylindrical, the walls being formed of striated volcanic glass. At the bottom of the crater Dasce had made a careless attempt at landscaping. There were a pond of brackish water, a clump of palm trees, a tangle of rank vines. Gersen looked an implacable god, a god of vengeance. In the center of the crater was a cage, and in the cage sat a naked man: tall, haggard, his face a ghastly wreck, his body crooked, marked with a hundred welts. Gersen remembered Suthiro's expla- nation of how Dasce lost his eyelids. Looking again, he remem- bered the photographs in Dasce's parlor: this man was the subject of the photographs. Gersen looked elsewhere. Directly below was a pavilion of black cloth, a series of connected tents. There was no sign of Hildemar Dasce. Entrance to the crater was apparently by way of a tunnel leading through the wall of the volcano. Gersen moved carefully around the lip, looked down over the slope. The porous brown-black plain extended limitlessly off in three directions. Nearby rested the spaceboat, seeming no larger than a toy in the clarity of the atmosphere, on the endlessness of the plain. Gersen turned his attention back to the dome. With a knife he cut a small slit in the film, then settled himself to watch. Ten minutes passed before the pressure drop activated a warn- ing signal. Out from one of the tents charged Hildemar Dasce. Gersen saw him with savage delight. He wore loose white panta- loons and no more. His torso, stained a faded purple, was ribbed 142 THE DEMON PRINCES with muscle. He stared up with lidless eyes, the blue cheeks bloom- ing from the vermilion face. Dasce marched across the crater floor. The prisoner within the cage followed him attentively with his gaze. Dasce vanished from sight. Gersen hid in a crevice, Dasce pres- ently emerged on the plain in an airsuit, carrying a case. He mounted the crater wall with strong easy strides, passing close by Gersen. Dasce put down the case, brought forth a projector, swept a beam of radiation over the surface of the dome. The escaping air, evidently dosed with a fluorescent agent, glowed yellow. Dasce went to the cut and bent over it, and Gersen felt his instant sus- picion. He straightened up and looked all around. Gersen crouched back out of sight. When he looked once more, Dasce was at work mending the rip with cement and a new strip of film. The entire operation re- quired but a minute. Then Dasce replaced the unused material and the projector into the case, straightened up. He made another care- ful scrutiny of rim, slope and plain; then, suspicion blunted, he started back down the slope. Gersen rose from his hiding place and followed, not fifty feet behind. Dasce, Jumping from rock to rock down the slope, failed to look back—until Gersen dislodged a rock which bounded ahead and past. Dasce stopped, turned sharply. Gersen was out of sight behind a jut of rock, grinning in a kind of mad glee. Dasce proceeded. Gersen followed close behind. At the base of the slope a sound, a vibration, alarmed Dasce. Once more he turned to look up-slope—directly at the figure leaping down on him. Ger- sen laughed to see the loose pale mouth open in startlement, and then he struck. Dasce toppled, rolled, bounded to his feet, started to run awkwardly for the airlock; Gersen fired at the back of one of the rangy thighs. Dasce fell. Gersen seized him by the ankles, dragged him into the airlock, slammed the outer door. Dasce struggled and kicked, the red and blue face hideously contorted. Gersen pointed the projac, but Dasce merely tried to kick it from his grasp. Gersen fired again, numbing Dasce's other leg. Dasce lay still, glaring like a boar at bay. With a roll of tape brought hopefully for such a purpose, Gersen lashed Dasce's ankles- Then warily he seized the right arm, bent it back THE STAR KING 143 and around. Dasce was forced over on his face. Presently, after a struggle, his arms were taped behind his back. The lock mechanism automatically had filled the space with air; Gersen now removed the vitrine globe from Dasce's head. "W^e renew our acquaintance," said Gersen in a voice of hushed, reverent joy. Dasce said nothing. Gersen dragged him out into the floor of the crater. The pris- oner jumped to his feet, pressed himself to the bars of the cage, stared at Gersen as if he were an archangel with wings, trumpet and aureole. Gersen assured himself as to the security of Dasce's bonds, ran over to the tent, projac ready for an unexpected servitor or com- rade-in-arms of Dasce's. The prisoner looked after him with astounded, unbelieving- eyes. Pallis Atwrode lay huddled under a limp dirty sheet, face to the wall. There was no one else. Gersen touched her on the shoulder, and fascinatedly watched her flesh crawl. His-exultation became mingled with horror, to produce a queer stomach-twisting emotion such as he had never before even imagined. "Pallis," he said, "Pal- lis—it's Kirth Gersen." The words reached her, muffled by the globe which Gersen still wore; she only crouched and huddled more tightly. Gerson rolled her over; she lay with her eyes shut- Her face, once so gay and impudent and charming, was bleak and aus- tere. "Pallis," called Gersen, "open your eyes. It's Kirth Gersen! You're safe!" She shook her head slightly, held her eyes tight shut. Gersen turned away. At the door to the tent he looked back. Her eyes were wide open, staring in wonder, but she instantly closed them again. Gersen left her, investigated the entire crater, reassured himself that no one else was present, and returned to Dasce. "Nice place you've got here, Dasce," said Gersen in a conver- sational tone. "A little hard to find when your friends want to drop in. "How did you find me?" said Dasce in a guttural voice. "No one knows of this place." "Except your boss." "He doesn't know." "How do you think I found out?" 144 THE DEMON PRINCES Dasce was silent. Gersen went to the cage, unbarred the door, motioned to the prisoner, wondering whether the man's mind had also failed him. "Come out." The prisoner limped haltingly forward. "Who are you?" "No matter. You are free." "Free?" The man worked his loose jaws over the word, turned to look toward Dasce. He spoke in a reverent voice. "What of— himr "I shall kill him presently." The man said softly, "This must be a dream." Gersen returned to Pallis, She was sitting on the bed, the sheet clutched around her. Her eyes were open. She looked at Gersen, rose to her feet, fainted. Gersen lifted her, carried her out to the crater floor. The erstwhile captive stood looking at Dasce from a respectful distance. Gersen spoke to him. "WTiat is your name?" The man looked momentarily bewildered. He knit his brows as if trying to remember. "I am Robin Rampold," he said at last in a soft hushed voice. "And you—you are his enemy?" "I am his executioner. His nemesis." "It is a marvel!" breathed Rampold. "After so long that I cannot remember the beginning.. . ." Tears began to course down his cheeks. He looked at the cage, walked over to it, studied it, then looked back at Gersen. "I know this place well. Each crack, each crevice, each fleck and crystal of the metal." His voice faded. Sud- denly he asked, "What is the year?" "1524." Rampold seemed to become smaller. "I did not know it was so long; I have forgotten so much." He looked up toward the dome. "There is no day or night here—nothing but the red sun. When he is gone, there are no events. ... Seventeen years I have stood in that cage. And now I am out." He walked over to Dasce, stood looking down at him. Gersen followed. Rampold said, "Long, long ago we were two different people. I taught him a lesson. I made him suffer. The memory is all that has kept me alive." Dasce laughed a harsh cackle. "I have sought to repay you." He glanced up toward Gersen. "Best kill me while you can, or I will do the same to you." Gersen stood reflecting. Dasce must die. There would be no compunction when the time came. But behind the red forehead was knowledge which Gersen needed. How to extract this knowledge? THE STAR KING 145 Torture? Gersen suspected that Dasce would laugh while being torn limb from limb. Trickery? Subtlety? He looked speculatively down into the coarse red and blue face. Dasce did not flinch. Gersen turned to Rampold. "Can you navigate Dasce's space- boat?" Rampold sadly shook his head. "Then I suppose you must come with me." Rampold spoke in a tremulous voice. "WTiat of—/ww?" "Eventually I'll kill him." Rampold said in a low voice, "Give him to me." "No." Gersen returned to the inspection of Dasce. Somehow he must be made to reveal the identity of Malagate. A direct ques- tion would be worse than useless. "Dasce," he asked, "why did you bring Pallis Atwrode out here?" "She was too beautiful to kill," said Dasce easily. "And why should you kill her?" "I enjoy killing beautiful women." Gersen grinned. Dasce possibly hoped to provoke him. "You may or may not live to regret your sins." "Who sent you here?" asked Dasce. "Someone who knew." Dasce slowly shook his head. "There is only one, and he never sent you." So much for that ploy, thought Gersen. Dasce would not easily be deceived. Well then. He would take Dasce aboard the ship. The situation was certain to produce some sort of reaction. Now a new problem. He did not dare leave Robin Rampold alone with Dasce, not even for long enough to fetch the platform. Rampold might kill Dasce. Or Dasce might command Rampold to release him. After seventeen years of degradation, Rampold might be sufficiently under Dasce's influence to obey. And Pallis At- wrode—what of her? He turned to find her standing in the doorway, the sheet clutched around her, watching him with a wide troubled gaze. He approached her and she shrank back. Gersen was uncertain whether or not she recognized him. "Pallis—it's Kirth Gersen." She nodded somberly. "I know." She looked at the prone form of Hildemar Dasce. "You've tied him up," she said in a voice of troubled wonder. "That's the least of his worries." THE DEMON PRINC ES 146 She looked at him wanly Gersen found himself unable to fathom her thoughts. "You're—you're not his friend2" Gersen felt an entirely new type of sickness. "No I'm not his friend Of course not. Did he say so^" "He said . he said " She turned to stare m perplexity at Dasce "Don't believe anything he told you " He looked into her face, wondering as to the extent of her confusion and shock "Are you— all right^" She refused to meet his eyes Gersen said gently, "I'm taking you back to Avente You're safe now " She nodded stonily If she would only evince some emotion' Relief—tears—even reproaches' Gersen sighed, turned away The problem still remained how to convey all of them to the platform He dared leave neither Pallas nor Rampold alone with Dasce, he had en)oyed domination over them both too long Gersen replaced the vitrme globe over Dasce's head and dragged him through the tunnel, out upon the plain, where the two within could not see him. Jets roaring at full power, the overloaded platform lurched slug- gishly around the plateau, blowing up a fan of dust which settled with startling rapidity in the thin atmosphere. Ahead stood the spaceship, minute against the sweep of the vast horizon Gersen landed close beside the entrance port. Hand weapon within easy reach, he climbed the accommodation ladder Inside, Attel Mala- gate had watched his approach, had seen the cargo Malagate could not know what Dasce had told Gersen. He must be taut with in- decision Dasce, who would recognize the ship, must suspect but could not be sure that Malagate was aboard. The airiock thudded shut, the pumps throbbed, the inner door swung open Gersen stepped forward Kelle, Detteras, Warweave sat at various quarters of the room. They looked at him without friendliness. No one made a move Gersen unfastened the head globe "I'm back " "So we see," said Detteras. "I've been successful," said Gersen "I've got a captive with me Hildemar Dasce A word of warning to you This man is a brutal murderer He is desperate. I intend to hold him under rigid con- ditions I ask that none of you interfere or have anything to do with THE STARKI\G 147 this man The other two persons are a man Dasce has kept penned in a cage for seventeen years, and a young woman whom Dasce recently kidnaped and whose mind may ha\e suffered in conse- quence She shall use my cabin I shall keep Dasce in the cargo hold The other man, Robin Rampold, will no doubt be happy for the use of a settee " "This voyage becomes stranger by the hour," said Warweave Detteras rose impatiently to his feet "Why do you bring this man Dasce aboard3 I'm surprised you haven't killed him " "Consider me squeamish, if you like " Detteras gave a bark of sour laughter "Let us proceed, we are anxious to get this trip over as fast as possible " Gersen sent Rampold into the ship with Pallis Atwrode, then slid the platform under the winch, lifted the platform with Dasce aboard into the cargo hold, where he removed Dasce's head globe Dasce glared at him wordlessly "You may see someone aboard you recognize," said Gersen "He doesn't want his identity made known to his two colleagues, as it would interfere with his plans You will be wise to keep a still tongue in your head " Dasce said nothing. Gersen secured him with exceeding care At the center of a long cable he made a loop which he knotted and clamped tightly around Dasce's neck I he ends of the cable he made fast at opposite sides of the hold, stretching the cable taut Dasce was now constricted in the middle of the hold, the cable extending past him to right and left, the ends ten feet out of his reach to either side Even with hands free Dasce could not work himself loose Gersen now cut the tapes binding Dasce's arms and legs Dasce instantly struck out Gersen dodged aside, clubbed Dasce with the butt of his weapon Dasce reeled over senseless Gersen slipped off Dasce's airsuit, searched the pockets ot the white pantaloons, found nothing He made a final check of the bonds, then returned to the main saloon, bolting the hatch behind him Rampold had divested himself of his airsuit and sat quietly in a corner Detteras and Kelle had done the same for Pallis Atwrode, and had helped her into spare clothing She sat now to the side of the cabin drinking coffee, her face wan and pinched, her eyes dark and musing Kelle cast a glance of disapprobation toward Gersen "Ihis is Miss Atwrode—the receptionist at the department WT-iat in the name of heaven is your connection with her^' 14S TI IE DFMON PRINCES "The answer is perfectly simple," said Gersen. "I met her the first day I visited the university, and asked her out for the evening. For reasons of sheer spite or malice, or so I suppose, Hildemar Dasce struck me down and kidnaped her. I felt it was my duty to rescue her, and I've done so." Kelle smiled thinly. "I suppose we can't fault you for this." Warweave spoke in the driest of voices- "Presumably we will now make for our original destination." "That is certainly my intention." "I suggest then that we proceed." "Yes," grumbled Detteras. "The sooner we put a term to this fantastic voyage the better." The dark star and its feeble red companion became one with space. In the hold Hildemar Dasce, recovering consciousness, swore in a low vile mutter, testing his bonds with insensate ferocity. He tore and twisted at the clamps till the skin peeled from his fingers, he plucked at the metal strands in the cable till his fingernails broke. Then he tried a new procedure. Thrusting against the floor, lunging from side to side, he tried to pull the cable loose from where it was fastened at the walls: first to the right, then to the left. He suc- ceeded only in bruising his neck. Assured that he was in fact help- less, though hands and feet were free, he relaxed, panting. His mind seethed with emotion. How had Gersen located the dark star7 No one alive knew the location but himself. And Malagate. Dasce re- viewed the occasions on which he had circumvented, cheated, or failed Malagate, and wondered if one of these occasions might not have come home to roost. In the saloon, Gersen sat brooding on a settee. The three men from the university—one of whom was not a man—stood together far forward. There was Kelle: suave, fastidious, compact in phy- sique, Warweave: ectomorphic, saturnine; Detteras: large-bodied, restless, moody. Gersen eyed his suspect, probing his every act, word, and gesture for corroboration, for some sign to provide the absolute assurance he needed. Pallis Atwrode sat quietly nearby, lost in reverie. From time to time her face twitched, her fingers clenched into her palms. There would be no qualms about the kill- ing of Hildemar Dasce. Robin Rampold stood listlessly at the mi- crofilm library, looking at the index, stroking his long bony chin. He turned, glanced toward Gersen, sidled across the room wolf- 7HI- S/^A/\C, 149 ishly. In a voice so polite as to seem servile he asked, "He—is he alive?" "For the moment." Rampold hesitated, opened his mouth, closed it again. Finally he asked diffidently, "What do you plan for him2" "I don't know," said Gersen. "I want to make use of him." Rampold became very earnest. He spoke in a low voice, as if afraid that the other occupants of the saloon would hear. "Why not put him into my charge3 Then you would be relieved of the effort of guarding and tending him." "No," said Gersen, "I think not." Rampold's face became even more haggard and desperate. "But—I must." "You must^" Rampold nodded. "You cannot understand For seventeen years he has been—" He could not find words. Finally he said, "He has been the center of my existence. He has been like a personal god. He has provided food and dnnk and pain. Once he brought me a kitten—a beautiful black kitten. He watched as I touched it, smiling as if benign. This time I thwarted him. I killed the little creature, at once. Because I knew his plan. He wanted to wait until I came to love it, then he would kill it—torture it where I could watch. . . Of course he made me pay." Gersen drew a deep breath. "He has too much power over you. I can't trust you with him." Tears began to form m Rampold's eyes He spoke in a series ofdis)omted sentences. "It is strange. I feel grief now. W^hat I feel for him I cannot put into words. It goes to an extreme and beyond and becomes almost tenderness. Substances can be so sweet that they taste bitter, so sour that they taste salt. . . Yes, I would care for him with great pains. I would devote the rest of my life to him." He held out his hands "Give him to me I have nothing, or I would repay you." Gersen could only shake his head. "We will talk of this later." Rampold nodded heavily, returned across the room. Gersen looked forward to where Detteras, Kelle and Warweave continued a desultory conversation Apparently they were agreed, tacitly or otherwise, on a policy of disinterest toward the new passengers. Gersen smiled grimly. He who was Malagate would not care to confront Hildemar Dascc Dasce's temperament was not a subtle 150 THE DKMON PRINCES one; he was as likely as not to blurt out some damaging disclosure. Malagate would certainly try for a few quiet words of warning and reassurance, or conceivably an opportunity to murder Dasce dis- creetly. The situation was unstable; sooner or later it was bound to collapse into more truthful relationships. Gersen toyed with the idea of precipitating the climax, perhaps by bringing Dasce into the saloon or taking Kelle, Detteras and Warweave into the cargo hold. ... He decided to bide his time. He still carried his weapons; the three from the university, apparently assured of his good intentions, had not required that he restore them to the locker. Amazing, thought Gersen: even now Malagate could have no cause to suspect that Gersen stalked him. He would be less wary than he might be, and, using the pretext of curiosity, might well seek to look in on Dasce. Vigilance, thought Gersen. It occurred to him that Robin Ram- pold would be a useful ally in this situation. No matter what dis- tortions and sublimations seventeen years had produced, he would be no less alert than Gersen himself in any matter relating to Hil- demar Dasce. Gersen rose to his feet and went aft, through the engine room, into the cargo hold. Dasce, making no pretense of stoic resignation, glared at him. Gersen noted Dasce's bleeding fingers and, putting his projac on a shelf to void the possibility of Dasce's wresting it away from him, stepped close to check Dasce's bonds. Dasce kicked savagely. Gersen hacked him behind the ear with the side of his hand, and Dasce fell back. Gersen assured himself as to the clamps which constricted the cable around Dasce's neck, then moved back, out of his reach. "It seems," said Gersen, "that troubles are catching up with you." Dasce spat at him. Gersen jumped back. "You're in a poor case for such offensiveness." "Fah! What more can you do to me? Do you think I fear death? I live only out of hate." "Rampold has asked that I give you into his care." Dasce sneered. "He fears me until he reeks and crawls. He is soft as honey- It was no longer gratifying to hurt him." "I wonder how long it will take to make the same sort of man out of you." THE STAR KING 151 Dasce spat once more. Then he said, "Tell me how you found my star." "I had information." "From whom?" "What difference does it make?" said Gersen. He thought to insert an idea into Dasce's mind. "You'll never have the opportunity of paying him off." Dasce pulled back his mouth in a hideous grin. "Who is aboard this ship?" Gersen made no reply. Standing back in the shadows, he watched Dasce. He must suspect, to the point of certainty, that Malagate was aboard. Dasce could be no less uncertain than Mal- agate himself. Gersen framed and discarded a half-dozen questions calculated to trick Malagate's name from Dasce. The best were either too clumsy or too subtle; the worst would apprise Dasce that Gersen wanted information, and so put him on his guard, Dasce tried to wheedle. "Come! As you say, I am helpless, at your mercy. I am interested in learning who betrayed me." "Who do you think it might be?" Dasce grinned ingenuously. "I have a number of enemies. For instance, the Sarkoy. Was it he?" "The Sarkoy is dead." "Dead!" "He helped you kidnap the young woman. I poisoned him." "Fah," spat Dasce. "Women are everywhere. Why become ex- cited? Release me. I have wealth and I will pay you half if you tell me who betrayed me." "It was not Suthiro the Sarkoy." "Tristano? Surely not Tristano. How could he know?" "When I met Tristano he had little to say." "Who then?" Gersen said. "Very well, I'll tell you; why not? One of the administrators at the Sea Province University gave me the infor- mation." Dasce rubbed his hand over his mouth, looked sidewise at Ger- sen in suspicion and doubt. "Why should he do so?" he muttered. "I can't understand any of this." Gersen had hoped to surprise an exclamation from Dasce. He asked, "Do you know to whom I refer?" 152 THE DEMON PRINCES But Dasce only looked at him blankly. Gersen picked up his projac, left the hold. Returning to the saloon, he found conditions as before. He signaled Robin Rampold back into the engine room. "You asked that Dasce might be put into your charge." Rampold eyed him in tremulous excitement. "Yes!" "I cannot do this—but I need your help in guarding him." "Of course!" "Dasce is tricky. You must never enter the cargo hold." Rampold winced in disappointment. "Equally important, you must not allow anyone else near the cargo hold. These men are Dasce's enemies. They might kill him." "No, no!" exclaimed Rampold. "Dasce must not die!" Gersen had a new thought. Malagate had ordained the death of Pallis Atwrode for fear that unwittingly she might reveal his identity. In her present state she posed no threat; nevertheless, she might recover. Malagate might well wish to destroy her, if he could do so without risk. Gersen said, "Also, you must try to guard Pallis Atwrode, and make sure that no one disturbs her." Rampold was less interested. "I will do what you ask." 11 From "The Avatar's Apprentice," in Scroll from the Ninth Dimension: Intelligence? asked Marmaduke at one of the permitted intervals, as he attended the EMINENCE upon the Parapet- What is intelligence? Why, responded the EMINENCE, it is no more than a human occupation; an activity which men put their brains to, as a frog kicks his legs to swim; it is a standard which men in their egotism use to measure other and perhaps nobler races, who are thereby dumfounded. Do you mean, REVEREND GRAY, that no living creature other than man can share the quality of intelligence? But ha! And why should I not ask, what is LIFE, what is LIVING, but a disease of the primordial slime, a purulence in the original candid mud, which culminates through cy- cles and degrees, by distillations and sediments, in the hu- man manifestation? But, RF\TREND, it is known that other worlds dem- onstrate this fact of LIFE. I allude to the jewels of Olam, as well as the folk of the Chthonian Bog. Witling, how have you glanced off the exact stroke of the ESSENCE. REVEREND, I crave your indulgence. The way along the Parapet is not to the forward-footed. REVEREND CRAY, I pray that my direction be denned. Eight tones of the gong have sounded. Be content for the nonce, and fetch the morning wine. 154 FHE DEMON PRINCES The filament from Lugo Teehalt's monitor fed impulses into the computer, which digested the information, combined it with the equations describing the ship's previous position, and despatched instructions to the autopilot which swerved the ship off and away, on a course roughly parallel to the line between Alphanor and Smade's Planet. Time passed Life within the ship fell into a rou- tine Gersen, assisted by Robin Rampold, guarded the cargo hold, though Gersen forbade Rampold entry into the hold itself. For the first few days Hildemar Dasce evinced a brassy jocularity, alternat- ing with earnest threats of vengeance at the hands of an agent he refused to identify "Ask Rampold what he thinks," said Dasce, leering from his bright blue hdless eyes "Do you want this happening to you7" "No," said Gersen "I don't think it's going to happen " Occasionally Dasce demanded that Gersen answer his ques- tions "Where are you taking me3" he would ask. "Back to Al- phanor3" "No " "Where, then3" "You'll see." "Answer me, or by"—here Dasce swore obscene oaths—"I'll do you worse than you've ever imagined'" "It's a chance we have to take," said Gersen "We3" asked Dasce softly. "Who is 'we'?" "Don't you know3" "Why doesn't he come in here3 Tell him I want to talk to him." "Any time he wants he can come in " At which Dasce fell silent Goad, prod, pry as he might, Gersen never could induce Dasce to utter a name. Nor did any of the three from the university show interest in Dasce As for Pallis Atwrode, her detachment at first was profound For hours she sat, looking out at the passing stars She ate, slowly, hesitantly, without hunger, she slept for hours on end, curled into as tight a ball as possible Then gradually she returned to the present, and at times became something like the carefree Pallis Atwrode of old. The overcrowded confines of the ship made it impossible for Gersen to talk to her in private, which, in his estimation, was as well The situation, with Dasce in the hold and Artel Malagate in the forward cabin, was already strained to an almost unbearable degree of taucness THE STAR KI\G More time passed The ship traversed new regions, and regions after regions where no man had passed but one Lugo Teehalt To all sides hung stars by the thousand, by the million streaming, swarming, flowing, glaring, glittering, shirting silently one across the other, and the other across another still—worlds of infinite va- riety, populated by who knows whom, each drawing the eye, fixing the imagination, evoking wonder, each world an urge, a temptation, a mystery, each a promise of unseen sights, unknown knowledge, unsensed beauty Eventually a warm golden-white star showed dead ahead. The monitor panel blinked alternately green, red, green, red. I'he au- topilot choked down the energy output, the split began to collapse, the ship set up a weird subsound as eddies and disturbances and backdrafts of a substance which could only be called space sucked at the ship's fabric The split collapsed with a slight shock, the ship slid serenely, like a boat drifting on a pond The golden-white sun hung close at hand, controlling three planets One was orange, small and near, a fuming cinder Another swung in a far orbit, a gloomy dismal world, the color of tears The third, sparkling green and blue and white, revolved close below the ship Gersen, Warweave, Detteras and Kelle, antagonisms temporar- ily set aside, bent over the macroscope The world was clearly beau- tiful, with a thick moist atmosphere, ample oceans, a varied topography Gersen was the first to stand away from the screen The time had come to hone his vigilance to its sharpest edge Warweave stood back next "I'm completely satisfied The planet is nonpareil Mr. Gersen has not deceived us " Kelle looked at him in surprise "You think it unnecessary to land3" "I think it unnecessary But I am willing to land " He moved across the cabin, stood near the shelf to which was affixed Suthiro's switch. Gersen tensed Is it to be Warweave3 But Warweave passed on Gersen released his pent breath Of course the time was not yet To profit from the gas, Malagate must somehow protect him- self from its influence Kelle said, "I certainly believe that we should land, at least to make biometrics In spite of its appearance the world may be com- pletely unfriendly " 156 THE DEMON PRINCES Detteras said doubtfully, "It's rather awkward, with captives and invalids and passengers. The sooner back to Alphanor the better." Kelle snapped in a voice as sharp as any Gersen had heard him use. "You talk like a jackass. All this way, merely to turn tail and run home? Obviously we must land, if only to walk out on the planet for five minutes!" "Yes," said Uetteras glumly. "No doubt you're right." "Very well," said Warweave. "Down we go." Gersen wordlessly swung the autopilot toggle over into the landing program. The horizons extended, the landscape became distinct: green parkland, low rolling hills, a chain of lakes to the north, a range of snow-clad crags to the south. The ship settled to the ground; the roar of exhaled energy ceased. There was now so- lidity underfoot, utter quiet except for the ticking of the automatic environment analyser, which presently flashed three green lights: the optimum verdict. There was a short wait for pressure equalization. Gersen and the three men from the university donned exterior clothing, rubbed allergen inhibitor on face, hands and neck, adjusted inhalators against bacteria and spores. Pallis Atwrode looked from the observation ports in innocent wonder; Robin Rampold sidled uneasily along the back bulkhead like a lean old gray rat, making tentative motions, as if he wished to alight but did not dare leave the security of the saloon. Air from outside flooded the boat, smelling fresh, damp, clean. Gersen went to the port, swung it open, made a polite if ironic gesture. "Gentlemen—your planet." Warweave was the first to step down to the ground, with Det- teras close behind, then Kelle. Gersen followed more slowly. The monitor had brought them to a spot hardly a hundred yards from Lugo Teehalt's landing. Gersen thought the landscape even more entrancing than the photographs had suggested. The air was cool, scented with a vaguely herbaceous freshness. Across the valley, beyond a stand of tall dark trees, the hills rose, massive yet gentle, marked by outcrops of worn gray rock, the hollows holding copses of soft foliage. Beyond rose a single great billowing cloud castle, bright in the noon sunlight. Across the meadow, on the far side of the river, Gersen saw w^at appeared to be a growth of flowering plants, and knew them to be the dryads. They stood at the edge of the forest, swaying on THE STAR KING 157 supple gray limbs, their movements easy and graceful. Magnificent creatures, thought Gersen, beyond a doubt—but somehow they were a—well, a discordant element. A perverse notion—but there it was. On their own planet they seemed out of place' Exotic ele- ments in a scene as dear and beloved as—as what? Earth? Gersen felt no conscious emotional attachment for Earth. Still, the world most nearly like this was Earth—or, more accurately, those occa- sional areas of Earth which somehow had evaded the artifices and modifications wrought by generations of man. This world was fresh, natural, unmodified. Except for the dryads—a jarring note—this might be Old Earth, Earth of the Golden Age, the Earth of natural man. . . . Gersen felt a small exhilarating shock of enlightenment. Here resided the basic charm of the world: its near-identity to the envi- ronment in which man had evolved. Old Earth must have known many such smiling valleys; the feel of such landscapes permeated the entire fabric of the human psyche. Other worlds of the Oiku- mene might be pleasant and comfortable, but none were Old Earth; none of them were Home. .. . For a fact, mused Gersen, here is where I would like to build a cottage, with an old-fashioned garden, an orchard in the meadow, a rowboat tied to the riverbank. Dreams, idle yearning for the unattainable . . . but dreams and yearning which necessarily must affect every man. Gersen blinked at the im- pact of a new thought. Suddenly attentive, he watched the others. Warweave stood by the riverbank frowning down into the wa- ter. Now he turned and shot a suspicious glance toward Gersen. Kelle, beside a clump of ferns as high as his shoulder, looked first up to the head of the valley with its great white spire of cu- mulus, then down toward the far open parkland. The forest at either side of the valley formed an aisle, continuing till it melted and blurred into haze. Detteras paced slowly along the meadow, hands behind his back. Now he bent, scooped up a handful of sod, worked it between his fingers, let the soil sift and fall. He turned to stare at the dryads. Kelle did the same. The dryads, gliding slowly on supple legs, moved out of the shadows, toward the pool. Their fronds shone blue and magenta, copper-russet, gold-ocher. Intelligent beings? Gersen turned once more to watch the three men. Kelle scowled faintly. W^arweave inspected the dryads with obvious ad- 15S THE DK.MON PRINCKS miration. Detteras suddenly put his hands to his mouth and shrilled an ear-piercing whistle, to which the dryads seemed oblivious. There was a sound from the ship; Gersen turned to see Pallis Atwrode descending the ladder. She raised her hands in the sun- light, drew a deep breath. "What a beautiful valley," she murmured. "Kirth, what a beautiful valley." She wandered slowly away, pausing now and then to look around her in delight. Gersen, on sudden thought, turned and ran back up the ladder into the ship. Rampold—where was Rampold? Gersen hastened back to the cargo hold. Rampold had already entered. Gersen ad- vanced cautiously, listened. Dasce's voice came gruff, hoarse, full of a detestable exultation. "Rampold, do as I say. Do you hear me?" "Yes, Hildemar." "Go to the bulkhead, unloose the cable. Hurry now." Gersen moved to where he could look unobserved into the hold. Rampold stood not four feet from Dasce, staring down into the red face. "Do you hear me? Hurry, or I will cause you such grief, you will bewail the day you were born." Rampold laughed softly, quietly. "Hildemar, I have asked Kirth Gersen for you. I told him I would cherish you like a son, I would feed you the most nutritious foods, the most invigorating drink. .. I do not think he will give you to me, so I must gulp down just a taste of the joy I have promised myself for seventeen years. I am now about to beat you to death. This is the first opportunity—" Gersen stepped forward. "Sorry, Rampold, to interrupt." Rampold uttered an inarticulate cry of utter desolation, turned, ran from the hold. Gersen followed him. In the engine room he made a careful adjustment of his projac, thrust it into a holster, returned to the cargo hold. Dasce bared his teeth like a wild animal. "Rampold has no patience." He went to the bulkhead, began to unfasten the cable. "What are you going to do?" Dasce demanded. "The orders are that you shall be executed." Dasce stared. "What orders?" "You fool," said Gersen. "Can't you guess what's happened? I'm taking your old position." One side of the cable fell free. Ger- sen crossed the room. "Don't move unless you want me to break your leg." He unfastened the other end of the cable. "Now stand THE STAR KING 159 up. Walk slowly forward and down the ladder. Don't make a single wrong move or I'll shoot you." Dasce rose slowly to his feet. Gersen motioned with his projac. "Move." Dasce said, "Where are we?" "Never mind where we are. Move." Dasce slowly turned and, trailing the two long ends of the cable, went forward—through the engine room, into the saloon, to the exit port. Here he hesitated, looked back over his shoulder. "Keep going," said Gersen. Dasce descended the ladder. Gersen, following close, slipped on the trailing cable. He jumped to the ground and fell heavily, flat on his face. Dasce gave a wild raucous cry of exultation, leaped on him, seized the projac, sprang back. Gersen slowly rose to his feet, backed away. "Stop there," called Dasce. "Oho, but I have you now." He glanced around. Fifty feet to one side stood W^arweave and Det- teras, and slightly behind them Kelle. Pressed against the hull was Rampold. Dasce nourished the projac. "All of you, stand together while I decide what to do. Old Rampold, it's time he was dead. And Gersen, naturally, in the belly." He looked to where the three from the university stood. "And you"—he said to one of the men—"you played me false." Gersen said, "You won't do yourself much good, Dasce." "Oho, I won't? I hold the weapon. There's three here who are going to die. You, old Rampold, and Malagate." "There's only a single charge in the gun. You may get one of us, but the others will get you." Dasce turned a quick look at the charge indicator. He laughed harshly. "So be it. Who wants to die? Or rather, who do I want to kill?" He looked from face to face. "Old Rampold—I've had my pleasure from him. Gersen. Yes, I'd like to kill you. With a red- hot iron in your ear. And Malagate. You sly dog. You betrayed me. What your game is I don't know. Why you brought me here I don't know. But you're the one I'm going to kill." He raised the weapon, pointed, squeezed the trigger. Energy darted from the gun—but not the blazing blue bolt. Only a weak pale sizzle. It struck War- weave, knocked him to the ground. Gersen charged Dasce. Instead of fighting, Dasce hurled the weapon at Gersen's head, turned and 160 TIIF, DEMON PRINCRS ran up the valley. Gersen picked up the projac, snapped it open, inserted a fresh power pack. He walked slowly forward to where Warweave was picking himself up from the ground. Detteras barked at Gersen, "You must be a moron, allowing such a man to take your gun." Kelle spoke in a puzzled voice. "But why shoot Gyle War- weave? Is he a maniac?" Gersen said, "I suggest we go back into the ship, where Mr. Warweave can rest. There was only a small charge in the gun, but no doubt it hurt." Detteras grunted, turned toward the ship. Kelle took War- weave's arm, but Warweave shook him off and lurched up the ac- commodation ladder, followed by Detteras and Kelle, and finally Gersen. Gersen asked Warweave, "Are you feeling better now?" "Yes," said Warweave in a cold voice. "But I agree with Det- teras. You displayed the utmost folly." "I'm not so sure of that," said Gersen. "I carefully arranged the whole affair." Detteras gaped at him stupidly. "Purposely?" "I shorted out the projac, I arranged that Dasce could seize it, I informed him that there was a single charge left—so that he could verify my own conviction regarding the identity ofAttel Malagate." "Attel Malagate?" Kelle and Detteras stared blankly at Gersen. Warweave watched him narrow-eyed. "Malagate the Woe. I've watched Mr. Warweave for a long time, feeling that he should more properly be known as Malagate." "This is lunacy," gasped Detteras. "Are you serious?" "Certainly I'm serious. It had to be either you, Warweave, or Kelle. I picked W^arweave." "Indeed," said Warweave. "May I ask why?" "Of course. First of all I dismissed Detteras. He is an ugly man. Star Kings are more careful with their physiognomy." "Star Kings?" blurted Detteras. "Who? Warweave? What non- sense! "Detteras likewise is a good eater, while Star Kings eat human food with disgust. As for Mr. Kelle, I also thought him an unlikely candidate. He is short and round—again not the physiognomy characteristic of a Star King." THE STAR KING 161 Warweave's face twisted in a glacial smile. "You imply that a good appearance guarantees depravity of character?" "No. I imply that Star Kings seldom leave their planet unless they can compete successfully against true men. Now, two other points. Kelle is married and has bred at least one daughter. Sec- ondly, Kelle and Detteras have legitimate careers at the university'. You are Honorary Provost and I remember something to the effect that a large endowment brought you the job." "This is insanity," declared Detteras. "Warweave as Malagate the Woe. And a Star King to boot!" "It's a fact," said Gersen. "And what do you propose to do?" "Kill him." Detteras stared, then lunged forward, roaring in triumph as he grappled Gersen, only to grunt as Gersen twisted, swung an elbow, struck with the butt of the projac. Detteras reeled back. "I want the cooperation of you and Mr. Kelle," said Gersen. "Cooperate with a lunatic? Never!" "Warweave is frequently absent from the university for long periods. Am I right? And one of these periods was only recently. Right?" Detteras set his jaw. "I'll say nothing about that." "This is true enough," said Kelle uneasily. He glanced sidewise at Warweave, then back to Gersen. "I assume you have strong rea- sons for your accusation." "Certainly." "I'd like to hear some of these reasons." "They make a long story. It's enough to say that I tracked Malagate to the Sea Province University and narrowed the possi- bilities to you three. I suspected Warweave almost from the first, but I never was certain until the three of you stepped out on this planet," "This is sheer farce," sighed Warweave wearily. "This planet is like Earth—an Earth that no man alive has ever known; an Earth which hasn't existed for ten thousand years. Kelle and Detteras were entranced. Kelle drank in the view, Detteras reverently felt the soil. Warweave went to look into the water. Star Kings evolved from amphibious lizards who lived in wet holes. The dryads appeared. Warweave admired them, seemed to consider them ornamental. To Kelle and Detteras—and to myself—they are 162 I HP DFMON PRINCES intruders. Detteras whistled at them, Kelle scowled We men don't want fantastic creatures on a world so dear to us. But all this is theorizing. After I managed to capture Hildemar Dasce I went to great lengths to convince him that Malagate was his betrayer. When I gave him the chance he identified Warweave—with the pro)ac." War-weave shook his head pityingly. "I deny all your allega- tions." He looked to Kelle. "Do you believe me5" Kelle pursed his lips. "Confound it, Gyle, I've come to regard Gersen as a competent man. I don't believe him to be either irre- sponsible or a lunatic." Warweave turned to Detteras. "Rundle, what of you?" Detteras rolled up his eyes. "I am a rational man; I can't have blind faith—in you, in Gersen or m anyone else. Gersen has made a case and, astonishing as it is, the facts seem to bear him out. Can you demonstrate to the contrary?" Warweave considered. "I believe so." He strolled to the shelf below which Suthiro had installed the switch. The inhalator he had worn outside dangled from his hand. "Yes," said Warweave, "I believe I can make a convincing case for myself." He pressed the mhalator to his face, touched the switch. At the forward console the air-pollution alarm sounded, a raucous loud clanging. "If you turn back the switch," Gersen called out, "the noise will stop." Warweave numbly reached below the shelf, reversed the switch. Gersen turned to Kelle and Detteras. "Warweave is as surprised as you. He thought that the switch controlled the gas reservoirs which you will find under the settees; hence his use of the mhalator. I emptied the tanks and changed the leads of the switch." Kelle looked under the settee, brought forth the canister. He looked at Warweave. "Well, Gyle?" Warweave tossed aside the inhalator, turned his back m disgust. Detteras suddenly roared, "W^arweave' Let's have the truth'" Warweave spoke over his shoulder. "You've heard the truth From Gersen." "You are—Malagate^" said Detteras in a hushed voice. "Yes." W^anveave wheeled about, drew himself up to his full height. His black eyes glared back and forth. "And I am a Star King, superior to men'" "A man has defeated you," said Kelle W^rweave's eyes burnt even brighter. He turned to consider THE STAR KI\G Gersen. tt! am curious. Ever since your encounter with Lugo Tee- halt you have sought Malagate. Why?" "Malagate is one of the Demon Princes. I hope to destroy each of them." "So what is your intention in regard to me?" "I plan to kill you." Warweave thought for a moment. "You are an ambitious man," he said m a neutral voice. "There are not many like you." "There were not many survivors of the raid on Mount Pleasant. My grandfather was one. I was another." "Indeed," said Warweave. "The Mount Pleasant raid. So long ago." "This is a peculiar voyage," said Kelle, whose attitude had be- come one of wry detachment. "At least we have achieved our os- tensible purpose. The planet exists; it is as Mr. Gersen described it, and the money in escrow becomes his property." "Not until we return to Alphanor," growled Detteras. Gersen spoke to Warweave. "You have taken great pains to secure this world for yourself. I wonder why." Warweave shrugged noncommittally. "A man might want to live here, or build himself a palace," suggested Gersen. "A Star King wants none of these things." Warweave said presently, "You make a common mistake. Men are after all quite parochial. You forget that individual differences exist among folk other than yourselves. Some perhaps are denied the freedom of their own worlds. They become 'renegade': neither man nor their own kind. The folk of Ghnarumen"—he easily used the name which sounded like a cough—"are quite as orderly as the most law-abiding folk of the Oikumene. In short, the career of Malagate is not one which the folk of Ghnarumen would care to emulate. They may be right, they may be wrong. It is my prerog- ative to organize my own style of life. As you know, the Star Kings are strongly competitive. This world, to men, is beautiful. I find it pleasant enough. 1 plan to bring here folk of my race, to nurture them on a world more beautiful than Earth, to father a world and a people superior to both men and the people of Ghnarumen. This was my hope, which you will not understand, for there can be no such understanding between your race and mine." Detteras said between clenched teeth, "But you took advantage of our liberality to dishonor us. If Gersen doesn't kill you, I will." 164 TH& DFMON PRINCES "Neither of you will kill Malagate the Star King." Two steps took him to the exit port. Detteras lunged after him, frustrating Gersen's attempt to use his pro)ac. Warweave turned, lashed out with his foot, kicked Detteras in the stomach, )umped to the ground, ran off down the slope Gersen stepped to the exit port, aimed, sent a bolt of energy unsuccessfully after the bounding figure. He descended the ladder, gave chase. Warweave reached the meadow, hesitated at the edge of the river, looked back at Gersen, continued down the valley. Gersen kept to the upper slopes where the ground was hard, and began to gain on Warweave, who had come to a marshy area. War- weave once more went to the nverbank, hesitated. If he plunged in, before he gained the opposite shore Gersen would be upon him. He looked back over his shoulder, and his face was no longer that of a man; Gersen wondered how he could have been fooled even for an instant. Warweave turned, uttered a cry m a slurred guttural language, went to his knees, disappeared. Gersen, reaching the spot, found a hole in the nverbank almost two feet across. He bent, peered in, but saw nothing. Detteras and Kelle ran up, panting. "Where is he3" Gersen pointed to the burrow. "According to Lugo Teehalt, large white grubs live under the marsh." "Hmf," said Detteras. "His ancestors evolved in the swamps, in )ust such holes He probably couldn't want a better haven." Kelle said dubiously, "He'll have to come out—to eat, to drink." "I'm not so sure. The Star Kings dislike human food; men find the Star King diet equally repellent. We cultivate plants and do- mesticate animals, they do similarly for worms and insects, such things as that. Warweave should do quite well on what he finds underground." Gersen looked up the valley where Hildemar Dasce had fled. "I've lost them both. I was willing to sacrifice Dasce to get Mala- gate—but both .. ." The three stood on the nverbank. A breeze rippled the surface of the water, moved the branches of the great dark trees which grew at the base of the hills. A tribe of dryads wandering along the op- posite shore turned their purple-green eye smudges on the men. Gersen said, "Perhaps it's )ust as bad, leaving them together on this planet, as killing them." THE STAR KI\G 165 "Worse," said Detteras devoutly. "Worse by far " They returned slowly to the ship. Pallis Atwrode, sitting on the turf, rose to her feet as Gersen approached. She seemed not so much oblivious to the events of the past few minutes as uninter- ested, unconcerned. She came over to him, took his arm, smiled up into his face. Her own face was once again vital and fresh. "Kirth, I like it here, don't you?" "Yes, Pallis, very much." "Imagine!" said Pallis in a hushed voice. "A pretty house up there on the hill. Old Sir Morton Hodenfroe had a beautiful house up along Blackstone Edge. Wouldn't that be nice, Kirth21 wonder. I wonder.. . ." "First we must return to Alphanor, Pallis. Then we'll talk about coming back." "Very well, Kirth." She hesitated, then put her arms up to his shoulders, wistfully searched his face. "Do you still. . are you still—interested in me? After what happened2" "Of course." Gersen's eyes felt moist. "WTiat fault was it of yours?" "None.. . . But at home, in Lantango, men are very )ealous." Gersen could think of nothing to say. He kissed her forehead, patted her shoulders. Detteras said gruffly, "Well, Gersen, you've made use of Kelle and myself in a most cavalier fashion. I can't say that I enjoyed it, but I can't bring myself to resent it, either." Robin Rampold approached slowly, keeping to the shadow of the ship. "Hildemar ran away," he said mournfully. "Now he will make over the mountains to town and I will never see him again." "He can make over the mountains," said Gersen, "but he won't find any towns." "I have been watching up along the hillside, and through the forest," said Rampold. "I think he is somewhere nearby." "Very likely," said Gersen. "It is distressing," said Rampold. "It is enough to sadden a man." Gersen laughed. "You would prefer to be back in the cage?" "No, of course not. But then I had my dreams. Of what I would do when I won free. Seventeen years of hopes and dreams. But now I am free and Hildemar is beyond my reach." He moved discon- solately away. THF DEMON PRINCES 166 After a pause Kelle said, "As a scientist I find this planet a place of fascination As a man I find it entrancing As Kagge Kelle, erst- while colleague of Gyle Warweave—I find it extremely depressing. I am prepared to leave at any time " "Yes," said Detteras in a gruff voice "Why not^" Gersen looked up the valley to where Hildemar Dasce, wearing only soiled white pantaloons, lurked in the forest like a raging, desperate beast He looked down the valley, far down over the hazy plain, then back to the swampy meadow, under which crawled Mal- agate the Woe He looked down into the face of Pallis Atwrode She took a deep breath "I can't believe this is real " "It's real But it's also a dream " "All the rest seems a dream too. A terrible dream " "It's over now As if it had never happened " "I've been.. " She hesitated, frowned "I don't remember too much " "Just as well." Pallis pointed across the meadow "Look, Kirth, what are those beautiful creatures^" "Dryads " "What are they doing out there3" "I don't know Looking for something to eat, I suppose Lugo Teehalt says they suck up nourishment from big grubs which bur- row under the meadow Or perhaps they lay eggs in the soil " The dryads, wandering up the shore, nourished their gorgeous fronds, swaying slowly like branches in the wind On the swamp they moved more slowly, a step at a time One of them stopped, stood stock still Under its foot showed a glint of white, as the concealed proboscis plunged down into the soft ground A few sec- onds passed The ground heaved, erupted the dryad toppled over backward Up from a crater staggered Warweave, the proboscis still thrust through his back His face was stained with dirt, his eyes stared from his head, from his mouth issued a series of appalling cries He shook himself, fell to his knees, rolled over, disengaged himself from the fluttering dryad, jumped erect, ran crazily up the hillside His steps flagged He fell to his knees, clutched at the ground, kicked and lay still ^Tyie Warweave was buried on the hillside. The group returned to [he ship Robin Rampold now diffidently approached Gersen "I <^ the ship Robin Rampold now have made up my mind to stay here " hiave madp nn mv mind l-n sl-av here " THE SIAR A7VG 167 In one part of his brain Gersen was shocked and astonished In another part there was only confirmation of a previous expectation "So," said Gersen heavily, "you expect to live on this planet with Hildemar Dasce " "Yes " "Do you know what will happen5 He will make you his slave. Or he will kill you for the food which I shall be bound to leave you " Rampold's face was bleak and drawn "It may be as you say But I cannot leave Hildemar Dasce " "Think," said Gersen "You will be here alone He will be more savage than ever before." "I hope that you will leave me certain articles a weapon, a shovel, a few tools to build a shelter, some food " "And what will you do when the food runs out3" "I will look for natural food seeds, fish, nuts, roots. These may be poisonous, but I will test them carefully And what else is left for me2" Gersen shook his head. "Far better that you return with us to Alphanor Hildemar Dasce will take revenge on you " Robin Rampold said, "It is a chance I must take " "As you wish " The ship lifted from the meadow, leaving Rampold standing beside his meager stack of supplies The horizons spread out, the planet became a green and blue ball and fell astern Gersen turned to Kelle and Detteras "Well, gentlemen, you have visited Teehalt's planet " "Yes," said Kelle tonelessly "By a roundabout method you have fulfilled the terms of your agreement, the money is yours " Gersen shook his head "I don't want the money. I suggest that we keep the existence of this planet secret, to preserve it from what could only be desecration " "Very well," said Kelle "I'm agreed " "I agree," said Detteras, "provided that I may return another time, under more relaxing circumstances " "One further condition," said Gersen "A third of the funds in escrow were deposited by Attel Malagate I suggest that they be transferred to Miss Atwrode's account, as some measure of com- pensation for the wrongs done her at Malagate's orders " 168 THE DF..MON PRINCES Neither Kelle nor Detteras made objection. Pallis protested half-heartedly, then acquiesced, and presently became very cheerful. And astern the yellow-white star became one with the multi- tude, and presently vanished. A year later Kirth Gersen returned alone to Teehalt's planet in his old Model 9B spaceboat. Hanging in space, he examined the valley by macroscope, but discovered no signs of life. There was now a projac on the planet and it might well be in the hands of Hildemar Dasce. He waited till nightfall and landed the boat on a shelf in the mountains above the river valley. The long quiet night came to an end. At dawn Gersen started down the valley, keeping always to the shelter of the trees. From far off he heard the sound of an ax. With great care he approached the sound. On the edge of the forest Robin Rampold chopped at a fallen tree. Gersen stealthily moved closer. Rampold's face had filled out. He looked bronzed and strong and fit. Gersen called his name. Rampold looked up, startled, searched the dark shadows. "Who is there?" "Kirth Gersen." "Come forth, come forth. No need to steal up so furtively." Gersen moved to the edge of the forest, looked carefully all around. "I feared I might find Hildemar Dasce." "Ah," said Rampold. "No need to worry about Hildemar." "He is dead?" "No. He is quite alive, in a little pen I built for him. With your permission, I will not take you to see him, as the pen is in a private spot, well hidden from any who might visit the planet." "I see," said Gersen. "You defeated Dasce, then." "Of course. Did you ever doubt it? I have much more resource than he. I dug a pit during the night, built a deadfall. In the morn- ing Hildemar Dasce swaggered forth, hoping to confiscate my stores. He fell into it, and I took him captive. Already he has be- come a changed man." He looked closely into Gersen's face. "You do not approve?" Gersen shrugged. "I came to take you back to the Oikumene." "No," said Rampold. "Never fear for me. I will live out my days here, with Hildemar Dasce. It is a beautiful planet. I have THE STAR KING 169 found sufficient food to maintain us, and daily I demonstrate to Hildemar Dasce the tricks and conceits he taught me long ago." They wandered down the valley to the previous landing place. "The life cycle here is strange," said Rampold. "Each form changes into another, endlessly. Only the trees are permanent." "So I learned from the man who first found the planet." "Come, I'll show you Warweave's grave." Rampold led the way up the slope, to a copse of slender white-timbered trees. To the side grew a seedling, rather different from the rest. The trunk was veined with purple, the leaves were dark-green and leathery. Ram- pold pointed. "There rests Gyle Warweave." Gersen looked for a moment, then turned away. He gazed up and down the valley. It was as beautiful and placid and quiet as before. "Well, then," said Gersen, "I will once more depart. 1 may never return. Are you sure you wish to stay?" "Absolutely." Rampold looked up at the sun. "But I am late. Hildemar will be expecting me. A pity to disappoint him. I will bid you farewell now." He bowed and departed, crossing the valley and disappearing into the forest. Gersen once more looked up and down the valley. This world was no longer innocent; it had known evil. A sense of tarnish lay across the panorama. Gersen sighed, turned, stood looking down at Warweave's grave. He bent, seized the seedling, pulled it from the soil, broke it, cast it aside. Then he turned and walked up the valley toward his spaceboat. The Killins Machine From "How the Planets Trade," by Ignace Wodleckt: Cosmopolis, September, 1509: In all commercial communities, the prevalence or ab- sence of counterfeit money, spurious bills of exchange, forged notes-of-hand, or any of a dozen other artifices to augment the value of blank paper is a matter of great con- cern. Across the Oikumene, precise duplication and repro- ducing machines are readily available; and only meticulous safeguards preclude the chronic debasement of our cur- rency. These safeguards are three: first, the single negotia- ble currency is the Standard Value Unit, or SVU, notes for which, in various denominations, are issued only by the Bank of Sol, the Bank of Rigel, and the Bank of Vega. Sec- ond, each genuine note is characterized by a 'quality of au- thenticity.' Third, the three banks make widely available the so-called fake-meter. This is a pocket device that, when a counterfeit note is passed through a slot, sounds a warning buzzer. As all small boys know, attempts to disassemble the fake-meter are futile; as soon as the case is damaged, it destroys itself. Regarding the 'quality of authenticity' there is naturally a good deal of speculation. Apparently in certain key areas, a particular molecular configuration is introduced, resulting in a standard reactance of some nature: electrical capacity? magnetic permeability? photo-absorption or reflectance? isotopic variation? radioactive doping? a combination of 174 THE DEMON PRINCES some or all of these qualities? Only a handful of persons know and they won't tell. Gersen first encountered Kokor Hekkus at the age of nine. Crouching behind an old barge, he watched slaughter, pillage, en- slavement. This was the historic Mount Pleasant Massacre, notable for the unprecedented cooperation of the five so-called Demon Princes. Kirth Gersen and his grandfather survived; five names be- came as familiar to Gersen as his own: Attel Malagate, Vtole Fa- lushe, Lens Larque, Howard Alan Treesong, Kokor Hekkus. Each had his distinctive quality. Malagate was insensate and grim, Viole Falushe gloried in sybaritical refinements, Lens Larque was a meg- alomaniac, Howard Alan Treesong a chaoticist. Kokor Hekkus was the most mercurial, fantastic, and inaccessible, the most daring and inventive. A few folk had reported their impressions: uniformly they found him affable, restless, unpredictable, and infected with what might have seemed utter madness, except for his demonstrable con- trol and strength. As to his appearance, all had different opinions. He was, by popular repute, immortal. Gersen's second encounter with Kokor Hekkus occurred in the course of a routine mission Beyond, and was indecisive—or so it seemed at the time. In early April of 1525, Ben Zaum, an official of the IPCC,* arranged a clandestine interview with Gersen and proposed a stint of "weaseling"—that is to say, an IPCC investi- gation Beyond. Gersen's own affairs had come to a standstill; he was bored and restless, and so agreed at least to listen to the prop- osition. The job, as Zaum explained it, was simplicity itself. The IPCC had been commissioned to locate a certain fugitive: "Call him 'Mr. Hoskins,' " said Zaum. So urgently required was Mr. Hoskins that at least thirty operatives were being despatched to various sectors of the Beyond. Gersen's job would be to survey the inhabited lo- calities of a certain planet: "Call it 'Bad World,' " said Zaum, with a knowing grin. Gersen must either locate Mr. Hoskins or establish as a definite certainty7 that he had not set foot on Bad World. Gersen reflected a moment. Zaum, who reveled in mystifica- *IPCC—Intemorld Police Coordination Company in theory, a private organization pro- viding the police systems of the Oikumene specialized consultation, a central information file, cnminological laboratories, in practice, a supergovernmental agency occasionally func- tioning as a law in itself THE KILLING MACHINE 17') tion, on this occasion seemed to be outdoing himself. Patiently Gersen began to chip away at the exposed part of the iceberg, hop- ing to float new areas into view. "Wliy only thirty weasels? To do the Job right, you'd need a thousand." Zaum's wise expression gave him the semblance of a large blond owl. "We've been able to narrow the area of search. I can say this much, Bad World is one of the likelier spots—which is why I want you to take it on. I can't overemphasize how important all this is." Gersen decided he didn't want the job. Zaum had determined— or was under orders—to maintain as much reticence as possible. Working in the dark irritated Gersen, distracted him, and so re- duced his effectiveness—which meant that he might not return from the Beyond. Gersen wondered how to turn down the job with- out alienating Ben Zaum and so drying up a pipeline into the IPCC. "What if I found Mr. Hoskins?" he asked. "You have four options, which I'll name in order of decreasing desirability. Bring him to Alphanor alive. Bring him to Alphanor dead. Infect him with one of your horrible Sarkoy mind-drugs. Kill him outright." "I'm no assassin." "This is more than simple assassination! This is—confound it, I'm not permitted to explain in detail. But it's truly urgent, I assure you of this!" "I don't disbelieve you," said Gersen. "Still, I won't—in fact, I can't—kill without knowing why. You'd better get someone else." Under normal circumstances, Zaum would have terminated the interview, but he persisted. Gersen thereby was given to understand that either qualified weasels were hard to come by or that Zaum regarded his services highly. "If money is any object," said Zaum, "I think I can arrange—" "I think I'll pass this one up." Zaum made a half-serious display of beating his forehead with his fists. "Gersen—you're one of the few men whose competence I'm sure of. This is a murderously delicate operation—if, of course, Mr. Hoskins visits Bad World, which I myself think is likely. I'll tell you this much: Kokor Hekkus is involved. If he and this Mr. Hoskins make contact—" He flung up his hands. Gersen maintained his attitude of disinterest, but now all was changed. "Is Mr. Hoskins a criminal?" 176 THE. DEMON PRINCES Zaum's bland brow creased in discomfiture. "I can't go into details." "In that case, how do you expect me to identify him?" "You'll get photographs and physical characteristics; this should suffice. The job is perfectly simple. Find the man: kill him, confuse him, or bring him back to Alphanor." Gersen shrugged. "Very well. But since I'm indispensable I want more money." Zaum made a peevish complaint or two. "Now as to definite arrangements: when can you leave?" "Tomorrow." "You still keep your spacecraft?" "If you call the Model 9B Locater a spacecraft." "It gets you there and back, and it's suitably inconspicuous. Where is it docked?" "At Avente Spaceport, Area C, Bay 10." Zaum made a note. "Tomorrow go to your spaceship, make departure. The ship will be provisioned and fueled- The monitor will be coded to Bad World. You will find a folder with information regarding Mr. Hoskins in your Star Directory. You need only per- sonal effects—weapons and the like." "How long am I to search Bad World?" Zaum heaved a deep sigh. "I wish I could tell you. I wish I knew what was going on. ... If you don't find him within a month after arrival, it's probably too late. If we only knew for sure where he was going, what were his motivations. .. ." "I gather he's not a known criminal then." "No. He's lived a long, useful life. Then he was approached by a man named Seuman Otwal, who we suspect to be an agent of Kokor Hekkus. Mr. Hoskins, according to his wife, thereupon seemed to go to pieces." "Extortion? Blackmail?" "In these circumstances—impossible." Gersen was able to elicit no more information. Arriving at Avente Spaceport somewhat before noon of the fol- lowing day, Gersen found matters as Zaum had stated. Boarding the spartan little spacecraft, he went first to the Star Directory, where he found a manila envelope containing photographs, plus a printed description. Mr. Hoskins was shown in various costumes, headgear, and skin-toning. He appeared a man in his late maturity, THE KILLING MACHINE 177 with a big loose body, affable large eyes, a wide mouth with heavy teeth, a small rapacious nose. Mr. Hoskins was an Earthman: so much was clear from his clothes and skin-toning, which were gen- erally similar but different in detail to those of Alphanor. Gersen put the folder aside, reluctantly decided against a visit to Earth, where he probably could identity Mr. Hoskins. Such a detour would take too much time—and undoubtedly get him into the IPCC's blackbook. He made a final check of the boat, called Port Control for departure processing. Half an hour later, Alphanor was a shining orb astern. Gersen engaged the monitor, and watched as the nose of the boat swept across the sky, finally to point in a direction sixty degrees off the baseline between Rigel and Sol. The Jarnell Coverdrive now seized the ship, or, more accu- rately, created conditions where a few pounds of thrust caused near- instantaneity of transfer. Time passed. Random photons curling and seeping through the Jarnell laminae entered the ship, to allow the outside universe to be seen: stars by the hundreds and thousands, drifting past like sparks on the wind. Gersen kept a careful astrogational record, fix- ing on Sol, Canopus, and Rigel. Presently the ship crossed the sep- aration between the Oikumene and the Beyond, and now law, order, civilization had no formal existence. Projecting the line of travel, Gersen finally was able to identify Bad World: Carina LO- 461 IV in the Star Directory, Bissom's End in the terminology of Beyond. Henry Bissom was seven-hundred-years dead; the world, or at least the region surrounding the principal town Skouse, was now the preserve of the Windle family. Bad World was no mis- nomer, thought Gersen; in fact, should he put down at Skouse with- out good reason—offhand he could think of none—he would without fail be picked up by the local platoon of the Deweaseling Corps.* He would be rigorously questioned. After which, if he were lucky, he would be allowed ten minutes to leave the planet. Ifwea- seling were suspected, he would be killed. Gersen thought harsh thoughts concerning Ben Zaum and his overelaborate secrecy. Had he known his destination, he might conceivably have set up some kind of cover. The single intei-world organization of Be\ond, existing only to identify and destroy un- dercover agents of the IPCC 17S THE DRMON PRINCES Ahead a greenish-yellow star of no great luminosity clung to the crosshairs, waxing brighter and larger. Presently the intersplit kicked off; ether collapsing in upon the ship sighed and shuddered through all the atoms of ship and Gersen himself: a sound to set the teeth on edge, but which perhaps wasn't even real. The old Model 9B coasted through space. Nearby hung Bis- som's End—Bad World. It was a smallish planet, cold at the poles, with a chain of low mountains forming a cincture of the equator, like a weld joining the two hemispheres. To north and south ran belts of sea, shallowing somewhere near 50 degrees latitude to bay- ous and jungles, beyond which were swamps and morasses all the way to the permafrost. On a windy plateau sat the town Skouse, an irregular huddle of dingy stone buildings. Gersen was puzzled. Why would Mr. Hos- kins want to come to Bissom's End? Far more pleasant refuges existed- Brinktown was almost gay.. . . But he was taking too much for granted: Mr. Hoskins might never come near Bissom's End, with the whole mission a mare's nest; indeed, Zaum had emphasized as much. Gersen examined the planet under the macroscope, finding lit- tle of interest. The equatorial mountains were dusty and barren, the oceans were gray and mottled with the shadows of low scudding clouds. He turned his attention back to Skouse, a town of perhaps three or four thousand population. Nearby was a scorched field bordered by sheds and warehouses; evidently the spaceport. No- where were luxurious mansions or castles to be seen, and Gersen remembered that the Windles inhabited caves in the mountains behind the town. A hundred miles to east and west, evidences of habitation finally dwindled to wilderness. There was a single other town, beside a dock extending into the North Ocean. Nearby was a metal-processing plant, so Gersen deduced from slag tailings and several large buildings. Elsewhere the planet showed no signs of human occupation. If he could not visit Skouse overtly, he must do so surrepti- tiously. He picked out an isolated ravine, waited till evening shad- ows crossed the area, then settled as swiftly as possible. He spent an hour adjusting to the atmosphere, then stepped out into the night. The air was cool; like that of almost every planet it had a distinctive tang, to which the nostrils quickly become dulled: in this case a bitter chemical exhalation mixed with some- THE KILLING MACHINE 179 thing like burnt spice, the one apparently derived from the soil, the other from the native vegetation. Gersen invested himself with various tools of the weasel trade, winched down his platform flyer, set forth to the west. The first night Gersen reconnoitered Skouse. The streets were un- paved and aimless; there was a commissary, several warehouses, a garage, three churches, two temples, and a tramway with spindly tracks leading down toward the ocean. He located the inn; a square three-story structure built of stone, fiber panels, and timber. Skouse was a dull town, exuding a sense of boredom, sluggishness, and ignorance; Gersen assumed the population to have little more status than serfdom. He concentrated his attention on the inn, where Mr. Hoskins, if he were present, would almost certainly take up residence. He was unable to find a window to look through; the stone walls re- sisted his eavesdrop microphone. And he dared not speak to any of the patrons who at various times during the night staggered out and away through the twisting streets of Skouse. The second night he had no better success. However, across from the inn, he found a vacated structure: apparently at one time a machine-shop or fabricating plant, but now given over to dust and small white insects unnervtngly like minuscule monkeys. Here Gersen ensconced himself and through the entirety of the greenish- yellow day kept watch upon the inn. The life of the town moved past him; dour men and stolid women wearing dark jackets, loose flapping trousers of brown or maroon, black hats with upturned brims, went about their affairs. They spoke in a broad flat dialect that Gersen could never hope to imitate; so died a tentative plan to secure native-style garments and enter the inn. In the late after- noon, strangers came into town: spacemen by their costumes, from a ship that apparently had only Just landed. Gersen fought off drowsiness with an antisleep pill. As soon as the sun descended, bringing a mud-colored twilight, he left his hiding place and hur- ried through the dim streets to the spaceport. Sure enough, a large cargo-ship had put in and was now discharging bales and crates from its hold. Even as Gersen watched, three members of the crew left the ship, crossed the floodlit fore-area, showed passes to the guard at the wicket, and turned down the road toward town. 180 THE DEMON PRINCKS Gersen joined them. He gave them "Good evening," which they returned with civility, and inquired the name of their ship. "The Ivan Garfang^ he was told, "out of Chalcedon." "Chalcedon, Earth?" "The same." The youngest of the group asked, "What kind of a town is Skouse? Any fun to be had?" "None," said Gersen. "There's an inn, and very little else. It's a dull town and I'm anxious to depart. Are you carrying passen- gers?" "Aye, we've one aboard, and room for four more. Five, should Mr. Hosey disembark, as I believe is his plan. Though for what purpose he comes here—" the youth shook his head in incompre- hension. So, thought Gersen, it was to be as easy as that. Who could Mr. Hosey be but Mr. Hoskins? And now, where did Kokor Hekkus fit into the picture? He led the three spacemen to the inn and entered with them, by all appearances their shipmate and, so, secure against deweaseler suspicion. Gersen cemented the association by calling for a round of drinks. There was nothing to be had but beer, which was thin and sour, and a white pungent arrack. The interior of the inn was cheerful enough, with the tradi- tional bar, and fire blazing in the fireplace. A barmaid wearing a limp red smock and straw slippers served the drinks. The youngest of the spacemen, who called himself Carlo, made overtures, to which the maid responded with a look of uncomprehending con- fusion. "Leave her alone," advised the oldest of the spacemen whose name was Bude. "She's not all there." He tapped his forehead sig- nificantly. "All the way we come, to the back of Beyond," grumbled Carlo, "and the first woman we spy is a half-wit." "Leave her for Mr. Hosey," suggested Haivy, the remaining spaceman. "If he disembarks, he'll have a long, dull time of it." "Some sort of scientist?" asked Gersen. "Or a journalist? They sometimes choose to visit odd places." "Devil knows what he is," said Carlo. "He hasn't spoken more than two words the entire trip." The conversation changed. Gersen would have liked to talk THE KJLIJNG I\'L4CHINE 181 more of Mr. Hosey, but dared not ask questions, which Beyond almost always implied a sinister aftermath. A number of locals had entered the inn, and stood before the fire drinking pints of beer at a gulp, and talking in their flat voices. Gersen took the bartender aside and inquired regarding accom- modation. The bartender shook his head. "It's been so long since we've housed anyone that our beds are all stale. You'll do better back on your ship." Gersen looked across the room to Carlo, Bude, and Halvy. They showed no disposition for imminent departure. He turned back to the bartender. "Is there someone to run an errand to the ship for me?" "There's a boy in the back who might oblige." "I'll speak to him." The boy was duly summoned: a blank-faced youth, the son of the bartender. Gersen tipped him liberally and made him repeat three times the message he wished delivered. "I'm to ask for Mr. Hosey and say he's wanted at the inn immediately." "Correct. Be quick now, and there may be more money for you. Remember, give the message to none but Mr. Hosey himself." The boy departed. Gersen waited a moment, then sauntered from the inn, and followed the boy to the spaceport, keeping well to the rear. The boy was known to the guard at the spaceport, and after a word or two was allowed onto the field- Gersen approached as close as he dared, and standing in the shadow of a tall bush watched and waited. Several minutes passed. The boy emerged from the ship— alone. Gersen grunted in disappointment. When the boy came out into the road, Gersen accosted him. Startled, the boy yelped and sprang away. "Come back here," said Gersen. "Did you see Mr. Hosey?" "Yes sir, so I did." Gersen brought out a photograph of Mr. Hoskins, flashed a light. "This gentleman here?" The bov squinted. "Yes sir. The very same." "And what did he say?" The boy glanced sidewise, whites of his eyes gleaming. "He asked if I knew Billy Windle." 182 THE DEMON PRINCES "Billy Windle, eh?" "Yes sir. And of course I don't. Billy Windle's a hormagaunt. He said to tell you, if you were Billy Windle, to come to the ship. I said no, vou were a spaceman. And he said he'd deal with none but Billy Windle himself and in person." "I see. And what's a hormagaunt?" "That's what we call them here. Maybe on your world you've a different name. They're the folk who soak up other folk's lives and then go off to live on Thamber." "Billy Windle lives on Thamber?" The bov nodded earnestly. "It's a real world, never think dif- ferent. I know, because the hormagaunts live there." Gersen smiled. "As well as dragons and fairies and ogres and Underlings." The boy said dolefully, "You don't believe me." Gersen brought forth more money. "Return to Mr. Hosey. Tell him that Billy Windle waits for him in the road, and bring him out here to me." The boy's eyes rolled in awe. "Are you Billy Windle?" "Never mind who I am. Go give Mr. Hosey the message." The boy returned to the ship. Five minutes later, he came down the gangramp followed by Mr. Hosey—who was quite definitely Mr. Hoskms. They set forth across the field. But now^ floating down through the dark sky came a whirling disk of red and blue lights, which swooped and settled to the ground. It was a sumptuous flying car. decorated in the most elab- orate fashion, with colored lumes, golden scrolls, and fluttering fronds of green and gold. The rider was a slim, long-legged man with muscular shoulders, as flamboyantly dressed as his boat. His face was tinted black-brown; his features were flexible, regular, youthful; he wore a tight turban of white cloth with a pair of ro- guish tassels hanging by his right ear. He was charged with nervous vitality; jumping to the ground, he seemed to bounce. The boy and Mr. Hoskins had halted; the newcomer walked swiftly across the field. He spoke to Mr. Hoskins, who seemed sur- prised and gestured questioningly toward the road. This must be Billy Windle, thought Gersen, gritting his teeth in frustration. Billy Windle glanced toward the road, then made an inquiry of Mr. Hos- kins, who reluctantly seemed to assent, and tapped his pouch. But in the same motion he produced a weapon, which he displayed to THE KILLING M.4CHINE 183 Billy Windle in a nervous truculent fashion, as if to emphasize that he trusted no one. Billy Windle merely laughed. Where did Kokor Hekkus enter the picture? Was Billy Windle one of his agents? There was a simple and direct way to find out. The guard at the gate was watching the confrontation with fasci- nated attention. He did not hear Gersen come up behind him; he felt nothing as Gersen struck him a deft blow, which instantly in- duced unconsciousness. Gersen donned the guard's cap and cape, marched officiously toward Billy Windle and Mr. Hoskins. They were engaged in a transfer: each held an envelope. Billy Windle glanced toward Gersen, waved him back toward the gate, but Ger- sen continued to approach, trying to appear obsequious. "Back to your post, guard," snapped Billy Windle. "Leave us to our affairs." There was something inexpressibly dire in the poise of his head. "Pardon me, sir," said Gersen. He jumped forward, clubbed at Billy Windle's gorgeous headgear with his projac. As Billy Windle staggered and fell, Gersen raked Mr. Hoskins' arm with a low- charge jolt, jarring loose his weapon. Mr. Hoskins cried out in pain and astonishment. Gersen scooped up Billy Windle's envelope, reached for that which Mr. Hoskins held. Mr. Hoskins staggered back, then as Gersen raised his projac, halted. Gersen shoved him toward Billy Windle's air-car. "Quick. Get aboard. Or I'll punish you." Mr. Hoskins' legs were rubbery; lurching and tottering, he moved at a shambling trot to the air-car. As he climbed aboard, he tried to stuff the envelope into his shirt; Gersen reached, snatched; the envelope tore; there was a brief struggle and Gersen held half the envelope, with the other half somewhere on the ground under the boat. Billy Windle was staggering to his feet. Gersen could delay no longer. The air-car controls were standard; he thrust the lift-arm far across. Billy Windle shouted something Gersen could not hear, then, as the air-car slanted up, brought forth his projac, fired. The bolt sang past Gersen's ear, cut diagonally across Mr. Hoskins' head. Gersen fired back as the air-car swung across the sky, but the range was long and he merely kicked up a blaze of lambent dust. High above Skouse, he swerved, flew west, settled beside his spaceboat. He carried the corpse of Mr. Hoskins aboard, and aban- doning the bedizened air-car, took the Model 9B into space. He THE DEMON PRINCES 184 engaged the intersplit and now was safe: no known human effort could intercept him. Mission accomplished in a workmanlike fash- ion, without undue exertion: Mr. Moslems killed and en route to Alphanor, as per instructions. In short, sheer routine. Gersen should have been pleased, but this was not the case. He had learned nothing, succeeded with nothing; nothing except the paltry business for which he had been sent to Bissom's End. Kokor Hekkus had been involved in the affair; with Mr. Hoskins dead, Gersen would never know why or how. The corpse was a problem. Gersen dragged it into the rear locker, shut the door on it. He brought forth the envelope he had taken from Billy Windle, opened it. Within was a sheet of pink paper on which someone had written in florid purple ink. The message was titled: How to become a hormagaunt. Gersen raised his eyebrows: Jest? Somehow he did not think so. Gersen read the instructions with a small frisson of horror tickling at his neck. They were unpleasant. Aging is pursuivant to a condition in which the ichors of youth have been exhausted: so much is inherently obvious. The hormagaunt will desire to replenish himself with these invaluable elixirs from the most obvious source: the persons of those who are young. The process is expensive unless one has access to a sufficient number of such persons, and in this case he proceeds in the following fashion: Instructions followed: From the bodies of living children, the hormagaunt must procure certain glands and organs, prepare extracts, from which a waxy nodule might ultimately be derived. This nodule implanted in the hormagaunt's pineal gland forfends age. Gersen put the letter aside, and inspected the fragment he had wrenched from Mr. Hoskins. It read: —crimps, or more properly, bands of density. These ap- parently occur at random, though in practice they are so casual as to be imperceptible. The critical spacing is in THE KILLING MACHINE 185 terms of the square root of the first eleven primes. The occurrence of six or more such crimps at any of the des- ignated locations will validate— Gersen found the reference incomprehensible, but vastly intriguing: what had Mr. Hoskins known so valuable that it might be traded on an even basis for the secret of perpetual youth? He examined again the horrid directions for becoming a hor- magaunt, and wondered if they were sound. Then he destroyed both sets of instructions. At Avente Spaceport, he called Ben Zaum byvisiphone. "I'm back." Zaum raised his eyebrows. "So soon?" "There was no reason to delay." Thirty minutes later Zaum and Gersen met in the vestibule to the spaceport's waiting room. "Where is Mr. Hoskins?" Along with the delicate emphasis on the Hoskins, he gave Gersen a look of narrow inquiry. "You'll need a hearse. He's been dead for some time. Since before I left Bad World—as you identified it." "Did he—what were the circumstances?" "He and a man called Billy Windle had struck some sort of a bargain, but they could not come to terms. Windle seemed very disappointed and killed Mr. Hoskins. I managed to recover the body." Zaum gave Gersen a glance of mild suspicion. "Did any papers change hands? In other words, did Windle derive any information from Hoskins?" "No." "You're sure of this?" "Absolutely." Zaum was still not completely at ease. "This is all you have to report?" "Isn't it enough? You have Mr. Hoskins, which is what you wanted." Zaum licked his lips, glanced at Gersen from the corners of his eyes. "You found no papers on his body?" "No. And I want to ask you a question." Zaum heaved a deep dissatisfied sigh. "Very well. If possible, I'll answer." THE DEMON PRINCES 1S6 "You mentioned Kolcor Hekkus. How does he come into the matter?" Zaum deliberated a moment, scratching his chin. "Kokor Hek- kus is a man of many identities. One of them is, or so we have been informed, Billy Windle." Gersen nodded sadly. "I feared as much. ... I missed my op- portunity. It may never come again. . . . Do you know what a hor- magaunt is?" "A what?" "A hormagaunt. It seems to he an immortal creature who lives on Thamber." In a measured voice Zaum said, "1 don't know what a horma- gaunt is and all I know about Thamber is 'set your course by the old Dog Star till faring past the verge extreme, dead ahead shines Thamber's gleam'—however the song goes." "You forgot the line after 'old Dog Star': 'A point to the north ofAchernar.' " "No matter," said Zaum. "I never found the Land of Oz ei- ther." He sighed lugubriously. "I suspect that you're not telling me the whole story. But—" "But what?" "Be discreet." "Oh indeed." "And be sure that if you thwarted Kokor Hekkus in one of his schemes you will meet him again. He never repays a favor and never forgets a wrong." From Introduction to The Demon Princes, by Caril Car- phen (Elucidarian Press, New Wexford, Aloysius, Vega): It may well be asked how, from so many thieves, kid- napers, pirates, slavers, and assassins within- and beyond the Pale, one can isolate five individuals and identify them as 'Demon Princes.' The author, while conceding to a certain degree of arbitrariness, can nevertheless in good conscience define the criteria that in his mind establish the Five as arch-fiends and overlords of evil. First: the Demon Princes are typified by grandeur. Consider the manner in which Kokor Hekkus gained his cognomen 'The Killing Machine,' or Attel Malagate's 'plantation' on Grabhorne Planet (a civilization of his own definition), or Lens Larque's astounding monument to him- self, or Vtole Falushe's Palace of Love. Certainly these are not the works of ordinary men, nor the results of ordinary vices (though Viole Falushe is said to be physically vain, and in certain exploits of Kokor Hekkus there is the quaintly horrid quality of a small boy's experiments with an insect). Second: these men are constructive geniuses, motivated not by malice, perversity, greed, or misanthropy, but by violent inner purposes, which are for the most part shrouded and obscure. Why does Howard Alan Treesong glory in chaos? What are the goals of the inscrutable Attel Malagate, or that fascinating flamboyant Kokor Hekkus? 188 THE DEMON PRINCES Third: each of the Demon Princes is a mystery; each insists on anonymity and facelessness. Even to close asso- ciates these men are unknown; each is friendless, loveless (we can safely discount the self-indulgences of the sybarit- ical Viole Falushe). Fourth: and obverse to the aforementioned, is a quality best to be described as absolute pride, absolute self- sufficiency. F.ach considers the relationship between himself and the balance of humanity as no more than a confron- tation of equals. Fifth: and ample in itself, I cite the historic conclave of 1500 at Smade's Tavern (to be discussed in Chapter One) where the five acknowledged themselves, grudgingly per- haps, as peers, and denned their various areas of interest. Ipsi dixeunt! Such was Gersen's second encounter with Kokor Hekkus. The aftermath was a period of depression, during which Gersen spent long mornings and afternoons on the Avente Esplanade, gazing out over the Thaumaturge Ocean. For a period, he had considered a return to Bissom's End—but the project seemed rash and almost certainly pointless: Kokor Hekkus would not stay long at Bissom's End. Gersen must somehow make a new contact. This was a resolve easier to form than to implement. Hair- raising anecdotes by the dozen circulated regarding Kokor Hekkus, but specific information was rare. The reference to Thamber was new, but Gersen gave it small consideration: it could hardly be more than the fantasy of an imaginative boy. Time passed—a week, two weeks. Kokor Hekkus received men- tion in the news as the presumptive kidnaper of a Copus, Pi Cas- siopeia VIII, mercantilist. Gersen was mildly surprised; the Demon Princes seldom kidnaped for ransom. Two davs later came news of another kidnaping, the scene on this occasion being the Hakluz Mountains of Orpo, Pi Cassiopeia VII; the victim a wealthy packer of sour-spore. Again Kokor Hek- kus was reputedly involved: indeed only the possible participation of Kokor I lekkus made the not uncommon crimes noteworthy. Gersen's third encounter with Kokor Hekkus arose directly, if deviously, as a result of the kidnapings; and indeed the kidnapings THE KILLING MACHINE 189 themselves followed as a reverse or backhanded consequence to Gersen's success at Skouse. The chain of events was expedited by chance. One midmorning Gersen sat on a bench halfway along the Esplanade; an elderly man, with the pale blue skin-toning, black jacket, and beige trousers of middle-class gentility, took a seat on the other end of the bench. Some minutes later he muttered an expletive, threw aside his news- paper, and looking toward Gersen expressed indignation in regard to the lawlessness of the times. "Another kidnaping, another in- nocent person whisked off to Interchange! Why cannot these crimes be halted? What is the constabulary about? They warn per- sons of means to caution. What a sorry condition!" Gersen expressed whole-hearted agreement, but said that he knew no effective solution to the problem other than making illegal the private ownership of spacecraft. "Wily not?" demanded the old man. "I possess no spaceship, nor do I feel the need to do so. At best they are instruments of frivolity and ostentation; at worst they facilitate the commission of crime, and especially kidnaping. Look you—" he tapped the news- paper "—ten kidnapings, all made possible by the spaceship!" "Ten?" asked Gersen in surprise. "So many?" "Ten in the last two weeks, all persons of extreme wealth and worth. The ransoms go Beyond, to enrich rascals; it is money dis- sipated in space, a loss to us all!" He went on to remark that moral values had deteriorated since his youth; that respect for law and order had reached an all-time nadir; that only the most inept or unlucky criminal suffered for his acts. To exemplify his convictions, he cited a man he had seen only the day previously, a man whom he recognized as an associate of the notorious Kokor Hekkus, who almost certainly was responsible for at least one of the kidnapings. Gersen expressed shock and surprise. Was the old man sure of his facts? "Yes indeed! There is no doubt whatever! I never forget a face, even though, as in this case, it has been eighteen years." Gersen's interest began to wane; the old man continued re- gardless. Certainly, thought Gersen—or almost certainly—this old man could not be a plant by Kokor Hekkus. "—at Pontefract on Aloystus, where I served as Chief Notator of the Inquisition. He appeared before the Guldounerie, and, as I ^ HE DEMON PRINCES 190 recall, displayed a remarkably insolent attitude, considering the gravity of the charges " "And what were these7" Gersen asked "Disbursion with intent to suborn ransackment, illicit posses- sion of antiquities, and revilery His arrogance was justified, for he evaded all punishment save admonition It was evident that Kokor Hekkus had intimidated the panel " "And you saw this man yesterday3" "Beyond question He passed me on the Route Shdeway, pro- ceeding north toward Sailmaker Beach. If by sheer chance I notice this single unregenerate, calculate the number of those I fail to observe'" "A serious situation," Gersen declared. "This man should be placed under observation You do not remember his name5" "No What if I did3 By all odds it is neither the name he used then nor the name he uses now." "He has a distinctive appearance3" The old man frowned "Not notably His ears are rather large, as is his nose. His eyes are round and close together He is not so old as I However I have heard that the folk of the Fomalhaut planet mature late, owing to the nature of their food, which clabbers the bile " "Ah He was a Sandusker " "He asserted as much, in an extraordinary fashion I can only describe as vainglory " Gersen laughed politely. "You have a remarkable memory You think then that this Sandusk criminal lives in Sailmaker Beach3" "Why not3 It is where such unorthodox folk tend to collect " "True enough " After a few further remarks, Gersen rose to his feet and took his leave The Route Slideway ran north, paralleling the Esplanade, then curved through the LoSasso Tunnel to terminate at Mansh Square in Sailmaker Beach Gersen was moderately well acquainted with the area, standing in the square and looking up toward Melnoy Heights, he could almost see the house where Hildemar Dasce at one time had resided And Gersen's thoughts for a moment became tinged with melancholy . He brought himself back to the matter at hand Tracing down a nameless Sandusker It was a problem rather different from that of locating Beauty Dasce, who once seen could never be forgotten THE KILLING MACHINE 191 Surrounding the square were low thick-walled structures ofco- quina concrete, color-washed white, lavender, pale-blue, pink In the Rigel-hght they glowed as if incandescent, emitting tones and overtones of color, the windows and doorways by contrast showing the most intense and utter of blacks Along one side of the square ran an arcade housing shops and booths catering principally to tour- ists Sailmaker Beach with its enclaves of off-world peoples, each with its typical shops and restaurants, was like nowhere else in the Oikumene, with the possible exception of one or two districts on Earth At a kiosk, Gersen bought a Guide to Sailmaker Beach It contained no mention of a Sandusker quarter He returned to the kiosk The proprietress was a short, fat, in fact almost globular, woman with skin tinted chalk-green perhaps a Krokmole Imp. Gersen asked, "Where do the Sanduskers quarter themselves3" The woman considered "Not many Sanduskers that I know of Down the foot ofArd Street you'll find a few Been requested there because the wind blows the smell of the victuals out to sea " "Where is their food-shop3" "Should you call it food I call it rubbish You're not a San- dusker3 No. I see not It's there on Ard Street. Turn down through there—see the two crypt-men in the black cloaks3 Right past where they stand that's Ard Street Hold your nose " Gersen returned the Guide to Sailmaker Beach, which at once was placed back in stock Gersen crossed the square, stepped around the two pale men in long black cloaks, and entered Ard Street: an alley rather than a street, running on a slight downhill slant all the way to the water In the first block were tea houses and curtained game-rooms exuding a rather pleasant odor of incense Then Ard Street passed through a drab section infested by small sloe-eyed children wearing long gold ear chains, red and green shirts to the navel, and little else Then approaching the waterfront, Ard Street widened, to become a small court at the sea wall Gersen suddenly understood the pertinence of the advice given him by the fat woman of the kiosk The air of Ard Court smelled richly indeed, with a heavy sweet-sour organic reek that distended the nostrils. Gersen grimaced and went to the shop from which the odors seemed to emanate Taking a deep breath and bowing his head, he entered To right and left were wooden tubs, containing pastes, liquids, and submerged solids, overhead hung rows of withered blue-green ob- jects the size of a man's fist At the rear, behind a counter stacked 192 THE, DEMON PRINCES with limp pink sausages stood a clown-faced youth of twenty, wear- ing a patterned black and brown smock, a black velvet headkerchief. He leaned upon the counter without spirit or vitality, and without expression watched Gersen sidle past the tubs. "You're a Sandusker?" asked Gersen. "What else?" This was spoken in a tone Gersen could not iden- tify, a complex mood of many discords: sad pride, whimsical malice, insolent humility. The youth asked, "You wish to eat?" Gersen shook his head. "I am not of your religion." "Ha ho!" said the youth. "You know Sandusk then?" "Only at second-hand." The youth smiled. "You must not believe that old foolish story, that we Sanduskers are religious fanatics who eat vile food rather than flagellate ourselves. It is quite incorrect. Come now. Are you a fair man?" Gersen considered. "Not unusually so." The youth went to one of the tubs, dipped up a wad of glisten- ing black-crusted maroon paste. "Taste! Judge for yourself! Use your mouth rather than your nose!" Gersen gave a fatalistic shrug, tasted. The inside of his mouth seemed first to tingle, then expand. His tongue coiled back in his throat. "Well?" asked the youth. "If anything," said Gersen at last, "it tastes worse than it smells." The youth sighed. "Such is the general consensus." Gersen rubbed his mouth with the back of his hand. "Do you know all the Sanduskers of the neighborhood?" "I do." "I seek a tall man with eyes slightly crossed, who has lost a finger, with hair leaving the rear of his head like a comet's tail." The youth smiled placidly. "His name?" "I do not know." "That would seem to be Powel Darling. He has returned to Sandusk." "I see. Well, no matter. The money will revert to the provincial treasury." "Sad. What money is this?" "A bequest to two Sanduskers who obliged an eccentric old THE KILLING MACHINE 193 woman. The other is no longer conveniently at hand, or so I am told." "And who is the other?" "I am told that he departed Alphanor last month." "Indeed?" The youth seemed to ruminate. "Who could it be?" "Again I do not know his name. A man of late middle age with large ears, a large nose, and eyes closely spaced." "That might be Dolver Cound. But he is still here." "W^hat! Are you certain?" "Oh yes. Go to the sea-wall, knock at the second door to the left." "Thank you." "It is customary to pay for delicacies consumed on the prem- ises." Gersen parted with a coin, and left the shop. The air in Ard Court seemed almost fresh. The sea-wall ran perpendicular to Ard Street; twenty feet below the ocean, translucent and shot like a star sapphire with Rigel-rays, eased up and down. Gersen turned left and halted at the second door: the entrance to a narrow-fronted cottage of the usual lumpy coquina concrete. Gersen rapped at the door. From within came a halting step. The door slowly opened; Dolver Cound looked forth; a man some- what older and heavier than Gersen had expected, with a round flushed face and cyanotic lips. "Yes?" Gersen stepped forward. "I'll come in, if I may." Cound uttered a dismal bleat of protest, but gave way. Gersen looked around the room. They were alone. The furnishings were dingy; a worn purple and red rug covered the floor, and on the cooker steamed Dolver Cound's noon meal. Gersen's nostrils twitched involuntarily. Cound, recovering his poise, took a deep breath and thrust out his chest. "What is the meaning of this intrusion? What or whom do you seek?" Gersen gave him a look of hard contempt. "Dolver Cound— for eighteen years you have evaded the punishment due your crimes." "What's this?" Gersen brought forth an identification tablet, similar to an IPCC blazer, with his photograph under a translucent seven- THE DEMON PRINCES 194 pointed star. He touched it to his forehead; the star flashed into light. Dolver Cound watched in loose-mouthed fascination. "I am a member of the Executive Arm of the New Dispensation at Pontefract, Alovsius, Vega Third. Eighteen years ago you en- countered a faulty trial before the Guldouncrie. 1 now declare you under restraint. You must return for a new hearing." Cound stammered excitedly, and finally in a high-pitched voice cried, "You have no jurisdiction, no authority' Further I am not the man you seek!" "No? Who must I apprehend? Kokor Hekkus?" Cound licked his purple lips, glanced toward the door. "Go. Never return. I want nothing to do with you." "What of Kokor Hekkus?" "Speak no such names to me!" "It is either you or he who must settle the score. At the moment he is unavailable. You must come. I give you ten minutes to pack." "Ridiculous! Nonsense! Sheer balderdash!" Gersen shifted his proJac into plain sight, fixed Cound with a hard stare. Cound, suddenly bluff and hearty, said, "Come now! Let us consider a moment, to learn where you have made your mistake. Sit! This is our custom! Wi\\ you drink?" "Sandusk brew? Thank you: no." "I can serve less tasty stuff: Sea Province arrack!" Gersen nodded. "Very well." Cound went to a shelf, took down a bottle, a tray, a pair of glasses, poured drinks. Gersen stretched, yawned as if inattentive. Cound very7 slowly brought forward the tray, took one of the glasses. Gersen took the other, scrutinized the clear liquid, seeking the faint roil which w^uld indicate the presence of another liquid, or grains of undissolved powder. Cound watched slyly. He would take suspicion for granted, thought Gersen, and would expect a change of glasses. "Drink!" said Cound and raised his glass. Gersen watched him with interest. Cound put clown the glass untouched. "Do you not care to drink?" Gersen took his glass, mingled the two drinks, returned the glass to Cound. "Drink first." "Never before a guest. I would feel shame." "I cannot drink before my host. But no matter; we will both drink during the trip to Pontefract. Since you do not care to pack, let us be off." THE KILLING MACHINE 195 Cound's face crumpled and sagged with woe. "I will go no- where with you. You cannot force me. I am an old man; not in the best of health. Have you no pity?" "It's either you or Kokor Hekkus; these are my instructions." Cound looked toward the door. "Do not speak that name!" he said in an agonized croak. "Tell me what you know of him." "Never." "Then come. Bid Rigel farewell; your sun henceforth will be Vega." "I did nothing! Do you know no reason?" "Tell me what you know of Kokor Hekkus. We would prefer him to you." Cound drew a deep breath, closed his eyes. "So be it," he said at last. "If I tell you all I know, must I still return to Aloysius?" "I promise nothing." Cound sighed. "What I know is little enough. . . ." For two hours he asserted the casual quality of his association with Kokor Hekkus: "I was falsely accused; even the Guldounerie panel came to realize this!" "All surviving members of this panel are under punitive re- straint: we are taking a cumulative vengeance. Come now: the truth! I am far from satisfied!" Cound eventually slumped into a chair and declared himself ready to talk. First however he professed a need for certain notes and memoranda. He went to fetch papers from a drawer, but brought forth a weapon. Gersen, waiting with projac ready, blasted it from his hand. Cound turned slowly, eyes round and wet. He swung his numb arm, staggered to a seat, and now spoke without further evasion. Indeed, he became verbose, almost explosive with information, as if inhibition had been completely dissolved. Yes, eighteen years ago he had assisted Kokor Hekkus in certain oper- ations on Aloysius and elsewhere. Kokor Hekkus had been anxious to obtain certain antiquities. On Aloysius they had raided Creary Castle, Bodelsey Abbey, and the Houl Museum. During the latter operation, Cound had been apprehended by the Sons of Justice; but Kokor Hekkus made certain arrangements, and the Guldounerie panel dismissed Cound with an admonition. Thereupon his asso- ciation with Kokor Hekkus became less active, dissolving ten years ago. 196 THP; DF.MON PRINCES Gersen pressed for details. Cound waved his arms helplessly. "What is his appearance? He is a man, like us all. There is nothing about him to describe. He is of average size, of good physique, of unknown age. His voice is soft, though when he is angry, it comes as if he were talking through a tube from a far world. He is a strange man: polite when it pleases him, more often indifferent. He is fas- cinated by beautiful objects, by antiquity, and by intricate machines. You know how he derived his name?" "This is a story I have never heard." "It means 'Killing Machine' in the language of a secret world far out Beyond. This world had been settled in ancient days, then lost and forgotten until Kokor Hekkus rediscovered it. To punish the folk of an enemy town, he built a giant metal executioner, which split bodies in half with an ax. As dreadful as the ax was the scream the metal ogre emitted with ever)' stroke. And thereafter Kokor Hekkus was so known. . . . This is all I know." "A pity you cannot tell me how to locate him," said Gersen. "Either you or he must answer to the authorities at Pontefract." Cound sat back, limp as a broken bladder. "I have told all," he mumbled. "What can be served by visiting vengeance upon me? Will the antiques be restored?" "Justice must be satisfied. Unless you can deliver Kokor Hekkus into my hands, you must pay for your Joint misdeeds." "How can I provide Kokor Hekkus?" asked Cound in the drea- riest of voices. "I hesitate even to speak his name." "Who are his associates?" "I don't know. It has been years since last I saw him. In those days—" Cound paused. ' "Well?" Cound licked his blue lips. "It could be of no interest to the Pontefract authorities." "HI be the judge of that." Cound heaved a deep sigh. "I cannot tell you." "Why not?" Cound made a small, hopeless gesture. "I do not want to be killed in some horrible fashion." "What do you think awaits you at Pontefract?" "No! I cannot talk further." "You have been able to conquer these apprehensions during the last hour." THE KILLING MACHINE 197 "Everything I told you is a matter of public knowledge," said Cound ingenuously. Gersen smiled, and rose to his feet. "Come." Cound made no move. Finally he said in a low voice, "I knew three men who worked with Kokor Hekkus. There was Ermin Strank, Rob Castilltgan, and a man they called Hombaro. Strank was native to the Concourse, which planet I do not know. Castil- ligan was from Vega's Boniface. I know nothing about Hombaro." "Have you seen them recently?" "Certainly not." "You have photographs?" Cound would admit to none, and sat watching in limp resent- ment as Gersen moved here and there around the room, investi- gating the obvious spots where Cound might keep mementos. After a moment or two Cound said spitefully, "If you knew anything of Sandusk, you would expect no photographs. We face the future, not the past." Gersen desisted from his search. Cound was squinting at him reflectively; during Gersen's search he had taken time to think. "May I ask, what is your rank?" "Special agent." "You are no Aloysian. Where is your throat-hole?" "No matter." "If you go around asking questions about Kokor Hekkus, even- tually he will find out about it." "Tell him yourself, if you have a mind to." Cound uttered a short bark of a laugh. "No, no, my lad. Even if I knew where to complain, I would not. I want no more acquain- tance with terror." Gersen said thoughtfully, "I shall now take all your money, and throw your vile food into the sea." "What?" Cound's face once more became lachrymose. Gersen went to the door. "You're a miserable lump of abso- lutely nothing: not even worth the effort of punishing. I go now. Consider yourself fortunate." Gersen departed the house, returned up Ard Street to Marish Square, rode the slideway south to Avente. He was by no means happy with the results of his day's work. There was further knowl- THE DEMON PRINCES 198 edge in Dolver Cound, had he either craft or cruelty sufficient to extract it. What had he learned? Kokor Hekkus had been so named by the folk of a secret planet. Ten years ago, three men named Ermin Strank, Hombaro, and Rob Castilligan had served Kokor Hekkus. Kokor Hekkus was fascinated by intricate machines; he cherished beauty; he valued the works of antiquity. Gersen had lodgings on a high floor of the Credenze Hotel. On the day following his interview with Dolver Cound, he arose before Rigel had cleared the Catiline Hills, stained his skin the currently fashionable grayed-buff, dressed in somber dark green, departed the hotel by a side entrance. In the subway system, he voided all pos- sibility of tracker or stick-tight, then took himself to Cort Tower Station. An elevator lifted him to the foyer, where he transferred to a small one-man capsule. As the door slid shut, a voice inquired his name and destination. Gersen supplied the information and added his IPCC Clearance Code. There were no further questions; the car lofted him thirty floors high, moved him laterally, dis- charged him into the office of Ben Zaum. This was a two-room suite beside the tower's transparent west wall, with an all-inclusive view south over the city and down the coast to Remo. Shelves along another wall held a variety of trophies, curios, weapons, and world- globes. By the evidence of his office, Zaum was a man high in the IPCC organization; how high Gersen did not precisely know: the title "Mandator, Umbria Division" might mean much or little. Zaum greeted Gersen with cautious cordiality. "You're here looking for work, I take it. How do you spend all your money? Women? Hardly a month ago you were paid fifteen thousand SVU—" "I need no money. To be candid, I want information." "Free? Or do you want to commission us?" "WTiat's information regarding Kokor Hekkus worth?" Zaum's wide blue eyes narrowed innnitesimally- "To us or from ?" us "In both directions." Zaum reflected. "He's currently on the red list.. . . Officially THE KILLING MACHINE 199 we don't even know whether he's alive or dead, unless someone gives us a commission." Standard whimsy once more, which Gersen acknowledged with a polite smile. "Yesterday I learned the derivation of his name." Zaum nodded offhandedly. "I've heard the tale. Rather grisly. Might well be fact. Incidentally, to keep you from going stale"— he opened a drawer—"the deweaselers tripped up a man on Palo, and turned him over to Kokor Hekkus. He was returned to us in a condition I won't describe. Kokor Hekkus also sent a message." Zaum read from a slip of paper. " 'A weasel performed an unpar- donable act at Skouse. The creature you have herewith is fortunate in comparison with the weasel of Skouse. If he is a brooding man, let him come Beyond and announce himself. I swear that the next twenty weasels captured will thereupon go free.' " Gersen gave a sickly grin. "He is angry." "Extremely angry, extremely vindictive." Zaum hesitated a mo- ment. "I wonder—well, if he would keep his promise?" Gersen raised his eyebrows. "You suggest that I turn myself over to Kokor Hekkus?" "Not precisely, not exactly—well, think of it like this: it would be one man's life for twenty, and weasels are hard to come by—" "Only the inept are deweaseled," said Gersen. "Your organi- zation is the sounder for their loss." He reflected a moment. "But your suggestion has a certain merit. Why not identify yourself as the man who planned the operation, and ask if he will spare fifty men for the two of us?" Zaum winced. "You can't be serious. What is your interest in Kokor Hekkus?" "That of an altruistic citizen." Zaum arranged and rearranged several old striped bits of bronze on his desk. "I'm another. What's your information?" There was nothing to be gained by evasiveness, which Zaum would be certain to sense. "Yesterday I heard three names—men who worked for Kokor Hekkus ten years ago. They may or may not be in your files." "What are the names?" "Ermin Strank. Rob Castilligan. Hombaro." "Race? World? Nationality?" SVU, a ridiculous figure—by all means go to it." "The apartments are naturally equipped with spy-cells and mi- crophones^" "No," said Koshiel, "and for a very good reason- there is noth- ing to be gained by listening " "Nevertheless," said Gersen, "we will take precautions Let me speak to the man." Koshiel touched the button that, by ringing a small chime, ap- prised the guest in question that his attention was required Myron Patch looked up, came slowly to the front of the apartment Koshiel inserted a key into a socket, a panel snapped aside, Myron Patch THE KILLING MACHINE 225 looked forth at Gersen, at first with hope, and then perplexity. Ger- sen took Koshiel by the shoulders, moved him close to the panel, turned him so that he faced into the apartment. "Now sing. loudly." Koshiel grinned foolishly. "I know only lullabies from my youth." "Sing lullabies then, but loudly and with legato " Koshiel began to yelp a discordant song. Gersen motioned to the even more perplexed Patch. "Stand close." Patch pressed his face close to the panel. Gersen asked, "Why are you here5" Patch's mouth drooped. "It's a long story." "Tell me in as few words as possible." Patch sighed mournfully. "I am an engineer and manufacturer. I undertook a complicated )ob for a certain man—a criminal, I now know him to be. We disagreed; he seized my person and brought me here. The ransom represents the money under dispute." Koshiel started a new song. Gersen asked, "The criminal is Kokor Hekkus5" Myron Patch nodded dolefully. "Do you know him personally?" Patch said something that Gersen could not understand for the fervor ofKoshiel's lullaby. Patch repeated: "I said I know his agent, who comes often to Krokmole," "Can you make contact with the agent5" "On Krokmole, yes Not here," "Very well. I will rescind your fee." Gersen tapped Koshiel's shoulder. "You may stop. We return to the office." "You are finished3 There are others to see: bargains, true bar- gains!" Gersen hesitated. "Can I see the woman whom Kokor Hekkus is pursuing?" Koshiel shook his head. "Not unless you pay ten thousand SVU for the privilege- In essence she refuses to see anyone: even em- ployees like myself, who would be happy to relieve her tedium and relax her understandable tensions." "Very well then." Gersen produced another three hundred SVU, which Koshiel, bedazzled and dreamy after so much talk of millions and billions, pocketed with a murmur of unenthusiastic thanks. "We return to the office." From Popular Handbook to the Planets, 303rd Edition (1292); Krokinole: third largest planet of the Rigel Concourse, fourteenth in orbital order. Planetary Constants: Diameter: 9,450 miles Mass: 1.23 Mean day: 22 hours, 16 minutes, 48.9 seconds, etc. General Remarks: Sometimes considered the most beautiful of all the Concourse planets, Krokinole may with justice claim to be the most diverse, both geographically and ethnically. There are two large continents: Borkland and Sankland; six smaller continents: Cumberland, Layland, Gardena, Mergenthaler, Hopland, and Skakerland. Each of these boasts dozens of natural marvels. At ran- dom may be mentioned the Crystal Pinnacles of Bize Par- ish, the Card River Falls of Dinker Parish, both in Cumberland; the 1 lole through the World of North State, Sankland; the Undersea Forest off the coast of Iksemand, Skakerland; Mount Jovah in the Highlands of Gardena, the tallest mountain (42,102 feet above sea level) of all the Con- course. The flora and fauna are complex and highly developed. The near-extinct Super-beasts, once masters of the planet, display more than a rudimentary intelligence, as evidenced bv their unique semaphore communicatory system (to call THE KILLING MACHINE 227 it a "language" is to commit semantic mayhem), their boats, baskets, ornamental knots, and committee organization. The human population of Krokinole is as varied as the topography; again the diversity can only be indicated. Skak- erland was first settled by a schismatic cult of the Skakers who went to Olliphane; in the Highlands of Gardena dwell the remarkable Imps. Cumberland is home to the talented and industrious Whitelocks; while the Druid Banquers wan- der the tundras of North Hopland. Other races are the Ar- cadians, Batthalese, Singhels, Oporto Fishermen, Jansenists, Ancient Alans, and many more. . . . Returning from Sasani aboard Gersen's Model 9B Locater, My- ron Patch explained in greater detail his dealings with Kokor Hek- kus, and indeed elaborated upon the whole course of his life. Originally a native of Earth, Patch had been a victim of the Tex- ahoma Riots, and considered himself lucky to escape with his life. He arrived on Krokinole penniless, accepted work as a barnacle- scraper for the Card Estuary Docking Company, presently estab- lished a small machine shop at Pacris, the Whitelock capital. Prospering and expanding, in the course of eighteen years, Patch had become owner and manager of the Patch Engineering Works, the largest such enterprise of Cumberland. He had also achieved a reputation for versatility and ingenuity, to such a degree that when Seuman Otwal brought him a set of bizarre specifications, Patch was intrigued but not surprised. Seuman Otwal, as Patch described him, was a man somewhat younger than himself, with a strikingly ugly face distinguished by a long down-curving nose that almost seemed to meet a sharp up- tilted chin. Seuman Otwal had attempted no subterfuge. He identified him- self as an agent of Kokor Hekkus, and had appeared content when Patch declared himself willing to work for the devil himself, pro- vided his money passed silently through the fake-meter. With the relationship established on a realistic footing Otwal produced his plans. He wanted Patch to design and construct a walking fort in the semblance of a monster centipede, seventy-six feet long and twelve feet high. The mechanism was to consist of eighteen segments, each equipped with a pair of legs. The fort, as Seuman Otwal termed it, must be able to move at a speed of at 22S THE DEMON PRINCES least forty miles per hour on synchronized, smoothly operating legs. It must be able to spurt liquid fire from its tongue, exude noxious gas, and tire energy beams through ports in its head. Patch declared himself capable of contriving the mechanism, and, with natural in- terest, inquired its purpose. Seuman Otwal at first seemed dis- pleased, then explained Kokor Hekkus' fascination with intricate and macabre machines. Kokor Hekkus, Otwal went on to say, had recently been victimized by an obstreperous group of savages, and the fort "would speak to them in a language they understood." Warming to his subject, Otwal favored Patch with a lengthy disquisition on his subject of terror. According to Otwal, terror was of two varieties: the instinctive and the conditioned. To produce a maximum effect, both types should be excited simultaneously; ei- ther alone was capable of being contained. Kokor Hekkus' method was to identify and analyze these factors; then, in his application, he selected and intensified the factors of maximum potency. "One cannot frighten a fish with talk of drowning!" declared Seuman Otwal. The exposition continued for half an hour, with Patch becom- ing increasingly uncomfortable. After Otwal had departed, he wres- tled long and hard with his conscience over the morality of building the mechanical horror. Here Gersen inquired, "Did you ever suspect that Seuman Otwal might be Kokor Hekkus himself?" "Oh indeed, until one day Kokor Hekkus himself stepped into the shop. He did not resemble Seuman Otwal in the least." "Describe him, if you will." Patch frowned. "This is difficult. He has no remarkable char- acteristics. He is about your stature, he is agile and nervous, his head is neither large nor small, his features are regular and well- spaced. He wears somber skin-tone and garments in the style of the Whitelock elders. His manner is subdued, almost over- courteous, but it is not convincing nor is it intended to convince. All the while, as he speaks softly and listens attentively, his eyes gleam, and one knows he is thinking of the strange sights he has seen and the odd deeds he has done." There was an interruption now from the two children, who wished to have Rigel pointed out to them. Gersen indicated the white blaze dead ahead, then returned to Patch who continued with the description of his mental turmoil. He had suffered, so he de- THE KILLING MACHINE 229 dared, the mil range of qualms, misgivings and apprehensions, but at last decided to be guided by two considerations: first, he had already compromised himself, especially since money had been ad- vanced to him, to the sum of SVU 427,685; and second, if he did not build the machine, there were a dozen other shops that would do so. So work progressed, even though Patch was uneasily aware that he assisted in the creation of an evil device. Gersen listened without comment, and in fact felt no great dis- approbation. Patch seemed an inoffensive individual who had the misfortune to lack an automatic morality. Construction continued; the fort neared completion. Kokor Hekkus now made his appearance, for the purpose of inspection. Much to Patch's dismay he declared himself profoundly dissatisfied- He derided the leg action, which he characterized as awkward and obviously nonorganic. In his opinion, the fort "would not deceive a child!" Patch, at first appalled, gradually recovered his wits. He brought forward the specifications and demonstrated that he had performed to the letter of his instructions. Nowhere and at no time had he been supplied unambiguous information regarding leg mo- tion. Kokor Hekkus was unmoved. He declared the object totally unacceptable and demanded that Patch make suitable changes. Patch angrily disavowed responsibility: he would gladly make changes but he must ask more money. Kokor Hekkus drew back in outrage. He made a harsh cutting gesture with his hand to signify that Patch had gone too far. Patch, he declared, had not fulfilled his contract, which was thereby void; he demanded return of all moneys advanced: namely SVU 427,685. Patch refused, whereupon Kokor Hekkus bowed and departed- Patch armed himself but to no avail; four days later he was set upon by three men, beaten in a thorough but disinterested manner, hustled into a spaceboat, conveyed to Interchange where his ransom was set at SVU 427,685. Patch had neither friends, relatives, nor business associates; owing to certain debts incurred in the process of expansion, forced sale of his engineering shop would bring no more than SVU 200,000. He had given up hope of redemption, and had resigned himself to slavery. Then Gersen had appeared. Patch hesitantly inquired Gersen's motives. He felt boundless grat- itude, he recognized Gersen's generosity, but surely there was more to the situation than this. Gersen felt no impulse to confide in Patch. "Assume," he said, 230 THE DEMON PRINCES "that I am acquainted with the Patch Engineering and Construction Company, that I consider the ransom as constituting payment for a 51 percent interest in the organization." Patch rather forlornly declared himself satisfied with the ar- rangement. "Do you wish formal acknowledgment of partnership?" "You might write a memorandum to the effect. Essentially I want control over company policy for an indefinite period, not to exceed five years. As to profits I have no immediate need of money and you may apply all such to repayment of the sum advanced." Patch was not too pleased with the scheme, but had no basis for argument. A sudden thought came to him, and he rubbed his face nervously. "By any chance, do you intend to have further deal- ings with Kokor Hekkus?" "Since you ask—yes." Patch licked his lips, "Allow me at once to register a 49 percent negative vote. If, in your mind, there is even a 2 percent misgiving, the negative votes will defeat this reckless ambition." Gersen grinned. "All 51 percent cries out in favor of recovering from Kokor Hekkus money illegally extorted from company funds." Patch bowed his head. "So be it." Rigel flared across the sky. Gersen located Alphanor; Daro and Wix became effervescent with excitement. Gersen watched them wryly. As soon as they returned to the dim old house in the sun- struck hills above Taube, they would rush to the arms of their father and mother; the kidnaping, the imprisonment, the voyage home would become vague, Gersen would be forgotten.. . . Gersen mused upon the vagaries of fate that had molded him into a— ruefully he supplied the word—a monomaniac. What if, by some fantastic set of circumstances, he succeeded in avenging the Mount Pleasant cataclysm upon all five of the Demon Princes—what then? Would he be able to retire, to buy country land, to woo and wed, to breed children? Or would the role of nemesis have become such an ingrained element in his nature that never could he draw back, never could he know of evil men without wanting to take their lives? It was all too possible. And, sadly, the impetus would come not from indignation or moral outrage, but from reflex, a passionless reaction; and the only satisfaction to be derived would be that of fulfilling a minor physiological need, such as belching or scratching an itch. As always, such reflections drove Gersen into a fit of melan- THE KILLING MACHINE 231 choly, and during the remainder of the voyage, he was even more terse and gruff than ever. The children inspected him wonderingly though without fear, for they had learned at least to trust him. Down to Alphanor, down to the continent Scythia, down to the antiquated Garreu Province spaceport at Marquari. Here Gersen communicated by visiphone with Duschane Audmar, whose face was vaguely haggard; Gersen guessed that he had given much in- trospection to Gersen's mission. He inquired briefly as to the health of his children and accepted Gersen's reassurance with a curt nod. There was no air-service between Marquari and Taube, and spaceships were proscribed except at the spaceports. Gersen herded the eager children aboard the coast dispatch-ship, a broad-beamed vessel with cargo below and passengers above, which required a day and a night to make the five-hundred-mile run down the coast to Taube. Here he hired the ancient glide-car and rumbled up the long slope to the manse of Duschane Audmar. The children jumped from the car and ran pell-mell, without a backward glance for Ger- sen, into the arms of their mother, who stood, waiting in the open doorway. Her face worked with the effort to hold back tears, and Gersen was conscious of an emptiness within himself, for he had come to feel affection for the children. He entered the house, and now, secure in their home, Daro and Wix ran up, hugged and kissed him. Audmar came forth, conducted him to the austere room where they had first spoken. Gersen made his accounting, "Kokor Hekkus needs ten billion SVU. He hopes to raise this amount by extorting a hundred million from a hundred of the wealthiest folk of the Oikumene. He has attained perhaps a third of his goal, and money is rapidly coming in. He desires the money in order to ransom a young woman who to evade him has taken refuge at Interchange under a rescission fee often billion SVU." "Hmmf," said Audmar. "This woman must be extravagantly attractive for Kokor Hekkus to value her at this figure." "So it would seem—although any object valued at this figure must be inherently desirable," said Gersen. "I would have inspected the woman, but she, functioning as her own sponsor, charges ten thousand SVU a look, presumably in order to discourage the cu- riosity of such as myself." Duschane Audmar nodded. "The information may or may not be worth a hundred million SVU to the Institute, from which the 232 HP DEMON PRINCFS money naturally comes My children are hack with me, I am of course grateful for this, but I tear that I have allowed my emotions to interfere with rm. reason, I fear that I have compromised myself" Gersen made no comment I Iis private opinion was to the same effect Still, the Institute had only itself to blame, should it choose, it undoubtedly could destroy Kokor Hekkus "A second matter of interest The young woman's name is Alusz Iphigenia Eper)e- Tokay She is native to the planet Thamber, or so she claims " "Thamber'" Audmar at last was interested "Is this a serious avowal or facetiousness^' "I believe that she makes a serious claim to this effect " "Interesting Even if all cockalorum " lie looked sidewise at Gersen "You have something else to tell me^" "You gave me a certain amount ot expense money I used part of it in a manner I considered pertinent which is to say, I bought a controlling interest in the Patch Engineering and Construction Company ofPatns on Krokmole " Audmar nodded graciously "It was the obvious thing to do " "The opportunity occurred at Interchange Myron Patch was sponsored by Kokor Hekkus, with a rescission of 427,685 SVU The figure interested me, I made inquiry, and when Patch stated that he was able to establish contact with Kokor Hekkus, I re- deemed him, taking the partnership as security " Audmar rose to his feet, walked to the door, returned with a tray containing cordials "1 find," said Gersen, "that Myron Patch has been building a mechanical monster for Kokor Hekkus a walking fort m the shape of a centipede of eighteen segments " Audmar sipped his cordial, held the glass aloft, eyed the rose and violet glintmgs. "You need not account for the money," he said "It has paid for a few items of interesting information, and as an incidental concomitant brought two pleasant children back to their home " He finished his cordial, set the glass down with a click Gersen, understanding more from what was left unsaid than what was said, rose to his feet, took his leave. Patns, capital of the Cumberland \ssociated Parishes, rambled and sprawled for miles along the Card River Estuary, with residential suburbs along the shores of Ock Eake There were many thousand- year-old structures in the Old Quarter three- and four-story build- THE KILLING MACHINE 233 mgs of rough black brick, narrow fronted, with tall narrow windows and high pitched gables. Upnver, in seven-hundred-year-old New Town, stood the famous River Arches eleven monumental river- straddling structures of a type unknown elsewhere m the human universe Eight-hundred-feet high they stood truncated triangles with two-hundred-foot arches carved from the base Each was iden- tical save for color, each housed shops, studios, service areas in the legs, with apartments for the urban elite above Between the arches of New Town and the black brick structures of Old Quarter spread a dingy industrial area, and here was Myron Patch's shop In min- gled eagerness, irresolution, pride, anxiety, and wounded dignity, he escorted Gersen to the main entrance It was a more imposing operation than Gersen had expected, occupying an area two- hundred-feet long by a hundred-feet wide, with parts and material storage above Patch was depressed to find the shop locked and silent "It would seem that in a time of stress, one's employees would pitch in, keep the wheels rolling, so to speak, or even make some attempt to rescind the fees of their employer. Over a hundred men and women derived their livelihood from me, and not one so much as made inquiry from the Interchange representative'" "Presumably they were all occupied m seeking new employ- ment," Gersen suggested- "Be that as it may, I am not gratified " Patch flung the doors wide, ushered Gersen into the cavernous interior, pointed to the section that had been walled off from the main plant "Seuman Otwal insisted on absolute secrecy," Patch explained. "I used only trusted employees, and then, at Otwal's insistence, I put them through a hypnotic process m which I ordered them to forget everything they saw in Workshop B after they passed through the door Also," he said musingly, "while they were in the hypnotic condition I added the suggestion that they work with greater zeal and accuracy, that they feel neither thirst, hunger, loquacity, nor fatigue during the working hours, and I must say that for a space I have never seen such an admirable set of workers I was about to extend the plan to the entire working force when I was kidnaped, indeed my first thought was that I had encountered bravos from the Fabricators' Protective Guild " He led Gersen across the shop, past various forges, cutters, molds, welding ngs, and lathes, to a door placarded with the universal symbol for KEEP OUT a red •I'HE DEMON PRINCES 234 palm-print. Patch ran his finders over the code buttons to the lock. "Since you are a partner, there can be no secrets from you." "Precisely," said Gersen. The door slid aside, the two passed through an anteroom into Workshop B. There was the walking fort. Patch's habit of mild understatement had not prepared Gersen for the ferocious aspect of the device. The head was equipped with six scythe-like mandibles and a collar of long barbed prongs. The eye was a single faceted band; the ingestion orifice was a conical maw at the top of the head with a pair of jointed arms at each side. Behind were the eighteen segments, each suspended from a pair of high-rising jointed legs, these encased in a rugose yellow skin. At the far stern was a nubbin like a second head, equipped with an eye and another set of barbed prongs. The torso had not yet been finished and still exhibited a metallic sheen. "What do you think of it?" asked Patch anxiously, as if hoping for vindication or endorsement. "Highly impressive," said Gersen, and Patch seemed satisfied. "I'd like to know what he wants it for." "Watch." Patch mounted the head of the object, using the prongs as a ladder. He stepped into the maw and disappeared. Ger- sen was alone in the room with the seventy-six-foot engine of fright. It could spew poison from its prongs, dart fire from its eyes. A sweep of the mandible could slash through a tree-trunk. Gersen looked right and left, then retired into the anteroom. Patch seemed a good fellow, sincerely grateful, but why put temptation in his way? He positioned himself in the anteroom where he could not be seen from the head, and watched. Patch had started the energy system: the object insensibly had come alive. The head gave a shake, the prongs rattled, the mandibles clicked. From vents at the side of the head came a wild wailing scream; Gersen stood quivering. The scream died. Now the object moved, the legs of alternate segments rising and swinging ahead while the others thrust back. Backward and forward moved the device, the jointed legs work- ing smoothly if a trifle stiffly. Now the metal centipede halted, pranced sidewise; a step, two steps, three steps. Then the near side of legs seemed to collapse; the object toppled, fell with a clanging thud against the wall. Gersen would have been crushed had he re- mained in the shop. Unavoidable, doubtless—a flaw in the machin- ery, a clumsiness on the part of the operator. . . . From the topside THR KILLING MACHINE 235 maw scrambled Patch, round face pale and clammy, eyes big with consternation. Gersen, watching from the anteroom, would have sworn that his concern was real, that Patch was horrified by the thought of what he might see. Patch jumped to the floor, peered back and forth under the hulk. "Gersen! Gersen!" "Behind you," said Gersen. Patch jumped around, and if the relief on his face were not genuine, then, Gersen thought, the mim- ing-pads had lost a great performer. Patch gasped his thankfulness that Gersen was safe. The phas- ing mechanism for the starboard bank of legs had failed; it was a deficiency that he had not previously recognised. Not that it made any great difference one way or the other, since now the object must be scrapped. He led the way back into the main shop, locked the door behind them. "Tomorrow," he said, "it's back to work. I don't know what has happened to my old customers, hut I always satisfied them in the past and perhaps they will bring their business back to us." Gersen stood looking across to Workshop B. "Exactly what faults did Kokor Hekkus find unacceptable?" Patch made a wry face. "The leg action. He said it did not produce the effect he desired. The motion was too stiff and rigid. Only a soft supple looping motion would serve. I pointed out the difficulties and the expense of such a system; indeed I doubt if a durable mechanism could be worked out, considering the mass of the fort and the terrain to be traversed, which I understand is ex- tremely rugged." "My idea is this," said Gersen. "Kokor Hekkus extracted almost half a million SVU from us. I want to get that money back." Patch smiled a sad tremulous smile. "We should be wiser to ignore him. We do not need his class of trade. Let bygones be bygones, that is the wise course. Come! Into the office. We will go over the accounts." "No," said Gersen. "I plan to leave these matters entirely in your hands. In the matter of the walking fort, however, I feel that we must regain our money. And we can do it in a safe, legitimate fashion." "llow^" Patch asked dubiously. "W^e must modify the fort so that it functions to suit Kokor Hekkus. Then we will sell it to him for the full original price." "Possibly. But there are difficulties. He may not now require 236 THE DEMON PRINCES the fort. Or he may not have the money. Or—even more likely— we won't be able to modify the device to suit him." Gersen reflected. "Somewhere I've seen a means to overcome the difficulty. . . . Across the Oikumene is Vanello, something of a resort world for the region back of Scorpio. At one of the religious festivals, a platform supported by a long flexible stem raises a priest- ess dressed in flower petals. Another similar platform raises a table supporting certain symbolic objects—as I recall, a book, a beaker, and a human skull. No matter. The priestess performs rites while the stems twine about each other. I learned that the stems are built up of several dozen smaller tubes, each containing a magnetic slurry: iron powder in a viscous liquid. Reacting to fields from in- ternal windings, these tubes selectively contract with great force. By proper circuitry any contortion of the tubes is possible. It seems to me that this system might be applied to the legs of the walking fort." Patch scratched his small round chin. "If what you say is cor- rect, I am inclined to agree." "First we will want to consult Seuman Otwal to assure ourselves that Kokor Hekkus still needs the fort." Patch heaved a deep sigh, raised his arms, let them flap down to his sides. "So be it—though I would rather deal with adders." But when Patch called the hotel that Seuman Otwal was wont to patronize, he found that Mr. Otwal was not currently in resi- dence, and the date of his return was indefinite. Patch heard the news with vast relief. Only at Gersen's prompt- ing did he leave his name and the request that Mr. Otwal call as soon as possible. The hotel clerk's face vanished; Patch became cheerful once again. "After all we have no need for their filthy money, derived from the most vicious crimes imaginable! Perhaps we can sell the monster as a curio, or even mount seats on the back and advertise it as an eccentric charabanc. Have no fear, Kirth Gersen! Your money is secure!" "I'm not interested in the money," said Gersen. "I want Kokor Hekkus." Patch evidently considered this an odd or even perverse incli- nation. "For what purpose?" "I want to kill him/' said Gersen, then regretted his lapse from taciturnity. From "Kokor Hekkus the Killing Machine," Chapter IV of The Demon Prmces, by Caril Carphen (Elusidarian Press, New Wexford, Aloysius, Vega): IfMalagate the Woe can be characterized by the single word "grim" and Howard Alan Treesong .by "incompre- hensible," then Lens Larque, Viole Falushe, and Kokor Hekkus all lay claim to the word "fantastic." Which one exceeds the other two in "fantasy"? It is an amusing if prof- itless speculation. Consider Viole Falushe's Palace of Love, Lens Larque's monument, the vast and incredible outrages Kokor Hekkus has visited upon humanity: such extrava- gances are impossible to comprehend, let alone compare. It is fair to say, however, that Kokor Hekkus has captured the popular imagination with his grotesque and eerie humor. Let us listen to what he has to say in an abstract from the famous telephoned address, The Theory and Practice of Ter- ror, to the students of Cervantes University: ". . . to produce the maximum effect, one must identify and intensify those basic dreads already existing within the subject. It is a mistake to regard the fear of death as the most extreme fear. I find a dozen other types to be more poignant, such as: "The fear of inability to protect a cherished dependent. "The fear of disesteem. "The fear of noisome contact. "The fear of being made afraid. "My goal is to produce a 'nightmare' quality of fright, 238 THE DEMON PRINCES and to maintain it over an appreciable duration. A night- mare is the result of the under-mind exploring its most sensitive areas, and so serves as an index for the operator. Once an apparently sensitive area is located, the operator to the best of his ingenuity employs means to emphasize, to dramatize this fear, then augment it by orders of mag- nitude. If the subject fears heights, the operator takes him to the base of a tall cliff, attaches him to a slender, obviously fragile or frayed cord, and slowly raises him up the face of the cliff, not too far and not too close to the face. Scale must be emphasized, together with the tantalizing but in- feasible possibility of clinging to the vertical surface. The lifting mechanism should be arranged to falter and jerk. To intensify claustrophobic dread, the subject is conveyed into a pit or excavation, inserted head-foremost into a narrow and constricted runnel that slants downward, and occasion- ally changes direction by sharp and cramping angles. Whereupon the pit or excavation is filled and subject must proceed ahead, for the most part in a downward direction." Seuman Otwal made no appearance during the first month, nor yet the second. During this time. Patch called his employees back to work, solicited business, and presently the Patch Engineering and Construction Company was once more in full clangorous swing. Gersen took upon himself the modification of the walking fort. He communicated with the local office of the UTCS,* mentioned the annual Floration Rite at Vanello, described the sinuous supports to the forty-five sepalic platforms, and minutes later received a port- folio of tables, graphs, schematics, and material specifications. He took these to Patch, who scrutinized them, nodded sagely, said, "Ah, yes. ... Ah yes.... Ah yes. ..." After which he heaved a do- lorous sigh. "And so at vast expense, we perfect this ridiculous hur- lothrumbo to find that neither Seuman Otwal nor Kokor Hekkus nor anyone else will pay for it—what then?" "We'll sue," said Gersen. Patch snorted, returned to a study of the data Gersen had set before him. Finally he said grudgingly, "The system is clearly fea- sible, and will definitely be more flexible than the jointed legs. 'Universal Technical Consultative Service. THE KILLING MACHINE 239 However the design of the phasing nodes, the coupling to the mod- ulators, and the modulators themselves are far beyond my capabili- ties. . . . There is a highly competent group of cybernetic engineers— as I see it, this is basically a cybernetic problem—a hundred yards up the street, and I suggest that we contract the whole matter over to them." "As you wish." Two months later, Seuman Otwal had not appeared. After ve- hement protest, Patch communicated once more with the Halkshire Hotel, but Seuman Otwal had not been seen. Gersen began to feel spasms of uneasiness and cast about for another means to make contact with Kokor Hekkus. The fort itself—so he reasoned—by its very nature should provide information. He went to the files and brought forth the entire set of plans, specifications, and correspon- dence, spread all before him. Nowhere appeared any categorical identification of the planet on which the metal monster was intended to function. Gersen began all over again, seeking this time for some indirect indication to Planet X, for information implicit in other data. There was no mention of air-conditioning equipment; evidently the atmosphere was standard or near-standard. In the specifications, a section read: The vehicle must, under full load, be able to traverse slopes of up to 40° (assuming adequate footing) at a speed not less than ten miles per hour; to negotiate easily and certainly broken ground, such as a field of irregularly-shaped rock fragments up to six feet in diameter; to pass across cre- vasses, gaps, or ditches up to twenty feet wide. Elsewhere a notation stated: Energy requirements have been calculated on the basts of 75 percent thermodynamic efficiency with an over-performance factor of 100 percent. Gersen set to work with slide-rule, calcultte, and integraph. He knew the mass of the fort, he knew the energy required to propel the vehicle up a 40° slope at a speed of ten miles an hour. From THE DEMON PRINCES 240 this information and the over-performance factor, he could calcu- late the surface gravity of Planet X—which came to a value of 0 84 standard, implying a diameter of between 7,000 and 8,000 miles. So far, so good, but hardly definitive information Again Gersen studied the specifications They were extremely exact, and allowed no elasticity, with fourteen color sketches depicting the fort from all sides The object was to be enameled m various shades of black, dark brown, pink, and chalk-blue Even the enamels and pigments were specified by means of graphs showing wavelength plotted against reflectance One variable had not been indicated, mused Gersen the color of the impinging light Thoughtfully, he called in the plant's color engineer, and requested a set of plaques en- ameled m accordance with the graph While he waited Gersen investigated another idea The speci- fications were so exact as to suggest similarity or identity to an actual living creature The creature would be awesome indeed, but this was consistent with the philosophy of Kokor Hekkus. He pre- pared a precis detailing the characteristics of the fort, which he submitted to the UTCS Twelve minutes later, he received a report to the effect that no creature of these taxonomic indexes could be located in the standard references, bestiaries, monographs, or ex- ploration notices Many worlds hosted creatures with points of sim- ilarity: this was a matter of common knowledge- The planet Idora, Sadal Suud XI, exhibited a segmented water-worm, ranging to thirty feet in length, on Earth were various miniature species, the Krokmole Highlands was home to the noxious roof-runner There was, stated the report, a curiously apt reference m an old volume of children's tales Legends of Old Thamber—here Gersen bent sud- denly over the sheet The exerpt read Easing and squeezing, gliding and sliding, walking and stalking down the mountain it comes on thirty-six supple hooks' Dreadful and dire is the creature in its unhurried haste, as long as the length of twelve dead victims' "Now we are lost," cried Princess Sozanella, "Shall we succumb to the monster or give ourselves to the horrid Taddo trolls^" "Hope' Hold to hope'" Dantinet whispered. "For this is the ancient foe of the trolls' It turns its black face away, to look upon the Taddo' It rears to show its blue belly, the THE KILLING MACHINE 241 color of putridity The trolls whimper and scream, but too late' And the monster tosses them into its maw Now we hasten away, through the glooms and passages, for once the Dread has performed a benefit'" Gersen slowly put down the report Thamber' Another reference to the world of myth' Xavar Mankinello, the color engineer, came in with tabs enameled to Kokor Hekkus' specifications Ger- sen, with as much impatience as he ever allowed himself, arranged them beside the depicted fort There was an obvious difference Mankinello bent anxiously over the desk "There's been no mistake, I took great pains " Gersen studied the tiles "Assuming that this is so, what color light will bring the tiles to the same colors as the sketch^"" Mankinello considered "The tiles are unquestionably cooler than the sketch Let's step into the lab " In the laboratory, Mankinello put the tiles under a color gen- erator "Presumably you're interested in standard incandescence " "Standard starlight I suppose that's close to the same thing " "Somewhat different, due to the stellar atmospheres But I can easily code for the stellar progression Let's start with about 4,0000 " He turned a wheel, flicked a switch, checked with a com- parator "Close " He turned the wheel "There it is 4,350°." He glanced through a port. "See for yourself" Gersen peered through the opening The tiles were now iden- tical to the colors of the sketch "Color temperature 4,350° Class K?" "I'll tell you exactly " Mankinello consulted a reference. "Class G8" Gersen took sketch, tiles, returned to the room he had pre- empted for his office. Facts were accumulating. The planet in ques- tion attended a G8 star, and was characterized by a gravity of 0 84G. References to the legendary world Thamber had occurred with peculiar frequency Gersen called UTCS, requested a search for references to the location—hypothetical, fictional, myth- ical, hysterical, or otherwise—of the lost world Thamber Half an hour later, a folder was delivered to him with several dozen extracts There was little of interest, the most circumstantial information being contained in a traditional bit of school-yard doggerel THE DEMON PRINCES 242 Set a course from the old Dog Star A point to the north of Achernar; Sleight your ship to the verge extreme And dead ahead shines Thamber's gleam. The information contained in the first two lines might be applied, but thereafter the directions were meaningless. There was no more information to be derived from a study of the fort. Gersen decided that he had come to a dead end. Somewhere in space hung a world where Kokor Hekkus planned to take a metal monster. This world might be home to Alusz Iphigenia Eperje-Tokay who valued herself at ten billion SVU. This world might be the Thamber of myth. But there was no way of knowing, Myron Patch appeared in the doorway. His round face was taut and accusing. For a moment he looked at Gersen, then said in a portentous voice, "Seuman Otwal is here." From the Preface to A Concise Histofy of the Oikumene, by Albert B. Hall: Human evolution . .. has never gone in a smooth flow, but always in a cyclical pulse, which, as history is scanned, seems almost convulsive. The tribes mingle and merge to form a race, then comes a time of expulsion, of migration, isolation, differentiation into new tribes. For more than a thousand years, this latter process has been on the ascendant, as the human race has swept across space. Isolation, special conditions, inbreeding have created dozens of new racial subtypes. But now there is stasis in the Oikumene, with many comings and goings, and it seems that perhaps the pendulum is about to swing back. But only in the Oikumene! Folk still fare beyond, ever outward. Never has isolation been more easy, never has personal freedom been so cheap! The eventualities? Anyone's guess is good. The Oiku- mene may be forced to expand. Other Oikumenes may come into existence. Conceivably men may collide with the realm of another race, for there is abundant evidence that other space-traveling peoples have gone before us, how and why to disappear no one can say. "Where is Seuman Otwal?" Gersen asked. "Here in the shop?" "No. Here in Patris. He wonders why I left the message." Patch's expression became more accusing than ever. "I didn't know 244 THE DEMON PRINCES what to say... . Humiliating to deal politely with a man who has wronged you... . Swallowing ashes. ..." "What did you say?" Patch made a helpless gesture. "What could I say? Except the truth. That we had worked out a means to alter the fort." <' -W'e'?" "The reference naturally was to the Patch Engineering and Construction Company." "Did he seem interested?" Patch gave a grudging nod. "He claims to have new instructions from his superiors. He will be here shortly." Gersen sat thinking. Seuman Otwal might or might be one of Kokor Hekkus' various identities; Kokor Hekkus might or might not be aware that the weasel of Skouse was Kirth Gersen. He rose to his feet. "WTien Seuman Otwal comes, receive him in your office. Introduce me as—as Howard Wall, plant manager, or chief engi- neer, something of the sort. Don't be surprised by anything I say— or," he added by way of afterthought, "by any change in my ap- pearance." Patch gave a stiff assent and turned away. Gersen went to the main washroom, where a dispenser offered a selection of skin- tonings. Selecting an exotic duo-tone—purplish-maroon with green luster—he changed his color, and parting his hair in the middle, combed it down over his cheeks in the style of the WTiitelock con- noisseur. He had no change of clothes to complete the transforma- tion, and so donned a white laboratory smock. Still dissatisfied, he clipped on a pair of gold filigree elf-shells over his ears, together with a gold nasal ridge that had been forgotten by one of the more foppish of the engineers. Bedizened and fashionable, Gersen now failed to recognize himself in the mirror. He crossed the corridor to Patch's suite. The receptionist gave him a wondering look; Gersen walked past her and into Patch's office. Patch, looking up in startlement, hastily concealed the weapon he had been inspecting. He rose to his feet, puffed out his cheeks. "Yes sir? What is your wish?" "I am Howard Wall," said Gersen. " 'Howard Wall'?" Patch frowned heavily. "Do I know you? The name is somehow familiar." "It should be," said Gersen. "I just mentioned it ten minutes ago." THE A7/.U.VG MACHINE 245 "Oh. Gersen. Yes indeed." Patch cleared his throat. "You gave me quite a start." He resumed his seat. "Why the elaborate rega- lia?" "For Seuman Otwal. He doesn't know me, and 1 don't want him to." Patch's face became dour. "I dislike catering to the trade of suspected criminals; it reflects upon the good name of Patch, and this is our most valuable asset." Gersen ignored the obvious rejoinder. "Don't forget: I am Howard W^all, your production manager." "WTiatever you like," replied Patch with dignity. Five minutes later, the receptionist announced Seuman Otwal. Gersen went to the door, slid it open. Seuman Otwal came jauntily forward. His skin was strikingly two-toned russet and black; he had a high-bridged hooked nose, a long sharp jaw and prow-like chin, he wore tall pointed ear-shells of jet and nacre, which gave his head a narrow jutting bony look. Gersen tried to project upon him the image of the man he had confronted on Bissom's End. Was there similarity? Conceivably. Otwal seemed of generally similar phy- sique, but the facial indexes of the two were at variance. Gersen had heard reports of malleable flesh, but here was something more than wadded cheeks or a splayed nose. . .. Seuman Otwal glanced inquisitively at Gersen, then at Patch who had risen uncertainly to his feet. "My general manager," said Patch. "Howard Wall." Otwal nodded politely. "Your custom must be increasing." "I was forced to it," grumbled Patch. "Somebody had to look after the business when I was away. I have you to thank for it." Otwal made an airy gesture. "A matter to be forgotten. My employer has his foibles; he is by no means unfair, though he wants fair value for his generous remuneration. Mr. Wall knows whom I represent?" "Certainly. He understands the need for discretion." Gersen nodded with the proper degree of solemnity. Seuman Otwal gave a slight shrug. "Very well, Mr. Patch. I accept this. So now?" Patch jerked his thumb toward Gersen, with rather less suavity than Gersen liked, and spoke with heavy irony: "Mr. Wall under- stands the nature of our previous difficulties and has some new ideas." 246 THE DEMON PRINCES Otwal seemed not to notice Patch's lack of enthusiasm. "I shall be glad to listen." "First a question," said Gersen. "Is the party you represent still interested in the device as specified in the original contract?" "Such conceivably might be the case," said Otwal, "if our re- quirements are satisfied. My employer was appalled by the awkward motion of the first version. The legs moved stiffly, with an angular scissor-like effect." "This was the only difficulty?" inquired Gersen. "It was certainly the most important one. Presumably the object is built to the well-known quality standards of Patch Engineering." "Indeed it is!" declared Patch. "The difficulty then no longer exists," said Gersen. "Mr. Patch and I have devised a system by which any required motion can be programed and enforced upon the legs." "If so, and if the system meets our standards of reliability, then this is good news indeed." "We had best consider the matter of recompense," said Gersen. "Here I speak for Mr. Patch, of course. He wants the full sum of the original contract, plus the cost of modifications and the normal percentage of profit." Otwal considered a moment. "Minus, of course, those devel- opmental funds already advanced. SVU 427,685,1 believe to be the i* sum. Patch began to sputter. Otwal could not restrain a faint smile. "There have been additional expenses," said Gersen. "To a to- tal of SVU 437,685. This must be included in the total reckoning." Otwal started to protest, but Gersen held up his hand. "We do not care to argue this point. We are prepared to deliver the mechanism, but we insist upon payment, which is as I stated it. Of course, if your principal wishes to make further representations, we shall be glad to listen to him in person." Otwal gave a cool laugh. "No matter: I agree. My principal is anxious to take delivery." "Still—and no denigration intended—we would prefer to deal with your principal, in order to minimize all misunderstanding." "Impossible. He is involved elsewhere. But why be concerned over trifles? I have full power to act on his behalf." Patch began to make restless movements; his prerogatives were ruthlessly being accroached by this so-called partner, whose only THE KILLING MACHINE 247 contribution to Patch Engineering and Construction was the re- scission at Interchange. Gersen kept one eye on Patch and one on Otwal; neither was predictable. "We accept this," Gersen told Otwal. "Now we need another installment of developmental money—approximately half a million SVU." "Impossible!" snapped Otwal. "My principal is engaged in an enterprise where he must concentrate all his resources." Patch began to fume. "You pay me, then you—" Gersen said hastily, "Assume that the device is completed and ready for delivery: how can we feel confident of collecting our money?" "You have my personal reassurance," said Otwal. "Bah!" barked Patch. "That is not enough! You cheated me before, you'd do it again if you had the chance." Otwal looked pained and turned to Gersen. "If we fail to meet our obligations—a ridiculous speculation—you need only withhold delivery. How simple it all is." "WTiat would we do then with a thirty-six-legged fort?" asked Gersen. "No. We must insist on one-third payment now, another third upon approval of the leg action, and the final third upon de- livery." "I think they ought to pay punitive damages," muttered Patch. "Ten thousand isn't enough. It should be a hundred thousand. Two hundred thousand. My discomfort, my anxiety, my—" Wrangling continued. Otwal demanded details as to the new leg action; Gersen replied in diffuse terms: "We use flexible mem- bers shaped precisely to specifications. They are actuated by hydraulic tubes of a special variety, controlled by electrical modu- lations of infinite range." Otwal finally gave in. "We could easily take our business to another concern—but time is of the essence. Wlien will you guar- antee delivery? There must be a penalty clause in the new contract: we have already been far too lenient." Again disputation ensued, and at one point Patch rose to his feet, leaned forward over his desk to shake his fist; Otwal disdain- fully drew back apace. The matter finally was adjusted. Otwal insisted upon seeing the half-completed fort, and, grumbling, Patch led the way with Gersen bringing up the rear. As he walked, Gersen studied Otwal's form: 248 THE DEMON PRINCES a man with the light sure tread of a panther, broad in the shoulder, narrow of hip—very like Billy Windle, but also like millions of other active and muscular men. Otwal was surprised to find technicians already hard at work. He turned to Gersen with a rueful grin. "You anticipated my agree- ment?" "Certainly—after driving the hardest bargain possible." Otwal laughed. "An accurate appraisal of the situation. You are a clever man, Mr. Wall. Have you ever been Beyond?" "Never. I am orthodox and unadventurous." "Strange," said Seuman Otwal. "There is a certain air, almost an emanation, that clings to those who have worked Beyond. I thought I sensed it in you. Of course I am often wrong in my suppositions." He turned back to the fort. "Well, everything seems to be correct, except of course for the surface finish." "To satisfy our curiosity," said Gersen, "perhaps you can de- scribe its ultimate purpose." "Certainly. My principal spends a good deal of time on a re- mote planet beset with barbarians. When he wishes to go abroad, they harass him severely. He wants security and this the fort will provide." "Then the fort is purely defensive in nature?" "Of course. My principal is a much-maligned man. I find him quite reasonable. He is daring, enterprising, even reckless, and cer- tainly the most imaginative man alive—but in all aspects reason- able." Gersen nodded thoughtfully. "I understand that he makes an imaginative use of the force of terror." "Far better the fear of an act," Otwal stated, "than the brutal act itself. Do you not agree?" "Possibly. But it occurs to me that a man so obsessed with the abstract notion of terror must suffer inordinate terrors on his own account." Otwal seemed startled. "I had not considered this," he said. "I think that I agree. An emphatic man lives a hundred lives; he senses joys, sorrows, triumphs, despairs and, yes, terrors, beyond the ho- rizon of the common man. He exults greatly, he suffers greatly, he fears greatly, but never would he arrange matters differently." "What would you consider his supreme fear?" THE KILLING MACHINE 249 "It is no secret; death. He fears nothing else—and in fact has taken extravagant steps to avoid it." "You speak with great authority," mused Gersen. "You know KokorHekkuswell?" "As well as anyone. And of course I am an imaginative man in my own right." "I also," declared Patch, "still I do not conduct my financial business through Interchange." Seuman Otwal laughed quietly. "A sad episode that I suggest we consign to the past, and forget forever." "Easy for you to say," Patch complained. "You weren't locked up away from your business for over two months." They returned to the office where Otwal, rather gloomily, so it seemed, signed a bank voucher on a numbered account for the sum of half a million SVU; then, once more gracious, departed. Gersen immediately took the money to the local branch of the Bank of Rigel, where the check was verified and the money credited to the account of Patch Construction. When he returned to the shop, he found Patch in a belligerent mood. Patch wanted Gersen to take the advance from Otwal and relinquish his partnership, but Gersen refused to agree. Patch mut- tered darkly about agreements negotiated under duress, and spoke of closing the shop until the law set matters straight. Gersen laughed at him. "You can't close the shop. I own a controlling interest." "I didn't realize I was dealing with thugs and bandits," blurted Patch. "I didn't realize that the good name of Patch Construction would be tainted. Monsters' Murderers! Terrorists! Thieves! Rob- bers! WTiat have I let myself in for?" "Eventually you'll have your shop back," Gersen consoled him. "And don't forget—there'll be a handsome profit for Patch Con- struction." "Unless I get snatched off to Interchange again," said Patch bleakly. "I expect nothing better." Gersen uttered a soft quiet curse, and Patch looked in wonder to see Gersen evince an overt sign of emotion. "WTiat's the trou- ble?" "Something I neglected, something I never considered." "And what is that?" 250 THE DP MON PRINCES "I might have put a stick-tight on Seuman Otwal—or followed him." "Why bother7 He stays at the Halkshire Hotel Seek him there." "Yes, of course." Gersen went to the visiphone, was connected with the Halkshire front desk. He was informed that Mr. Otwal was not in residence at the moment, but that a message would eventually reach him. Gersen turned back to Patch. "Suspicious rascal. He probably would have ducked my stick-tight" Patch was now studying Gersen with a new and intent expres- sion. "I knew it all along." "What?" "You're an Ipsy agent." Gersen laughed, shook his head. "I'm )ust ordinary Kirth Ger- sen " "How," asked Patch with a shrewd grin, "can you get the use of a stick-tight operation if you're not police or Ipsy3" "No great problem, if you know the right people. Let's get on with our monster." On the following day, Seuman Otwal called by visiphone to state that he was leaving the planet. He would return in perhaps two months, when he hoped to see substantial progress. On the day following, there was sensational news. In the course of one night, five of the wealthiest families of Cumberland had suffered the kidnaping of one or more of their members. "Such was Seuman Otwal's business on Krolonole," Gersen told Patch. The fort progressed with satisfactory rapidity—a fact that pleased Patch but troubled Gersen. Either Seuman Otwal was Kokor Hek- kus or he was not If not, how could he be forced to reveal Kokor Hekkus' whereabouts^ Gersen's best hope was that Kokor Hekkus, in his own guise, might once more visit the shop If not. Gersen toyed with the idea of a secret capsule aboard the fort in which to stow away, but rejected the idea- the fort was far too small... Might he arrange to accompany the fort as instructor or expert3 If the fort were truly bound for Thamber, he might find himself ef- fectually exiled for life, or enslaved An idea on a different level occurred to him, which during the next few days he took steps to implement The control pulses from the fort's cycling mechanism ran through a dorsal duct, branching THE KILLING MACHINE 251 off right and left to the relays in each segment WTiere the duct passed back across the head, Gersen introduced a cutoff switch, activated by cells on either side of the head. If the gas within these cells were ionized—say by the impact of a weak projac beam— electricity flowing across the cell would open the switch, rendering the fort immobile for at least ten minutes. Meanwhile the surface enamels had been applied. The engines and circuits were checked and adjusted, the leg action tested under various types of cycles and then the fort was adjudged complete. In the dim hours of early morning, it was shrouded under canvas, walked out into the street, to be grappled by a freight copter and conveyed to a wild area at the south of the Bize Parish Barrens for field trials. Patch proudly sat at the controls, Gersen rode beside him. The fort rambled smoothly over rough ground and shrubs, climbed hills without faltering. Certain maladjustments made them- selves known, and were taken note of. A few minutes before noon, the fort breasted a low ridge and scuttled down into the camp of a Natural Life Association party. A hundred nature lovers looked up from their noon meal, emitted simultaneous gasps of horror and fled screaming over the hills. "Another success," said Gersen. "We can now with candor guarantee fnghtfulness to Kokor Hekkus." Patch halted the fort, turned it about, drove it back over the ridge At twilight it was once again draped in canvas, and carried back to the shop. Almost as if Seuman Otwal were clairvoyant, he called on the following day to request a progress report Patch assured him that all went well; that if he so chose he could undertake a test of the fort on the following day. Otwal agreed and once again the fort was shrouded, trundled out into the predawn stillness, and conveyed into the badlands behind the Crystal Pinnacles, with Otwal follow- ing in a small nondescript air-car. Gersen, wearing his maroon duo-tone and fashionable ac- couterments, took the controls, and once again the fort ran smartly up and down the foothills. Weaponry, by the terms of the contract, had not been installed, however the gas sacs and odoriferous glands had been loaded with smoke-gas and colored water; they spouted and sprayed with pre- cision and accuracy Otwal alighted, stood while the fort trundled back and forth, then returned to the head compartment and took over the controls. He said very little but his attitude indicated ap- 2^2 THE DEMON PRINCES proval. Patch, likewise silent, was clearly congratulating himself that the entire odious adventure would soon be at an end. At dusk, the fort once more was conveyed back to Patris. Otwal, Patch, and Gersen gathered in Patch's office. Otwal walked back and forth as if in deep thought. "The fort seems to perform well enough," he said, "but to be perfectly frank, I consider the price somewhat high. I shall recommend to my principal that he inspect the mechanism only if the price is reduced to a reasonable and rational figure." Patch reeled back and went red in the face. "What!" he roared. "Do you dare stand here and say that? After all our suffering, all we've been through to produce the damnable thing?" Seuman Otwal inspected Patch coldly. "It serves nothing to rant. I have explained my—" "The answer is no! Out of here! Don't come back till you bring every cursed coin we have owing!" Patch marched forward. "Get out, or I'll throw you out! Nothing could give me more pleasure. In fact—" he seized Otwal by the shoulder and hustled him about. Otwa! swayed, smiled serenely toward Gersen, as if in amusement for the playful ferocity of a kitten. Patch tugged again; Otwal moved slightly; Patch was flung across the room, to strike his head against his desk and lie blinking. Otwal turned to Gersen. "What of you? Do you care to try your luck?" Gersen shook his head. "I only want to wind up the contract. Bring your principal for his final inspection, then if he is satisfied, take delivery. Under no circumstances will we reduce our price; in fact, we now must start to charge interest upon the amount owing." Seuman Otwal laughed, glanced at Patch who was slowly raising himself to a sitting position. "You take a strong position. Under the circumstances I might do the same. Very well; I am forced to agree. When can the fort be delivered?" "According to the terms of our contract, we must pack it in foam, crate it, and convey it to the spaceport—a matter of three days after final acceptance and payment." Seuman Otwal bowed. "Very well. I will try to make contact with my principal, after which I will render the requisite notifica- tion." ' "I believe," said Gersen, "that a second payment is now due." Patch was rubbing his head, staring in virulent hate toward Seuman Otwal. THE KILLING MACHINE 253 "Wliy bother?" said Seuman Otwal carelessly. "Let us handle these tiresome financial matters later." Gersen refused to agree. "What good is a contract if the terms are not intended to be binding?" Patch struggled to his feet, moved with an air of purpose around behind his desk. Gersen stepped quickly past, removed the projac from the half-open drawer. Otwal laughed negligently. "You just saved his life." "I saved our second payment," said Gersen, "because I would have been forced to kill you as well." "No matter, no matter. Let us not talk of death, horrid to con- sider nonbeing! You want your money: tiresome people. Another half million, I presume?" "Correct. And a final payment of—Gersen consulted notes— "ofSVU 681,490, which will settle accounts in full with Patch Con- struction." Otwal walked slowly back and forth. "I will have to make ar- rangements- . .. Three days to crate and foam,, you say?" "That seems a reasonable period." "It is too long. Here is how we shall simplify. Cover the fort with the tarpaulin; at midnight walk it out into the street. A freight- carrier will grapple to it, and take it to our cargo ship, which is by chance convenient." "There is one difficulty," said Gersen. "The banks will be closed, and your check cannot be certified." "I will bring the money in cash, all of it: second and third payments together." Essentially Gersen cared not a whit for the money; but suddenly it seemed important not to let Seuman Otwal hoodwink Patch Con- struction a second time. He forced himself to consider the situation from a larger perspective. He asked cautiously, "What of your prin- cipal?" Seuman Otwal made an impatient gesture. "I will take my chances with him. He is occupied elsewhere and has given me full competence. Come; what do you say?" Gersen smiled sourly. Was this hawk-faced man Kokor Hek- kus—or not? Sometimes it seemed indubitably yes, and the next moment as certainly no. Gersen temporized. "One more matter— that of service. Do you expect us to provide a technical expert?" "If it becomes necessary, you will be notified. But after all, our 254 THE DEMON PRINCES own technical staff is at hand, and indeed is responsible for the design 1 foresee no need for any such expert " Patch lurched upright in his chair "Get out," he muttered thickly. "Get out, both of you Murderers, thugs. You too, Wall, or Gersen, or whatever your name is I don't know what your game is, but get out " Gersen turned him a casual glance, then ignored him. Seuman Otwal seemed amused. Gersen said, "If you want to take delivery at midnight, pay into our bank account the full sum due us We want no cash, to be fake-metered and carried around until the banks open You and your principal of course are men of probity, but knaves and scoundrels are known to exist As soon as the deposit is verified, you can take delivery of the fort." Seuman Otwal considered gravely Then he acquiesced "It shall be as you wish " He turned a serpent's flick of a glance at his watch. "There is time Which is your bank7" "Bank of Rigel, Patns Old-Town Main " "In half an hour, more or less, you may make inquiry At mid- night I will arrange to take delivery " Gersen, remembering, perhaps belatedly, his ostensible role, turned to Patch. "Does the arrangement meet your approval, Mr Patch^" Patch growled something indistinguishable that Gersen and Seuman Otwal graciously assumed to be assent, Seuman Otwal bowed and departed Gersen turned to consider Patch, Patch glared back Gersen controlled an impulse to rake him over the coals, and seated himself "We must make plans." "What is the needs for plans now^ As soon as the money reaches the bank, I intend to buy you out of Patch Construction if it takes every last cent, and then be damned to you " "You show very little gratitude," said Gersen "But for me you'd still be sitting in a cell at Interchange " Patch nodded bitterly "You rescinded my fee—for purposes of your own I have no idea what these purposes are, but they have nothing to do with me As soon as the money reaches the bank, I'll buy you out, I'll pay any additional sum you require—within rea- son—and I'll say good-bve to you with the utmost )oy " "As you wish," said Gersen "I do not care to stay where I am not wanted \s to the additional sum—make the total an even half million " THE KILLING MACHINE 255 Patch puffed out his cheeks "That will be eminently satisfac- tory " Half an hour later, Patch called the area branch of the Bank of Rigel, inserted his account tab into the credit card slot Yes, he was told, the sum of SVU 1,181,490 had been deposited to his account, "In that case," said Patch, "please open an account in the name of Kirth Gersen"—he spelled the name—"and deposit to this ac- count the sum of SVU 500,000 " The transaction was performed, both Patch and Gersen affixing signatures and thumbpnnts to tabs Patch then turned to Gersen. "You will now write me a receipt and destroy the partnership agree- ment." Gersen did as requested "Now," said Patch, "you will be good enough to leave the premises and never return " "Whatever you say," replied Gersen courteously. "The asso- ciation has been stimulating I wish you and Patch Construction prosperity, and I offer you a final word of advice after the fort has been delivered, try not to be kidnaped again "" "Have no fears on that score " Patch grinned wolfishly "I'm not an inventor and an engineer for nothing. I have devised a pro- tective harness that will blow the hands and face off anyone who touches me, let the kidnapers beware'" Favorite dictum of Raffles, the amateur cracksman: Money lost, little lost. Honor lost, much lost. Pluck lost, all lost. The night of a Concourse planet was seldom completely dark. For those worlds appropriately placed in orbit, Blue Companion served as a small intense moon: the night sky of all the worlds sparkled with at least several sister planets. Krokinole saw Blue Companion only as an evening star—a state of affairs that would persist for yet another hundred years or so, due to the vast circumference of the orbits of all the Concourse planets and the consequent sluggish annual motion; in the case of Krokinole 1642 years. Krokinole midnight was as dark as any of the Concourse. Patris, still influenced by the old time Whitelock Injunctionary Proce- dures, had little to offer in the way ofnightHfe; what small nocturnal revelry there was centered in New Town at the riverside restau- rants. Old City was dark and damp from the estuary mist, with Patch Construction a bright island. Half an hour before midnight, Gersen came quietly along the empty streets. Blue Companion had long departed the sky; street illumination consisted of a dim globe at far intervals, surrounded by a golden halo of mist. The air smelled of damp brick, the estuary docks, the mud flats across the estuary: a subtle rnoldering reek unique to Patris Old Town. Opposite Patch Construction stood a row of the tall high-gabled buildings, each with a deeply recessed THE KILLING MACHINE 257 areaway filled with shadow. From one to another of these dark alcoves Gersen slipped, approaching the oblong of light projected from the open doors of Workshop B. He came as close as he thought practical, leaned back against the moldering brick, eased the various clips and straps supporting his weapons and set himself to wait. He wore black, with black skin-tone, black eye-shells to conceal the gleam of his eyes; standing quiet he was part of the misty night; a sinister shape. Time passed. Inside the shop, the forward end of the canvas- swathed fort could be seen, and, from time to time, a technician. On one occasion. Patch's burly form appeared in the opening as he stepped out to peer up into the sky. Gersen checked the time: five minutes to midnight. He fitted a pair of night-glasses to his forehead, slipped them down over his eyes, and instantly the street seemed bright, though with unreal shadows and tones, the chiarascuro sometimes reversed, sometimes not. The glare from the shop was compensated by a mutachrome filter, appearing as a dark blotch. Gersen scanned the sky, but saw nothing. At a minute before midnight, Patch again stepped out into the street. Two heavy projacs ostentatiously hung in holsters at his waist and at his throat was clasped a microphone undoubtedly tuned to the police emergency band. Gersen grinned: Patch was taking no chances- After a suspicious look around the sky, Patch returned within. A minute passed; a long dismal hoot from the Mermiana monument, the female colossus standing knee deep in the sea, sig- nified midnight. High in the sky appeared the shape of a freight- carrier. It settled, then halted in mid-air. Gersen squinted up through the night-glasses, tentatively brought around his grenade rifle. The carrier was presumably manned by men in the service of Kokor Hekkus; the galaxy would profit by their deaths. . . . But where was Kokor Hekkus? And Gersen cursed the uncertainty that restrained him from pulling the trigger. A small air-car appeared. It swooped and, ignoring the traffic laws of Patris, settled into the street, landing less than a hundred feet from Gersen's hiding place. He pressed far back into the shad- ows, flipped up the night-glasses, which now would only hinder and confuse him. Two men alighted from the air-car. Gersen grunted in disap- pointment. Neither was Seuman Otwal; neither could possibly be 25S THE DEMON PRINCES Kokor Hekkus. Both were short, compact, dark-skinned; both wore tight dark garments and tight black hoods. They walked with quick steps to the shop, peered into the interior and one made an impe- rious gesture. Gersen lowered his night-glasses, glanced up to the freight-carrier. It remained as before. Gersen raised the night- glasses, returned to the two men from the air-car. Patch came for- ward, marching with a swagger of unconvincing truculence. He halted and spoke; the two nodded curtly, and one said a few words into a microphone. Patch turned, gestured; the fort walked out into the street, the canvas bulging and jerking to the motion of the legs. Down from the sky came the freight-carrier. Gersen watched with the certainty that here the chain of events that had started on the Avente Espla- nade was to dwindle and die. Patch stepped back into the shop, one hand on each of his guns. The two men in black ignored him; down now- from the air-ship came a strong-back from which depended ten cables. The two men clambered up to the top of the fort, shackled the cables to eyebolts along the dorsal ridge. They jumped to the ground, gave a wave; the fort was lofted away through the night. The two men went quickly to their car without a backward glance for Patch, who stood bristling and glaring defiance at their backs. The air-car swept off into the dark; Patch and his shop were left, curiously forlorn and bereft. The doors to Workshop B closed; the street was dark and va- cant. Gersen shifted from his cramped position. He felt defeated and angry. Why, at least, had he not shot down the air-ship and the fort? Kokor Hekkus might well have been aboard. Even if such were not the case, the destruction of the fort would have infuriated him, goaded him to some kind of action. Gersen knew very well why he had not destroyed the fort. In- decision had cramped his finger. He ached for the final confron- tation. Kokor Hekkus must know why he died and who killed him. To shoot him down in the dark was good, but not good enough. How and where to win another opportunity? Perhaps through Seuman Otwal and the Halkshire Hotel. Gersen stepped out into the street. Three dark shapes sprang back in startlement; one gave a hoarse order, and a beam of intense white light flooded forth to blind Gersen. He snatched for his weapons; one of the shapes scrambled forward, knocked down his arm; another swung a long THE KJLLWG MACHINE 259 length of black cable; it coiled around Gersen's body almost as if alive, to constrict his right arm and his thighs. There came another coiling length of cable, snapping around his legs; Gersen tottered, fell. His heavy weapons were kicked to the side, his knife and projac snatched away. The man holding the light advanced, turned it down at Gersen. He chuckled. "Good enough. This one's the partner with the money." It was the cool easy voice of Seuman Otwal. Gersen said, "You're wrong. Patch bought me out." "Excellent. . .. Then you have money." The light moved closer. "Search him, with care. This man might well be dangerous." Cautious fingers probed Gersen's person, found and removed a throwing dagger, a prickle-sac half-full of anodyne, several other devices that obviously puzzled the searchers. One said in a voice of respectful wonder: "This one's a walking arsenal. I'd not like to face him alone." "Yes," said Seuman Otwal thoughtfully. "A strange sort to be frowsting it as an artisan. A strange sort, indeed. . .. Well, no mat- ter. The universe is full of strange sorts, as well we know. He is now our guest, and we need not delay for Patch." Down eased an air-boat. Gersen was hoisted into the hold; the craft slid off and away through the Krokinole night. Seuman Otwal presently looked into the hold. "You're a strange man, Mr. Wall, or whatever your name is. You decked yourself out with a variety of weapons, almost as if you knew how to use them; you concealed yourself with such stealthy patience that we, who are also stealthy and patient, had no inkling of your nearness; and then without a look over your shoulder, you swagger out into the middle of the street." "It was a poor move," Gersen agreed. "The initial folly was your partnership with Patch—and this is useless to deny as we have informed ourselves—when it should have been apparent that never would the bumptious Patch be paid for the fort. He was forced to disgorge at Interchange; now it is your turn. If you can tender us our SVU 1,681,490 at once, we will quickly finalize the matter; if you choose not to do so—then I fear you must make a space journey." 260 THE DEMON PRINCES "1 don't have that much money," said Gersen. "Let me explain the circumstances—" "No, I cannot reason with you; I have far to go and much to do. If you have no money, then you must act through the usual channels." "Interchange?" asked Gersen with a wintry smile. "Interchange. I wish you good fortune, Mr. Wall, or whatever your name; dealing with you has been a pleasure." Seuman Otwal departed, and Gersen saw no more of him. He was transferred to another ship, where he found himself in the company of three chil- dren, two young women, three older women, and a middle-aged man, presumably members of various wealthy Concourse families. Time passed, how long Gersen could not know. He ate and slept many times, but at last the ship became still; there was the familiar but always unsettling wait as atmospheres equalized, then the pas- sengers were led out upon the soil of Sasani, ushered into a bus, and conveyed across the desert to Interchange. In a small auditorium, one of the Interchange functionaries gave them a briefing. "Ladies and gentlemen, we are glad to have you with us, and we hope that during your stay you will try to rest, relax, and enjoy yourselves. The facilities of Interchange are those of a sanitarium; we allow a certain degree of social intercourse, so long as decorum and courtesy is maintained. We encourage the enjoyment of your special hobbies and certain sports, such as swim- ming, chess, kalingo, tennis, the use of musical instruments, and the chromatil. There are no facilities for hiking, gliding, bird-watching, marathon-running, or exploration of the fascinating Sasani wilder- ness. We offer six classes of accommodation ranging from hyper-luxurious Class AA to the standard E, which is plain but by no means uncomfortable. The cuisine is of eight standard catego- ries, corresponding to the principal gastronomic habits of the Oik- umene peoples. For persons who are habituated to other more specialized diets, there is a special service at extra charge. We natter ourselves that anyone can eat, if not with relish, at least with nour- ishment, at Interchange. "Our regulations are somewhat more firm than those of the average pleasure resort, and I must warn you that surreptitious and solitary ventures across the desert can only lead to inconvenience. In the first place, there are numerous carnivorous insects. Secondly, there is neither food nor water. Thirdly, the autochthonous inhab- THE KILLING MACHINE 261 itants of Sasani, who leave their burrows only at night, are anthro- pophages. Fourthly, we are required to protect the interests of our clients, and the obstreperous individual (fortunately rare) soon finds himself deprived of all privileges. "I will now distribute forms among you. Please indicate your choice of accommodation and cuisine. You will notice a list of reg- ulations. Please read these carefully. You will find the personnel courteous, if somewhat remote. They are well paid, so please do not attempt to press gratuities upon anyone. We regard this ten- dency with suspicion, and inquire carefully into the motives of those who offer such inducements. "Tomorrow you will be provided with means of communication with those who might be expected to rescind your fees. That is all, and thank you." Gersen examined the form, and selected Class B accommoda- tions, which allowed him full use of the institution's recreational activities, as well as a modicum of privacy. He had eaten the food of all the Oikumene—including Sandusk, he thought wryly, recal- ling the shopkeeper of Ard Street—and indeed was not over- fastidious. He checked the category "classic," the cuisine of Alphanor, West Earth, and perhaps a third of the population of the Oikumene. He read the "Regulations," none of which were surprising or ominous except Item 19: "Those persons who are in residence after their period of prime rescission and who thereupon fall into the 'Available' category, must keep to their apartments during the morning period in order to allow inspection by noncommitted vis- itors who might be interested in paying rescission fees." In due course, Gersen was taken to his apartment, which seemed comfortable enough. The parlor contained a desk, a table, several chairs, a green and black rug, a shelf stacked with periodi- cals. The walls were mauve spattered with orange, the ceiling a foxy russet. The bathroom included the usual facilities, with walls, floor, and ceiling finished in seal-brown tile. The bed was narrow and austerely padded, the infra-radiator suspended obtrusively from the ceiling as in old-fashioned country inns. Gersen bathed, dressed in the fresh garments provided, lay down on his bed, and considered the possible directions of the fu- ture. First, it was necessary to rid himself of the depression and self-deprecation that had been his mood since Seuman Otwal's 262 THE DEMON PRINCES white light had first flashed into his face. He had all too long con- sidered himself invulnerable, protected by destiny—merely because of the force of his motivations. It was perhaps his single supersti- tion: the solipsistic conviction that, one after another, those five individuals who had destroyed Mount Pleasant must die at his hands. Persuaded by his faith, Gersen had neglected the common- sense act of killing Seuman Otwal—and had suffered the conse- quences. He must rearrange his patterns of thinking. He had been com- placent, doctrinaire, didactic in his approach. He had conducted himself as if the success of his ambitions were preordained; as if he were endowed with supernatural capacities. All quite wrong, Gersen told himself. Seuman Otwal had taken him with ridiculous ease. Seuman Otwal held him so cheap that he had not even bothered to question him, but had flung him into a hold with the rest of his bag. And Gersen's self-esteem was further mortified. He had not previously appreciated the full extent of his vanity. Very well then, he told himself: if absolute resourcefulness, absolute indomitability were the basic elements of his nature, it was now time to put these attributes to work. Less angry—indeed, half-amused with his own earnestness—he took stock of the situation. Tomorrow, if he so chose, he could notify Patch of his predicament. There was nothing to be gained by this. Gersen himself had the half-million paid him by Patch— originally money supplied by Duschane Audmar—and perhaps an- other seventy or eighty thousand from the money left him by his grandfather. His rescission fee was a million SVU more than this: a sum far beyond his ability to raise. If Kokor Hekkus, or Seuman Otwal—the same man?—could be convinced that he and Patch had parted company, they might try to re-kidnap Patch and lower Gersen's fee to the money he had received from the sale of his partnership. But Patch, if he were wise, would take himself out of circulation. Gersen might be held at In- terchange for months, or years. Eventually Interchange fees would begin to eat into the sponsor's profit; the rescission fee would drop. As soon as it reached half a million Gersen could buy his own way out—unless an independent purchaser considered him worth more: an unlikely circumstance. In effect, Gersen was confined at Interchange for an indefinite period. THE KILLING MACHINE 263 What of escape? Gersen had never heard of escape from Inter- change. If a person managed to elude the vigilance of the guards and the careful system of alarms, tattletales, and trigger-beams, where could he go? The desert was fatal by day, even more so by night. Automatic weapons barred helpful spacecraft from the area. No one departed Interchange except through death or the rescis- sion of their fees. It occurred to Gersen to wonder about Alusz Iphigenia Eperje-Tokay, the girl from Thamber. Her fee was ten billion SVU, a fantastic sum: how close had Kokor Hekkus come to paying it? How gratifying to rescind Alusz Iphigenia out from under the very nose of Kokor Hekkus! A visionary dream, when he could not rescind his own comparatively modest fee. A gong sounded, to announce the evening meal. Gersen went to his designated dining area along a blank-walled walk topped with the tight interlacement of glass bands that characterized the avenues and walkways of Interchange. The dining room was a high- ceilinged room painted austerely gray. The guests ate at small in- dividual tables and were served from carts passing back and forth. There was a penal-colony atmosphere to the dining room that was more or less absent from the rest of Interchange; Gersen could not define its source, unless it was the isolation of the diners, the lack of gossip or banter between the tables. The food was synthetic, of poor color, not too well prepared, in quantities not too generous. Even Gersen, who took no great interest in food, found the meal unappetizing. If this was Class B cuisine, he wondered what Class E was like. Perhaps not much different. After dinner came the so-called social hour, in a large com- pound domed against the dusty Sasani night wind. Here the entire guest population of Interchange collected after the evening meal, from boredom and curiosity: who had come, who had gone? At the central kiosk, Gersen signed a chit for beer, carried the paper con- tainer to a bench, seated himself. Perhaps two hundred other people were in view: folk of all ages and races, some walking, a few playing chess, a few conversing, others like himself drinking morosely on the benches. There was no great gregariousness; everyone displayed near-identical expressions: flat dislike for Interchange and every- thing connected with it, including their fellow guests. Even the children seemed infected by the general gloom, though they showed a greater disposition to clot into groups. Perhaps twenty young women were in evidence, even more aloof, injured, and in- 264 THE. DEMON PRINCES dignant than the rest. Gersen inspected them with curiosity: which was Alusz Iphigenia? If Kokor Hekkus were mad to possess her, she must necessarily be extraordinarily beautiful; none here seemed to fulfill the requirements. Nearby, a tall girl with striking red hair gazed broodingly at her long fingers, each joint of which was banded with a black metal sleeve identifying her as an Eginand of Copus. Beyond, a small dark-skinned girl sipped wine; she seemed winsome and appealing, but not one who would think to value her- self at ten billion SVU. There were others, but all seemed too old or too young, or of no particular beauty—such as the young woman at the other end of his bench who might just conceivably fit the requirements. Her skin was pale, tinged with dusky ivory; she had clear gray eyes and regular features; her hair was tawny blonde: in short she was not unattractive but hardly in the ten billion SVU class. Gersen would not have considered her a second time had it not been for a certain insolent poise to her head, a certain cool intelligence of gaze. . . . But no, for all her clear eyes and regular features, she was too ordinary, too unexceptional. . . . The attendant who had served Gersen on his previous visit crossed the compound, looking neither right nor left. What was his name? Armand Koshiel. And Gersen became more morose than before. . .. The social period ended; the guests wandered away to their various suites, apartments, and rooms. The morning meal—tea, muffins, and compote—was served di- rectly in the apartment, after which Gersen was summoned to the central administration building, where he found himself in the com- pany of several of the persons with whom he had come to Inter- change. Presently his name was called. He entered the office of a har- ried-looking clerk, who gave him a perfunctory salute, and delivered a well-rehearsed speech: "Mr. Wall, seat yourself, if you will. From your point of view your presence here is a misfortune; from ours, you are a guest to be treated with courtesy and dignity. We are anxious to improve the light in which we are regarded; we will take all practical means to that end. Now you are here sponsored by Mr. Kokor Hekkus. His demand is for the sum of SVU 1,681,490, and I now inquire how you propose to secure this sum." He waited expectantly. "I wish I knew," said Gersen. "It is totally unrealistic." THE KILLING MACHINE 265 The official nodded. "Many of our guests find their fees exces- sive. As you know, we have no control over the fees demanded; we can only advise the sponsor to moderation, and the guest to a co- operative attitude. Now then—can you raise this sum?" "No." "What of your family?" "Nonexistent." "Friends?" "I have no friends." "Business associates?" "None." The clerk sighed. "Then you must remain here until one of these events occurs: the sponsor may lower his demands to a fea- sible sum. Fifteen days after the date your associates have first had opportunity to appear in your behalf you go on an 'available' basis, and the sponsorship fee may be paid by anyone, who then receives you into custody. After a certain period, unless board and room bills are regularly met, we may be forced to release custody to a noncommitted visitor for the extent of these bills. So then?" "I can't meet the figure. I have no one to notify." "We will state as much to your sponsor. Do you care to name the maximum figure you can pay?" "About half a million," said Gersen reluctantly. "I will so inform your sponsor. In the meantime, Mr. Wall, I trust that you find your visit not too unpleasant." "Thank you." Gersen was conducted back to his apartment, and presently re- leased to the dining room for lunch. During the afternoon, the recreational facilities of Interchange were made free to him. There were minor sports, crafts, games; he could exercise at a gymnasium, swim in a pool. Or he could remain in his apartment. Visiting the apartment or room of another guest was forbidden. Several days passed. Gersen became tense and charged with the need for activity. There was no scope to release this pressure except in exercise at the gymnasium. He pondered escape. It seemed im- possible; there was no place to start. During the social hour of the third day, Gersen, turning away from the kiosk with beer, came face to face with Armand Koshiel, whose schedule apparently brought him through the compound at THI- DEMON PRINCES 266 about this time Koshiel murmured a polite apology, stepped aside, then turned a puz/led glance backward Gersen grinned ruefully "Conditions have altered since our last meeting " "So I see," said Koshiel "I remember you well It's Mr Gas- son3 Mr Gnsson7" "Wall," said Gersen "Howard Wall " "Of course Mr Wall " Koshiel shook his head in bemused wonder "Isn't it strange the way fate works7 But now, sir, I must be off We aren't allowed to chat with the guests " "Tell me something Plow close to ten billion SVU has Kokor Hekkus achieved7" "He progresses, he approaches, so I understand All of us here are interested, it's the largest fee ever to be rescinded " Gersen felt an irrational pang of anger—or perhaps jealousy "Does the woman come down to the compound7" "I have seen her here on occasion " Koshiel made tentative efforts to sidle away "What does she look like7" Koshiel knit his brows, glanced furtively over his shoulder "She's by no means what you might expect Not a clever jolly type, if you know what I mean Please excuse me, Mr Wall, I must be off, or face reprimand " Gersen went to his usual bench, seething with a new set of dissatisfactions this unknown woman, by all logical processes, should mean nothing to him. Such was not the case Gersen puzzled over himself and his motives How and why had he become fascinated7 Because ofAlusz Iphigenia's self-appraised value often billion SVU7 The fact that Kokor Hekkus, in all his egotism and arrogance, was about to possess her7 (The thought awoke a peculiar fury in him) Because of her asserted origin, mythical Thamber7 Because of the stirrings of his own sternly repressed romanticism7 Whatever the cause, Gersen scrutinized the compound seeking the beautiful girl who might be Alusz Iphigema ofThamber She def- initely was not the small dark girl, nor the red-haired Egmand from Gopus Fhe taw nv-blonde girl with the withdrawn manner was not in evidence, but she hardly qualified 1 hough, Gersen reflected, her eyes were an exceedingly lucent grey and no exception could be taken to her figure, which was rather slight and delicate, but per- IHL k!LH\G \1ACHl\h 267 fectly proportioned The gong sounded, he returned to his apart- ment disappointed and roiling with uneasiness 1 he next day passed, Gersen waited impatiently for the social period It finally arrived, a new woman was present She was lithe and supple, with long legs, a long patrician face, a dazzling roll of bright white hair, intricately coiffed Gersen inspected her carefully No, he decided with a feeling of relief this could not be Alusz Iphigema of Thamher, this woman was too intricate, too artificial She might well value herself at ten billion SVU, and Gersen was almost willing that Kokor Hekkus should pay such an amount and take possession The tawny-blonde girl did not appear Gersen re- turned to his apartment in disgust and vexation WT-ule he was pent and helpless, Kokor Hekkus was easing in upon his quarry To distract himself, Gersen read old magazines until midnight. The following day was like those previous they began to merge, lose identity At lunch there were two new members to his group Gersen overheard a comment that identified the newcomers as Fy- chus Hasselberg, First Chairman of the JarneH Corporation, and Skerde Vorek, Director of Forestlands, both of Earth, both mil- lionaires several hundred times over Two steps closer to the goal, thought Gersen sourly During the afternoon he exercised in the gymnasium At dinner the food seemed more than ordinarily tasteless Gersen went to the "social hour" in a surly mood He provided himself a mug of musty Sasani wine, and seated himself in expectation of another dreary evening. Half an hour passed, then at the entrance to the compound appeared the tawny-blonde girl Tonight she seemed even more abstracted than on the former occasion Gersen watched her in- tently actually, he thought, she was really not plain Her features were so perfect, so perfectly placed as to make her face seem un- remarkable—but certainly she was not plain He watched her pro- cure a mug of tea at the central kiosk, then she came to sit on a bench not far from Gersen He studied her with great interest, his pulse moving rather swiftly Why7 he asked himself in irritation Why did this young woman, at best conventional^ attractive, affect him to such an extent7 He rose, walked to where she sat "May I join you7" he asked "If you care to," she said after fust sufficient hesitation to in- dicate that she'd rather sit quietly by herself Her voice had a pleas- ant archaic swing, and Gersen tried to place her accent "Excuse 268 THE DEMON PRINCES me for being curious," he said, "but are you Alusz Iphigenia Eperje- Tokay?" "I am Alusz Iphigenia Eperje-Tokay," she said, correcting his pronunciation. Gersen drew a deep breath. His instinct had been correct! From close at hand, and looking into her face, her quiet good looks seemed somewhat less quiet. She might almost be termed hand- some. It was her eyes, he thought, that gave life to her face. Beauty? Sufficient to urge Kokor Hekkus to such flamboyant exertions? It seemed unlikely. "And your home is on the planet Thamber?" She turned him another brief incurious look. "Yes," "Do you know that to most people Thamber is an imaginary world, a place of legend and ballad?" "So I have learned, to my surprise. I assure you it is far from imaginary." She sipped her tea, gave Gersen another swift glance. Her eyes, large, clear, candid, were her best feature, and these were undoubtedly beautiful. But now, a subtle shift in her position in- dicated disinterest in further conversation. "I wouldn't bother you," said Gersen stiffly, "except for the fact that your fiance Kokor Hekkus has brought me here, and I regard him as my enemy." Alusz Iphigenia reflected a moment. "You act unwisely in re- garding him as an enemy." "Suppose he rescinds your fee, what then?" She shrugged. "It is a matter I do not care to discuss." Gersen thought, yes, she is beyond doubt handsome; even more than handsome: when she spoke, even when she thought, her fea- tures took on a luminosity, a vitality that transfigured even ordinary features. Gersen was at a loss for a means to continue the conversation. Finally he asked, "Do you know Kokor Hekkus well?" "Not well. He keeps for the most part to Misk, the Land Be- yond the Mountains. My home is Draszane in Gentilly." "How were you able to come here? Do many spaceships come to Thamber?" "No." She turned him a sudden sharp glance. "Who are you? Are you one of his spies?" Gersen shook his head. Looking into her face, he thought with amazement. Did I ever think this girl plain? She is beautiful, inexpress- ibly so. He said, "If I were free, I could help you." THE KILLING A-IACHINE 269 She laughed, rather cruelly. "How can you help me, when you can't even help yourself?" And Gersen felt an unfamiliar red flush seep across his face. He rose to his feet. "Good night." Alusz Iphigenia said nothing; Gersen stalked off to his apart- ment. He showered and threw himself on his bed. Suppose he com- municated with Duschane Audmar? Pointless; Audmar would not even bother to send him a refusal. Myron Patch? More than point- less. Ben Zaum? He might be able to raise five or ten thousand SVU, no more. . . . Gersen picked up one of the old magazines, flicked through the pages. ... A face looked forth, one which he seemed to recognize. Gersen glanced down at the caption. The name, Daeniel Trembath, was unknown to him. .. . Strange. Ger- sen flipped the page. The face was extremely like that of—of whom? Gersen turned back to the face. He had known this man as "Mr. Hoskins"; he had brought back his corpse from Bissom's End. Gersen read the caption in full: Daeniel Trembath, Arch-Director of the Bank ofRigel, now retiring. Fifty-one years his Excellency the Director has served the great bank and the peoples of the Concourse; last week he announced his retirement. What are his future plans? "I will rest. I have worked hard and long; perhaps too hard and too long. Now I will take time to enjoy the aspects of life denied me by my responsibilities." Gersen looked at the date of the magazine. It was Cosmopolis for January, 1525. Three months later Trembath disappeared: a week or so afterwards he was dead, by the act of Billy Windle— who might be Kokor Hekkus—on an unpleasant little world Be- yond. Gersen, now wide awake, thought back across the months. Why would the retired Arch-Director of the great Bank of Rigel travel so remotely, so secretly to deal with the man who called himself Billy Windle? Trembath had wanted perpetual youth: what did he have to offer in exchange? By the very nature of his career, it could be nothing but money. The meeting at Skouse had oc- curred immediately after Alusz Iphigenia had taken sanctuary at Interchange; the concatenation of places, events, and personalities was intriguing. Kokor Hekkus wanted money—ten billion SVU. Daeniel Trembath, Arch-Director (retired) of the Bank of Rigel, was the very symbol of money—and also conservative respectabil- THE DEMON PRINCES 270 ity. Why had the IPCC wanted his return, dead or alive? Surely Trembath had not stolen ten billion SVU? Gersen remembered the fragment of paper he had taken from Mr. Hoskins at Skouse. He strove to recall the words, now suddenly so pregnant with possi- bility: —crimps, or more properly, bands of density. These ap- parently occur at random, though in practice they are so casual as to be imperceptible. The critical spacing is in terms of the square root of the first eleven primes. The occurrence of six or more such crimps at any of the des- ignated locations will validate— The conclusions to be drawn were staggering. There was likewise an aspect to the situation that was the very soul of tragicomedy. Gersen jumped to his feet, paced back and forth across his apart- ment. If circumstances were as he suspected, how could he take advantage of his knowledge? He thought for an hour, formulating and discarding var- ious schemes. The crafts and hobby shop seemed the key to the situation. The activities encouraged would be simple and easily supervised: wood-carving, puppetry, embroidery, shawl-weaving, water-colors, glass-melting. Possibly photography.. .. The morn- ing passed with a dismal slowness. Gersen sat sprawled in the most comfortable of his chairs. A delightful variation to his scheme oc- curred to him; he laughed aloud-. . . Immediately after lunch, he visited the hobby room. It was more or less as he had expected: a large room equipped with looms, pots of modeling clay, paints, beads, wire, various other paraphernalia. The attendant in charge was a corpulent man of early middle-age, bald, with small doll-like features in a round face. He answered Gersen's questions with a reasonable degree of patience. No; there were no facilities for pho- tographic work. Several years ago an effort had been made in this direction, but the project had been abandoned: the equipment re- quired too much maintenance, had occupied too much of his time. Gersen put forward a delicately phrased proposal; He, Gersen, was almost certain to be a guest for a month or perhaps two; prior to his coming he had been experimenting with certain novel art-forms involving photography, and he wished to continue his activities— THE KILLING MACHINE 271 to such an extent that he would be willing to purchase the necessary equipment. The attendant considered, with a wet pursing of the mouth. The project seemed to entail a great deal of trouble—for Gersen, for himself, for everyone involved. In theory, of course, it was con- ceivable, but—he gave an eloquent shrug of the shoulders. Gersen uttered a reassuring laugh: any extra attention on the attendant's part—what was his name? Funian Lubby—would be adequately, or even, Gersen amended cautiously, generously rewarded. Lubby sighed heavily. Interchange policy dictated full cooperation with the guests, within understandable limits. If Mr. Wall insisted, Lubby could only do as he required. As to the remuneration Mr. Wall had suggested, it was against Interchange policy, but Mr. Wall must be the judge of what was right. How soon could Lubby provide the proper equipment? asked Gersen. If Mr. Wall provided a list and the necessary funds, an order could be placed at Sagbad, the largest nearby trade center: delivery could be expected tomorrow at the earliest; more likely the day following. Excellent, said Gersen. He seated himself, wrote out a list. It was long, and included a number of items intended to obscure Ger- sen's primary purpose. Lubby pursed his lips hugely, in surprise and automatic disapprobation. Gersen said hurriedly, "I realize that this makes enormous inconvenience for you: is a hundred SVU suffi- cient compensation for your extra effort?" "You understand," said Lubby sternly, "that regulations forbid the transfer of funds between guests and personnel. In a case of this sort, the money involved is merely a means of providing the craft shop with sorely needed equipment—since I presume you will leave these items here on your departure?" Gersen did not wish to seem too eager. "I suppose so. Some of them at least—those that duplicate my own equipment at home." All in all, he was highly encouraged. That Lubby could speak so openly indicated that the craft shop was not under remote surveil- lance. "What do you think this material and equipment will cost?" he inquired. Lubby appraised the list. "Megaphot camera . . . Chago en- larger and printer. . . Ball microscope. Expensive items all. . . . Tanglemat duplicator.. . . What would you be needing that for?" "I prepare kaleidoscopic permutations of natural objects," said THE DEMON PRINCES 272 Gersen. "Sometimes twenty or thirty copies of a single print are needed, and I find the duplicator convenient." "It will cost a fortune," grumbled Funian Lubby, "but if you're willing to pay for it—" "Yes, if I must," said Gersen. "I dislike spending money, but I like two months away from my hobby even less." "Understandable." Lubby glanced down the list. "This is an impressive list of chemicals. I hope," he said with a sardonic twist of the lips, "that you are not planning to blow up the institution, and thus destroy my livelihood." Gersen laughed at the joke. "I'm sure you are sufficiently knowledgeable to forestall anything of this nature. No, there are no explosives, corrosives, or noxious substances here: only inks, dyes, photosensitives, and the like." "So I see. I am by no means uninformed in these matters. I am an accredited Scientific Academician of Boomaraw College on Lor- gan, and in fact have done research on the flatfish of the Neuster Ocean, until my appointment was canceled—another regressive trick of the Institute, of that I am sure." "Yes, a sad situation," Gersen agreed. "A person wonders where it will end. Do they want to make cavemen of us all?" "Who knows what the wretched malcontents hope for? I have heard that they are slowly acquiring control of the Jarnel Corpo- ration, that when they finally secure their 51 percent—then pfai! no more spaceships, no more travel. What will that do to us? Where will that leave me? Without a job, if I am so unfortunate as still to be alive. No, I spit on those people." Gersen had been inspecting the craft room. "WTiere can I work to be the least obtrusive? Preferably in some corner where I can throw up a screen to keep out the light. Naturally any effort on your part I am willing to pay for: indeed if there were a disused storeroom, or something of the sort.. . ." "Yes." Funian Lubby heaved himself to his feet. "Let us look. The old sculpting studio is no longer in use; guests nowadays care nothing for serious work." The studio was octagonal, the walls were native wood varnished a sour brown; the floor was stained yellow brick, the ceiling rose to a skylight through which came a grayish, almost mauve, illumina- tion. "I'll block out the light," said Gersen. "Otherwise the room is quite suitable." To test the degree of freedom from surveillance THE KILLING MACHINE 273 he said, "Now I understand that the rules forbid the exchange of money between guests and personnel, still rules are made to be broken, and it is not fair that you should go to extra exertion with- out reimbursement. You agree?" "I think you have expressed my point of view exactly." "Good. What goes on in this old studio then concerns no one but you and me. While I am not a wealthy man, I am not parsi- monious, and I am willing to pay for my pleasures." He brought forth his checkbook, wrote a draft for 3,000 SVU upon the Bank of Rigel. "This should pay for all the items of my list and leave enough to compensate you." Lubby puffed out his cheeks. "That should do very nicely. I will give your order special attention, and who knows? the equip- ment may be here tomorrow." Gersen went away well satisfied. His hopes might be based on a set of false premises—but checking and rechecldng, he felt secure. How could it be otherwise? But he needed one more item, the most important of all. This job he dared not entrust to Funian Lubby, except as a last resort. He made out another draft for twenty thousand SVU, tucked it into his pocket. That night, Alusz Iphigenia made no appearance at the social hour. Gersen did not care. He walked slowly back and forth, watch- ing, waiting, and then just as he was about to give up hope, Armand Koshiel appeared, taking a short cut through the compound. Ger- sen approached him as casually as possible. "I am going to walk past the waste-paper bin," he said. "I will drop a scrap of paper. Come behind me, pick it up. You will find a draft for twenty thou- sand SVU. Get me a ten thousand SVU note on the Bank of Rigel. Keep the remaining ten thousand." Without waiting for a reply he turned away, sauntered toward the kiosk. From the corner of his eye he saw Koshiel give a slight shrug, then continue the way he was going. At the kiosk, Gersen bought a sack of sweets. Pausing at the waste-paper bin he tossed aside the sack into which he had tucked the bank draft, and crossing to a bench seated himself. The crumpled bit of paper beside the bin looked large, white, and conspicuous. Here came Koshiel back across the compound. He went to the kiosk, spoke a jocular word to the attendant, se- lected a bag of sweets for himself, tossed the paper toward the bin. THF DEMON PRINCES 274 He bent after it, picked up Gersen's bag, seemed to drop them both into the bin, and walked away. Gersen went to his apartment, nerves tingling His scheme had been set into motion Too much optimism would be foolish, but so far all went well A hidden monitor might have observed Koshiel pick up the bank draft, Funian Lubby might impose too much su- pervision upon him, or so much new equipment might attract the attention of persons less genial than Lubby Still—so far, so good The following day he looked briefly into the crafts room Lubby was occupied with a pair of children who in their boredom had turned to mask-making The equipment would not be delivered until the morrow, said Lubby, and Gersen departed. The evening social hour passed with neither Koshiel nor Alusz Iphigema making an appearance On the following day, when Ger- sen returned to his apartment after breakfast he found an envelope on his desk containing a green and pink SVU 10,000 bank note Gersen tested it with his fake-meter, which, with a few other per- sonal effects, he had been allowed to keep The meter gave a sat- isfactory acknowledgment. So far, so good. Gersen dared make no further experiments; he might even then be under scrutiny. So far, so good. But his equipment still had not arrived, and Funian Lubby seemed in a bad mood, Gersen returned to his apartment seething with impatience Never had a day passed so slowly, though fortu- nately the Sasani day was only twenty-one hours long On the afternoon following, Funian Lubby indicated a set of cartons with an affable wave of his fat hand. "There you are, Mr Wall. A fine set of equipment, and you can go about your prisms or kaleidoscopes, whatever it is you do, with all your might." "Thank you, Mr. Lubby, I'm very pleased," said Gersen. He earned the cartons into the old sculpting studio, and with Lubby assisting and crooning m pleasure, unpacked them "I'm anxious to see your work," said Lubby "One can always learn, and this is a creative technique I have never observed before " "It's a very detailed process," said Gersen "Some people even find it tedious, but I enjoy slow careful work. The first step, I think, is to close off the skylight and light-seal the door " With Lubby steadying the ladder, Gersen stapled opaque cloth across the skylight, then prepared a sign that read Photographic Darkroom—Knock before Entering, and attached it to the door THE KILL f\G VI 1CH1\E 27-i "Now," he said, "I'm ready to begin " He considered. "I think I'll start with a simple reiteration in green and pink " With Lubby watching with vast interest, Gersen solemnly pho- tographed a pin, enlarged it ten diameters, prepared a master copy from which he printed thirty copies in green and thirty in pink on the autolith "What ncxt^" asked Lubby "Now we come to the painstaking part of the )ob Fach of these pins must be carefully cut from the background 7 hen \\ith pins and pin-shaped holes, I create the reiteration If you desire you may do the cutting while I formulate the correct color of ink " Lubby looked dubiously at the stack of prints "All these are to be cut out^" "Yes, very carefully " Lubby unenthusiastically set to work Gersen watched closely, giving advice and stressing the need for absolute accuracy I'hen, borrowing Lubby's slide-rule, he calculated the square root of the first eleven prime numbers values ranging from 1 to 4 79 Lubby meanwhile had cut out three pins, making a single small mistake Gersen complained aggnevedly Lubby put down the scissors "This is extremely interesting, but I fear I must look to other mat- ters " As soon as he had gone, Gersen compared the 10,000 SVU bank note with the pink and green pins, adiusted the colors, added a mordant and a catalyst, and printed further pins He glanced into the outer studio, Lubby was busy with the children Gersen took the note to the microscope, and—as so many of thousands had done before him—examined it with an eye to discovering the secret of its authenticity Like the thousands before him, he discovered no such quality Now—the key experiment, upon which the success of the entire pro)ect depended He selected paper of density and weight similar to the bank note, cut a rectangle to the si/e of the note Precisely five by two and quarter inches He passed the paper through the fake-meter the alarm-light glowed Now Gersen laid off points along the length of the paper rectangle corresponding to the square roots he had computed Next he laid a straight-edge across the paper and at each pair of points scored a cross mark with the point of a nail—thus, so he hoped "crimping" and "compressing" the fibers With trembling fingers he lifted the fake-meter The door opened, into the room came Funian I HE DEMON PRINCES 276 Lubby. With one motion Gersen slid fake-meter, bank note, and paper rectangle into his pocket, with another, he picked up scissors and prints, simulated intent creativity Lubby was disappointed to find that with so much equipment so little had been produced He expressed himself to this effect, Gersen explained that he had been recalculating certain aesthetic laws a tedious process If Lubby so desired, he could expedite the process by cutting out more pins, very carefully Lubby declared himself unable to be of further as- sistance. Gersen cut out a few of the pins while Lubby watched, arranged them with extreme care on the tabletop Lubby looked over the pink and green test panels that Gersen had set under a lamp "Are these the only two colors you will use^" "At least for this present composition," said Gersen "Pink and green, though they might seem somewhat obvious or even naive, are for my purposes absolutely essential " Lubby grunted. "They appear particularly bland: even faded." "True," said Gersen. "I have added certain agents to the pig- ments, it appears that the light tends to bleach them " Lubby presently returned to the main room Gersen brought forth his fake-meter, passed the paper rectangle into the slot. No red light, but rather the heart-warming buzz of authenticity, the most musical sound of Gersen's existence He looked at his watch the period was almost at an end There was no time for further work At the social hour, Alusz Iphigema made an appearance, to stand aloofly at the back of the compound Gersen made no attempt to approach her, and, so far as he could tell, she seemed indifferent to his existence . He had thought her plain' He had considered her features uninteresting' They were perfect, she was the most entrancing thing he had ever seen Ten billion SVU3 A pittance' He could almost applaud Kokor Hekkus' discrimination Ger- sen could hardly wait to return to the craft shop But the following afternoon found Funian Lubby at his most tiresome There were no other hobbyists present, and for two hours Lubby sat gaping with eyes protuberant and fascinated as Gersen cut paper pins, arranged and rearranged them with frowning con- centration, his whole soul aching with the wish that Lubby depart The day was wasted Gersen left the shop seething with sup- pressed fury The following day he fared better. Lubby was busy. Gersen THEKILLI\G VMCHI\E 277 photographed the bank note with serial number masked, printed two hundred copies with carefully prepared inks The day after, on the pretext of exposing large areas of photo-sensitive paper, he locked the door Then, contriving a )ig, he crimped the new notes, and using a to\ printing press, printed new serial numbers The notes looked about the same as the genuine, they had a somewhat different feel—but what matter3 They satisfied the fake-meter As Gersen ate dinner he pondered his final problem how to rescind his fees without arousing suspicion If he merely presented himself at the office, the question would be raised as to how the money had come into his possession He could think of no prac- tical or feasible means to have a parcel delivered to him Certainly he could not trust Koshiel with so much money He decided that he needed more information During the social hour, he went to the office of the assistant ordmator, a weasel-faced man wearing the dark blue Interchange uniform as if it were a privilege Gersen put on a face of worry "I have something of a problem," he told the ordinator "It has been reported to me that an old friend is coming here tomorrow to rescind one of the guests Can it be arranged that I look into the bureau when the bus arrives from the spaceport^" The ordmator frowned. " I his is a somewhat irregular request " "I realize this," said Gersen, "houever Interchange policy is to facilitate the rescission of fees, and such is the case here " "Very well," said the ordinator "Be here at this office tomor- row immediately after the morning meal, and I will arrange the matter " Gersen went to the compound, paced back and forth, drank quantities of wine to quiet his nerves The night passed, he choked down a few bites of breakfast, hurried to the office of the ordinator, who pretended to have forgotten the arrangement. Gersen patiently restated his case "Oh, very well," said the ordinator "I suppose we can't expect every rescission to work through the proper channels " He con- ducted Gersen to an antechamber or the reception room Here they waited '1 he archaic old bus arrived, discharged eight passengers They filed into the reception room "WelP" asked the ordmator "Is one of- these your friend^" "Yes indeed," said Gersen "That short man with the blue skin- THE DEMON PRINCES 278 tone. I'll just speak a word or two to him and arrange my rescis- sion." Before the ordinator could object, Gersen went out into the reception room, approached the man he had designated. "Excuse me; aren't you Myron Patch ofPatris?" "No sir. I am no such individual." "My mistake." Gersen returned to the ordinator, carrying an envelope. "Everything is well. He has brought my money. I am a free man." The ordinator grunted. The event seemed rather peculiar—but weren't peculiar events part of life? "Your friend came to rescind you and someone else also?" "Yes. He is a member of the Institute and doesn't care to dis- play too much cordiality." The ordinator grunted again. All was explained—at least, all seemed to be explained. "Very well," he said, "if you have your money, go rescind yourself- I'll say a word to the clerk, since the process is somewhat irregular." When the bus departed Interchange, Gersen was aboard. At Nichae he hired an air-car and was taken to the city Sagbad. Five days later, wearing black skin-tone, black and brown tunic with black breeches, Gersen returned to Interchange aboard the antique bus. He went into the now-familiar office, submitted to the offi- ciousness of the clerk. "And whom do you wish to rescind?" "Alusz Iphigenia Eperje-Tokay." The clerk's eyebrows rose. "You, sir, are Kokor Hekkus?" He spoke with awe. "No." The clerk made nervous movements. "The fee is large. Ten billion SVU." Gersen opened the flat black case he was carrying, withdrew packets of bank notes in 100,000 SVU denominations: the largest in circulation. "Here is the money." "Yes, ves. . .. But—well, I must inform you that Kokor Hekkus has already deposited with us over nine billion SVU." "Here is ten billion. Count it." The clerk made a flustered sound. "You are within your rights. The guest is admittedly 'available.' " With trembling fingers he touched the money. "I will need help to count so much money." Counting and fake-metering the money occupied six men four THE KILLING ^lACHINE 279 hours. The clerk signed a receipt with a nervous flourish. "Very well, sir; here you are. I will send for the guest whose fees you have rescinded. She will be here at once." And he muttered under his breath: "Kokor Hekkus will not enjoy this. Someone will suffer." Ten minutes later Alusz Iphigenia arrived at the office. Her face was strained and wild; her eyes were bright with fear. She stared at Gersen without recognizing him; then went to the door as if to run out across the desert. Gersen restrained her. "Calm yourself," he told her. "I am not Kokor Hekkus; I have no designs upon you: consider yourself safe." She looked at him incredulously, looked again, and now Gersen thought she recognized him. "There is another matter," said the clerk. He addressed Alusz Iphigenia. "Since you are acting in the peculiar capacity of your own sponsor, the money, minus our 12'/2 percent fee, is yours." Alusz Iphigenia stared at him apparently without comprehen- sion. "I suggest," said Gersen, "that you prepare a bank draft, so that she need not carry around so much negotiable currency." There was a flurry of consultation, a shrugging of shoulders, a flutter of hands; finally the bank draft was drawn upon the Planetary Bank of Sasani at Sagbad, in the sum of SVU 8,749,993,581: ten billion minus 12 Vi percent, minus charges of SVU 6,419 for special AA accommodation. Gersen scrutinized the document with suspicion. "Presumably this is a valid draft? You have funds to cover?" "Naturally," declared the official. "Indeed, Kokor Hekkus has deposited to our account a sum appreciably in excess of this amount." "Very well," said Gersen, "this is acceptable." He turned to Alusz Iphigenia. "Come. The bus is waiting." Still she hesitated, looking right and left as if again contem- plating flight across the Da'ar-Rizm. But now one of the flying black insects struck her, clung to her arm; she brushed it off with a cry of fear. "Come," said Gersen once again. "You can have either Kokor Hekkus, the insects, or me; and I will neither violate you or eat you alive." Without further protest, she followed him to the bus. It lurched, roared, rumbled: Interchange became a white and gray tumble dimly glimpsed through the dust. 280 THE DEMON PRINCES They sat side by side in the lurching bus. Then Alusz turned a puzzled sidelong glance at Gersen. "Who are you?" "No friend of Kokor Hekkus." "What are—what are you going to do with me?" "Nothing discreditable." "Where are we going then? You don't understand the nature of Kokor Hekkus; he will track us to the corners of the galaxy." Gersen had no comment to make; the conversation came to an end. In truth Gersen felt none too secure; they were still vulnerable to interception. But the journey across the barrens passed without incident. The bus bounced into Sul Arsam; they boarded the waiting air- ship and presently came down at the Nichae spaceport. To the side stood the sleek new Armintor Starskip Gersen had bought in Sag- bad. Alusz Iphigenia hesitated before she went aboard, then gave a fatalistic shrug. In Sagbad, there was a further delay at the Planetary Bank. Interchange provided a hesitant and worried verification, sensing something incorrect, yet at a loss to discover where. The chairman of the Planetary Bank reluctantly told Gersen, "Through a set of extraordinary circumstances, we have the sum in our vaults, rep- resenting a set of large deposits from Interchange. They are in notes of various denominations—" "No matter; we will accept your count," said Gersen. The money, Kokor Hekkus' laboriously accumulated hoard, was packed into four cases, carried out into the hired air-car. Now the Head Cashier came running out into the area. "A communication from Interchange! For Mr. Wall!" Gersen controlled his impulse to flee. He returned into the bank. On the visiphone screen appeared the face of the Director; behind stood a man Gersen did not recognize. "Mr. Wall," said the Director, "there have been difficulties: this is Achill Gogan, representing Kokor Hekkus. He earnestly desires that you wait at Sagbad until he is able to confer with you." "Certainly," said Gersen. "He may look for us at the Alamut Hotel." Gersen departed the bank, entered the air-car where Alusz Iph- igenia waited despondently with the money. "To the spaceport," he told the pilot. THE KILLING MACHINE 281 Twenty minutes later Sasani lay behind them; engaging the in- tersplit, Gersen finally felt secure. The relief was intoxicating. He sat down on a settee and began to laugh. Alusz Iphigenia, across the cabin, watched with guarded interest. "Why do you laugh?" "Because of how we were rescinded." " 'We'?" So she had not recognized him after all. Gersen came slowly across the cabin, and she moved back a distrustful half-inch. "One evening I spoke to you in the compound," said Gersen. She studied him. "Now I remember you. The quiet man who sits in the shadows. How did you find so much money?" "I printed it myself—and this is what amuses me." She stared at him in bewilderment. "But they tested it! They accepted it!" "Exactly. But here is the greatest joke of all: there is bleach in the ink. In a week they will have nothing. The money I paid Kokor Hekkus will be blank paper; the ten billion SVU will be blank pa- per. I have swindled Kokor Hekkus! I have swindled Interchange! Look: there is Kokor Hekkus' money!" Alusz Iphigenia considered him dispassionately, then turned to look back toward Sasani. She smiled: a pensive smile. "Kokor Hek- kus will be angry. No man alive has such extravagant emotions as Kokor Hekkus." She gave Gersen a look of something like wonder. "He would spend ten billion to gain me—because I chose to make this my price. And after he bought me"—she shuddered—"he would derive ten billion SVU worth of use from me, by one means or another. WTien he gets you what he will do—is unthinkable." "Unless I kill him first." "You will find it difficult. Sion Trumble is the cleverest war chief of Thamber, and he has failed." Gersen went to the galley, brought back a bottle of wine with two goblets. Alusz Iphigenia first made a negative motion, then thought better of it, and accepted the goblet. Gersen asked, "Do you know why I rescinded you?" "No." But she fidgeted uncomfortably and a slow pink flush came into her face. Never, thought Gersen, had she seemed more beautiful. "Because you can guide me to Thamber, where I will find Kokor Hekkus and kill him." The pink flush slowly subsided. She tasted the wine, gazed re- 282 TW DEMON PRINCFS nectively into the goblet "I do not want to return to Thamber. I desperately fear Kokor Hekkus. He will now be insane with anger " "Nevertheless, that is where we must go." She shook her head pensively "I cannot help you Where Thamber lies I do not know." The captured revolutionary Tedoro exhorts his fellow prisoners Allow nothing' Yield not so much as a quarter-inch' Eat the food they give you, concede no more' Who are they but villains3 Shame them' Defy them' Hesitation is a crack m the steel, do you want them to bend you this way and that and snap you in two5 Give nothing, yield nothing' If the commandant permits that you may sit, prefer to stand' If he gives you lined paper on which to write, write across the lines' Gersen stared at Alusz Iphigema incredulously Then he jumped up to the control deck, disengaged the mtersplit- The fabric of the ship exuded its almost human sigh of shock, the skin seemed to twitch along their bodies. Motors dead, the Armintor Starskip drifted free in space. Aquila GB 1202 shone far astern, teetering at the edge of the psychological distinction between sun and star. Gersen went into the head, showered away the black skin-tone, dressed in his usual space-garb shorts, sandals, a light singlet He returned to the saloon to find Alusz Iphigema sitting where he had left her, gazing at the floor Gersen said nothing, but seated himself on the bench opposite, thoughtfully sipped his wine Finally she spoke "Wliy did you turn off the engines3" "There is no point traveling at random Since we have no des- tination we might as well remain here," 284 1 HF DEMON PRINCF S She shrugged, scowled. "Keep the money; take me to Earth. I have no wish to hang foolishly out here in space." Gersen shook his head. "I rescinded your fee at great risk to myself—primarily to learn the whereabouts of Thamber. Second- arily, I find you attractive as a woman. I agree with Kokor Hekkus you are worth ten billion SVU " Alusz Iphigenia said angrily, "You do not believe me' It is a fact: I could not return to Thamber if it were the dearest wish of mv life'" "How did you leave2" "Sion Trumble captured a small spaceboat in a raid on Omad Island, which is Kokor Hekkus' spaceport. I read the Operator's Manual, and it seemed simple enough. When Kokor Hekkus threatened war on Gentilly unless my father gave me to him, I had two choices. I could kill myself or I could leave Thamber. I left. In the ship there was a Handbook of the Planets. It mentioned Sasam and described Interchange as the only locality m the human uni- verse safe from criminals." She turned a scathing glance toward Gersen. "This is inaccu- rate. Interchange apparently is fair game for counterfeiters." Gersen acknowledged the fact with a grin and by refilling his wine glass. He hesitated before drinking it the bottle had been left alone in the cabin while he showered- not inconceivably the woman had poisoned it. He put the glass aside. "And who is Sion Trum- ble?" "The Prince of Vadrus, on the western border of Misk. We were to have been betrothed.. . . He is a brave warrior, and has done many noteworthy deeds." "I see." Gersen ruminated. "Don't you know the way you came, from Thamber to Sasam2" "I set the astrogation dials for Sasam, and left Thamber behind. I know only this and no more. Kokor Hekkus is the only man of Thamber to own a spaceship." "What is the name of your sun3" "Just'Sun.'" "Is it somewhat orange7" "Yes. How did you know2" "Deduction. WTiat does the night sky look like2 Are there any unusual objects in the sky2 Any nearby double or triple stars2" "No. Nothing unusual." THE KILLING MACHINE 285 "Have there been any recent novae nearby?" "What are 'novae'?" "Stars suddenly exploding to give off great amounts of light." "No, nothing like that." "What of the Milky Way? Do you see it as a band around the sky, as a cloud, or how2" "A ribbon of light streams across the night sky during winter: is that what you mean2" "Yes. Apparently you're out toward the fringes." "That may be." Alusz Iphigenia was unenthusiastic. "W^hat about tradition2" asked Gersen. "Are there old tales of Earth, or any of the other worlds2" "Nothing very definite. ... A few legends, a few old songs." She regarded him with an expression that seemed faintly derisive. "How is it that your Star Directory and your Handbook to the Planets can't tell you what you want to know?" "Thamber is a lost world. Whoever ruled Thamber in the an- cient days kept the secret well. There's no information now—ex- cept a nursery rhyme: Set a course from the old Dog Star A point to the north of Achernar; Sleight your ship to the verge extreme And dead ahead shines Thamber's gleam." Alusz Iphigenia smiled faintly. "I know that too: all of it." "'AlP? There's more?" "Indeed. You've left out the middle. It goes: Set a course from the old Dog Star A point to the north of Achernar; Fare until, on the starboard beam, Six red suns toward a blue sun stream. Sleight your ship to where afar A cluster hangs like a scimitar. Under the hilt to the verge extreme And dead ahead shines Thamber's gleam." "Well, well," said Gersen. He rose to his feet, )umped up to the control deck, set dials, threw power back into the Jarnell System. THE DEMON PRINCF.S 286 "Where are we going?" asked Alusz Iphigenia. "Sinus—the Dog Star." "You take the rhyme seriously?" "I've heard no other directions; I've got to take it seriously or do nothing whatever." "Hmm." Alusz Iphigenia sipped the wine. "In that case, since I've told you all I know, you will put me down at Sinus or perhaps Earth?" "No." "But—I know no more than I've told you!" "You know the look of Thamber's constellations. Your rhyme, if it ever gave accurate directions, is a thousand years old or more. Sinus and Achernar have both shifted. We might arrive somewhere near Thamber—hopefully within ten or twenty light years. Then we'd have to use the old trick of lost star-travelers: they scan the sky until in some quarter they find a familiar constellation. There will only be one, and this in miniature, for it will be directly behind their home planet. All other constellations will be distorted; and even this constellation will have intervening stars superimposed upon it: notably the home sun. Nevertheless—there is always the one familiar constellation to search for, and if you find it, you head for it, and presently, when it grows to its familiar size, your home world is close at hand." "What if you can't find a familiar constellation?" "You can still find your way home. You must fly up or down, normal to the plane of the galaxy, until you can see the whole spread of it, and then there are landmarks to be found. This re- quires much time, much energy, much wear and strain upon the Jarnell. If anything goes wrong—then you are lost indeed, for there is nothing more to do and you float in space looking down on the home galaxy spreading below like a carpet until your energy fails and then you die." Gersen shrugged. "I have never been lost." He raised his glass of wine, eyed it warily, then went to the galley and brought out a new bottle. "Tell me of Thamber." Alusz Iphigenia spoke for two hours while Gersen leaned back on the settee sipping wine. It was a pleasant experience, watching and listening; for a period the realities of his existence were far away. . . . Alusz Iphigenia mentioned Aglabat, the city behind a wall of dark brown stone, and Gersen roused himself. Enervation was a THE KILLING MACHINE 287 danger. His stay at Interchange had done him no good. He had become pliable, easily distracted. . . . Nevertheless he relaxed again, sipping wine, listening to Alusz Iphigenia. . . . Thamber was a wonderful world. No one knew when the first man had arrived; the time was lost in the past. There were various continents, subcontinents, peninsulas, and a great archipelago of tropical islands. Alusz Iphigenia was native to Uraszane in Gentilly, a principality on the western shore of the smallest continent. To the east was Vadrus, ruled by Sion Trumble, and beyond the Land of Misk. The remainder of the continent, except for a number of feuding states on the east coast, was wilderness inhabited by bar- barians. Similar conditions prevailed on the other continents. Alusz Iphigenia mentioned a score of peoples, each of distinctive char- acter. Certain of these produced great music and pageants of heart- stopping grandeur; others were fetishists and murderers ruled by ogres. In the mountains lived bandit chieftains and arrogant lord- lings, each secure in his castle. Everywhere were wizards and war- locks, capable of the most astounding feats, and one weird area to the north of the largest continent was ruled by fiends and demons. The native flora and fauna were complex, rich and beautiful, and sometimes dangerous; there were sea-monsters, scaled wolves of the tundra, the horrid dnazd of the mountains to the north of Misk. Technology and the ways of modern living were unknown on Thamber. Even the Brown Bersaglers of Kokor Hekkus carried only voulgues and daggers, while the knights of Misk were armed with swords and crossbows. Between Misk and Vadrus there was intermittent strife, with Gentilly usually allied with Vadrus. Sion Trumble was a man of heroic valor, but he never had been able to overcome the Brown Bersaglers. In a tremendous battle, he had repelled the barbarians of the Skar Sakau, who had thereupon turned their full fury to the south, upon the Land of Misk, where they had been raiding villages, destroying outposts, and spreading devastation. Gersen listened with wonder. The romantic legends regarding Thamber had not been exaggerated; if anything they were under- stated. He said as much to Alusz Iphigenia, who shrugged. "Tham- ber is a world of romantic deeds, certainly. The castles have great halls where the bards sing and pavilions where maidens dance to the music of lutes, but below are dungeons and torture chambers. The knights are a magnificent sight in their armor and their flags, THE UK.MON PRINCES 288 and then in the snows of Skava Steppe their legs are hacked off by the Skodolak nomads, and they lie helpless until the wolves tear them to pieces. The witches brew philters and the wizards send up the smoke of dreams, and also infect their enemies with blights. . . . Two hundred years ago the great heroes lived. Tyier Trumble con- quered Vadrus and built the city Carrai where Sion Trumble now rules. Jadask Dousko found Misk a land of herdsmen and Aglabat a fishing village. In ten years he had created the first Brown Corps, and there has been war ever since." She sighed. "In Draszane life is relatively calm; we have four ancient colleges, hundreds of bib- liotheques. Gentilly is a peaceful old country, but Misk and Vadrus somehow are different. Sion Trumble wants me for his queen—but would there ever be peace and happiness? Or would he always be fighting Skodolaks or the Tadousko-Oi or the Sea-Helms? And always Kokor Hekkus, who now will be implacable. . . ." Gersen was silent. Alusz Iphigenia went on. "At Interchange I read books—of Earth and the Concourse and Aloysius. I know how you live. And at first I wondered why Kokor Hekkus stayed so long at Aglabat, why he fought with swords when he could fit out the Brown Ber- saglers with energy weapons. But there is no mystery'. He needs emotion as other men need food. He craves excitement and horror and hate and lust. He finds it in the Land of Misk. But someday he will dare too much and Sion Trumble will kill him." She laughed sadly. "Or someday Sion Trumble will attempt a particularly lu- dicrous act of valor and Kokor Hekkus will kill him—which will be a pity." "Hmmf," said Gersen. "You are fond of this Sion Trumble?" "Yes. He is kind and generous and brave. He would not think to rob even Interchange." Gersen grinned sourly. "I'm more the Kokor Hekkus type. . . . What of the rest of the planet?" "Everywhere it is different. In Birzul, the Godmus keeps a harem often thousand concubines. Every day he enlists ten maidens and discharges ten, or if he happens to he in a bad humor drowns them. In Calastang, the Divine Eye rides through the city carried on a vermilion altar forty yards long and forty yards high. The Lathcar Gentry keep racing-men—slave runners especially bred and trained for the Lath Race Meets. The Tadousko-Oi build their villages on the highest crags and steepest cliffs, and throw down THE KILLING M4CHINE 289 the crippled and infirm. They are Thamber's fiercest warriors, the Tadousko-Oi, and they have leagued themselves to raze the walls of Aglabat. And they will succeed, because the Brown Bersaglers cannot withstand them." "Have you ever seen Kokor Hekkus close at hand?" "Yes." "What does he look like?" "Give me paper and pen; I will show you." Gersen brought her writing materials. She made tentative marks, then worked more swiftly. Line Joined line, areas became defined: a face looked forth from the paper. It was an intelligent alert face; under a tall square forehead the eyes were wide and inquiring. The hair was rich, dark, lustrous; the nose was short and straight, the mouth rather small. Alusz Iphigenia sketched in the torso, the legs, to depict a man somewhat over average height, with broad shoulders, a narrow waist, long legs. The body might well have been that of both Billy Windle and Seuman Otwal; the face in no way resembled the keen jutting countenance of Seuman Otwal, and Gersen had never distinctly seen Billy Windle. Alusz Iphigenia watched him as he studied the picture, and gave a shudder. "I can't understand cruelty—killing—hate. You are al- most as frightening as Kokor Hekkus." Gersen put the sketch aside. "When 1 was small, my home was destroyed, and all my kin—except for my grandfather. Even then I knew the course of my life was arranged. I knew that I w^uld one by one kill the five men who had conducted the raid. This has been my life, I have no other. I am not evil; I am beyond good and evil— like the killing machine Kokor Hekkus built." "And I am unlucky enough to be useful to you," said Alusz Iphigenia. Gersen grinned. "You probably will prefer being useful to me than to Kokor Hekkus, since all I ask is that you guide me to Tham- ber." "You are gallant," said Alusz Iphigenia, and Gersen could not decide whether her remark carried a barb or not. Sirius burnt white ahead, with off to the side the yellow-white star that had nurtured the human race. Alusz Iphigenia contemplated it wistfully, turned to Gersen as if to plead with him, then thought better of it and held her tongue. 290 Till DFMON PRINCES Gersen pointed to Achernar, at the source of the River Rn- danus "A point 11 '/4° north is the plane ot galactic north containing the Sinus-Achernar line But the rhyme must be a thousand years old, perhaps longer—so first we take ourselves to the position of Sinus a thousand years ago Not too difficult Then we calculate Achernar's apparent position of a thousand years ago—again not too difficult Using these two new points, then we angle north 111/4° and hope for the best And since I've already made the computa- tions " lie carefully ad)usted the verniers, Sinus swung grandly away to the side Presently the Jarnell snapped out, the Starskip drifted in un- fractured ether Gersen turned the bow toward the point Achernar had occupied a thousand years before, then swung up 1VA° in a plane parallel to the north-south galactic axis "Here goes " He engaged the mterspht, the Starskip and its contents, deprived of inertia and Einstemian constrictions, slid with near-mstantaneity along the generated fracture "Now we must watch for six red stars They may or may not he streaming toward a blue star, they may or may not be on the starboard beam, unless the rhyme intends that the dorsal-ventral plane of the ship lie parallel to the north- south galactic axis " Time went by Near stars slid across stars more distant, which in turn slid across the even farther specks of light behind. Gersen became edgy He expressed doubt that Alus/ Iphigema had remembered the rhyme correctly She replied with a shrug in- dicating small concern one way or the other, and presently offered the con)ecture that Gersen had made a mistake in his computations "How long was your trip to Interchange^" He had asked her this before, but always she had given him a vague answer, as now she did again "I slept a great deal 'lime seemed to go swiftly " Gersen began to suspect that the rhyme had taken them on a wild goose chase, that 1 hamber lay in a different quarter of the galaxy, and that Alus/ Iphigema knew this fact \ery well. Alusz Iphigema was aware of his dubiousness, and it was with a note of vindication that she pointed ahead to six beautihil red giants strung out in a down-curving line toward a great blue star. Gersen's only comment was a grudging, "Well, they seem to be on our starboard beam, so rhyme and calculations both aren't THE KILLING MACHINE 291 too far off." He disengaged the Jarnell; the Starskip drifted. "Now a cluster shaped like a scimitar, probably a naked-eye ob)ect." "There." Alusz Iphigema pointed. "Thamber is nearby." "How do you know^" "The cluster like the scimitar. In Gentilly we call it the God- Boat. Though from here it looks different." Gersen turned the ship toward the "hilt"; once again he cut in the mterspht; the boat slipped forward. Directly through the cluster they flew, with stars all around, and then came out into a region only sparsely populated. "It's a fact," said Gersen, "We're at the edge of the galaxy: the 'verge extreme.' Somewhere, dead ahead, should be chamber's gleam.' " Dead ahead lay a sparse scatter of stars, "The sun is G8—orange," said Gersen. "Which is the orange sun3 . .. There. That one." The orange star appeared something to the side and below. Gersen cut off the mterspht. He ad)usted the macroscope, which revealed a single planet. He raised the magnification, continents and seas swam into focus. "Thamber," said Alusz Iphigenia Eper)e- Tokay. 10 There is a human quality that cannot be precisely named: possibly the most nohle of all human qualities. It includes but is larger than candor, generosity, comprehension, nice- ness of distinction, intensity, steadiness of purpose, total commitment. It is participation in all human perceptions, recollection of all human history. It is characteristic of every great creative genius and can never be learned: learning in this regard is bathos—the dissection of a butterfly, a spec- troscope turned to the sunset, the psychoanalysis of a laugh- ing girl. The attempt to learn is self-destructive; when erudition comes in, poetry departs. How common the man of intellect who cannot feel! How trifling are his judgments against those of the peasant who derives his strength, like Antaeus, from the emotional sediment of the race! Essen- tially the tastes and preferences of the intellectual elite, de- rived from learning, are false, doctrinaire, artificial, shrill, shallow, uncertain, eclectic, jejune, and insincere. . . . Life, Volume IV, by Unspiek, Baron Bodissey The critics discuss Baron Bodissey's Life: A monumental work if you like monuments. . . . One is irresistibly put in mind of the Laocoon group, with the good baron contorted against the coils of common sense, and the more earnest of his readers likewise endeavoring to disengage themselves. . . . Panct'etic Review, St. Stephen, Boniface THE KILLING MACHINE 293 Ponderously the great machine ingests its bales of lore; grinding, groaning, shuddering, it brings forth its product: small puffs of acrid vari-colored vapor. . . . Excahbur, Patris, Krokinole Six volumes of rhodomontade and piffle. . . . Academia, London, Earth Egregious, ranting, boorish, unacceptable— . . . The Rigellian, Avente, Alphanor Sneers jealously at the careers of better men. ... Im- possible not to feel honest anger. . . . Galactic Quarterly, Baltimore, Earth Tempting to picture Baron Bodissey at work in the Ar- cadian habitat he promulgates, surrounded by admiring goatherds. . . . El Orchide, Serle, Quantique It was morning over the continent Despaz. Alusz Iphigenia pointed out the geographical divisions. "To the south, the long strip under the Skar Sakau Mountains, along the seacoast—that is the Land of Mtsk. Aglabat is hard to see; it is brown and merges with the landscape, but it is there, where the coast curves inland." She pointed. "And where is your home?" "To the west. First is Vadrus over that arm of mountains. You can see the city Carrai: a patch of white and gray. Then there are more mountains and Gentilly lies beyond. There, where the sun- light is just touching—Gendlly." She turned away from the macro- scope. "But naturally you will never go there. Nor to Carrai." "Why not?" "Because neither my father nor Sion Trumble would allow me to be your slave." Without comment, Gersen bent over the macroscope, studied the landscape for the better part of an hour, while the planet rolled over into the sunlight. "A number of things are clear," he said at last, "and a number of things aren't so clear. For instance, how I can approach Kokor 294 THE DEMON PRINCES Hekkus without being killed? He undoubtedly has radar and quite possibly sky-bolts to protect his city. We must land somewhere beyond the range of detection devices, and the most convenient spot seems to be beyond those mountains." "And after you land—what then?" "In order to kill Kokor Hekkus, first I find him. To find him, I'll have to look for him." "What of me?" complained Alusz Iphigenia woefully. "I left Thamber to escape Kokor Hekkus; now you bring me back. After you are killed, which is certain, what then? Must I return to Inter- change?" "It seems that our interests coincide," said Gersen. "We both want Kokor Hekkus dead. Neither wants him aware of our presence on Thamber. We will stay together." He turned the Starskip down toward Thamber, standing well to the north of the mountains called the Skar Sakau. After careful inspection of the terrain, he found an isolated col under a great peak and there he landed. To right and left stood other wind-lashed peaks, laced with glaciers; below and to the south spread a jumble of ridges, chasms, precipices: as wild a region as any Gersen had known, W^hile waiting for air pressure to equalize, he lowered the little air-car from its pod, armed himself with his various weapons, wrapped himself in a cape, as did Alusz Iphigenia. He opened the port, Jumped down upon the soil of Thamber. The sun was bright; the air was cold; the wind mercifully was still. Alusz Iphigenia joined him, to stand looking around with an air of repressed exhilaration, as if in spite of her fears she was happy to be home. She turned to Gersen and spoke impulsively. "You're not an evil man, in spite of what you say about yourself. You've treated me kindly—more kindly that I could have expected. Why not give over this fantastic scheme of yours? Kokor Hekkus is secure behind the walls ofAgla- bat, not even Sion Trumble can threaten him. What can you do? To kill him you must bring him forth, you must defeat all his cruel ruses. And never forget that in all the universe he most wishes to meet you." "I'm aware of this," said Gersen. "And you still persist? You must be a lunatic or a sorcerer." "No."' "Then you have made plans?" "How can I make plans when I have no facts? That's what we're THE KILLIXG MACHINE 295 going out for now. See this box?" He nudged a black metal case with his toe. "I can sit at a distance of ten miles and send a spy- cell into Aglabat, to learn whatever I need to know." Alusz Iphigenia had no rebuttal to make. Gersen appraised the Starskip, the surrounding mountains; surely no wandering barbar- ians would come so high or so far. Divining his thoughts, Alusz Iphigenia said, "They keep to the south of the Skar, where their flocks find sustenance, where the granaries ofMisk are near at hand- If we fly south, we will see their villages. They are the most fero- cious fighters alive, using only daggers and bare hands." Gersen packed the black case aboard the air-boat, which, unlike the flying platform carried by his old Model 9B, was equipped with a transparent dome and comfortable seats. Alusz Iphigenia stepped aboard, Gersen joined her, closed down the dome. The boat rose, skidded off down the col, then south through the soaring juts and crags. Never had Gersen seen such awesome scenery. Cliffs rose sheer from crevasse-like valleys in which wound a dim metal tendril of a river, visible only because the orange sun hung at noon. Chasm opened into chasm; winds roaring through collided and buffeted the air-car. Occasionally a waterfall plunged from the lip of a crag, to fray and wave like a wisp of white silk. Crag after crag, ridge after ridge slipped behind, and the lay of the valleys was to the south. Far below, forests and meadows could be seen, and presently Alusz Iphigenia pointed to what seemed a complicated crumble of rock pasted to an almost sheer crag. "A village of the Tadousko-Oi. They'll think us a magic bird." "So long as they don't shoot us down." "They use only boulders to roll upon their enemies and bows and catapults for their hunting." Gersen nevertheless gave the vil- lage a wide berth, swinging across toward the opposite cliff wall, the surface of which seemed curiously humped and pocked. Only when within a hundred yards did he realize he was approaching another village, clinging with incredible precariousness to the bar- ren rock. He glimpsed a few dark figures; on a roof a man aimed a weapon. Gersen cursed, swerved; but a short sharp metal dart spat through the fore-part of the air-boat, which gave a jerk, a lurch, then sagged. Alusz Iphigenia cried out, Gersen hissed between his teeth. Not two hours on Thamber and already faced with disaster! "The front 296 I HP DFMON PRINCES lift-vanes are gone," he said, trying to speak calmly. "We're in no danger, don't be frightened We'll return to the ship." But this was obviously impossible the air-boat hung at an alarming angle, suspended on the center and rear vanes alone "We'll have to land," said Gersen "1 may be able to repair the damage... I thought you said these people had no weapons." "It must have been a cross-bow captured from Kokor Hekkus. I can think of no other explanation. . . . I'm truly sorry." "It's no fault of yours." Gersen gave his full attention to the plunging air-boat, trying to hold it on a manageable slant as they settled into the valley. At the last instant, he cut off the rear )ets, pushed the propulsion hard over, and for an instant held the craft on an even keel, and so they came down easily on a gravel terrace fifty feet above the river. Gersen stiffly alighted, went to inspect the damage. His heart sank. "How bad is it^" asked Alusz Iphigema anxiously. "Very bad. I might be able to get us back to the ship, by sliding the center vane forward, or something similar. . . . Well, to work." He brought out such tools as the standard equipment afforded, and set to work. An hour passed. Noon sunlight left the valley, blue shadows collected, with them came a dank chill smelling of snow and wet stone. Alusz Iphigema tugged at Gersen's arm. "Quick' Hide! The Tadousko-Oi." Startled, Gersen let himself be dragged into a cleft among the rocks. A moment later he saw one of the strangest sights of his lifetime. Down the valley came twenty or thirty large centipedes, each mounted by five men. The centipedes, Gersen noted, were similar to the fort built by Patch Construction, but much smaller. They ran smoothly over the stones, almost flowing. The riders were an ill-favored lot—massively muscled men whose maroon skins were burnished like old leather. Their eyes were stony and staring, their mouths harsh, their noses heavy and hooked They wore clumsy garments of black leather, helmets of crude iron and black leather; each carried a lance, an ax, and a heavy dagger. At the sight of the disabled air-car, the band drew up in sur- prise. "At least they weren't sent out to pick us up," whispered Gersen. Alusz Iphigema said nothing They were pressed close together THE KILLING MACHINE 297 m the cleft: even in the extremity of the circumstances he felt a tingling at the contact. The Tadousko-Oi had surrounded the air-car. A number alighted, and conversed in a harsh mumble. They began to look up and down the valley. It was only a matter of seconds before one of them would investigate the cleft. Gersen whispered to Alusz Iphigema, "Stay here. I'll distract them." He stepped forward, stood with thumbs hooked in his weapon harness. For a moment the warriors stood staring, then one who wore a helmet more complicated than the others came slowly forward. He spoke: harsh grumbling words apparently derived from the ancient universal tongue, but incomprehensible to Gersen. The slate-colored eyes of the chief—this seemed to be his rank—flicked past Gersen in new surprise. Alusz Iphigenia had come forward. She spoke in a rough approximation of the Tadousko-Oi language; the chief replied. The remaining warriors sat motionless, Gersen had never seen a tableau more sinister. Alusz Iphigenia spoke to Gersen. "I have told him that we are enemies of Kokor Hekkus, that we come from a far world to kill him. The hetman says that they are embarked on a raid, that they are to join with other bands, and that they plan to attack Aglabat." Gersen appraised the hetman once more. "Ask him if he can provide transportation back to our ship. I'll pay him well." Alusz Iphigenia spoke; the hetman gave a grunt of grim humor. He spoke; Alusz Iphigenia translated. "He refuses. All the company are intent m this great raid. He says that if we like we can (om the raiding party. I told him that you preferred to repair the air-boat." The hetman spoke: Gersen caught the word "dnazd" used sev- eral times. Alusz Iphigema turned—after a curious hesitation—to Gersen. "He says that we can't survive the night here, that the dnazd will kill us." "What is the'dnazd'?" "A great beast. This place is called the Valley of the Dnazd." The hetman spoke again in his dull grumbling voice, Gersen's ear, accustomed to extracting meaning from the thousand and one dialects and variants of the universal tongue, began to penetrate the hoarseness and glottal overtones. The hetman, for all the ominous sound to his voice, did not seem hostile. Gersen gathered that it was below the dignity of a war party such as this to prey upon 298 1HF DEMON PRINCES helpless wanderers. "You say you are enemies of Kokor Hekkus," seemed to be the essence of his words "In that case the man will be anxious to )om the war party—if, that is to say, he is a fighting man, as he may be in spite of his unhealthy pallor." Alusz Iphigenia translated. "lie says that this is a war party. Your pale skin gives him the impression that you are sick. He says that if we wish to come, it will be in a menial capacity. There will be much work and much danger " "Hmm. Is that what he says3" "Words to that effect." It was apparent that Alus? Iphigenia had no wish to join the war party. Gersen said, "Ask the hetman if there is any means by which we can return to the ship." Alusz Iphigenia asked the question; the hetman seemed sardon- ically amused. "If you can escape the dnazd, if you can find your way over two hundred miles of mountains without food and shel- ter. Alusz Iphigenia translated in a hollow voice. "He says he can't help us: we can try if we like." She looked at the air-boat. "Can we repair this3" "I don't think so Not unless I find tools. We had better go with these people—at least until something better offers." Alusz Iphigenia reluctantly translated Gersen's words. The chieftain gave an uninterested assent; he motioned, one of the mounts that carried only four warriors approached, Gersen climbed up on the pad that served as saddle, pulled Alusz Iphigenia up into his lap. This was the closest contact he had ever made with her, it seemed amazing that he had restrained himself so long. She seemed to be thinking similar thoughts, and gave him a pensive look. For a space she held herself as rigid as possible, then gradually relaxed. The centipedes ran smooth as oil down the valley moved the war party along an almost invisible trail that led up and down, over boulders, through gaps, cracks, and crevices. Occasionally when the valley walls closed tight together, with the Thamber sky a strip of dark blue ribbon and the water a rushing black syrup, the procession ascended the clifts. The warriors kept utter silence, the centipede- mounts made no sound, there was nothing to be heard but sigh of wind and sound of water. Gersen became ever more conscious of the warm body leaning against him. He reminded himself wistfully that indulgences of this sort were not for him, that his life was THE A/LL/VC, MACHINE 299 predestined to grief and doom—but his cells and nerves and in- stincts protested, and his arms tightened around Alusz Iphigenia. She looked around; he saw that her face was abstracted, melancholy, that her eyes were bright with something like tears. WTly in the world is she melancholy^ Gersen wondered. The circumstances were unfortunate, vexatious, but still short of desperate; if anything the Tadousko-Oi had treated them with courtesy. . . A halt inter- rupted his thoughts. The hetman was consulting a group of lieu- tenants; their attention was fixed high above, upon a crag where Gersen made out another of the dull crumbles he now knew for a village. Alusz Iphigenia shifted in his arms. "This is an enemy village," she told him. "The Tadousko-Oi feud among themselves." The hetman gave a signal, three scouts dismounted, ran ahead, testing the path. A hundred yards ahead, they croaked out in gut- tural alarm, sprang back, as a slab of rock crashed across the trail. The warriors stirred no muscle. The scouts continued along the trail, disappeared. Half an hour later they returned. The hetman signaled. One after another the mounts surged forward. From far above, objects like gray peas appeared, falling with odd slowness, almost floating. But size and speed were illusory; the objects were boulders that smashed to splinters along the trail. The warriors, showing no concern, avoided the fall by speeding, slowing, darting ahead, halting. WTien Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia were carried past, the fall of boulders had halted. Beyond the village the valley broadened to a crescent-shaped meadow with a feathery forest along the river. Mere, the lead mount stopped short, and for the first time a grumble of words passed down the line: "Dnazd." But the dnazd was not in evidence. The party, crouching low on their mounts, timorously continued across the meadow. The day had gone dark. High above, a few wisps of cirrus burned bronze in the dying sunlight. The party presently entered a cleft in the rocks—hardly more than a crevice—along which the mounts could squeeze only by folding their legs back At times Gersen might have touched the walls to either side. The crack wid- ened, became a circular area floored with sand. All alighted; the mounts were taken to the side, shackled together. Certain warriors dipped leather buckets in a nearby pool, fed the mounts buckets of water and what looked to be powdered blood. Others made small THE DEMON PRINCES 300 fires, hung pots on tripods, and began to boil up a rank-smelling stew. The hetinan and his lieutenants sat together, conferring in un- dertones. The hetman glanced toward Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia, made a movement; two of the warriors set up a kind of tent of black cloth. Alusz Iphigenia exhaled a soft sigh, turned her eyes to the ground. The stew was cooked; each warrior took an iron bowl from inside his helmet, dipped it into the pot, careless to steam and boil- ing stew. Having no bowls, Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia sat pa- tiently, while the warriors ate with fingers and slabs of hard bread. The first to finish polished his bowl with sand, brought it politely to Gersen, who accepted with thanks, dipped into the stew, brought the bowl to Alusz Iphigenia, an act which evoked an amused rumble of comment. Another bowl was forthcoming and now Gersen ate. The stew was not unpleasant, though salty and seasoned with an odd peppery spice; the bread was hard, and tasted like burning weeds. The warriors squatted around the fires without laughing or horseplay. The hetman rose, went to the tent. Gersen looked about for a place for himself and Alusz Iphigenia. It would be a chilly night, for they had only their cloaks. The Tadousko-Oi, who had even less, evidently planned to lay themselves down before the fire. . . . The warriors were looking at Alusz Iphigenia in a puzzled manner. Gersen looked at her also. She sat staring into the fire, arms wrapped around knees: nothing to excite perplexity. In the opening to the tent the hetman appeared, frowning impatiently. He beck- oned to Alusz Iphigenia. Gersen slowly rose to his feet. Alusz Iphigenia, without lifting her eyes from the fire, said in a soft voice: "To the Tadousko-Oi, women are a lower species. . -. They keep their women in common, and the highest ranking warrior sleeps with what is available— first." Gersen looked toward the hetman. "Explain that this is not our custom." Alusz Iphigenia looked slowly up at him. "We can do nothing; we are—" "Tell him." Alusz Iphigenia turned to the hetman, spoke Gersen's words. The warriors sitting around the fire became still. The hetman THE KILLING MACHINE 301 seemed startled, and came two paces forward. He spoke: "In your own land, you are obliged to observe your own customs; but this is the Skar Sakau, and here our ways must hold. Is this pale man the highest ranking warrior present? No, of course not. Therefore, you, the pale woman must come to my tent. This is the way of the Skar Sakau." Gersen did not wait for the translation. "Tell him that I am an extremely high-ranked warrior in my own land; that if you sleep with anyone it shall be with me." To this the hetman responded, not discourteously. "Again, this is the Skar Sakau. I am the hetman, no man can resist me; it is beyond dispute that I outrank the pale man. So come, woman, let there be an end to this undignified parley." Gersen said, "Tell him that I am more highly ranked—that I am a Space-Admiral, a Ruler, a Lord—anything that he will un- derstand." She shook her head, rose to her feet. "I had best obey." "Tell him." "You will be killed," said Alusz Iphigenia. "Tell him." Alusz Iphigenia spoke. The chieftain came another two steps forward, pointed to a burly young warrior. "Outrank this man, trounce him thoroughly to emphasize his lowly condition." The warrior doffed his upper harness. The hetman spoke, "The pale man carries coward's weapons. Let him know that he must fight as a man, either with dagger or his hands. He must remove his fire-flashers." Gersen's hand trembled toward his projac. But warriors nearby would instantly have overpowered him. Slowly he handed his weap- ons to Alusz Iphigenia, removed his jacket and singlet. His oppo- nent carried a heavy double-edged dagger; Gersen thereupon brought forth his own slim-bladed weapon. An area of sand between three fires was cleared; warriors of the Tadousko-Oi squatted about in a circle, liver-colored faces grave, dispassionate, almost insect-like. Gersen stepped forward, assessed his opponent. He was taller than himself, with hard muscles and quick motions. He twitched the heavy dagger as if it were a feather. Gersen held his blade loosely. The young warrior moved his dagger in a hypnotic circle, steel glimmering in the firelight. THE DEMON PRINCES 302 Gersen made a sudden hard motion. His blade flashed through the air, cut through the warrior's wrist, pinned it to his shoulder. The dagger fell from limp fingers; he stared in numb wonder at his helpless hand. Gersen stepped close, picked up the dropped weapon, ducked a kick, struck the warrior over the ear with the flat of the blade. The warrior tottered; Gersen struck him again; the man fell to the ground in a daze. Gersen recovered his dagger, politely placed the young war- rior's weapon into its scabbard, returned to Alusz Iphigenia, and began to dress himself in the clothes he had removed. For the first time there was a murmur among the spectators: neither applause, nor disapproval: merely a mild wonder, with a hint of dissatisfaction. All looked to the hetman, who now marched forward. He spoke in a loud voice, in a careful sing-song rhythm: "Pale man, you have defeated this young warrior. I cannot fault the unconventional method employed, though we of the Tadousko-Oi hold it the way of a weakling to stake all on a single cast. Moreover, nothing has been proved, other than the fact that you outrank the young war- rior. You must fight again." He searched among the faces, but Ger- sen spoke. "Tell the hetman," he instructed Alusz Iphigenia, "that my differences, in connection to where you shall spend the night, are solely with him, and it is he with whom I choose to fight." Alusz Iphigenia repeated the message in a low voice, and now the audience sat stunned. The hetman was obviously surprised. "Does he so choose? Does he not realize I am champion, the master of all men I have so far faced? Explain to him that I am hetman, that since he is not of the clan, such a fight must be to the death." Alusz Iphigenia explained; Gersen said, "Inform the hetman that I have no wish to prove my high rank; that I much prefer sleeping to fighting, so long as he does not insist on your company." Alusz Iphigenia spoke; the hetman removed his shirt. Then he spoke. "We shall settle the question of rank quickly, for there may not be two leaders to a war party. To avoid a coward's cast, we will fight with bare hands." Gersen appraised him: tall he stood, heavy but agile, with dark flesh that seemed as hard as horn. He glanced down at Alusz Iph- igenia who looked up at him fascinated, then slowly he stepped forward. Beside the knotted dark body his own seemed pallid and elastic. To test the hetman Gersen aimed an apparently random THE KILLWG JVMCHINE 303 blow toward his head; instantly a hard hand seized his wrist, a foot lashed out. Gersen disengaged his wrist with a jerk; he could have seized the foot and flung the hetman over, but instead allowed the toe barely to graze his hip. And he swung another left-handed blow that landed, almost as if by accident, on the hetman's neck. It felt like a tree trunk. The hetman hopped forward, both feet at a time, in a peculiarly disconcerting manner, both arms wide. Gersen punched at the out- thrust face. He struck the left eye, but was caught up m an arm lock, of a sort he had never experienced before, which in seconds would snap his ulna. Gersen relaxed his knees, then sprang around in a kind of mad somersault, kicking the hetman in the face and wrenching his arm free. The hetman was less confident when Ger- sen faced him next. He slowly raised both arms; Gersen struck at the left eye. Again the hetman's foot lashed out, Gersen refrained from seizing the ankle; again it grazed his hip. The hetman's eye was swollen. As he sprang back after the kick, Gersen took advan- tage of an instant's respite to scrape a hollow into the sand with his foot. The hetman circled him. Gersen moved away, feinted; his wrist was seized; a great hand hacked at the back of his neck. Gersen dived instantly forward, put his shoulder to the hetman's rock-hard belly; the blow slid off his shoulder. Gersen thrust forward; the hetman pulled up a knee battering Gersen's chest. Gersen caught the knee, shifted his position, caught the ankle, twisted; the hetman was forced to fall to protect his knee; Gersen kicked him in the right eye, jumped away from the sweep of the massive red arm. He stood panting and sobbing, his chest aching; but the hetman's right eye was closing. Gersen bent, carefully enlarged the hollow in the sand. Glaring like a boar, the hetman watched him, then, apparently casting caution aside, he rushed forward: Gersen moved aside; on occasion he had exercised the same feigned recklessness. He Jabbed at the hetman's left eye, but a dazzling fast blow of the hetman's left hand crushed his wrist, causing intense pain and leaving his left hand limp. This was a serious loss, but the hetman's right eye was shut and his left eye was swollen. Ignoring the pain, Gersen flapped his now useless left hand into the red face; again the left hand swung up to hack; but Gersen caught the left wrist in his right hand, kicked behind the left knee, butted into the hetman's neck, and the hetman let himself sag, still perfectly controlled and coordinated. Grunting, hissing bet-ween his teeth, Gersen hacked into the momentarily ex- 304 THE UFMON PRINCES posed neck; the hetman, purple in the face, slashed out back- handed; Gersen, who now was beginning to lose his agility, caught the blow on his right forearm. It was like the impact of a sledge- hammer; left and right hands both were useless. The two men stood back, both sweating and gasping. Both of the hetman's eyes were almost shut; Gersen strove to conceal the futility of his hands; it would be fatal to display weakness. Summoning his last resources he crouched, began to stalk the hetman: his arms held as if ready to strike. The hetman roared out, made his two-footed )ump; Ger- sen lurched to meet him, drove his right elbow into the black con- tusion of the hetman's neck. The hetman's arms surrounded Gersen, he began banging the side of his head against Gersen's temple. Gersen sagged low, butted at the hetman's chin, kicked at his knees. Both toppled, the hetman trying to swing Gersen under. Gersen acceded to the impulse, augmented it, landed on top, clenched in the wet maroon arms. He butted at the chin, at the nose; the hetman tried to counter with snapping teeth, heaving and lurching to roll to the top, which Gersen prevented with outspread legs. He butted, the teeth scarred his forehead. He butted at the nose, it broke. He butted again, battered down at the chin, again the teeth lacerated his forehead—but the hetman could take no more. He loosened his grip that he might place a forearm under Gersen's neck, but Gersen had been waiting. He Jerked himself free, sat upon the hetman's abdomen, then with his last energy brought his head down against the bridge of the hetman's nose. The hetman choked, relaxed, dazed by pain, fatigue, the blows to neck and head. Gersen staggered to his feet, arms dangling. He looked down at the great maroon body. Never had he fought so terrible an antagonist. Was the hetman dead? Lesser blows had killed lesser men. Gersen stumbled to where Alusz Iphigenia sat sobbing. In a slurred voice he said, "Tell the warriors to care for their hetman. He is a great fighter, and the enemy of my enemy." Alusz Iphigenia spoke. P'rom the onlookers came a dismal rum- ble. Several warriors went to look down at the unconscious hetman, then glanced toward Gersen. He stood swaying. Fires flickered cra- zily, faces were a nightmare blur. He gasped for air, and looking high glimpsed a cluster of stars shaped like a scimitar. . .. Alusz Iphigenia had risen to her feet. "Come," she said, and led him to the tent. None barred their way. 11 From "Smell Your Best," by Rudi Thumm, article in Cosmopo/is, January, 1521: Here is an excerpt from the catalog ofAEMISTHES: Perfumes, Redolences, Essences, Pamfile, Zaccare, Quantique. Each category is further amplified in the body of the cata- log, with the nature and quality of the constituents exactly, even redolently, defined. Section I: Odors for Personal Use. Beguilements: : For the sorcelment of a strange maiden ; To induce a new gallant ; To announce a triumph : To stupefy a noisy child : To welcome a lover : To hint at revulsion At festivals: . Promenades : Revels : Tarantellas In Solitude: At gatherings: : Small societies : Occasions of dignified circumstance : While discussing family secrets : At the god-yell —morning —evening —rogue —unpremeditated et cetera 306 THE DEMON PRINCES Section II: Ceremonial Private occasions: : For the house —various essences : For the lich-way : For the ancient tree : At water tasting —morning —twilight : At occasions of grief : At occasions of remorse : To celebrate a murder Public occasions: : To lave the feet of the Zatcoon : To cast upon an imminent battlefield : To facilitate flight : To scent the wind : To welcome good fortune et cetera What you should learn from the foregoing is plain: when you visit Zaccare, don't wear perfume—you may find yourself involved in circumstances you didn't bargain for. The people of this fantastic and beautiful land are as sen- sitive to odors as the Sirenese are to music, and an appar- ently insignificant daub of scent affords an astonishing amount of information. As can be seen, every occasion re- quires its correct perfume, and a mistake will seem utterly ludicrous to the folk of Zaccare. Unless advised by a local, go scentless. Better neutrality than gaucherie! Perfume manufacture is big business in Zaccare. At Pamfile, a hundred firms have their headquarters. From all over the Oikumene, oils, extracts, and essences are im- ported, with as many more collected in the nearby Tala- langi Forest. Here are samples of Zaccare fragrances: (scented tabs attached to page of magazine). Before dawn the warriors stirred, blew the coals ablaze, set their stew a-simmer. The hetman, his head a mass of bruises, sat with his back to a rock, looking dourly across the area. No one spoke to him, nor he to anyone. From the tent came Gersen, followed by Alusz Iphigenia. She had bound his left wrist, massaged his right THE KILLING MACHINE 307 arm; aside from a thousand bruises, aches, and the sprain ot his left wrist, he was not in bad condition. He walked to where the hetman sat, and essayed to speak in the harsh dialect of the Skar Sakau. "You tought'well." "You fought better," mumbled the hetman. "Never since boy- hood have I been beaten. I called you a coward. I was wrong. You did not kill me; by this token you become a clan-fellow, and het- man. What are your orders?" "Suppose I ordered the party to conduct us to our ship?" "You would not be obeyed. The men would ride off. I was as you are now—war leader. Beyond this I had only such authority as I was willing to enforce. And no more have you." "In that case," said Gersen, "we will consider the events of last night no more than friendly exercise. You are hetman, we are your guests. WTien it suits us we shall part company." The hetman lurched to his feet. "If these are your wishes, so be it. We proceed against our enemy Kokor Hekkus, Ruler of Misk." The party presently was ready to proceed. A scout went to re- connoiter the valley, but returned hurriedly. "Dnazd!" "Dnazd!" went the subdued rumble of voices. An hour passed; the sky brightened. The scout went forth again, returned to signal that all was clear. Out into the winding valley moved the procession, and away. At noon the valley widened and, as the war party rounded a bend, the notch made by the rocky slopes revealed a far view over a sunny green land. Ten minutes later they came to a spot where sixty or seventy other centipedes stood tethered with warriors squatting nearby. The hetman rode forward, conferred with others of similar rank; without delay the entire troop moved off down the valley. An hour before sunset, they came down out of the foothills into a rolling savannah. Here grazed herds of small black ruminants, tended by men and boys riding taller animals of the same general type. At the sight of the Tadousko-Oi they fled incontinently, then finding no pursuit, halted to stare in wonder. Gradually the land became more populated. First there were a few huts, then round low-walled houses with tall conical roofs, then villages; everywhere there was flight; none dared face the T a- dousko-Oi. 308 IHF DFMON PRINCFS At sunset the city Aglabat appeared, rising from a level green plain Battlemented walls of brown stone surrounded the city, which seemed a compact mass of tall round towers At the center, from the tallest tower of all, flew a brown and black pennon "Kokor Hekkus is m residence," said Aiusz Iphigenia "When he is gone, no pennon flies " Over green sward as neat and green as the turf of a park, the warriors approached the city Alusz Iphigenia was disturbed "Best that we part company with the Tadousko-Oi before they invest the town " "Why^" asked Gersen "Do you think Kokor Hekkus is to be caught nappmg? At any minute the Brown Bersaglers will sally forth. There will be a ter- rible battle, we may well be killed, or worse, captured, without once coming anywhere near Kokor Hekkus " Gersen could not quarrel with her remarks, but by some pe- culiar circumstance he had attached himself to the war band To leave now—especially when he shared the views of Alusz Iphigenia as to the probable destruction of the Tadousko-Oi—seemed like treachery Still, he had not come to Thamber for chrvalric gestures With the city two miles distant, the party halted Gersen ap- proached the hetman "WTiat are your battle-plans^" "We besiege the city Sooner or later Kokor Hekkus must send forth his army Before, when this occurred, we were too few and were forced to flee We still are few, but not too few We will destroy the Brown Bersaglers, we will grind the knights into dust, we will drag Kokor Hekkus across the plain to his death, then we will possess ourselves of the riches of Aglabat " The plan had the virtue of simplicity, thought Gersen "Sup- pose the army does not come forth3" "Sooner or later it must, unless they prefer to starve." The sun went down into a purple sky lights shone from the towers of Aglabat Tonight no one offered discourtesy to Alusz Iphigenia, like the night before they occupied the black, tent The sense of her nearness finally destroyed Gersen's self- control, he took her by the shoulders, looked into the dimness of her face, kissed her, and she seemed to respond But did she7 Her expression could not be seen through the dark He kissed her again, and felt moisture on her face: she was weeping Angrily he stood back 'Why are you crying7" 7//7 hllli\G MACHIM 309 "Pent-up emotions, probably " "Because I kissed you7" "Of course" Suddenly everything was unsatisfactory She was in his power, sub)ect to his orders He did not want her submission, he wanted her ardor "Suppose circumstances were different," he said "Sup- pose we were in Draszane, suppose that you had no worries Sup- pose I came to you—like this—and kissed you WTiat would you do=" "I will never see Draszane again," she said sullenly "I have many worries I am your slave. Do as you like " Gersen sat down on the floor of the tent "Very well I will go to sleep " The following day the Fadousko-Oi moved closer to the city, camping a mile in front of its main gate On the walls, soldiers could be seen moving back and forth At noon the gates opened, out marched six regiments of pike-men wearing brown uniforms with black armor and black helmets. The Tadousko-Oi gave a hoarse whoop, sprang to their mounts Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia watched the battle from the camp It was savage and bloody, waged without quarter. The Bersaglers fought bravely but without the wild ferocity of the mountain men, presently the remnants retreated through the gates, leaving a field strewn with dead The following day was eventless The brown and black pennon flew from the spire of the citadel Gersen asked Alusz Iphigenia, "Where does Kokor Hekkus keep his spaceship^" "On an island to the south He has an air-car like yours to fly back and forth Until Sion Trumble attacked the island and cap- tured the spaceship I thought Kokor Hekkus a great wizard " Gersen was more dissatisfied than ever It was clear that under no circumstances could he make contact with Kokor Hekkus Should the Tadousko-Oi succeed in storming the city, Kokor Hek- kus would escape m his air-car It was essential that they return to the Starskip Then he would take up a position where he could see but not be seen, where he could intercept the air-car that must eventually leave Aglabat, no matter what the outcome of the battle He told ^.lusz Iphigenia of his decision, she approved "We need only fare to Carrai Sion Trumble will escort you north of the Skar Sakau, and matters will be as you wish " "What of you--" THE DEMON PRINCES 310 She looked away toward the north. "Sion Trumble has long desired me for his bride. He has professed his love. I am willing." Gersen made a contemptuous sound. Noble Sion Trumble had professed his love! Gallant Sion Trumble' Gersen went to speak to the hetinan. "There were casualties in the battle, and I notice that now there are extra mounts. If you could spare me one of these, I will try to return to my spaceship." "It shall be as you wish. Select the mount of your choice." "The most docile and easily managed of the group will serve." Toward evening the mount was brought to the tent; at dawn Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia would depart for Carrai. During the night workmen from the city stole forth to erect an enclosure a hundred feet on a side, shrouded with brown cloth to a height of twenty feet. The Tadousko-Oi were furious at the in- solence. They mounted their centipedes and sallied forth, cautiously however, because the enclosure had not been set out for nothing. Indeed it had not. When the ranks of the centipede mounts had drawn close the brown cloth bulged: out ran an enormous centipede with thirty-six legs, eyes flashing fire. The Tadousko-Oi recoiled, swung about in confusion. "Dnazd!" came the cry. "Dnazd!" "No dnazd," Gersen told Alusz Iphigenia. "That is the product of Patch Engineering and Construction. And it is time we were on our way." They mounted the waiting centipede, sent it scurrying off to the north-west. On the sward before the city the fort ran back and forth, while the Tadousko-Oi scuttled frantically, finally fleeing in complete disorder. In pursuit came the fort, running with a fluid ease that gave Gersen rueful pleasure. Alusz Iphigenia was not yet convinced. "Are you sure the thing is metal?" "Absolutely." Certain of the Tadousko-Oi came the way Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia had traveled, and the fort followed, darting bolts of pur- ple-white fire. With every flash, a centipede shriveled and five men died; presently no more were left except that ridden by Gersen and Alusz Iphigenia, a half-mile in advance. They made frantically for the foothills, the fort swerved to cut them off. Up a swell of high ground, Gersen urged the mount, around a knob of rock; here he jumped to the ground, lifted down Alusz Iphigenia. The centipede raced away. Gersen scrambled up to a hiding-place behind an out- crop of moss-covered sandstone, with Alusz Iphigenia crawling af- THE KILLING JV1ACH1NE 311 ter. She looked at him, started to speak; then said nothing. She was dirty and scratched and disheveled; her garments were soiled, her eyes were wide, the pupils dark with fear. Gersen had no time for reassurances. He brought forth his projac, waited. There came a whir, a thud of thirty-six racing feet; over the rise scrambled the fort, to pause and search the landscape for its prey. Gersen fleetingly wondered if long ago in Patch's Workshop B he had subconsciously envisioned just this sort of confrontation. He set the projac at low power, took careful aim at a spot along the fort's dorsal ridge, pulled the trigger. In the cutoff cell a relay threw a switch. The legs became limber, the segmented body sagged to the ground. Presently the hatch opened; members of the crew alighted, to walk about the fort in obvious puzzlement. Gersen counted them: nine, out of a crew of eleven. Two had remained inside. All wore brown coveralls, all carried themselves in an in- definable manner that was not of Thamber. There were two who might be Seuman Otwal, or Billy Windle, or Kokor Hekkus: from distance of fifty yards, Gersen could not be sure of their faces. One turned: his neck was too long: definitely not the man Gersen sought. The other? But he had gone back into the fort. The ioni- zation began to dissipate, the legs were recovering their strength. .. . "Listen!" Alusz Iphigenia breathed into Gersen's ear. Gersen could hear nothing. "Listen!" she said again. Now Ger- sen heard a soft click-click click-click—a sound of vast menace. It seemed to come from behind them. Down the mountainside came the creature that the fort duplicated: a true dnazd. Gersen found it hard to understand how anyone could be deceived by the metal structure. If the Tadousko-Oi had been fooled by the fort, not so the dnazd. It came scuttling forward, stopped short, apparently from curiosity and amazement. The crew had scrambled aboard and clamped the hatch. The legs were still limp; from the eye came only a weak spatter of fire, to strike the dnazd on its rear segment. It reared high, emitted a wild whistling scream, flung itself on the fort. Both toppled to the ground, both rolled and clambered- Man- dibles chewed at the metal hull, poison-tipped prongs stabbed and scratched. Within, the crew tumbled and rolled until someone man- aged to set in motion the automatic righting sequence. Power back to normal, the fort scrambled to its feet. Once again the dnazd flung itself high to hurtle down at the metal segments. Fire spat from the 312 THE DEMON PRINCES eye; the dnazd lost the use of a leg. Again the eye took aim A central segment was blasted, and the dnazd sagged, legs thrashing at the ground. The fort moved back; fire flared from both sides of the eyes; the dnazd became a mound of reeking flesh Gersen inched forward Once more he turned his projac on the cutoff cell. As before, the fort swayed to the ground. Presently the hatch opened, the crew limped down the ladder to the ground. Gersen counted —nine—ten—eleven. All had come forth. They conferred, then went to inspect the dead dnazd When they turned about, Gersen stood nearby, his pro)ac trained on them. "Face away from me," said Gersen. "Stand in a line with hands in the air. I'll kill whoever gives me trouble." There was indecision, tentative swaying and tensing as each man calculated his chances of becoming a hero. Each decided they were poor. Gersen underscored the fact with a flash of energy that scorched the ground at their feet Grudgingly, faces contorted into masks of hate, they turned their backs. Alusz Iphigenia came to )oin Gersen, "Look inside," he said. "Make sure all are out." She returned after a moment to report the fort empty. "Now," said Gersen to the eleven men. "You must do exactly as I say, if you value your lives. The first man to the right back up six steps." He was sullenly obeyed. Gersen took his weapon, a small but vicious projac of a design Gersen had never seen before. "Lie down, flat on your face, put your arms to the small of your back." One by one the eleven moved back, lay flat, were disarmed and bound with straps from their own garments. One by one Gersen turned the men over so that they lay on their backs; one by one he searched their faces None were Seuman Ocwal. "Which of you is Kokor Hekkus7" he asked. There was a pause, then the man who had carried the projac spoke "He is at Aglabat." Gersen turned to Alusz Iphigenia "You know Kokor Hekkus: do any of these men resemble him^" Alusz Iphigenia looked searchingly at the man who had spoken. "His face is different—but his manner, his way of carrying himself is the same." Gersen considered the man's features. They appeared genuine, without the subtle demarcations or change of texture that indicated falseness; nor did he wear a mask. But the eyes were they the eyes THE KILLING MACHINE 313 of Seuman OtwaP There was an indefinable similarity, a sense of cynical wisdom. Gersen said no more. He looked over the remain- der of the crew, then returned to the man who had spoken. "What is your name7" "Franz Paderbush." The voice was soft, almost obsequious. "You are native to where7" "I am Knight Junior of the Castle Pader, at the east ofMisk. .. . Do you not believe me7" "Not with any conviction " "You need only come to Castle Paderbush," said the captive with a rather unsuitable flippancy of manner, "and the Knight Sen- ior, my father, will vouch for me a dozen times over." "Possibly true," said Gersen. "Still, you resemble Billy Windle of Skouse and also a certain Seuman Otwal whom I last met near Krokmole. You others," he said, "get to your feet, start walking." "WTiere3" asked one. "Wherever you choose " "With our arms bound the savages will kill us," grumbled an- other "Find a ditch and hide till nightfall " The ten disconsolately departed. Gersen made another search of Paderbush, but found no more weapons. "Now, Knight Junior, to your feet and into the fort." Paderbush obeyed with a nimble willingness that Gersen found disquieting. He tied the Knight Junior securely to a bench, then clamped the port, and went to the familiar controls. "You know how to operate this horror7" asked Alusz Iphigenia. "I helped build it." She gave him a thoughtful, puzzled look, then turned to inspect Franz Paderbush, who favored her with a witless smirk Gersen worked the controls, the legs responded, the fort ran off to the north "Where are you going3" asked Alusz Iphigenia after a moment. "To the spaceship, naturally " "Through the Skar Sakau7" "Through, or around." "You must be mad." Gersen was dampened. "In the fort we should be able to make it." "You know nothing of the trails They are difficult and often 314 THE DEMON PRINCES lead to pitfalls. The Tadousko-Oi will roll down boulders. The chasms are infested by dnazd. If you avoid these, there are crevasses, precipices, crags. We have no food." "What vou say is true. But—" "Turn west to Carrai. Sion Trumble will honor you, and guide you north around the Skar." Gersen, unable to refute the arguments, with poor grace swung the fort around, descended into the valley. They came into a pleasant rolling country. The Skar Sakau dwindled and faded into the blue haze. All through the warm sum- mer afternoon the fort ran west, past small farms and granges, with stone barns and stone cottages with tall roofs, and occasional vil- lages. At the sight of the fort the inhabitants stood glassy-eyed, transfixed with terror. They were an ordinary-seeming folk, fair- skinned with dark hair: the women wearing voluminous skirts and tight patterned bodices; the men, puffed knee-length bloomers, bright shirts, and embroidered jackets. From time to time, a manor house could be seen at the back of a park; occasionally there was a castle perched high on a bluff. Certain of these manors and castles appeared to be falling into ruins. "Ghosts," Alusz Iphigenia ex- plained. "This is ancient country, well haunted!" Gersen, glancing toward Franz Paderbush, surprised a quiet smile on his face. Several times he had noted a similar smile on the face of Seuman Otwal—but these were neither the features nor the flesh of Seuman Otwal. The sun sank and twilight fell across the countryside. Gersen halted the fort at the edge of a lonely water-meadow. Rations in- tended for the crew constituted an evening meal, after which Pad- erbush was confined in the stern lazaret. Gersen and AJusz Iphigenia went outside and watched fireflies. Overhead hung the constellations of Thamber: plentiful to the south, sparse to the north where intergalactic space began. A night- creature sang in a nearby forest, the air was soft with the bosky odor of vegetation. Gersen could think of nothing to say. Finally he heaved a sigh, took her hand, which she made no effort to with- draw. For hours they sat with their backs to the fort. Fireflies flickered across the meadow. From a distant village, a sad-voiced bell tolled the passage of the hours. At last Gersen spread his cloak and they slept in the soft grass. THE KILLING MACHINE 315 At dawn they once more set forth to the west. The country changed; the landscape rolled up into forested hills and valleys, then became mountains shrouded with tall conifer-like trees. The habi- tations became fewer, more primitive; the manor houses disap- peared; only the castles remained to brood over valley and river. On one occasion, the silently running fort came upon a band of armed men parading drunkenly down the middle of the road. They wore ragged garments and carried bows and arrows. "Outlaws," said Alusz Iphigenia. "The Scum ofMisk and Vad- rus. A pair of stone keeps guarded the border; the fort ran past; behind, bugles blared hurried calls-to-arms. An hour later the fort came out upon a view over rolling coun- try to north and west. Alusz Iphigenia pointed: "There is Vadrus. See, behind the dark forest, the patch of white? That is the city Carrai. Gentilly is yet to the west, but I am well known at Carrai. Sion Trumble has often extended hospitality to my family, for in Gentilly I am princess." "So now you will become his bride." Alusz Iphigenia looked ahead toward Carrai in regret and sad- ness, as at some bittersweet recollection. "No. I am no longer a child. All does not seem so easy. Before there was Sion Trumble— and Kokor Hekkus. Sion Trumble is a warrior and no doubt is as brutal in battle as any. But to the folk of Vadrus he makes an at- tempt at justice. Kokor Hekkus of course is the definition of evil. Before I would have taken Sion Trumble. Now I want neither. I have had too much excitement. ... Indeed," she said wistfully, "I fear that I have learned too much since leaving Thamber, and I have lost my youth." Gersen turned. He caught sight of the prisoner. "And why are you amused?" "I recall a similar disillusionment of my youth," said Franz Pad- erbush. "Do you care to relate the circumstances?" "No. It is only just barely relevant to the conversation." "How long have you served Kokor Hekkus?" "All my life. He rules Misk, he is my master." "Perhaps you can tell us something of his plans?" "I fear not. I doubt if he has many, and these he keeps to THE DPMON PR1NCFS himself He is a remarkable man 1 imagine that he will resent the loss of his tort " Gersen laughed "Far less than the other harms I have dealt him \s at Skouse, when I thwarted his bargain with Daemel Trem- bath As at Interchange, when 1 stole his princess and paid him off with blank paper " \s Gersen spoke he studied the eyes of Pader- bush, was it his imagination or did the pupils dilate slightly^ The uncertainly was exasperating, especially when it seemed so pointless and ungrounded Billy Windle, Seuman Otwal, Franz Paderbush none resembled the other save in physical proportion and in a cer- tain indefinable style. None, according to Alusz Iphigema, could be Kokor Helckus The fort slid down from the mountains, passed through a region of orchards and vines, then a well-watered mead- ow land dotted with crofts and villages, then it came out on a low headland to overlook Carrai—a city far different from Aglabat. In- stead of grim brown walls, here were wide avenues, marble colon- nades, villas surrounded by trees, palaces in formal gardens as splendid as any of Earth If there were slums or hovels, they were remote from the main thoroughfares At the entrance to the city, a great marble arch supported a ball of rock crystal Here stood a platoon of guards in purple and green uniforms At the approach of the fort, a lieutenant bawled orders, the guards marched forward, pallid but determined, seated their pikes, and awaited death Fifty yards from the gate, Gersen halted the fort, opened the hatch, leapt to the ground The soldiers went limp in astonishment AJusz Iphigema came forward, the lieutenant seemed to recognize her in spite of her disheveled appearance "Is it Princess Iphigenia of Dras/ane, who steps forth from the gullet of the dnazd7" "The beast belies appearances," said Alusz Iphigenia "It is Ko- kor Helckus' mechanical toy that we have taken from him Where is Lord Sion Trumble, is he in residence2" "No, Princess, he is to the north, but his Chancellor only this moment has entered Carrai, and stands nearby I will send for him " A tall white-bearded nobleman in black and purple velvet pres- ently appeared He came gravely forward, made a gesture of re- spect Alusz Iphigenia greeted him with relief, as if here at last was someone in whom she could repose confidence She introduced him to Gersen "The Baron Fndel Thobalt", then she inquired for Sion Trumble Baron Thobalt responded in a voice from which irony THE KILLING MACHINE 517 was not absent Sion Trumble had sallied forth on a raid against the Grodnedsa corsairs of the North Promeneous Sea He was expected back in the not-too-distant future Meanwhile the princess should regard the city as her own this would be Sion Trumble's desire Alusz Iphigenia turned to Gersen, a new grace and radiance shining from her face "I cannot repay you for your services to me, nor would I try—after all, I suppose you did not regard them as such Still I offer you the hospitality that I now command whatever your desire you need only announce it " Gersen replied that it had been his pleasure to serve her, any obligation on her part she had more than canceled by guiding him to Thamber. "But I'll still take advantage of your offer I want Paderbush confined where he'll be absolutely secure until I decide what to do with him " "We will be lodged at the State Palace; in the crypts are suitable dungeons " She spoke to the lieutenant of the guards, and the un- fortunate Paderbush was hustled away Returning to the fort, Gersen disconnected various cables and connections, thereby disabling the mechanism Meanwhile a car- riage had appeared, a tall ornate vehicle on golden wheels Gersen )0ined Alusz Iphigema and Baron Thobalt in the forward compart- ment, with a feeling of guilt for his soiled garments he seated him- self on soft red velvet and white fur The carriage proceeded along the boulevard, men in rich cos- tumes and tall peaked hats, women in white gowns of many flounces turned to watch Ahead lay the State Palace of Sion Trumble This was a square building at the back of a great garden, the design of which, like the other palaces of Carrai, was at once ornate and pleasantly naive there were six tall towers encircled by spiral staircases, a dome of glass pentagons held in a web of bronze, terraces with balusters in the shape of nymphs At a marble ramp the carriage halted, here waited an extremely tall, extremely thin old man in black and gray robes. He carried a mace terminating in an emerald ellipsoid, ap- parently an insignia of office. He greeted Alusz Iphigema with mea- sured respect. Baron Thobalt presented him to Gersen "Uther Caymon, Seneschal of the State Palace." The seneschal bowed, at the same time casting a critical eye up and down Gersen's stained garments, then flicked his mace Foot- }18 rw DF MON PRINCES men appeared, escorted Alusz Iphigema and Gersen into the palace Across a long salon hung with crystal they walked, on a carpet woven in patterns or lavender, rose, and pale green They parted in a circular vestibule, each to a side corridor Gersen was taken to a suite of rooms opening on a walled garden, with blossoming trees surrounding a fountain After the hardships of the journey, the sud- den luxury was unreal Gersen bathed in a warm pool, and a barber appeared to shave him. From a wardrobe a valet brought fresh garments loose dark green trousers gathered at the ankle, a dark blue shirt embroidered in white, green leather slippers with eccentric curled toes, the rakish peaked cap that seemed an essential part of the masculine attire In the garden a table had been set with fruit, cakes, and wine Gersen ate, drank, and wondered why, amid surroundings such as this, Sion Trumble could bring himself to raid corsairs or indulge in any hardships whatever He left the apartment and wandered through the palace, finding everywhere furnishings, rugs, and hangings of exquisite craftsman- ship ob)ects of varying styles evidently brought from all the regions of Thamber In a drawing room, he came upon the Baron Thobalt who greeted him with somber courtesy After a moment or two of pon- dering, Thobalt inquired as to the nature of the outside universe "—from which, so I understand, you have come " Gersen admitted as much. He described the Oikumene, its var- ious worlds and their organizations, the Beyond and its disorgani- zation, the planet Earth from which had issued all humanity. He spoke of Thamber and the legend that it had become, to which the Baron replied that the remainder of humanity was no less a myth to the folk of Thamber With a trace of melancholy he asked, "No doubt you intend to return to your native environment5" "In due course," Gersen said cautiously "You will then explain that Thamber is after all no myth5" "I haven't considered the matter," said Gersen "What is your own feeling5 Perhaps you prefer isolation " Thobalt shook his head "I am thankful that I need not make this decision Before today, only a single individual claimed to have visited the worlds of the stars, and this was Kokor Hekkus—but he is denounced everywhere as a hormagaunt—a man without a soul, and not to be trusted " THE KILLING MACHINE 319 "You are acquainted with Kokor Hekkus5" "I have seen him across the field of war " Gersen forbore to ask if the Baron had noted a similarity with the man Paderbush Thinking of Paderbush, now a prisoner in the crypts, he felt a twinge of conscience if the man were not Kokor Hekkus, his only offense was participation m a counterattack upon the Tadousko-Oi Gersen signaled a footman "Take me to the crypts where my prisoner is confined " "A moment, Sir Knight, I will inform the seneschal, he alone carries keys to the crypts " The seneschal presently appeared, considered Gersen's request, then rather grudgingly, or so it seemed, took Gersen to a great door of carved wood, unlocked it to reveal a second iron door, which opened upon a flight of stone steps These led down a long single flight, into an area paved with granite flags, illuminated by slits communicating with the outside daylight To one side, iron- barred doors led into cells, only one of which was occupied The seneschal gestured "There is your prisoner. If you wish to kill him, be kind enough to use the chamber beyond, where the necessary equipment is at hand " "I plan nothing like that I only wanted to assure myself that he suffered nothing ill." "This is not Aglabat, there is nothing of that sort here " Gersen went to look through the bars, Paderbush, leaning back in a chair, surveyed him with contemptuous mockery. The cell was dry and airy, on a table were the remnants of an apparently ade- quate meal "You are satisfied5" asked the seneschal. Gersen turned away with a nod. "A week or two of meditation can do him no great harm Allow him to see no one but myself." "As you wish " The seneschal conducted Gersen back to the drawing-room, where now Alusz Iphigenia had joined the Baron Present were also other ladies and knights of the palace Alusz Iph- igenia looked at Gersen with something like surprise "I have known you only as a spaceman," she told him "I am surprised to see you a gentleman of Vadrus " Gersen grinned "I haven't changed, in spite of the finery But you—" he could not find words to express what he wanted to say. Alusz Iphigenia said rather hurriedly, "I have had word that 320 HIP 1)1- MON PRINC FS Sion Trumble returns. He will be with us at this evening's ban- quet." Gersen felt an emptiness. He strove to deny it to himself in spite of his clothes he was no gentleman, of Vadrus or elsewhere, he was Kirth Gersen, survivor of the Mount Pleasant massacre, doomed to a lifetime of dark deeds. He said lightly, "This is what makes you happy—the nearness of your betrothed?" She shook her head. "He is hardly that, as you well know. I am happy because—but no' I am not happy. I am all at odds with myself!" She gave her hands an excited nutter "Look! All this is mine, should I want it' I can en)ov all the best ofThamber' But—do I want it3 And then there is Kokor Hekkus, who is unpredictable. But somehow I do not think of him . . Is it that I prefer the life of a vagabond—that I have seen enough of the worlds beyond Thamber to tantalize me7" Gersen had nothing to say. She sighed, looked at him from the corner of her eye. "But I have small choice I am here now and here I must stay. Next -week I return to Draszane—and you will be gone. .. . You will, won't you^" Gersen gave the matter sober thought. "Where and how I go depends on how best I can return to the spaceship " "And then?" "And then—I continue with what I came to do." She sighed. "It seems a bleak prospect. Back to the Skar Sakau. . . . The crags and chasms once more. Then Aglabat. How will you find your way through the walls^ And it you are captured—" she grimaced. "When I first heard of the crypts under Aglabat I did not sleep for months, I was afraid to sleep, ror fear ot the Aglabat crypts." An attendant in pale green livery passed by with a tray; Alusz Iphigema took two goblets, gave one to Gersen "And if you were killed or captured—how could I leave Thamber, if I were of a mind to do so?" Gersen laughed uncomfortably "If I thought of these matters, I would fear them. I would be less effective tor my fear and hence more likely to suffer capture or death. If you wed Sion Trumble, it appears that you will have the same problems." Alusz Iphigenia shrugged her slender bare shoulders—she wore the white flounced sleeveless gown characteristic of the city. "He is handsome, gentle, just, gallant—and perhaps too good for me. I THE KILLING MACHINE 321 suddenly find myself thinking thoughts and wishing wishes I never knew before." She looked around the room, listened a moment to the murmur of conversation, then turned back to Gersen. "I find it hard to express myself—but in a period when men and women fly space almost instantly, when a hundred worlds associate them- selves in an Oikumene, when anything seems possible to human reason, this remote little planet with its extremes of virtue and vi- dousness seems unthinkable." Gersen, who knew the worlds Beyond and the worlds of the Oikumene much more intimately than Alusz Iphigema, could not share her feelings. "It depends," he said, "on how you regard hu- manity: its past, its present, and what you hope for the future. Most people of the Oikumene might agree with you. The Institute"—he laughed hollowly—"probably would prefer more ofThamber in the daily life of the Oikumene." "I know nothing of the Institute," said Alusz Iphigenia. "Are they evil men, or criminals3" "No," said Gersen. "They are philosophers. . .." Alusz Iphigema sighed, almost absently, reached forth to take his hand. "There is so much I don't know." A herald marched into the room, followed by pages with long clarions. The herald cried, "Sion Trumble, Grand Prince ofVadrus, enters his palace'" The room became quiet. A distant measured clanking could be heard in the hall. The pages raised their clarions, blew a fanfare. Into the room strode Sion Trumble, wearing stained armor, a mo- rion dented and smeared with blood. He removed the morion, re- vealing a mass of blond ringlets, a close-cropped blond beard, a fine straight nose, and the bluest of blue eyes. He raised his arm in salute to all, then marched to Alusz Iphigenia, bowed over her hand. "My princess—you have chosen to return." Alusz Iphigenia giggled. Sion Trumble looked at her in sur- prise. "The truth of the matter," said Alusz Iphigema, "is that this gentleman allowed me no choice." Sion Trumble turned to inspect Gersen. He and Sion Trumble would never be friends, thought Gersen. Noble, gallant, gentle, and just though Sion Grumble might be, he likewise was almost cer- tainly humorless, self-righteous, and obstinate. "I have been informed of your coming," Sion Trumble told Gersen. "I noted the dreadful mechanism in which you came. We shall have much to discuss. But now, please excuse me. I go to 322 THE DEMON PRINCES relieve myself of my armor." He turned, departed the room. The murmur of conversation began again. Alusz Iphigenia had no more to say, and became almost pensive. An hour later, the company moved to the banquet hall. At an ele- vated table sat Sion Trumble in robes of scarlet and white flanked by nobles of the realm. Below ranged other folk in strict order of precedence. Gersen found himself near the outer door, and he noted that Alusz Iphigcnia, for all her ostensible standing as the betrothed of Sion Trumble, still gave way to at least six ladies of presumably more elevated rank. The banquet was long and splendid; the wines were strong. Gersen ate and drank sparingly, answered questions with courtesy, unsuccessfully tried to make himself inconspicious, for it appeared that every eye was on him. Sion Trumble ate scantily and drank less. Halfway through the meal he rose, and pleading fatigue, excused himself from the com- pany. Somewhat later a page came behind Gersen to whisper in his ear; "My lord, at your convenience, the prince wishes to speak with yon." Gersen rose to his feet; the page led him to the circular vesti- bule, along a corridor, through a door into a small drawing-room paneled in green wood. Here sat Sion Trumble, now wearing a loose gown of pale blue silk. He motioned Gersen to a chair nearby, indicated a tabouret on which stood goblets and flasks. "Be at ease," he said. "You are a man of a far world; please ignore our incom- prehensible protocol. We will talk as one man to another, with complete candor. Tell me—why are you here?" Gersen could see no reason to tell other than the truth. "I came to kill Kokor Hekkus." Sion Trumble raised his eyebrows. "Alone? How will you storm his walls? How will you defeat the Brown Bersaglers?" "I don't know." Sion Trumble looked into the fire that burned in a nearby grate. "As of the moment, truce exists between Misk and Vadrus. There might well have been war when the Princess Iphigenia chose to cast her lot with me, but now it seems that she will have neither of us." He frowned into the fire, gripped the chair handles. "I will provide no provocation." THE KILLING MACHINE 323 "Can you help me in any way whatever?" Gersen thought that he might as well learn the worst. "Conceivably. What is your quarrel with Kokor Hekkus?" Gersen described the raid on Mount Pleasant. "Five men de- stroyed my home, killed all my kin, enslaved my friends. I hope to bring retribution to these five. Malagate is dead. Kokor Hekkus will be next." Sion Trumble frowned and nodded. "You have undertaken what seems a formidable task. Specifically what do you want of me?" "First, your help and guidance in returning to my spaceship, which I left to the north of the Skar Sakau." "This I will provide, to the best of my ability. To the north of the Skar are principalities hostile to me, and the Tadousko-Oi are implacable." "There is another aspect to the affair," said Gersen. He hesi- tated, suddenly aware of another startling possibility that till now he had not recognized. He continued slowly. "When I took the fort from Kokor Hekkus, I took also a prisoner who I thought might be Kokor Hekkus himself. Princess Iphigenia thinks not; but I am uncertain. It seemed unlikely then, and does so now, that Kokor Hekkus could resist the first trial of his new toy. . . . And something about this prisoner reminds me of another man who might also he Kokor Hekkus." "I can deal with your uncertainty," said Sion Trumble. "In the palace is Baron Eri Castiglianu, once intimately leagued with Kokor Hekkus and now his direct enemy. If anyone will know Kokor Hek- kus, the Baron Castiglianu is the man, and tomorrow you may make the test." "I will be happy to hear his opinion." Sion Trumble came to a decision. "I cannot help you to any large extent; for I do not visit war or hardship upon my people without good cause. So long as Kokor Hekkus keeps to Aglabat I will not provoke him." He made a sign: the audience was over. Gersen rose to his feet, left the room. In the antechamber he found the seneschal who con- ducted him to his apartments. Gersen went out into the garden, looked up at the sky, found the scimitar-shaped cluster: the "God- Boat," and thought of what he must do, and was almost appalled. Yet—what otherwise? Why had he come to Thamber? 324 7 HE DEMON PRINCFS He went to bed and slept well Sunlight streaming into his room awakened him He bathed, dressed in the most somber of the gar- ments to he found in his wardrobe, ate a breakfast of fruit, pastry, and tea Clouds rolled in from the west and there was rain in his garden Gersen watched the drops plash in the pool, and considered the various factors to the situation Always he returned to the same idea the identity of Paderbush must be established by one means or another A page entered to announce the attendance of Baron Eri Cas- tiglianu He was a gaunt man of middle age, stern of demeanor, scarred along both his cheeks "I have been ordered by Prince Sion Trumble to place my special knowledge at your disposal," he said "This I shall be pleased to do " "You are aware of what I require3" "Not clearly " "I want you to look closely at a man and tell me whether or not he is Kokor Hekkus " The baron grimaced "And what then3" "You can do this3" "Assuredly. Notice these scars they were wrought by the orders of Kokor Hekkus I hung three days on a rod through my cheeks, living only through hate " "Come then, let us inspect this man " "He is here?" "He is confined below, in the crypts." The page brought the seneschal, who unlocked the double doors of timber and metal Into the crypt the three descended. Paderbush stood in the cell, hands on bars, legs apart, staring forth into the outer chamber Gersen pointed "This is the man " The baron advanced, inspected Paderbush closely "Well3" asked Gersen "No," said the baron after a moment "This is not Kokor Hek- kus At least—no, I am sure not . Although the eyes look at me with evil wisdom No, he is a stranger I have never met him at Aglabat or elsewhere " "Very well then, it appears I have been wrong " Gersen turned to the seneschal "Open the door " "You intend to release the man3" "Not completely But he need no longer be confined in a dun- geon." THE KILLING MACHINE 325 The seneschal unlocked the door "Come forth," said Gersen "It appears that I have done you an injustice." Paderbush slowly stepped from the cell, he had not been ex- pecting release, and he moved warily Gersen took him by the wrist, using a grip that could instantly be transposed into an arm-lock "Come along, back up the stairs " "Where do you take this man3" the seneschal inquired petu- lantly. "Prince Sion Trumble and I will jointly make a decision," said Gersen To Baron Eri Castighanu he said "My thanks for your cooperation, you have been helpful " Baron Castighanu hesitated. "This man may be a villain in any case, he may seek to overpower you " Gersen displayed the projac he carried in his left hand "I am prepared for anything." The baron bowed, walked swiftly away, relieved to be dis- charged of his obligation. Gersen took Paderbush to his apartments, closed the door upon the seneschal Gersen seated himself in a leisurely manner, Paderbush stood in the center of the room and finally asked "WTiat do you plan with me now3" "I am still puzzled," said Gersen. "Possibly you are the man you say you are; in which case I know nothing to your discredit, other than the fact that you serve Kokor Hekkus. Still, I would not have you pent in a dungeon for hypothetical crimes You are soiled, will you bathe3" "No." "You prefer sweat and grime3 Perhaps you would change your clothes3" "No " Gersen shrugged "As you wish." Paderbush folded his arms, glared down at Gersen "WTiy do you restrain me here3" Gersen considered "I suspect that your life is m danger I mean to protect you " "I am well able to protect myself." "Nevertheless, please seat yourself in that chair yonder " Ger- sen pointed with the tip of his pro)ac "You stand like a wild beast about to pounce, and this makes me uneasy." Paderbush gave him a cold grin, seated himself "I have done 326 THE DEMON PRINCES you no harm," he said presently. "But you have humiliated me, thrown me into a dungeon, and now you ply me with hints and innuendos. I tell you, Kokor Hekkus is not a man to overlook pur- poseful wrongs done to his underlings. If you wish to spare your host much embarrassment I suggest that you discharge me from custody, that I may return to Aglabat." "You know Kokor Hekkus well?" Gersen asked in a tone of easy conversation. "Certainly. He is a man like a Khasferug eagle. His eyes glitter with intelligence. His joy and his anger are both like fire, and sweep all before them. His imagination is as broad as the sky, everyone wonders regarding the thoughts that form and pass behind his brow, and from what source they are derived." "Interesting," said Gersen. "I am eager to meet him—as I shall soon do." Paderbush was incredulous. "You are to meet Kokor Hekkus?" Gersen nodded. "You and I will return to Aglabat in the fort— after a week or two of rest here at Carrai." "I prefer to leave at this moment." "Impossible. I want no notice of my arrival; I wish to surprise Kokor Hekkus." Paderbush sneered. "You are a fool. You are more than a fool. How can you surprise Kokor Hekkus? He knows more of your movements than you do yourself." 12 From "The Avatar's Apprentice," in Scroll from the Ninth Dimension: There was no cessation to the haze that extended right and left in gelid layers, and up was as good as down. There was a sense of comings and goings, of invisible fluttering messages: all quite beyond Marmaduke's apprehension. He began to suspect that somehow the Doctrine of Temporal Stasis had effected a transposition of percepts. Why else, he wondered, as he groped through the mauve suffusion, should the word "lachrymose" occur to him again and again and again? He found himself at the edge of a bulging limpid win- dow, beyond which danced anamorphotic visions. Looking up he spied a fringe of curving rods; below he found a pink curving shelf, in which were embedded more of these rods. To the side a lumpy porous object thrust forth like a pro- digious nose: and he now saw the object to be a nose in all verity, a most extraordinary object. Marmaduke altered the trend of his musings. The central problem, so it seemed, was to learn from whose eye he looked forth. Much, after all, would depend upon his viewpoint. The morning passed. Paderbush at times seemed to doze in the chair, at times seemed vividly alert, on the verge of a sudden attack upon Gersen. After one of these tense periods Gersen said, "I urge you to patience. First, as you know, I carry a weapon"—he held THE. DKMON PRINCF.S 328 the projac up into Paderbush's view—"and second, even without it you could do nothing against me." "Are vou so sure?" Paderbush asked with weary insolence. "We are of a size; let us try a fall or two, and see who is the better man." "Thank you; not on this occasion. WTly should we exert our- selves? Presently we will have our noon meal, so let us relax." "As you wish." At the door sounded a tap-tap-tap. Gcrsen went to stand by the thick panel. "Who is there?" "It is Uther Caymon, seneschal," came the muffled voice. "Open the door, if you please." Gersen did so; the seneschal stepped forward. "The Prince wishes to see you in his chambers at once. He has heard the opinion of the Baron Eri Castiglianu and he begs that the prisoner be given his freedom; he wishes to provide Kokor Hekkus no pretext for contentiousness." "I definitely intend to relinquish all control over this man, in due course," said Gersen. "But now he has agreed to accept the hospitality of Sion Trumble for possibly two weeks." "That is generous of him," observed the seneschal drily, "in- asmuch as the Grand Prince has been so remiss as to forget to proffer this same hospitality. Will you accompany me to the apart- ments of Prince Sion Trumble?" Gersen rose to his feet. "With pleasure. What will I do with our guest? I dare not leave him, nor do I care to go everywhere arm in arm with him." "Return him to the dungeon," said the seneschal crossly. "This is hospitality adequate for his sort." "The Grand Prince would not agree to this," declared Gersen. "He has only just requested that I release the man." The seneschal blinked. "That is so." "Please convey my apologies, and ask if he will condescend to meet me here." The seneschal made a gruff noise, threw up his hands in a help- less gesture, threw a baleful side-glance toward Paderbush and left the room. Gersen and Paderbush sat facing each other. "Tell me," said Gersen, "are you acquainted with a man named Seurnan Otwal?" "I have heard his name mentioned." THE KILLING MACHINE 329 "He is an associate of Kokor Hekkus. You and he have certain mannerisms in common." "That may well be true—perhaps because of our association with Kokor Hekkus. . .. WTiat are these mannerisms?" "An attitude of the head, a certain set of gesticulations, what I might call a psychic aura. Very strange indeed." Paderbush nodded solemnly, but said no more. A few minutes later Alusz Iphigenia came to the door, and was admitted. She glanced in surprise from Gersen to Paderbush. "Why is this man here?" "He thinks the solitude of the dungeon unjust, since his of- fenses number only a dozen or so murders." Paderbush grinned wolfishly. "I am Paderbush, Knight Junior of Castle Pader; none of my line have shunned taking a life or two, at the risk of his own." Alusz Iphigenia turned away, addressed herself to Gersen. "Carrai is not so gay as before. Something has changed, something is lacking: perhaps it is in me. ... I want to return to Draszane, to my home." "I thought that a great gala was being planned in your honor." Alusz Iphigenia shrugged. "Perhaps it has already been forgot- ten. Sion Trumble is angry with me—or at least is not so gallant as before." She gave Gersen a quick side-glance. "Perhaps he is jealous," " 'Jealous'? Why should he be jealous?" "After all, you and I spent much time alone. This is enough to arouse suspicion—and jealousy." "Ridiculous," said Gersen. Alusz Iphigenia raised her eyebrows. "Am I so ill-favored? Is the mere suggestion of such a relationship so absurd?" "Not at all," said Gersen. "To the contrary. But we must not let Sion Trumble suffer such a misconception." He summoned a page, sent him to request audience with Sion Trumble. The page presently returned, to announce that the prince was seeing no one. "Return," said Gersen. "Convey to Sion Trumble this message. Say that tomorrow I must depart. If necessary I will ride the fort north of the Skar Sakau and somehow find my spaceship. Also, inform the prince that Princess Iphigenia plans to accompany me. Inquire now if he will see us." 1IIEDI MON PRINCFS Alusz Iphigenia turned to Gersen. "You really mean to take me?" "If you care to return to the Oikurnene." "But what of Kokor Hekkus^ I thought—" "A detail " "Then you're not serious," said Alusz Iphigenid sadly. "Yes Will you come with rne^" She hesitated, then nodded "Yes. Why not7 Your life is real. My life—all of Thamber—none of it is real. It is animated myth, archaic scenes from a diorama. It stifles me." "Very well. We will leave very soon " Alusz Iphigema looked at Paderbush "What of him?" she asked dubiously. "Will you free him, or leave him for Sion Trumble?" "No He comes with us." Alus/ Iphigenia turned a puzzled glance at Gersen. "With— us?" "Yes. For a brief period " Paderbush rose to his feet, stretched his arms. "This conver- sation bores me. I will never go with you " "Oh? Not even so far as Aglabat, to meet Kokor Hekkus?" "I go to Aglabat alone—and now." He sprang through the apartment, fled across the garden, bounded up and over the wall. He was gone. Alusz Iphigcma ran to look across the garden, then turned to Gersen "Gall the attendants' He can't get tar, these gardens are all part of the inner courtyard. Hurry'" Gersen seemed in no desperate haste Alusz Iphigema tugged at his arm. "Do you wish him to escape?" "No," said Gersen, with sudden energy. "He must not escape. We will inform Sion Trurnble, who will best know how to recapture him Come." In the corridor Gersen ordered the page, "'1 ake us quickly to Sion Trumble's apartments, on the run'" The page led them along a corridor, to the circular vestibule, down another red-carpeted hall to a broad white door Here stood two guards in white uniforms with black iron morions. "Open'" said Gersen. "We must see Sion Trumble at once." "No, my lord. We have orders from the seneschal to admit no i> one. Gersen aimed his profac at the lock There was a blaze of fire I HE KILLING \UUl!\r and smoke, the guards cried out in protest Gersen said, "Stand back, guard the hall; for the safety ofVadrus'" I'he guards hesitated, half-dazed. Gersen thrust open the door, entered with /\lus/ Iphigema They stood m an entry, with white marble statues looking down from alcoves. Gersen peered along one hall, through an archway, walked up to a closed door, listened From beyond came the sound ot movement. He tried the door. it was locked. He used his pro)ac, burst the door open, charged into the room. Sion Trumble, half-clad, leapt around in startlement. He opened his mouth, bawled something incomprehensible. Alusz Iph- igema gasped "He's wearing the clothes of Paderbush'" This was true on a frame hung Sion Trumble's green and blue robes; he had been divesting the stained garments worn by Pader- bush Now he reached for his sword, Gersen hacked at his wrist, struck it from his hand. Sion Trumble reached to a shelf where reposed a hand-weapon, Gersen destroyed it with a blast of his projac. Sion Trumble turned slowly, sprang at Gersen like a wild beast Gersen laughed aloud, stooped, caught his shoulder in Sion Trum- ble's belly, grabbed the instantly raised knee, tossed him through the air. He caught at the blond curly hair, and as Sion Trumble struggled and surged, pulled. Off came the blond hair, off came the entire face, leaving Gersen holding a warm rubbery sac by the hair, the fine straight nose tilted askew, the mouth lolled open. The man on the floor had no face. The scalp, the face muscles showed pink and red through a film of transparent tissue. The eyes glared lidless under a bare forehead, above a black nostril gap. The lipless mouth grimaced, w^ite with its suddenly conspicuous teeth. "WTw—what is rhat^' asked Alusz Iphigema in a hushed voice. "That," said Gersen, "is a hormagaunt. It is Kokor Hekkus. Or Billy Windle. Or Seuman Otwal. Or Paderbush. Or a dozen others And now his time has come. Kokor Hekkus—recall the raid on Mount Pleasant? I have come to bring you retribution." Kokor Hekkus rose slowly to his feet, death's head of a face staring. "Once you told me that \ou feared only death," said Gersen. "Now you are to die " Kokor Hekkus made a gasping sound Gersen said, "You have lived the most evil ot lives. I should kill 332 THE DEMON PRINCES you with the utmost terror and pain—but it is sufficient that you die." He pointed his projac. Kokor Hekkus gave a wild hoarse sound, flung forward with arms and legs wide, to be met by a gush of fire. The following day Seneschal Uther Caymon was hanged at the public gallows: the accessory, creature, companion, and confidant of Kokor Hekkus. Standing on a tall jointed ladder he yelled down to the awed crowd, "Fools! Fools! Do you realize how long you have been gulled and milked, and bled? Of your gold, of your war- riors, of your beautiful women? For two hundred years! I am this old, Kokor Hekkus was older! Against the Brown Bersaglers he sent your best and they died in futility; to his bed came your beautiful girls; some returned to their homes, others did not. You will cry when you hear of how they fared! At last he died, at last I die, but fools! fools!—" The executioner had broken the ladder. The crowd stared hol- low-eyed at the jerking figure. Alusz Iphigenia and Gersen walked in the garden at the palace of Baron Endel Thobalt. She still was pale with horror. "How did you know? You knew—but how?" "First I suspected from Sion Trumble's hands. He had the wit to carry himself differently from Paderbush, but his hands were the same: long-fingered, a smooth glossy skin, thin thumbs with long nails. I saw these hands, but was deceived—until once more I saw Paderbush at close range. Sion Trumble disclosed himself further. He was aware that you had decided not to wed him: he told me so. But only three people knew: you, me, and Paderbush, for only in the fort did you make up your mind. When I heard Sion Trumble make this statement then I looked at his hands, and I knew." "What an evil thing. I wonder what planet bore him, who were his parents. . . ." "He was a man blessed and cursed with his imagination. A sin- gle life was insufficient for him; he must drink at every spring, know every experience, live to all extremes. On Thamber he found a world to his temperament. In his various entities he created his own epics. WTien he tired of Thamber, he returned to the other worlds of man—less amenable to his will, but nonetheless amusing. He is dead." THE KILLING MACHINE 333 "And now more than ever 1 must leave Thamber," said Alusz Iphigenia. "There is nothing to keep us. Tomorrow we shall leave." "WT-iy tomorrow? Let us leave now. 1 think—I am sure—that 1 can take us to the spaceship. The way north around the Skar is not hard; the landmarks are known." "There is no need to stay," said Gersen. "Let us go." A small group of Carrai noblemen gathered in the late afternoon light. Baron Endel Thobalt spoke with sudden anxiety: "You will send back ships from the Oikumene?" Gersen nodded. "I have agreed to do so, and I will." Alusz Iphigenia, heaving a small sigh, looked around the land- scape. "Someday—I don't know when—I will come back to Tham- ber too." "Remember," Gersen told the baron, "that if ships from the Oikumene arrive your old ways will not last! There will be grum- bling and nostalgia and dissatisfaction. Perhaps you prefer Thamber as it is now?" "I can speak only for myself," said Endel Thobalt. "I say that we must rejoin humanity, no matter what the cost." He was echoed by his fellows. "As you wish," said Gersen. Alusz Iphigenia climbed within, Gersen followed, clamped the hatch, went to the console, looked down at the bronze plague: Patch Engineering and Construction Company Patris, Krokinole "Good old Patch," said Gersen. "I'll have to send him a report on how his machine worked—presuming that it carries us back to the spaceship." Alusz Iphigenia, standing beside him, pressed her head lightly against his shoulder. Looking down into the shining dusty-golden hair, Gersen remembered how first he had seen her at Interchange, how first he had thought her unremarkable. He laughed quietly. Alusz Iphigenia looked up. "W^hy do you laugh?" "Someday you'll know. But not right now." Smiling at some private recollection other own, Alusz Iphigenia said no more. 354 THE DEMON PRINCES Gersen thrust the GO lever ahead. Thirty-six legs rose and fell; eighteen segments moved forward. The fort slid off to the north- west, where the long light of the afternoon sun glinted on the white peaks of the Skar Sakau. From Popular Handbook to the Planets, 348th edition. 1525: SARKOVY: Single planet of Phi Ophiuchi. Planetary constants: diameter—9,600 miles; sidereal day—37.2 hours; mass—1.40; G—.98 . . . Sarkovy is moist and cloudy; with an axis normal to the orbital plane it knows no seasons. The surface lacks physiographical contrast. The characteristic features of the landscape are the steppes: Hopman Steppe, Gorobundur Steppe, the Great Black Steppe, and others... . From the abundant flora the no- torious Sarkoy venefices leach and distill the poisons for which they are famous. The population is largely nomadic, though certain tribes, generically known as Night Hobs, live among the forests. (For detailed information regarding the rather appalling customs of the Sarkoy, consult the En- cyclopedia of Sociology and The Sexual Habits of the Sarkoy, by BA. Edgar.) The Sarkoy pantheon is ruled by Godogma, who carries a flower and a flail and walks on wheels. Every- where along the Sarkoy steppes may be found tall poles with wheels on high, in praise of Godogma, the strid- ing, wheeling God of Fate. THF DEMON PRINCPS News feature in Rigelhan Journal, Avente, Alphanor Paing, Godoland, Sarkovy July 12 As if Claris Adam were to he destroyed for beguil- ing William Wales As if the Abbatram of Pamfile were to be liquefied for smelling too strongly As if Deacon Fitzbah of Shaker City were to be immolated for an excess of zeal Today from Sarkovy comes news that Master Ve- nefice Kakarsis Asm must "cooperate with the guild" for selling poison Circumstances, of course, are not all that simple Asm's customer, no ordinary murderer, was Viole Fa- lushe, one of the Demon Princes The essence of the crime was neither "trafficking with a notorious crimi- nal" nor "betrayal of guild secrets," but rather "selling fixed-price poisons at a discount " Kakarsis Asm must die How7 How else7 The longer Alusz Iphigema traveled in the company ofKirth Ger- sen, the less certain she became that she understood his personality. His moods perplexed her, his behavior was a source of misgiving His modesty and self-effacement—were they inversion, brooding cynicism3 His careful politeness—could it be no more than a sin- ister camouflage7 Such questions entered her mind with increasing frequency no matter how staunchly she rejected them On one occasion—the date was July 22, 1526—they sat on the Avente Esplanada in front of the Grand Rotunda, Gersen sought to explain the seeming contradictions of his character "There's really no mystery I've been trained to a certain function It's all I know To justify the training, to fulfill my life, I exercise the func- tion It's as simple as that." Alusz Iphigenia knew the general outlines ofGersen's past The five Demon Princes joining for the historic raid on Mount Pleasant had destroyed or enslaved five thousand men and women Among the handful of survivors were Rolf Gersen and his young grandson Alusz Iphigema realized that such an experience must alter anyone's life, still, she herself had known tragedy and terror "I am not changed," she told Gersen earnestly "I feel neither rage nor hate " illL !^L~t(EOI LOl-L "My grandfather relt the rage and hate," said Gersen in rather a flippant tone ot voice "So far as I'm concerned the hate is ab- stract " '\lus/ Iphigema became e\cn more disturbed "Are you then just a mechanism7 This is rnindtessness, to be the instrument of someone else's hate'" Crersen grinned "That's not quite accurate \\\ grandfather trained me, or rather had me trained, and I am grateful to him. Without the training I would be dead " "He must ha\e been a terrible man, so to warp a child's mind'" "He was a dedicated man," said Gersen "He loved me and assumed I shared his dedication I did and I do " "But what of the future7 Is revenge all you want from life7" " 'Revenge'7 I don't think so I have only one life to live and I know what 1 hope to achieve " "But why not try to achieve the same goals through a lawful agency7 Isn't this a better way7" "There isn't any lawful agency Only the IPCC*, which isn't altogether etfective " " Fhen why not bring the issues before the people of the Con- course, and the other important worlds7 You have the energy, you have more than enough mono) Isn't this better than killing men with your own hands7" Gersen had no rational counterarguments "These aren't my talents," he told her "I work alone at what I do best" "But you could learn'" Gersen shook his head "If [ involve myself with words and harangues, I trap myself, I become futile " Alus/ Iphigema rose to her feet She walked to the balustrade, looked out across the rhaumaturge Ocean Gersen studied the clear profile, the proud stance, as if he had never seen them before The time was approaching when he must lose her, and everything that was eas) and fresh and uncomplicated would leave his life The breeze shifted her bright hair, she was looking down into the blue water, watching the shifting glints and planes ofRigel light Gersen sighed, picked up a newspaper and morosely scanned the frontpage *IPC C Inn_r\u)rld Polin- ( oonim.unm C oinpirn—m thcon .a pn\ )[L or^mi/.mon pri) mim^ the I<)L)I poliLL s\stLins ot tin OikuiiiLiiL sp(.u lli^ul (.onsultltion i cuitril inter nnnon hit Lnniinolo^iLil hhonroriLs in prictiLt l siiptrgoicrnniLnnl igeno oLLisionilh ninu-ninin^ as i bn in irscit I he complin stock is widd\ disscnimircd ind though \ itlilin^ no t^rc it hn inu ll arum is much in dun ind 340 I HP DF MON PRINCFS COSMOLOGISI KILIFD Hyrcan Major Attacks Camping Party Gersen glanced at the text Trovenei, Phrygia, July 21 Johan Scrub, advocate of the star-capture theory which assigns the original parentage of the Concourse Worlds to Blue Compan- ion, yesterday was set upon by an adult hyrcan ma)or, and almost instantly killed Dr Strub and several mem- bers of his family were exploring the Midas Mountains of upper Phrygia and unwittingly crossed the elving- platform of a king beast Before others in his party were able to destroy the eight-foot ogre, Dr Strub had suf- fered fatal blows Dr. Strub is chiefly noted for his efforts to prove that Blue Companion and the twenty-six worlds of the Concourse were originally an independent system which wandered into the gravitational domain of Rigel Such a circumstance would explain the disparity in the ages of the Concourse worlds and Rigel, a compara- tively young star Gersen looked up Alusz Iphigenia had not moved He read on COSMOPOLIS MAGAZINE ABOUT TO BE SOLD Famous Old Journal Faces Extinction Directors Make Last-ditch Efforts at Salvage London, England, Earth, June 25 The ancient firm of Radian Publishing Company today sought a stopgap loan to meet the chronic annual deficit incurred in the publica- tion of Cosmopohs, the 792-year-old magazine devoted to the life and affairs of the civilized universe Sherman Zugweil, Chairman of Radian's Board of Directors, admitted a crisis to be at hand, but announced himself confident of coping with it and keeping the doughty old journal in circulation another eight hundred years THF P iLiCE OF LOIT 341 Alusz Iphtgenu had shifted her position Elbows on the balustrade, chin resting in her hands, she studied the hon/on Contemplating the soft contours, Gersen felt himself softening He now was a man of almost unlimited wealth, the\ could live a life of wonderful ease and pleasure Gersen considered a long minute, then shrugged and looked back to the newspaper S^RKO\^ POISON-VUSIER TO DIF C.UILU RULES \IOL\IFD Pamg, Godoland, Sarkovy, July 12 As if Claris Adam were to he destroyed Alus/ Iphigenia glanced over her shoulder Gersen was reading the newspaper in complete absorption She swung around in outrage. Here was sang-froid indeed While she wrestled with doubts and conflicts, Gersen read a newspaper an act of conspicuous msensi- tivity' Gersen looked up, smiled. His mood had changed. He had comeah\e Alusz Iphigenia's fury ebbed Gersen was a man beyond her understanding, whether he were vastly more subtle than she or vastly more elemental, she would never know Gersen had risen to his feet "We're going on a trip Across space, toward Ophmchus Are vou ready3" "Ready2 You mean now2" "Yes Now W^hynot^ "No reason Yes, I'm ready In two hours " "I'll call the spaceport " The Distis Spaceship Corporation produced nineteen models, ranging from a version of the 9B to the splendid Distis Imperatrix, with a black and gold hull. With funds derived from his epic looting of Interchange* Gersen had purchased a Pharaon, a spacious craft equipped with such niceties as an automatic atmospheric control which during the course of a voyage gradually altered air pressure and composition to match that of the destination. Rigel and the Concourse receded. Ahead lay star-spangled dark- ness. Alusz Iphigenia studied the Star Directory with a puzzled frown. "Ophiuchus isn't a star. It's a sector. Where are we going?" "The sun is Phi Ophiuchi," said Gersen, and after a barely perceptible pause, "the planet is Sarkovy." "Sarkovy?" Alusz Iphigenia looked up quickly. "Isn't that where the poisons come from?" Gersen gave a curt nod. "The Sarkoy are poisoners, no doubt about it." Alusz Iphigenia looked dubiously out the forward port. Ger- sen's haste to leave Alphanor had puzzled her. She had credited a sudden determination to alter his way of life; now she was not so sure. She opened Handbook to the Planets, read the article on Sar- kovy. Gersen stood by the pharmaceutical cabinet, compounding a conditioner against possibly noxious serums, proteins, viruses and bacilli of Sarkovy. 'Interchange an institution of the planet Sasani in the near-Beyond, functioning as a detention depot and broker between kidnappers and those who sought to pay ransom. Gersen had swindled Interchange of ten billion SVU (Standard Value Units). THE PALACE OF LOVE 343 Alusz Iphigenia asked, "Why are you going to this planet? It seems an evil place." "I want to talk to someone," said Gersen in a measured voice. He handed her a cup. "Drink this; you'll avoid itches and scabs." Wordlessly Alusz Iphigenia drank the mixture. There were no formalities at Sarkovy; Gersen landed at Paing Space-port, as close as possible to the depot, a timber structure roofed with varnished reeds. A clerk registered them as visitors, and they were immediately set upon by a dozen men wearing dark brown gowns with bristling fur collars and cuffs. Each protested himself the foremost guide and sponsor of the region. "What do you wish, my sir, my lady? A visit to the village? I am a hetman—" "If it's the sport of harbite you seek, I know of three excellent beasts in furious condition." "Poisons by the dram or pound; I guarantee freshness and pre- cision. Trust me for your poisons!" Gersen looked from face to face. Several of the men were tat- tooed on the cheek with a dark blue Maltese cross; one wore two such tattoos. "Your name?" "I am Edelrod. I know the lore of Sarkovy, marvelous tales. I can make your visit a joy, a period of edification—" Gersen said, "I see you are a venefice of the undermaster cat- egory." "True." Edelrod seemed a trifle crestfallen. "You have visited our world before?" "For a brief period." "You come to replenish your chest? Rest assured, sir, I can guide you to fascinating bargains, absolute novelties." Gersen took Edelrod aside. "You are acquainted with Master Kakarsis Asrn?" "I know him. He is condemned to cooperation." "He is not dead then?" "He dies tomorrow night." "Good," said Gersen. "I will hire you then, provided that your rates are not exorbitant." "I lend my knowledge, my friendship, my protection: all for fifty SVU per day." "Agreed. Well then, our first need is conveyance to the inn." 344 I HE DFMON PRINCES "At once" Edelrod summoned a dilapidated carryall, they bumped and jounced through Pamg to the Poison Inn, a three- stoned structure with walls of poles, a twelve-coned roof sheathed with green glass tiles There was a barbaric grandeur to the great lobby Rugs woven in bold patterns of black, white and scarlet cov- ered the floor, along the wall were pilasters carved to represent attenuated hankap with gaunt sagging faces, vines with green leaves and purple flowers hung from the roof beams Windows thirty feet high overlooked Gorobundur Steppe, with a black-green swamp to the west, a dark forest to the east Meals were to be taken in a vast dining room furnished with tables, chairs and buffets of a dense black wood To Alusz Iphigenia's relief, the kitchen appeared to be operated by outworlders, and they were offered a choice of six cui- sines Alusz Iphigema nevertheless distrusted the food. Tor all we know it's seasoned with some horrid drug." Gersen made light of her qualms "They wouldn't waste good poison on us. I can't guarantee much else This is nomad-style bread, the little black things are reed-berries, and this is some sort of stew or goulash " He tasted it. "I've eaten worse." Alusz Iphigema glumly ate the reed-berries, which had a dank smoky flavor. "How long do you plan to remain here?" she asked politely "Two days or so, provided all goes well " "Your business of course is your own affair, but I feel a certain curiosity—" "There's no mystery. I want information from a man who may not live long." "I see " But it was plain that Alusz Iphigenia felt no great in- terest in Gersen's plans, and she remained in the lobby while Ger- sen sought out Edelrod "I would like to speak with Kakarsis Asm Can this be ar- ranged3" Edelrod pulled thoughtfully at his long nose "A ticklish matter He must cooperate with the guild, such men are guarded carefully, for obvious reasons Of course I can try to make arrangements Is expense a critical factor3" "Naturally I expect to pay no more than fifty SVU into the guild treasury, another fifty to the Guild-master and perhaps twenty or thirty to you " Edelrod pursed his lips He was a plump man of uncertain age THE PALACE OF LOVE 345 with a pelt of soft, heavy black hair "Your largesse is not of the regal variety The people of Sarkovy respect reckless liberality above all other virtues " "If I understand the signs correctly," said Gersen, "I have sur- prised you by the money I seem willing to spend The amounts I mentioned are the top limit If you can't arrange matters at these rates I will inquire of someone else " "I can only do my best," said Edelrod despondently "Please wait in the lobby, I will make inquiries." Gersen went to sit beside Alusz Iphigenia, who pointedly asked no questions .. Edelrod presently returned with a )ubilant expres- sion "I have set affairs in motion The cost will be very little more than the figures you suggested " And he snapped his fingers exul- tantly "I have had second thoughts," said Gersen "I don't care to speak to Master Asm " Edelrod became agitated "But it is feasible I have approached the Guild-master'" "Perhaps on another occasion " Edelrod made a sour grimace "Foregoing all personal gain, I might arrange matters for some trifling sum—two hundred SVU or thereabout" "The information is of no great value I am leaving tomorrow for Kadaing, where my old friend Master Venefice Coudirou can settle everything for me " Edelrod raised his eyebrows and allowed his eyes to bulge "Why then, this alters all' You should have mentioned your con- nection with Coudirou I believe the Guild-master will accept sub- stantially less than his previous demand " "You know my top figure," said Gersen. "Very well," sighed Edelrod "The interview may be conducted later this afternoon In the meantime what are your wishes^ Would you care to explore the countryside5 The weather is fine, the woods are ablaze with flowers, sultnes, pop-barks, there is a well-drained path " Alusz Iphigenia, who had been restless, rose to her feet Edelrod led them along a path which crossed a brackish river and plunged into the forest. The vegetation was a typical Sarkovy melange trees, shrubs, cycads, bubble-shells, grasses of a hundred varieties The high fo- 546 THP DEMON PRINCES hage was for the most part black and brown, with occasional splotches of red; below were purples, greens, pale blues. Edelrod enlivened the stroll with a discussion of various plants beside the way. He indicated a small gray fungus. "Here is the source oftwi- tus, an excellent selective poison, fatal only if ingested twice within a week. It ranks in this respect with mervan, which migrates harm- lessly to the skin, and becomes a lethal principle only upon exposure to direct sunlight. I have known persons who fearing mervan kept to their tents for days on end." They came to a little clearing. Edelrod looked sharply in all directions. "I have no overt enemies, but several people have died here recently . . . Today all seems well. Notice this tree growing to the side." He pointed to a slender white-barked sapling with round yellow leaves. "Some call it the coin-tree, others the good-for- nought. It is completely inoffensive, either as a primary or an op- erative. You might ingest the whole of it leaves, bark, pith, roots, and note nothing other than a sluggishness of digestion. Recently one of our venefices became irritated at such insipidity. He made an intensive study of the coin-tree, and after several years finally derived a substance of unusual potency. To be useful it must be dissolved in methycm and wafted into the air as a fog or a mist, whence it enters the corpus through the eyes, causing first blind- ness, then numbness, then complete paralysis. Think of it' From waste, a useful and effective poison' Is this not a tribute to human persistence and ingenuity3" "An impressive accomplishment," said Gersen. Alusz Iphigema remained silent. Edelrod went on: "We are frequently asked why we persist in deriving our poisons from natural sources. Why do we not immure ourselves in laboratories and synthesize3 The answer is of course that natural poisons, being initially associated with living tissue, are the more effective." "I would suspect the presence of catalyzing impurities in the natural poisons," Gersen suggested, "rather than metaphysical as- sociation." Edelrod held up a minatory finger. "Never scoff at the role of the mind' Eor instance—let me see—there should be one some- where near . Yes. See there—the little reptile." Under a mottled white and blue leaf rested a small lizardlike creature. THE PALACE OF LOW 347 "This is the meng. From one of his organs comes a substance which can be distributed either as uigar or as furux. The same sub- stance, mind you' But when sold as uigar and used as such, the symptoms are spasms, biting off of the tongue and a frothing mad- ness. When sold and used as furux, the interskeletal cartilage is dissolved so that the frame goes limp WTiat do you say to that3 Is that not metaphysics of the most exalted sort3" "Interesting, certainly . • . Hm . . . What occurs when the sub- stance is sold and used as, say for the sake of argument, water^" Edelrod pulled at his nose. "An interesting experiment. I won- der . .. But the proposal encases a fallacy. W^ho would buy and ad- minister an expensive vial of water?" "The suggestion was poorly thought out," admitted Gersen. Edelrod made an indulgent gesture. "Not at all, not at all. From |ust such apparent folly come notable variations. The graybloom, for instance. Who would have ever suspected the virtue to be de- rived from its perfume, until Grand Master Strubal turned it upside down and left it in the dark for a month, whereupon it became tox meratis? One waft will kill; the venefice need merely walk past his subject." Alusz Iphigema stooped to pick up a small rounded pebble of quartz. "WTiat horrible substance do you produce from this stone3" Edelrod looked away, half embarrassed. "None whatever. At least none to my knowledge. Though we use such pebbles in ball mills to crush photis seed to flour. Never fear; your pebble is not so useless as it seems." Alusz Iphigema tossed it away in disgust. "Unbelievable," she muttered, "that people should dedicate themselves to such activity." Edelrod shrugged. "We serve a useful purpose, everyone oc- casionally needs poison. We are capable of this excellence and we feel duty-bound to pursue it." He inspected Alusz Iphigema with curiosity. "Have you no skills of your own3" "No." "At the hotel you may buy a booklet entitled Primer to the An of Preparing and Using Poisons, and I believe it includes a small kit of some basic alkaloids. If you are interested m developing a skill—" "Thank you. I have no such inclination." Edelrod made a polite gesture, as if to acknowledge that each must steer his own course through life. They continued; in due course the forest thinned, the path IW DKMON PRINCES turned out upon the steppe. At the edge of town stood a long eight- coned structure of iron-bound timber with ten iron doors facing to the steppe Across an area of packed clay were hundreds of small booths and shops. "The caravanserai," explained Edelrod. "This is the seat of the Comenance, from which the )udgmencs come." He pointed to a platform at the top of the caravanserai, where four caged men gazed disconsolately down into the square. "To the t-ar right stands Kakarsis Asm." "Can I speak to him now3" Gersen asked. "I will go to inquire. Wait, if you please, at this booth, where my grandmother will prepare you a fine tea." Alusz Iphigenia looked dubiously at the appurtenances of the booth. On a plank a brass urn bubbled furiously, flanked by brass drinking pots. Shelves displayed a hundred glass jars containing herbs, roots and substances impossible to identify. "All clean and salubrious," Edelrod declared cheerfully. "Rest and invigorate yourselves. 1 will return with good news." Alusz Iphigenia wordlessly seated herself on a bench. After con- sultation with Edelrod's grandmother, Gersen procured pots of mildly stimulating verbena tea. They watched a caravan trundling in from the steppe, first an eight-wheeled wagon carrying the shrine, the cabin of the hetman and brass tanks of water. Behind were several dozen other wagons—some large, some small—motors rumbling, clacking, whining. All carried astounding superstructures at the very peak of which were tented living quarters, with goods and bales loaded below. Some men rode motorcycles, others lounged on the wagons, which were driven by old women or slaves of the tribe. Children ran behind, rode bicycles or dangled peril- ously from the understructure. The caravan halted; women, children arranged tripods, hung up cauldrons and began to prepare a meal, while slaves unloaded goods from the wagons: furs, rare woods, bundles of herbs, chunks of agate and opal, caged birds, tubs of raw gums and poisons, and two captive hankap, the near-intelligent creature which furnished the Sarkov sport known as harbite Meanwhile the men of the tribe gathered in a quiet suspicious cluster to drink tea and glower toward the ba/aar where they expected to be cheated. Edelrod stepped briskly forth from the caravanserai. Gersen grumbled to Alusz Iphigenia, "Here he comes with six reasons wh) the business will cost more money." THE PALACE OF LOVE Edelrod procured an infusion of scorched a)ol from his grand- mother. He sat down and silently began to sip. "Well?" asked Gersen. Edelrod sighed, shook his head. "My arrangements have been for naught. The Chief Monitor declares the interview impossible." "Just as well," said Gersen. "I only wished to bring him the condolences ofViole Falushe. It will make small difference one way or another. WTiere will he cooperate?" "At the Poison Inn, as diversion for the Convenance, which currently is in residence at Pamg." "Perhaps I will have a chance to utter a few words there, or at least make a reassuring signal," said Gersen. "Well, then, let us look through the bazaar." Subdued and depressed, Edelrod took them through the bazaar. Only in the Poison Quarter did he recover his animation, and pointed here and there to bargains and especially noteworthy prep- arations. He seized a ball of gray wax. "Observe this deadly mate- rial. I handle it without fear: I am immunized^ But if you were to rub it on an article belonging to your enemy—his comb, his ear- scraper—he is as good as gone. Another application is to spread a film over your identification papers. Then, should an overofficious administrator hector you, he is contaminated and pays for his in- solence." Alusz Iphigenia took a deep breath. "How does a Sarkoy survive to become an adult?" "Two words," Edelrod replied, holding two fingers didactically high. "Caution, immunity. I am immune to thirty poisons. I carry indicators and alarms to warn ofcluthe, meratis, black-tox and vole. I observe the most punctilious caution in eating, smelling, donning garments, bedding with a strange female. Ha—ha. Here is a favorite trick, and the ovenmpulsive lecher finds himself in difficulties. But to go on. I am cautious in these situations and also in passing down- wind of a covert, even though I have no fear of meratis. Caution has become second nature. If I suspect that I have or am about to have an enemy, I cultivate his friendship and poison him to diminish the risk." "You will live to become an old man," said Gersen. Edelrod reverently made a circular motion with his two hands, moving in opposite directions, to symbolize a halting ofGodogma's wheel. "Let us hope so. And here"—he pointed to a bulb contain- THE D£ MON PRINCES ing white powder—"cluthe Useful, versatile, effective If you need poison, buy here " "I have cluthe," said Gersen, "though it may be somewhat stale " "Discard it, or you will be disappointed," Edelrod told him earnestly "It will merely provoke suppurating sores and gangrene " He turned to the dealer "Your stock is fresh7" "Fresh indeed, fresh as the morning dew After a bout of heated bargaining, Gersen bought a small casket of cluthe Alusz Iphigema stood with her back turned, her head at an angle of angry disapproval "Now then," said Gersen, "back to the hotel " Edelrod said tentatively, "A thought occurs to me Were I to bring the monitors a cask of high-quality tea, at a cost of perhaps twenty or thirty SVU, they might well allow your visit " "By all means Make them such a gift " "You will naturally reimburse me7" "What7 When you already have been conceded a lavish hun- dred and twenty SVU7" Edelrod made an impatient gesture "You do not realize the difficulties'" He snapped his fingers petulantly "Very well So be it My friendship for you impels me to sacrifice Where is the money7" "Here is fifty The remainder after the interview " "What of the lady7 WTiere will she wait3" "Not here in the bazaar. The nomads might consider her part of the merchandise." Edelrod chuckled "Such events have been known But have no apprehension' She is under the aegis of Submaster Iddel Edelrod. She is as safe as a two-hundred-ton statue of a dead dog " But Gersen insisted on hiring a conveyance and sending Alusz Iphigema back to the Poison Inn Edelrod then conducted Gersen into the caravanserai, through a set of halls, up to the roof Six monitors hulked on stools beside a bubbling cauldron Hitching fur collars up around their necks, they glanced incuriously at Edelrod, then turning back to their tea, muttered among themseKes evi- dently a satiric observation, for they all gave hoarse caws of amuse- ment Gersen approached the cage of Kakarsis Asm, one-time Master Venehce, now condemned to cooperation Asm was somewhat taller THE PALACE OF LOVE 351 than the average Sarkoy, though still bulky through chest and belly. His head was long, narrow in the forehead, broad at the cheek- bones, heavy at the mouth A thick black pelt grew low down his forehead, his lank black mustache drooped dispiritedly. In keeping with his criminal status, he wore no shoes, and his feet, tattooed with wheels in the traditional fashion, were mottled pink and blue with cold Edelrod addressed Asm in a peremptory voice "Villainous dog, here is a nobleman from off-world who deigns to inspect you Be on your best behavior " Asm raised his hand as if he were casting poison, Edelrod jumped back with a startled oath, and Asm laughed. Gersen turned to Edelrod "Wait to the side I wish to speak privately to Master Asm." Edelrod grudgingly withdrew. Asm, seating himself on a stool, inspected Gersen with eyes like flints. "I have paid to speak to you," said Gersen "In fact I come from Alphanor for this purpose " Asm made no response. "Has Viole Falushe made representations on your behalf" asked Gersen A gleam shone behind the near opacity of the eyes "You come from Viole Falushe3" "No " The gleam died. "It would seem," said Gersen, "that having involved you in wrongdoing, he should likewise be here, sentenced to cooperation " "There's an agreeable thought," said Asm "I don't fully understand the crime You were caged and sen- tenced because you sold to a notorious cnnnnaP" Asm snorted, spat into a corner of the cage "How should I recognize him as Viole Falushe7 I knew him long ago under a dif- ferent name He has changed, he is unrecognizable " "WTly then should you be sentenced to cooperation3" "The decretal was clear enough The Guild-master had pre- pared a special price schedule for Viole Falushe All unaware I sold him two drams of patziglop and a dram of vole, little enough, but there can be no remission. The Guild-master has long been my enemy, though he has never dared to test my poisons " He spat again, glanced reflectively sidewise at Gersen. "W^hy should I talk with you7" I HI- DLMON PRINCES 352 "Because I will undertake that you die by alpha or beta, rather than cooperation." Asm gave a sad sardonic snort of regret. "With Guild-master Peti-us on the scene7 Small chance. He wishes to test his new py- rong. "Guild-master Petrus can be persuaded. By money if no other means. Asm shrugged "I expect little, but what then7 I lose nothing by talk. What do you wish to know?" "I take it Viole Falushe has departed the planet7" "Long ago." "Where and when did you know him previously5" "Long ago. How many years? Twenty7 Thirty7 A long time. He was then a slaver, but very young. No more than a boy. Indeed, he was the youngest slaver I had yet known. He arrived in a rickety old ship bulging with young girls, all fearful of his wrath. Would you believe it7 They were happy to be sold to me'" Asm shook his head in wonder. "A terrible young man' He quaked and quivered with the force of his passions Today he is different. The passion is still terrible, but Viole Falushe has grown to surround it. He is a different man." "WTiat was his name when you first knew him7" Asm shook his head. "It escapes me. I do not know Perhaps I never knew. He traded two fine girls for money and poison. They cried with relief to leave the ship The others cried from their ill- fortune. Ah, what sobbing'" Asm gave his head a wry shake. "Inga and Dundine were their names. How they would chatter' They knew the lad well and never tired of reviling him." "What became of them7 Do they still live?" "There I am ignorant." Asm )umped to his feet, strode back and forth, returned as abruptly to his stool. "I was called south to Sogmere. I sold the girls. There was little depreciation, I had only used them two years." "Who bought them?" "It was Gascovne the Wholesaler, of Murchison's Star. I can tell no more, for this is all I know." "And where was the first home of the girls7" "Earth " Gersen ruminated J moment. "And Viole Falushe as he is now—what is his description7" THE PALACE OF LOVE "He is a tall man, well-favored. His hair is dark. He has no remarkable or distinguishing features. I knew him when his mad- ness was rampant, when it altered the look of his face. Now he is careful and polite. He speaks softly. He smiles. His condition might never be known, unless, like me, you had known him as a lad." Gersen asked further questions, Asm was unable to augment his remarks. Gersen prepared to depart Asm, feigning indifference, said, "You intend to speak to Guild-master Petrus on my behalf?" "Yes." Asm thought a moment. He opened his mouth and spoke, as if it were an effort. "Be careful. He is a positive man, and baleful. If you thrust at him over-strongly, he will poison you." "Thank you," said Gersen. "I hope to be able to help you." He signaled Edelrod, who had watched with poorly disguised curiosity. "Take me to Guild-master Petrus." Edelrod led Gersen down into the caravanserai, through one crooked hall after another, finally to a room hung with yellow silk. On a cushion sat a thin man with intricately tattooed cheeks ex- amining a row of small flagons "An outworld gentleman to speak to the Guild-master," said Edelrod. The thin man hopped erect, approached Gersen, carefully smelled his hands, patted his garments, inspected his tongue and teeth. "One moment." He disappeared behind the silks. Presently he returned to signal Gersen. "This way, if you will " Gersen entered a high window less chamber—so high indeed the ceiling could not be seen. Four spherical lamps hanging low on long chains threw an oily yellow light On the table the ubiquitous brass cauldron bubbled. The air was heavy with warmth and odor. must, fabric, leather, sweat, the sharp dry exhalation of herbs. Guild-master Petrus had been sleeping. Now he was awake, and leaning forward from his couch, tossed herbs into a pot and pre- pared an infusion. He was an old man with bright black eyes, a pallid skin. He greeted Gersen with a quick nod. Gersen said, "You're an old man." "I have one hundred and ninety-four Earth years." "How much longer do you expect to live7" "Six years at least, or so I hope. Many men wish me poisoned." "On the roof four criminals await execution Are all to coop- erate7" IIIL DI MON FRINCFS "'Ml T have a dozen new poisons to test, as have other Masters ot the Guild " "I have assured Asm that he will die by alpha or beta " "You must have the gift of perceiving miracles I myself am a skeptic The arrogance ot- Asm has long been a blemish upon the region He now must cooperate with the Guild Standards Com- mittee " Gersen eventually paid 42') SVU that Asm might die by alpha Edelrod, somewhat sulky, met Gersen in the hall 1 hey set orf through Paing by streets lined with tall timber huts on stilts, the facade of each hut constructed to represent a visage doleful, sat- urnine or astounded, and so the} returned to the Poison Inn Alus/ Iphigenia was in her room, Gersen decided not to disturb her He bathed in a wooden vat, went down to the lobby to look out across the steppe Dusk blurred the landscape, the wheeled poles were black intricate silhouettes Gersen ordered a pot of tea and with nothing better to do reflected on the condition of his life By ordinary standards he was a fortunate man, wealthy beyond the grasp of the mind What of the future2 Suppose that by some freak of fortune he was able to achieve his goal, with the five Demon Princes destroyed, what then2 Could he integrate himself into the normal flow of existence3 Or had he become so distorted that always, to the end of his days, he must seek out men to destroy Gersen gave a gnm chuckle Unlikely that he would survive to confront the problem In the meantime, what had he learned from Asm2 Only that twenty or thirty years ago a young madman had sold a pair of girls, Dundme and Inga, to Asm, who later sold them to Gascoyne the Wholesaler of Vlurchison's Star Next to nothing Except that Dundine and Inga knew their kidnaper well and "never ceased to revile him " Alusz Iphigenia appeared She ignored Gersen and went to look out over the dark steppe, where now one or two far lights flickered In the sk\ appeared a purple glow, a bank of white lights, and a packet of the Robarth Hercules Line descended to the field Alus/ Iphigenia watched a row moments, then turned and came to sit by Gersen, holding herself stiffly erect She shook her head at his offer of tea "How long must vou stay here2" "Only until tomorrow night " "Whv may not we leave now2 \ou have conrerred with your friend, you have bought vour poison " THL PAL4C E OF LOVE 355 As if in response to her question Edelrod appeared bowing in absurd punctilio Tonight he wore a long gown of green cloth, a tall fur cap "Health and immunity'" he greeted them "Do you attend the poisonings2 1 hey are scheduled for the hotel rotunda, for the education of gathered notables " "Tonight I thought they were tomorrow night " "The date has been set forward, by a whirl of Crodogma's wheel 'I omght the rogues must cooperate " "We will be there," said Gersen Alusz Iphigenia rose swiftly to her feet, departed the lobby Gersen found her in her room "Are you angry with me2" "Not angry I am utterly bewildered I can't understand your morbid fascination with these horrible people Death " "That isn't a fair statement The people live by a system dif- ferent from ours I am interested I live by my ability to avoid death I might learn something to help me survive " "But you don't need this knowledge' You have a vast fortune, ten billion SVU in cash—" "No longer " "No longer2 Have you lost it2" "The vast fortune is no longer cash There now exists an anon- ymous corporation of which I own the stock The money yields a daily income, a million SVU more or less Still a vast fortune, of course " "W^ith all this money you need not involve yourself Hire mur- derers to do your work Hire the disgusting Edelrod For money he would poison his mother'" "Any murderer I could hire could be hired to murder me But there is another consideration I don't care for notoriety or public- ity To be effective I must be unknown, a nonentity I fear I have already been noted by the Institute, and this would be a great mis- fortune " Alusz Iphigenia spoke with great earnestness "You are ob- sessed You are a monomaniac' This concentration on lethahty, effectiveness, masters you completely'" Gersen forbore to point out that this same effectiveness and lethahtv had preserved her existence on several occasions "You have other capacities," Alusz Iphigenia went on "You have sensibilities, even frivolities You never indulge them You are THE DEMON PRINCKS 356 spiritually starved, crippled. You think only of power, death, poison, devious plots, revenge!" Gerscn was startled by her vehemence. The accusations were distorted far enough of the mark that they carried no sting; still if she believed them, what a monster he must appear in her eyes! Soothingly he replied, "What you say simply isn't true. Maybe some day you'll know this, maybe some day. . ." Gersen's voice dwindled, in the face of the angry shake Alusz Iphigenia gave her head which sent her gold-brown hair flying. Additionally, what he was about to sav, now that he considered it, seemed somewhat im- probable, even absurd: talk of relaxation, a home, a family. Alusz Iphigenia spoke in a cold voice: "What then of me?" "I have no right to rule your life or disturb you," said Gersen. "You have only one life; you must make the best of it." Alusz Tphigenia rose to her feet, calm and composed. Sadly Gersen went to his own room. Still, in a sense, the quarrel was welcome. Perhaps, motivated subconsciously, he had brought her to Sarkovy to indicate the direction his life must go, to give her the option of detaching herself. Somewhat to his surprise she appeared for dinner, though grim and pale. The dining room was crowded; everywhere were the fur collars and black-furred pates of Sarkoy notables. Tonight an unusual number of women were present, in their peculiar purple, brown and black gowns, weighed down with necklaces, bangles, hair-pieces of turquoise and jade. In one corner sat a large group of tourists from the excursion ship which had put into Paing earlier in the -the occasion, Gersen decided, for the advancement of the evenms poisonings. By their costumes the tourists were from one of the Concourse planets—Alphanor, to judge by their beige and gray skin toning. At Gersen's elbow appeared Edelrod. "Aha, Lord Gersen! A pleasure to see you here. May I join you and your lovely lady? I may be able to assist for the poisonings." Taking Gersen's assent for granted he seated himself at the table. "Tonight a banquet of six courses, Sarkoy style. I recommend that you attempt it. You are here on our wonderful planet, you must enjoy it to the hilt. I am pleased to be present. All goes well tonight, I trust?" "Quite well, thank you." Edelrod spoke correctly—tonight only the Sarkoy cuisine was offered. The first course was served: a pale green broth of swamp THE PALACE OF LOVE 357 produce, rather bitter, accompanied by stalks of deep-fried reed, a salad of celery root, whortle-berry and shreds of pungent black bark. As they ate, porters carried four posts out upon the terrace, set them upright into sockets. The second course appeared: a ragout of pale meat in coral sauce, heavily seasoned, with side dishes of jellied plantain, crystal- lized jaoic, a local fruit. Alusz Iphigenia ate without great appetite; Gersen felt no hun- ger whatever. The third course was set before them: collops of perfumed paste on disks of chilled melon, accompanied by what appeared to be small mollusks in spiced oil. As the platters were being removed in preparation for the fourth course, the criminals were led out on the terrace, where they stood blinking into the lights. They were naked except for heavy padded collars, bulky mattress-like gloves, a tight girdle around the waist. Each was attached to a post by six feet of chain. Alusz Iphigenia looked them over with se-eming indifference. "These are the criminals? WTiat are their offenses?" Edelrod looked up from the battery of bowls which had just been set before him, containing a hash of crushed insects and cereal, pickles, a plum-colored conserve and pellets of fried meat. Appre- hending the question he glanced at the criminals. "There is Asm who betrayed the guild. Next is a nomad who committed a sexual offense." Alusz Iphigenia laughed incredulously. "On Sarkoy is this pos- sible?" Edelrod gave her a look of pained reproach. "The third threw sour milk on his grandmother. The fourth dishonored a fetish." Alusz Iphigenia wore a puzzled expression. She glanced at Ger- sen to learn whether or not Edelrod were serious. Gersen said, "The offenses seem arbitrary, but some of our restraints seem strange to the folk of Sarkovy." "Precisely the case," stated Edelrod. "Every planet has its own rules. I am appalled at the insensitivity of certain folk who come here from other worlds. Avarice is a typical offense. On Sarkovy one man's property is the property of all. Money? It is distributed without a second thought. Unstinting generosity excites approval!" And he looked expectantly toward Gersen, who only smiled. Alusz Iphigenia had let the fourth course go untasted. The fifth 358 THE DEMON PRINCES course was served: a wafer of baked pastry on which were arranged three large steamed centipedes with a garnish of a chopped blue vegetable and a dish of glossy-black paste, which gave off an acrid aromatic odor. Alusz Iphigenia rose to her feet, departed the dining room. Edelrod looked after her solicitouslv. "She is not well?" "I fear not." "A pity." Edelrod attacked his food with gusto. "The meal is by no means at its end." To the terrace came four undermasters from the guild and a Master Venefice, to direct proceedings and make analytic com- ments. All seemed in readiness for the poisonings. The undermasters set a tabouret in front of each of the criminals, with the poisons arranged in white saucers. "The first subject," called forth the Master Venefice, "is one Kakarsis Asm. In requital for manipulations deleterious to the guild, he has agreed to test a variation of that activant known as 'alpha.' When ingested orally, alpha almost instantly shocks the main spinal ganglion. Tonight we test alpha in a new solvent, which may well result in the most rapid lethality yet discovered by man. Criminal Asm, cooperate, if you please." Kakarsis Asm rolled his eyes to right and left. The undermaster stepped forward; Kakarsis Asm opened his mouth, gulped the dose and a second or two later was dead. "Amazing!" declared Edelrod. "Something new every week." The executions proceeded, the Master Venefice supplying in- formative details. The sexual offender tried to kick poison into the undermaster's face and was reprimanded; otherwise the poisonings proceeded smoothly. The sixth course, an elaborate salad, was fol- lowed by teas, infusions and trays of sweetmeats, and the banquet was at an end. Gersen slowly went up to the suite. Alusz Iphigenia had packed her belongings. Gersen stood by the door, puzzled by a sudden gleam of panic in Alusz Iphigenia's eyes, unaware that against the white woodwork he appeared a dark sinister shape. Alusz Iphigenia spoke in a breathless rush, "The excursion ship is returning to Alphanor. 1 have booked passage. We must go our own ways." Gersen was silent for a moment. Then he said: "There is money in your bank account. I'll see that more is paid into it, as is THE PALACE OF LOVE 359 much as you'll ever need ... If an emergency arises, if there are inadequate funds, notify the bank manager. He'll make the neces- sary arrangements." Alusz Iphigenia said nothing. Gersen went to the door. "Should you ever need help . . ." Alusz Iphigenia gave a short nod. "I'll remember." "Good-bye then," "Good-bye." Gersen went to his own room, where he lay on his bed, hands behind his head. So ended a pleasant passage in his life. Never again, he told himself, never would he involve a woman with the dark necessities of his life: especially one so honorable and generous and kind . . . Early in the morning the Robarth-Hercules packet departed with Alusz Iphigenia aboard. Gersen went to the space port, signed the exit register, paid a departure tax, pressed a gratuity upon Edel- rod and departed Sarkovy. 3 From Handbook to the Planets; 348th edition. 1525: ALOYSIUS: Sixth planet to Vega. Planetary constants: diameter—7340 miles; sidereal day—19.8 hours; mass— .86;... Aloysius with its sister planets, Boniface and Cuth- bert, were the first worlds to be intensively colonized from Earth. Aloysius hence presents aspects of consid- erable antiquity, the more so that the first settlers, a dynamic group of Conservationists, refused to build structures not in harmony with the landscape. The Conservationists are gone, but their influence lingers. The pretentious glass towers of Alphanor and Earth, the concrete of Olliphane, the unbridled confu- sion which has overtaken the Markab system: these are nowhere to be seen. The axis ofAJovsius is inclined at an angle of 31.7 degrees to its plane of orbit; hence, there are seasonal fluctuations of notable seventy, mollified somewhat by a dense atmosphere. There are nine continents. Dorgan is the largest, with New Wexford its chief city. Owing to a calculated policy of low taxes and favorable regu- lations, New Wexford has long functioned as an im- portant financial center, with an influence far in excess of its population. The autochthonous flora and fauna are not partic- ularly noteworthy. Through intensive effort by the original settlers, terrestrial trees and shrubs are wide- THE PALACE OF LOVE spread, the conifers especially finding a hospitable en- vironment. Landing formalities at Aloysius were as rigorous as those of Sar- kovy were lax. At a distance of a million miles, the "first shell," Gersen announced his intention to land, identified himself and his ship, gave references, explained the reasons for his visit, and was allowed to approach the "second shell" at a distance of a half- million miles. Here he waited while his application was studied, his references checked. He was then ordered down into the "third shell," a hundred thousand miles above the planet, and here, after a brief delay, he was given landing clearance. The formalities were irksome, but not to be avoided. Had Gersen neglected to halt at the first shell, weapons would have been trained on his ship. Had he failed to heed the second shell a Thribolt gun would have fired a salvo of adhesive-paper disks at his ship. Had he then failed to halt, he and his ship would have been destroyed.* Gersen complied with all necessary regulations, received clear- ance and landed at the Dorgan Central Spaceport. New Wexford lay twenty miles north, a city of crooked streets, steep hills and old buildings of almost medieval aspect. The banks, brokerage houses, exchanges occupied the center of the city, with hotels, shops and agencies on the surrounding hills, and some of the finest private homes in the Oikumene scattered about the sur- rounding countryside. Gersen checked into the vast Congreve Hotel, bought news- *The Thnholt gun shoots a Jarnell-puwered pru)ectile toward its target \ quest-needle protrudes a hundred and sixty feet ahead of the pro)ecnle, at the so-called preliminary roil section of the intersplit, and is in tenuous contact with undisturbed space Upon encoun- tering matter, the quest-needle disengages the intersplit and triggers its charge either adhesive paper disks or high explosives In effect the Thnbolt gun is an instantaneous weapon over last distances, its effectiveness limited only by the accuracy of the aiming and launching techniques, since once in flight the pro)ectile cannot change direction On every technically competent world, methods of guiding the Thnholt pro|cctile by automatic sensors are under intensive study, and have been since the development of the original weapon The most promising system is to fi\ upon the distance of the target by conventional radar, drive the pru]ectile by mtersplit for a very brief period, in order to bring it into space near the target, upon which it then Likes a new fix I liners of great delicacy and dependability are necessary, together with the utmost discretion on the part of the launchers, for there is nothing to prevent the pro[ectile, once it leaves the intersplit, from fixing upon a new target which inconveniently happens to be cruising close at hand None of the secondary or tertiary systems are considered trustworthy and are used only under special circumstances niL DI-MON PRINCFS 362 papers, ate a placid lunch. The life of the city flowed past him: mercantilists in their consciously archaic garb, aristocrats from Boniface, anxious only to return, occasional!) a citizen ofCuthhert, conspicuous for the eccentric flair of his garments and his glossy depilated head Farth-folk at the Congreve could be identified by somber garments and an indefinable self-assurance—a quality the citi/.ens of the outer worlds found exasperating no less than the geocentric term "outer worlds" itself Gersen relaxed. The atmosphere of New Wexford was sooth- ing, everywhere were reassuring evidences of solidity, good-living, law and order, he liked the steep streets, the stone and iron build- ings, which now, after more than a thousand years, could no longer be denigrated as "self-conscious quaintene," the Cuthbertian epi- thet. Gersen had paid one previous visit to New Wexford. Two weeks of discreet investigation had then pointed to one Jehan Ad- dels of Trans-Space Investment Corporation as an economist of extraordinary resource and acumen. Gersen had called Addels by public telephone, blanking his own image. Addels was a youngish man, slight of body, with a long quizzical face, a balding scalp which he had not troubled to have rehaired. "Addels here." "I am someone you don't know; my name is irrelevant. I believe you are employed by Trans-Space?" "Correct." "How^ much do they pay you2" "Sixty thousand, plus some fringe benefits," Addels replied without embarrassment, though he was talking to a stranger over a blank screen. "Why'-" "I'd like to hire you in a similar capacity at a hundred thousand, with a monthly raise of a thousand, and a bonus even' five years of, say, a inillion SVU." "The terms are appealing," Addels replied dryly. "Who are you?" "I prefer to remain anonymous," said Gersen. "If you insist, I'll meet you and explain as much as you like Essentially, what you need to know is that I am not a criminal, the money I want you to handle has not been acquired contrary to the laws of New Wex- ford " "Hm. How much is the sum in question7 What securities are represented7" THE PAL4CE OF LOVT. 363 "Ten billion SVU, m cash " "Whisht'" breathed Jehan Addels. "WTwre—" a flicker of an- noyance crossed his face and he broke off his sentence. Jehan Addels liked to think of himself as imperturbable. He continued. "This is an extraordinary amount of money. I can't believe it was accumu- lated by conventional means." "I haven't said this. The money came from Beyond, where con- ventions don't exist." Addels smiled thinly. "And no laws. Hence, no legality. And no criminals. Still, the source of your funds is no concern of mine. Exactly what do you wish done7" "I want the money invested to yield income, but I want to call no attention to the money. 1 want no rumors, no publicity. I want the money invested without causing even a ripple of notice." "Difficult." Addels reflected a moment. "Not impossible, how- ever—if the program is properly planned." "This is at your discretion. You will control the entire opera- tion, sub)ect to an occasional suggestion from me. Naturally you may hire a staff, though the staff is to be told nothing." "Small problem there. I know nothing." "You are agreeable to my terms?" "Certainly, if the whole business is not a hoax. I can't avoid becoming an extremely wealthy man, both from my salary and from investments 1 can make collateral with yours. But I will believe it when I see the money. Presumably it is not counterfeit." "Your own fake-meter will assure you of this." "Ten billion SVU," mused Addels. "An enormous sum, which might well be expected to tempt even an honest man. How do you know I won't embezzle from you?" "I understand that you are not only a cautious man, but a man of discipline. Also, you should have no inducement to embezzle. Otherwise I have no safeguards." Jehan Addels gave his head a crisp nod. "W^here is the money3" "It will be delivered wherever you like. Or you can come to the Congreve Hotel and pick it up yourself." "The situation is not all that simple. Suppose I should die over- night3 How would you recover your money2 If you should die, how would I learn of the fact? What disposition would I then make of this \ast sum, presuming that it exists2" "Come to Suite Six-fifty at the Congreve Hotel. I'll give you 364 THE DEMON PRINCES the money and we'll make arrangements for any immediate contin- gencies." Jehan Addels appeared in Gersen's suite half an hour later. He inspected the money, which was contained in two large cases, checked a few of the notes with his fake-meter, and shook his head in awe. "This is a tremendous responsibility. I could give you a receipt, but it would be a meaningless formality." "Take the money," said Gersen. "Tomorrow, include in your will an instruction that in the event of your death, the money is mine. If I die, or do not communicate with you within a year, use the income for charitable purposes. But I expect to be back in New Wexford within two or three months. Hereafter, I will communi- cate with you only by telephone, using the name Henry Lucas." "Very well," said Addels rather heavily. "I think this takes care of all contingencies." "Remember, absolute discretion! Not even your family must know the details of your new occupation." "As you wish." The next morning Gersen had departed Aloysius for Alphanor. Now, three months later, he was back in New Wexford, again at the Congreve Hotel. Going to a public telephone, blanking the screen as before, he tapped out Jean Addels' call-number. The screen burst into a pat- tern of green leaves and pink briar roses. A female voice spoke: "Braemar Investment Company." "Mr. Henry Lucas to speak to Mr. Addels." "Thank you." Addels' face appeared on the screen. "Addels." "This is Henry Lucas." Addels leaned back in his chair. "I am happy—and I may say, relieved—to hear from you." "The line is clear?" Addels checked his anti-eavesdrop meter and blinker light. "All clear." "How are matters progressing?" "Well enough." Addels proceeded to describe his arrange- ments. He had paid the cash into ten numbered accounts in as many banks, five in New Wexford, five on Earth, and was gradually con- verting the cash into income-producing investments, using enor- THE PALACE OF LOVE 365 mous delicacy to avoid sending tremors along the sandpapered nerves of the financial world. "I had not comprehended the magnitude of the job when I undertook it," said Addels. "It is simply staggering! Mind you, I am not complaining. I could not ask for a more interesting or more challenging Job. But investing ten billion SVU discreetly is like jumping into water without getting wet. I am putting together a staff merely to handle details of investigation and management. Eventually, for maximum efficiency, I think we will be forced to become a bank, or perhaps several banks." "WTiatever is most appropriate," said Gersen. "In the mean- time, I have a special job for you." Addels instantly became wary. "And what is this Job?" "Recently I've been reading that the Radian Publishing Com- pany, which publishes Cosmopolis, is in financial difficulties. I would like you to buy control." Addels pursed his lips. "I can do this without difficulty, of course. In fact I can buy outright; Radian is oo the verge of bank- ruptcy. But you should know that as an investment, this is not an attractive buy. They have been losing money steadily for years, which of course is why they can be had so easily." "In this case we will buy as a speculation, and try to put things right. I have a particular reason for wishing to own Cosmopolis." Addels hastily disavowed any intent to act counter to Gersen's wishes. "I merely want you to be under no misapprehensions. I will start acquiring Radian stock tomorrow." Murchison's Star, Sagitta 203 in the Star Directory^ lay out in the galactic plane behind Vega, thirty light-years beyond the Pale. It was one of a cluster of five varicolored suns: two red dwarfs, a blue- white dwarf, a peculiar unclassifiable blue-green star of medium size and a yellow-orange G6, which was Murchison's Star. Murchison, the single planet, was somewhat smaller than Earth, with a single huge continent cincturing the world. A searing wind blew dunes around the equatorial zone; mountainous highlands sloped gradu- ally to the polar seas. In the mountains lived aborigines, black crea- tures of unpredictable characteristics: by turns murderously savage, torpid, hysterical, or cooperative. In the latter mood they served a useful purpose, supplying dyes and fibers for the tapestries which were one of Murchison's principal exports. The factories which 366 THE DEMON PRINCES produced the tapestries were concentrated about the city of Sabra and employed thousands of female operatives. These were supplied by a dozen slaving concerns, chief among which was Gascoyne the wholesaler. By virtue of efficient inventory control Gascoyne was able to give his customers efficient service at reasonable prices. He made no effort to compete with the specialty houses, dealt mainly in Industrial and Agricultural classifications. At Sabra his principal business was in Industrial F-2 Selecteds: women unprepossessing or past the first bloom of youth, but warranted to be of good health and agility, cooperative, diligent and amiable: such were the terms of Gascoyne's Ten-Point Guarantee. Sabra, on the shore of the north polar sea, was a drab haphazard city with a heterogeneous population whose main goal was to earn sufficient money to go elsewhere. The coastal plain to the south was studded with hundreds of peculiar volcanic stubs, each crowned with a bristle of liver-colored vegetation. Sabra's single distinction was Orban Circus, an open area at the heart of the city centered on one of these volcanic stubs. The Grand Murchison Hotel oc- cupied the crest of the stub; around the Circus were the most im- portant establishments of the planet: Wilhelm's Trade Hotel, the Tapestry Mart, the depot of Gascoyne the Wholesaler; Odenour's Technical Academy; Cady's Tavern; the Blue Ape Hotel; the Her- cules Import Company; warehouse and showroom of the Tapestry Producers' Cooperative; the Sportsman Supply and Trophy House; Gambel's Spaceship Sales; the District Victualling Company. Sabra was a city large enough and wealthy enough to need pro- tection from raiders and free-hooters, even though, like Brinktown in another quarter of the Beyond, it fulfilled a service to the folk who lived beyond the Pale. Thribolt batteries were constantly manned by members of the City Militia, and ships coming in from space were regarded with intense suspicion. Gersen, approaching with circumspection, radioed down to the spaceport, and was directed into a landing orbit. At the spaceport he was subjected to interrogation by members of the local De- weaseling Brigade*, who were reassured by Gersen's Pharaon. Wea- sels uniformly traveled space in Locater 9Bs; these were the only *The single interworld organization of Beyond, existing to identity and destroy agents of the IPCC The IPCC, accepting a contract to locate and destroy a malefactor who had fled the Oikumene, could implement its commitments only by sending one or more agents Beyond, where they were known as weasels and considered fair game THE PALACE OF LOVE 367 ships the IPCC chose to risk Beyond. Gersen for once could afford to be candid. He stated that he had come to Sabra to locate a woman brought here twenty or more years before by Gascoyne the Wholesaler. The Deweaselers, watching the pips and bulbs on their truth machine, exchanged sardonic glances, amused by this excess of quixotism, and waved Gersen forth to the freedom of the city. The time was mid-morning; Gersen registered at the Grand Murchison Hotel on top of Orban Stub, which was crowded almost to capacity with tapestry buyers, commercial salesmen from the Oikumene, sportsmen intent on stalking the Bower Mountain ab- origines. Gersen bathed, changed into local costume: scarlet plush pan- taloons and a black jacket. Descending to the dining room he ate a lunch of local sea produce: seaweed salad, a dish of local mollusks. Directly below were the depot and offices of Gascoyne the Whole- saler: a rambling structure of three stories enclosing a central court- yard. An enormous pink and blue sign across the facade read: GASCOYNE'S MART Select Slaves for Any Purpose A pair of handsome women and a stalwart man were depicted be- low. At the bottom of the sign a message read: Gascoyne's 10-Point Guarantee Is Justly Famous! Gersen finished his lunch, descended to the circus, crossed to Gascoyne's Mart. He was lucky enough to find Gascoyne himself available and was ushered into a private office. Gascoyne was a handsome well-built man of indeterminate age, with dark curly hair, a dashing black mustache, expressive eyebrows. His office was sim- ple and informal, with a bare floor, an old wooden desk, an infor- mation screen showing evidence of much use. On one wall hung a plaque with Gascoyne's famous ten-point guarantee limned in gold leaf and surrounded by scarlet festoons. Gersen explained the pur- pose of his visit. "About twenty-five years ago, give or take five years, you visited Sarkovy, where you bought a pair of women from a certain Kakarsis Asm. Their names were Inga and Dundine. I am anxious to locate these women; perhaps you would be good enough to search them out in your records." "Gladly," said Gascoyne. "I can't say as I recall the circum- stances, but—" He went to the information bank, worked the knobs 368 THE DEMON PRINCES and dials a moment, evoking flashes of blue light and a sudden grinning visage which nickered away. Gascoyne shook his head de- spondently. "Might as well be a stone for all the use it gives me. I must have it repaired. . . . Well, we shall see. This way, if you please." He took Gersen into a back room lined with ledgers. "Sar- kovy. I go there seldom. A pestilent world, the home of a wicked race!" He searched his ledgers, one year after another. "This must be the trip. So long ago! Thirty years. Now, let us look. My, my, how this old ledger brings back the memories. Good old days is not just a banality. - . . What were the names again?" "Inga, Dundine. I don't know their last names." "No matter. Here they are." He copied numbers upon a slip of paper, went to another ledger, turned to the numbers in ques- tion. "They were both sold here on Murchison. Inga went to Qualag's Factory. You know where that is? Third along the right bank of the river. Dundine went to Juniper Factory, across the river from Qualag's. I trust these women were not friends or relatives? Like any other, my business has its disagreeable aspects. At Qualag's and Juniper the women live wholesome productive lives, but cer- tainly they are not pampered. Still, who is in this life?" And raising his eyebrows, he made a deprecatory gesture around his austere office. Gersen gave his head a wry shake of sympathy. He thanked Gascoyne and departed. Qualag's Factory was a half-dozen four-story buildings around a compound. Gersen entered the lobby of the main office, which was hung with sample tapestries. A pallid male clerk with varnished blond hair came to inquire his business. "Gascoyne tells me," said Gersen, "that thirty years ago Qualag's purchased a female named Inga, on your invoice 10V623. Can you tell me if this woman is still employed by you?" The clerk shuffled off to search his records, then went to an intercom and spoke a few words. Gersen waited. Into the office came a tall placid-faced woman with heavy arms and legs. The clerk said petulantly: "Gentleman here wants to know about Inga, B2-AG95. There's a yellow card on her with two white clips but I can't find the reference." "You're looking under Dormitory F. The B2s are all Dorm A." The woman located the correct reference. "Inga. B2-AG95. Dead. I remember her very well. An Earth-woman giving herself all style THE PALACE OF LOVE 369 of airs. Complained constantly of this and that. She came to the dye works while I was recreation counsellor. 1 remember her well. She worked in blues and greens, and it put her off; she finally threw herself into a vat of dusty-orange. That's long ago. . . . My, how time flies." Leaving Qualag's, Gersen crossed the river by a bridge and walked to the Juniper Factory, which was somewhat larger than Qualag's. The office was similar, though with a brisker atmosphere. Gersen again put his question, this time in connection with Dundine. But the clerk was not cooperative and refused to check the records. "We aren't allowed to give out such information," said the clerk, looking disdainfully at Gersen from the altitude afforded him by his position behind the counter. "Let me discuss the matter with the manager," said Gersen. "Mr. Plusse owns the factory. If you will be seated I will an- nounce you." Gersen went to examine a tapestry ten feet wide by six feet high, representing a flowered field on which stood hundreds of fanciful birds. "Mr. Plusse will see you, sir." Mr. Plusse was a small surly man with a white topknot and eyes of blue agate. Clearly he had no intention of obliging Gersen or anyone else. "Sorry, sir. We have our production to consider. Trou- ble enough with the women as it is. We do our best for them; we provide good food and recreational facilities, bathe them once a week. Still it's impossible to keep them satisfied." "May I ask if the woman still works for you?" "It makes no difference if she does or not; you would not be allowed to disturb her." "If she is here, if she is the woman I am looking for, I'll be glad to recompense you for any inconvenience." "Hmf. Just a moment." Mr. Plusse spoke into the intercom. "Is not there a Dundine in wicker-stitching? What's her current index? . . . Hmf. . . I see." He returned to Gersen, whom he now regarded in a thoughtful new light. "A valuable employee. I can't have her badgered. If you insist on speaking to her, you'll have to buy her. The price is three thousand SVU." Without a word Gersen put down the money. Mr. Plusse licked his small pink mouth. "Hmf." He spoke into the intercom. "W^ith a minimum of commotion, bring Dundine to this office." Ten minutes passed, while Mr. Plusse ostentatiously made no- 370 THE DEMON PRINCES tations on a chart. The door opened, the clerk entered with a large- bodied woman in a white smock. Her features were big and moist; her hair was short, mouse-brown, crimped and tied with string. Wringing her hands apprehensively she stared from Mr Plusse to Gersen and back again. "You are leaving our service," said Mr. Plusse in a dry voice. "This gentleman has bought you." Dundine looked at Gersen with bright fear. "Oh, what do you plan to do with me, sir5 I'm useful and well here, I do my work; I don't want to go out on the back farms; I wouldn't want to do this, and I'm too old for barge work." "Nothing like that, Dundine I've paid Mr. Plusse off; you're a free woman now. You can go back to your home if you like." Tears sprang into her eyes. "I don't believe it." "It's true." "But—why did vou do this5" Dundme's face wavered between bewilderment, fear and doubt. "I want to ask you a few questions." Dundine turned her back, bent her head over her hands. After a moment Gersen asked, "Is there anything you want to bring with you5" "No. Nothing. If I was wealthy I'd take that little tapestry on the wall, the little girls dancing. I did the wickenng on that tapestry and I was all that fond of the thing." "What is the price5" Gersen asked Mr. Plusse. "That is our Style Nineteen, which is priced at seven hundred fifty SVU." Gersen paid 750 SVU and took the tapestry "Come, Dun- dine," he said shortly. "Best that we start off." "But my good-byes! My dear friends—" "Impossible," said Mr. Plusse. "Do you wish to disturb the other women5" Dundine sniffed and rubbed her nose. "There's my bonuses I haven't taken. It's three recreation half-periods. I'd like to give them to Almenna." "That can't be done, as you know. We never allow transfer or bartering of bonus units If you wish, you may use them now, before your departure." Dundine looked uncertainly toward Gersen. "Do we have time5 THF PAIALE OF LOIT It seems a shame to let them go to waste—but 1 suppose it makes no difference now . . " They walked along the river road toward the center of town, with Dundine casting timid glances toward Gersen "I can't imagine what you want of me," she said tremulously. "I'm certain I've never known you in my life." "I'm interested in what you can tell me ofViole Falushe." "Viole Falushe5 But I know no such person. I can tell you noth- ing." Dundine stopped short, her knees shaking. "Are you going to take me back to the factory5" "No," said Gersen hollowly "I won't take you back." He looked at her in deep discouragement. "Aren't you the Dundine who was kidnaped with Inga5" "Oh yes I'm Dundine. Poor Inga. I've never heard other since she went to Qualag's. They say it's ever so dreary at Qualag's." Gersen's mind raced back and forth. "You were kidnaped and brought to Sarkovy5" "Yes, indeed, and oh, what a time we had! Riding the steppes on those bouncing old wagons'" "But the man who kidnaped you and brought you to Sarkovy— that was Viole Falushe, or so I am told." "Him'^ Dundme's mouth twisted as if she had bit into some- thing sour. "His name wasn't Viole Falushe." And Gersen belatedly recalled that Kakarsis Asm had told him the same The man who had sold Inga and Dundine had not used the name Viole Falushe at that time. "No, no," said Dundine m a soft voice, looking far back in her life. "That wasn't any Viole Falushe. It was that nasty little Vogel Filschner." All the way back into the Oikumene, in fragments and e)aculations, bits from here, oddments from there, Dundine told her story, and Gersen gave over trying to elicit a connected narrative Expansive, inflated with freedom, Dundine talked with enthu- siasm. She knew Vogel Filschner, yes indeed' She knew him well. So he changed his name to Viole Falushe5 Small wonder, after the shame his mother must feel! Though Madame Filschner had never enjoyed the best of reputations, and no one had ever known Vogel F'llschner's father. He had attended school with Dundine, two classes ahead. 372 THE DEMON PRINCES "Where was this?" asked Gersen. "Why, at Ambeules!" declared Dundine, surprised that Gersen did not already know the story as well as herself. Though Gersen knew Rotterdam, Hamburg and Paris, he had never visited Am" beules, a suburb of Rolingshaven on the west coast of Europe. Vogel Filschner had always been a strange brooding boy, ac- cording to Dundine. "Extremely sensitive," she confided. "Ripe al- ways for a great rage or eyefuls of tears. One never knew what Vogel might do!" And for a space she fell silent, shaking her head in marvel at the deeds of Vogel Filschner. "Then when he was sixteen, and I but fourteen, a new girl came to school. Oh, she was a pretty thing—Jheral Tinzy was her name—and who but Vogel Filschner should fall in love!" But Vogel Filschner was grubby and unsavory; Jheral Tinzy, a girl of sensitivity, found him repulsive. "Who could blame her?" mused Dundine. "Vogel was an eerie boy. I can see him yet—tall for his age and somewhat thin, with a round belly and a round bottom, like a billiken. He walked with his head to the side, watch- ing all with his dark burning eyes. They watched, they saw all, they never forgot a thing, did Vogel Filschner's eyes. I must say that Jheral Tinzy used him heartlessly, laughing and gay the while! She drove poor Vogel to desperation, this is my belief. And that man Vogel took up with—I can't recall his name! He wrote poetry, very strange and daring! He was thought ungodly, though he had pa- trons in the upper classes. Those days are so long ago, so tragic and so sweet. Ah, if I could live them again, what changes there would be." At this point Dundine went into a nostalgic reminiscence: "Even now I can smell the air from the sea. Ambeules, our old district, is on the Gaas, and this is the loveliest part of the city, though by no means the richest. The flowers are unimaginable. To think that I have seen no flowers for thirty years, except for those I myself have worked." And now nothing must do but that Dundine should examine her tapestry which she had draped upon the back bulkhead of the saloon. Presently she returned to the subject of Vogel Filschner. "The most morbidly sensitive of youths. The poet egged him on. And truth to tell, Jheral Tinzy humiliated Vogel dreadfully. Whatever the cause, Vogel performed his terrible deed. There were twenty- nine girls in the choral society. Every Friday night we sang, Vogel THE PAL-1CK OF l.OVE 373 had learned to operate a spaceship—it was a course all the boys took. So Vogel stole one of those little Locater ships, and when we came out from choral practice to the bus, it was Vogel who drove us away. He took us to the spaceship and made us all get aboard. But it was the one night Jheral Tinzy had not come to practice. Vogel had no knowledge of this until the last girl left the bus, and he was like a stone statue. Too late then, he had no choice but to flee." Dundine sighed. "Twenty-eight girls, pure and fresh as little flowers. How he dealt with us! W^e knew he was strange, but fe- rocious as a wild beast? No, never; how could we girls imagine such things? For reasons best known to himself he never used us in bed—Inga thought he was sulking because he had failed to capture Jheral. Godelia Parwitz and Rosamond—I can't think of her name—they tried to hit him with a metal implement, though it would have been the death of all had they succeeded, for none of us knew how to guide the ship. He punished them in a dreadful manner so that they cried and sobbed. Inga and I told him he was a wicked monster to act so. He only laughed, did Vogel Filschner. 'A wicked monster, am I? I'll show you a wicked monster!' And he took us to Sarkovy and sold us to Mr. Asm. "But first he stopped at another world and sold ten girls who were the least well-favored. Then Inga and I and six others who hated him the most were sold on Sarkovy. Of the others, the most beautiful, I know nothing. Thanks to Kalzibah, I have been suc- cored." Dundine wanted to return to Earth. At New W^exford, Gersen fur- nished her a wardrobe, a ticket to Earth and funds sufficient to keep her in comfort the rest of her life. At the spaceport she embarrassed him by falling on her knees and kissing his hands. "I thought to die and have my ashes scattered on a far planet! How was I so lucky? With so many other poor creatures, why did Kalzibah select me for his favor?" The same question, in different terms, had been troubling Ger- sen himself. With his wealth, he might have bought the whole of Qualag and Juniper and every other factory in Sabra, and brought each of the wretched women to their homes . . . WTiat then? he asked himself. Sabra tapestries were in demand. New factories would be established, new slaves imported. A year later all would be as before. 374 THE DEMON PRINCES Still. .. Gersen heaved a sigh. The universe abounded with evils. No one man could defeat them all. Meanwhile Dundine was wiping her eyes, and apparently preparing to fall on her knees once more. Gersen said hastily, "One request I wish to make of you." "Anything, anything!" "You plan to return to Rolingshaven?" "It is my home." "You must not reveal how you were brought from Sabra. Tell no one! Invent any wild tale. But do not mention me. Do not men- tion that I asked you ofVogel Filschner." "Trust me! The fiends of hell can tear forth my tongue, even then I will not speak!" "Good-bye then." Gersen departed hastily before Dundine could again demonstrate her gratitude. At a public telephone he called Bramar Investment Company. "Henry Lucas to speak to Mr. Addels." "A moment, Mr. Lucas." Addels appeared on the screen. "Mr. Lucas?" Gersen allowed his image to go forth. "All continues to go well?" "As well as could be expected. My problems arise only from the sheer mass of our money. I should say, your money." Addels permitted himself to smile. "But gradually I am training an orga- nization. Incidentally, Radian Publishing Company is ours. We had it cheaply because of the circumstances I mentioned previously." "No one has been inquisitive? There have been no questions, no rumors?" "To the best of my knowledge, none. Zane Publishing Com- pany bought Radian; Irwin and Jeddah own Zane, a numbered ac- count at a Pontefract bank owns Irwin and Jeddah. Bramar Investment is the numbered account. Who is Bramar Investment? Ostensibly it is I." "Well done!" said Gersen. "You could not have managed bet- ter." Addels acknowledged the praise with a stiff nod. "I must say once more that Radian seems a poor investment, at least on the basis of past performance." "Why has it been losing money? Everyone seems to read Cos- mopolis. I see it everywhere." "Perhaps this is so. Nevertheless circulation has slowly been THE PALACE OF LOVE 375 declining. More significantly, the typical reader no longer is a de- cision-maker. The management has been trying to please everyone, including the advertisers; as a result the magazine has lost its flair." "There would seem to be a remedy for the situation," said Gersen. "Hire a new editor, a man of imagination and intelligence. Instruct him to revitalize the magazine, without regard for adver- tisers or circulation, sparing no reasonable expense. When the mag- azine regains its prestige, circulation and advertisers will return fast enough." "I am relieved that you preface the word expense with reason- able," said Addels in his driest voice. "I still am not accustomed to dealing with millions as if they were hundreds." "No more am I," said Gersen. "The money means nothing to me—except that I find it uncommonly useful. One other matter. Instruct the Cosmopolis head office—I believe it is located in Lon- don—that a man named Henry Lucas will be sent to the editorial offices. Represent him as an employee of Zane Publishing if you like. He is to be put on the payroll as a special writer, who will work when and where he chooses without interference." "Very well, sir. I will do as you require." 4 From Introduction to Old Earth, by Ferencz Szantho Erdenfreude A mysterious and intimate emotion which dilates blood vessels, slides chills along the sub- cutaneous nerves, arouses qualms of apprehension and excitement like those infecting a girl at her first ball Erdenfreude typically attacks the outworld man ap- proaching Earth for the first time Only the dull, the insensitive, are immune The excitable have been known to suffer near-fatal palpitations The cause is the subject of learned dispute Neu- rologists describe the condition as anticipatory adjust- ment of the organism to absolute normality of all the sensory modes color recognition, sonic perception, conolis force and gravitational equilibrium The psy- chologists differ, Erdenfreude, they state, is the flux of a hundred thousand racial memories boiling up almost to the level of consciousness Geneticists speak of RNA, metaphysicians refer to the soul; parapsychologists make the possibly irrelevant observation that haunted houses are to be found on Earth alone History is bunk —Henry Ford Gersen, who had lived nine years on Earth, nevertheless felt some- thing of an outworlder's exhilaration as he hung above the great globe awaiting his clearance from Space Security Finally it arrived, THE PAL/ICE OP IOVE with precise landing instructions, and Gersen dropped down to the West Europe spaceport at Tarn. He passed through sanitation pro- cedures and health inspection—the most stringent of the Oiku- mene—punched appropriate buttons at the Immigration Control console, and finally was allowed to proceed about his business He rode to London by tube, and registered at the Royal Oak Hotel, a block off the Strand The season was early autumn, the sun shone through a high thin overcast Old London, permeated with the vapors of antiquity, shone like a fine gray pearl Gersen's clothes were in the Alphanor style, fuller in cut and richer in color than the clothes of London. On the Strand he went into a gentleman's outfitter, where he selected a fabric, then stripped to his underwear and was measured by photonic scanners Five minutes later he was delivered his new garments black trou- sers, a jacket of dark brown and beige, a white blouse and black cravat Inconspicuous now, Gersen continued along the Strand. Dusk came to the sky Every planet had its distinctive dusk, thought Gersen The dusk of Alphanor, for instance, was an electric blue, gradually fading to the richest of ultramarines Sarkovy dusk was a dead dismal gray, with a tawny overtone Dusk at Sabra had been brown-gold, with domains of color around the other stars of the cluster The dusk of Earth was dusk as it should be—soft, heather-gra), soothing, an ending and a beginning Gersen dined at a restaurant which had maintained an unbroken tenancy for over seventeen hundred years The old oak beams, fumed and waxed, were as stout as ever, the plaster recently had been scraped of twenty layers of whitewash and refinished, a process which oc- curred every hundred years or so Gersen's thoughts reverted to his youth He had visited London twice with his grandfather, though for the most part they had lived in Amsterdam There never had been dinners such as this, never leisure or idleness Gersen shook his head sadl\ as he recalled the exercises to which his merciless grandfather had put him A wonder that he had stood up to the discipline Gersen bought a copy of Covmopohs and returned to the hotel, He went into the bar, and sitting at a table ordered a pint of Wor- thmgton's AJe, brewed at Burton-on-Trent as had been the case for something less than two thousand years He opened Cosfwpo/is It was easy to understand why the magazine had become moribund There were three long articles: "Have Earthmen Become Less Vir- 378 THK DEMON PRINCKS ile?" "Patricia Poitrine: New Toast of the Smart Set"; "A Cler- gyman's Guide to Spiritual Renewal." Gersen flicked through the pages, then laid the magazine aside. He drained the mug, and went up to his room. In the morning he visited the editorial offices of Cosniopolis, and asked to speak to the personnel director. This was Mrs. Neutra, a brittle, black-haired woman wearing a great deal of preposterous jewelry. She showed no inclination to speak to Gersen. "Sorry, sorry, sorry. I can't consider anything or anyone at this moment. I'm in a flap. Everybody's in a flap. There's been a shake-up; no one's job is any good." "Perhaps I had better speak to the editor in chief," said Gersen. "There was to have been a letter from Zane Publishing, and it should have arrived." The personnel director made a gesture of irritation. "Who or what is Zane Publishing?" "The new ownership," said Gersen politely. "Oh." The woman pushed among the papers on her desk. "Maybe this is it." She read. "Oh, you're Henry Lucas." "Yes." "Hmm .. . Piff puff. . . You're to be a special writer. Some- thing we Just don't need at the moment. But I'm only personnel director. Oh hell, fill out the application, make an appointment for your psychiatric tests. If you survive, and you probably won't, show up a week from tomorrow for your orientation course." Gersen shook his head. "I don't have time for any of these formalities. I doubt if the new owners have much sympathy with them." "Sorry, Mr. Lucas. This is our inflexible program." "What does the letter say?" "It says to put Mr. Henry Lucas on the payroll as special writer." "Then please do so." "Oh, double bing-bang hell. If this is how things are going to go, why have a personnel director? WTly have psychiatric tests and orientation courses? Why not just let janitors put out the rag?" The woman seized a form, wrote with swift strokes of a flam- boyant quill pen. "Here you are. Take it into the managing editor, he'll arrange your assignment." The managing editor was a portly gentleman with lips pursed THE PALACE OF LOVE 379 in a worried pout. "Yes, Mr. Lucas. Mrs. Neutra Just called me. I understand you have been sent in by the new ownership." "I've been associated with them for a long time," said Gersen. "But all I want at this moment is whatever identification you supply your special correspondents, so that if necessary I can demonstrate that I'm an employee of Cosmopolis." The managing editor spoke into an intercom. "On your way out, step into Department 2A and your card will be prepared." He leaned morosely back into his chair. "It seems that you are to be a roving reporter, responsible to no one. A very nice billet, if I may say so. WTiat do you propose to write about?" "One thing or another," said Gersen. "Whatever comes up." The managing editor's face sagged with bewilderment. "You can't go out and write a Cosmopolis article like that! Our issues are programmed months ahead! We use public opinion polls to find out what subjects people are interested in." "I low can they know what they're interested in if they haven't read it?" asked Gersen. "The new owners are throwing the public opinion polls away." The managing editor shook his head sadly. "How will we know what to write about?" "I have an idea or two. For instance, the Institute could stand an airing. What are its current aims? Who are the men of Degrees 101, 102, 103? What information have they suppressed? What of Tryon Russ and his anti-gravity machine? The Institute deserves a comprehensive study. You could easily devote an entire issue to the Institute." The editor nodded curtly. "Don't you think it's a bit—well, intense? Are people really interested in these matters?" "If not they should be." "Easily said, but it's no way to run a magazine. People don't w^nt to really understand anything; they want to think they have learned without the necessity of application. In our 'heavy' articles we try to supply keys and guides, so at least they'll have something to talk about at parties. But go on—what else do vou have in mind?" "I've been thinking of Viole Falushe and the Palace of Love. Exactly what goes on at this establishment? What face does Viole Falushe show? What name does he bear when he comes in from \W DP MON PRINCES BeyoncP Who are his guests at the Palace ofLove^ How have they farced Would they care to return^" "An interesting topic," the editor admitted "A bit close to the knuckle perhaps. We prefer to steer away from sensationalism and—shall we say—the grim facts of reality. Still I've often won- dered about the Palace of Love WTiat in the world does go on3 The usual, I suppose. But no one knows for sure. WTiat else^" "That's all for now." Gersen rose to his feet. "In fact I'll be working on this last story myself." The managing editor shrugged his shoulders. "You seem to have been accorded a free hand." Gersen immediately rode the sub-Channel tube to Rolmgshaven, arriving at the vast Zone Station a few minutes before noon. He crossed the white-tiled lobby, past shdeways and escalators labeled W^ien, Pans, Tsargrad, Berlin, Budapest, Kiev, Neapolis and a dozen other ancient cities. He paused at a kiosk to buy a map, then went to a cafe, settled himself at a table with a stem of beer and a plate of sausages Gersen had lived long in Amsterdam and had passed through the Zone Station on several occasions, but of the city Rolingshaven he knew little. As he ate, he studied the map. Rolingshaven was a city of considerable extent, divided into four principal municipalities by two rivers, the Gaas and the Sluicht, and the great Evres Canal. At the north was Zummer, a rather grim district of apartment towers and careful malls laid out by some neat- minded city council ot the distant past. On the Heybau, a prom- ontory hooking out into the sea, was the famous Handelhal Conservatory, the wonderful Galactic Zoo and the Kindergarten; Zummer otherwise was devoid of interest. South across the Sluicht was the Old City—a teeming confu- sion of small shops, inns, hostels, restaurants, beer caverns, book- stalls, huddled offices, askew little houses of stone and timber— dating from the Middle Ages. A district as chaotic and picturesque as Zummer was stark and dull; and here as well was the ancient University, overlooking the fish market along the banks of the Evres Canal Ambeules lay across the canal- a district of nine hills covered with homes and a periphery given to wharves, warehouses, ship- yards, mud flats from which were dredged the famous Flamande THE PAMCE OF LOVE oysters. The great Gaas estuary separated Ambeules from Dourrai, a district of somewhat lower hills, again covered with small homes, with the great industries and fabrication plants straggling along the shore and southward. This was the city where Viole Falushe—or more accurately, Vogel Filschner—had lived, and where he had committed his first great crime. The exact locale was Ambeules, and Gersen decided to base himself in this area. Finishing the beer and sausages he rode an escalator to the third level above, where a local tube car whisked him south under the Evres Canal to Ambeules Station. He rode to the surface, and look- ing right and left through the hazy radiance which characterized the region, approached the old woman who managed a newsstand. "Which is a good hotel nearby?" The old woman pointed a brown finger. "Up Hoebhngasse to the Rembrandt Hotel: as good as any in Ambeules. Of course, if it's elegance you require, then you must go to the Hotel Prince Franz Ludwig in Old Town, the finest m Furope with prices to match." Gersen chose the Rembrandt Hotel, a pleasant old-fashioned structure with public rooms paneled in dark wood, and was taken to a suite of high-ceilmged rooms overlooking the great gray Gaas. The day was still young. Gersen rode a cab to the Maine, where he paid a small fee and was given access to the City Directory He ran the record back to 1495. The screen spun to the letter F, Fi, and finally the name Filschner. At this time three Filschners were listed. Gersen made notes of the addresses. He likewise found two Tmzys, and made similar notes. Then he dialed to the current list- ings and found two Filschners and four Tinzys. One of the Fil- schners and one of the Tinzys had maintained the same address across the years. Gersen next visited the office of the Ambeules Helion, and on the strength of his Cosmopolis card was given access to the morgue. He brought the index to the screen, scanned it for the name Vogel Filschner, found a code number, coded and punched the "show" button. The tale was much as Dundine had told, though in condensed form. Vogel Filschner was described as "a boy given to spells of brooding and wandering alone by night." His mother, Hedwig Fil- schner, identified as a beautician, professed herself amazed at Vo- THF DEMON PRINCES 382 gel's outrageous deed. She described him as a "good boy, though very idealistic and moody." Vogel Filschner had had no close friends. In the biology labo- ratory he had been teamed with a lad named Roman Haenigsen, the school chess champion. They had played an occasional game of chess during the lunch hour Roman evinced no astonishment at Vogel's crime "He was a fellow who hated to lose. Whenever I beat him, he would go savage and throw aside the pieces. Still, it amused me to play with him. I don't like people who take the game frivolously " Vogel Filschner was not a frivolous boy, thought Gersen. A photograph appeared, the kidnaped girls, grouped in a picture identified as the "Philidor Bohus Choral Society " In the front row stood a plump smiling girl m whom Gersen recognized Dundme. Among the girls would be Jheral Tmzy, and Gersen checked the faces against the caption. Jheral Tmzy was the third girl in the fourth row. Not only did a girl m the third row obscure her face, she also had turned her head aside at the time the photograph was taken, and what could be seen of her face was indistinct. There was no photograph of Vogel Filschner. The file ended. So much for that, thought Gersen. Vogel Fil- schner's identity as Viole Falushe was not widely apprehended m Ambeules, if at all. As verification, Gersen dialed for the file on Viole Falushe, the Demon Prince, but only a single reference ex- cited his interest "Viole Falushe at various times has implied that his original home was Earth. On several occasions a rumor has reached us to the effect that Viole Falushe has been seen here m Ambeules. Why he should wish to haunt our unexciting district is a question which cannot be answered, and the rumors appear no more than an insane hoax." Gersen departed the newspaper offices and went to stand in the street The gendarmery? Gersen decided against approaching them. Unlikely, that they could tell him more than he already knew Un- likely, that they would if they could. Additionally, Gersen had no desire to arouse official curiosity. Gersen checked the addresses he had noted, as well as the lo- cation of the Philidor Bohus Lyceum, on his map. The Lyceum was the nearest, at the far side of Lothar Parish Gersen signaled a three-wheeled autocab, and was conveyed up one of the nine hills through a district of small detached houses. Some were constructed THE P4LACE OF LOVE in the ancient fashion, of glazed dark red brick and a high pitched roof of milk-glass tiles, others were m the new "hollow trunk" style: narrow concrete cylinders two thirds below the ground. There were houses of artificial sandstone compressed as a unit from molded soil; houses of pink or white panels surmounted by crimped metal domes; houses of laminated paper, with transparent roofs electrically charged to repel dust. The bulbs of urn-cast glass or glass-metal, so common among the worlds of the Concourse, had never won acceptance among the folk of western Europe, who com- pared them to pumpkins and paper lanterns, and called the people who lived in them "nonhuman futunans." The cab discharged Ger- sen before the Philidor Bohus Lyceum, a grim cube of synthetic black stone flanked by a pair of smaller cubes The director of the lyceum was Dr. Willem Ledmger, a bland large-bodied man with taffy-colored skin and a lank lock of yellow hair which wound around his scalp in a most peculiar manner. Ger- sen wondered at the man's audacity thus to present himself before several thousand adolescents. Ledinger was affable and unsuspi- cious, readily accepting Gersen's statement that Cosmopohs wished to present a survey of contemporary young people. "I don't think there's much to write about," said Ledinger. "Our young people are, if I must say it, unexceptionable. We have many bright students and at least a fair quota of dullards . " Gersen steered the conversation to students of the past and their careers, from here it was an easy connection to the sub)ect of Vogel Filschner. "Ah yes," mused Dr Ledmger, patting his yellow topknot. "Vogel Filschner. I haven't heard his name for years. Before my time, of course; I was a mere instructor across the city at Hulba Technical Academy But the scandal reached us, never fear. Fac- ulties have big ears. WTiat a tragedy' To think of a lad like that going so far wrong'" "He never returned to Ambeules, then^" "He'd be a fool to do so Or to advertise his presence, at any rate." "Do you have the likeness of Vogel Filschner among your rec- ords^ Perhaps I might do a separate piece upon this peculiar crime." Grudgingly Dr. Ledmger admitted that photographs of Vogel Filschner were on file. "But why rake up the old nastiness? It is like breaking into graves." II IF DI MON PRINCES "On the other hand, such an article might identify the rogue, and bring him to )ustice " "Justice5" Dr. Ledmger curled his lip in disbelief. "After thirty years5 He was a hysterical child No matter what his crime, by this time he has made redemption and found peace. What could be gamed by bringing him to what you call justice5" Gersen was somewhat startled by Dr. Ledinger's vehemence. "To dissuade others. Perhaps there is a potential Vogel Filschner among your students this very instant." Dr. Ledmger smiled wistfully "I don't doubt it an instant. Cer- tain of these young rascals—well, I won't tell tales out of school. And I won't supply you with the photographs. I find the idea com- pletely ob)ectionable." "Is there a yearbook for the year of the crime5 Or better, the previous year- Dr. Ledmger looked at Gersen a moment, his affability slowdy disappearing. Then he went to his wall, plucked a volume from the shelves. He watched quietly as Gersen turned the pages, and finally came upon the photograph of the Girls Choral Society he had al- ready seen. Gersen pointed "There is Jheral Tmzy, the girl who rebuffed Vogel, and drove him to his crime." Dr. Ledmger examined the picture "Think of it. Twenty-eight girls, snatched away Beyond. Their lives blasted. 1 wonder how they fared. Some may still be alive, poor things " "Whatever became of Jheral Tmzy5 She was not among the group if you recall." Dr. Ledmger examined Gersen with suspicion "You seem to know a great deal about the case. Have you been completely candid with me5" Gersen grinned. "Not altogether I am principally interested in Vogel Filschner, but I don't want anyone to know I'm interested. If I can get the information I need discreetly, with no one the wiser, so much the better." "You are a police officer5 Or of the IPCC5" Gersen displayed his identification. "Here is my sole claim to fame." "Hmmf. Cowiopohs plans to publish an article on Vogel Fil- schner5 It seems a waste of paper and ink No wonder Cosmopohs has lost prestige." THE PALACE OF LOVE "What of Jheral Tinzy? You have her photograph in your files5" "Undoubtedly." Dr Ledmger laid his hands upon the desk, to signal that the interview had reached its end. "But we cannot open our confidential files haphazardly I am sorrv " Gersen rose to his feet. "Thank you, in any case." "I have done nothing to help you," said Dr. Ledmger stonily Vogel Filschner had lived with his mother in a narrow little house at the eastern end of Ambeules, bordering on a dingy district of warehouses and transportation depots. Gersen climbed the em- broidered iron steps, touched the button, faced the inspection eye. A woman's voice spoke. "Yes5" Gersen spoke m his most confident voice. "I am trying to locate Madame Hedwig Filschner, who lived here many years ago." "I know no one of that name. You must consult with Ewane Clodig who owns the property. We only pay rent " Ewane Clodig, whom Gersen found m the offices of Clodig Properties, consulted his records. "Madame Hedwig Filschner . . . The name is familiar ... I don't see it on mv list. . . Here it is. She moved, let me see, thirty years ago." "You have her present address5" "No sir. That is too much to ask. I have not even a forwarding address from thirty years ago . . . But it comes back' Is she not the mother of Vogel Filschner, the boy slaver5" "Correct." "Well then, I can tell you this. When the deed was known, she packed her belongings and disappeared and no one has heard of her since." Jheral Tmzy's old home was a tall octagonal structure of the so- called Fourth Palladian style, situated halfway up Bailleui Hill. The address corresponded to one which Gersen had noted in the current directory; the family had not changed its residence. A handsome woman of early middle-age answered the door She wore a gay peasant smock, a flowered scarf around her head. Gersen appraised the woman before he spoke She returned a gaze so direct as to be bold. "You're Jheral Tinzy5" Gersen asked tentatively. "Jheral5" The woman's eyebrows arched high. "No—no in- THE DEMON PRINCES deed." She gave a sardonic bark of laughter. "What a strange thing to ask. Who are you?" Gersen produced his identification. The woman read, returned the card. "What makes you think I am Jheral Tinzy?" "She lived here at one time. She would be about your age." "I'm her cousin." The woman considered Gersen more care- fully than ever. "What did you want with Jheral?" "May I come in? I'll explain." The woman hesitated. As Gersen came forward she made a quick motion to restrain him. Then, after a dubious glance over her shoulder, she moved aside. Gersen entered a hall with a floor of immaculate white glass tiles. On one hand was the display wall, characteristic of middle-class European homes; here hung a panel intricately inlaid with wood, bone and shell: Lenka workmanship from Nowhere, one of the Concourse planets; a set of perfume points from Pamtile; a rectangle of polished and perforated obsid- ian, and one of the so-called "supplication slabs"* from Lupus 2311. Gersen paused to examine a small tapestry of exquisite design and workmanship. "This is a beautiful piece. Do you know where it came from?" "It's very rich," agreed the woman. "I believe it came from off- world." "It looks to me like a Sabra piece," said Gersen. From the upper floor came a harsh call: "Emma? WTw is there?" "Awake already," muttered the woman. She raised her voice. "A gentleman from Cosmopolis, Aunt." "We wish no magazines!" cried the voice. "I am explicit!" "Very well, Aunt. I'll tell him so." Emma signaled Gersen into a sitting room, jerked her head toward the source of the voice. "Jheral's mother. She is not well." "A pity," said Gersen. "Where, incidentally, is Jheral?" *The nonhuman names uf Peninsula 4-\, Lupus 2 III. devote the greater part ot their lues to the working of these slabs, which apparcrirlv have a religious significance Twice each year, at the solstices, two hundred and twenty-four microscopically exact slabs are placed aboard a ceremonial harge, which is then allowed to drift out upon the ocean I'he Lupus Salvage Company maintains a ship |ust over the hon/on troin Peninsula 4A As soon as the raft has drifted h-om sight of land, it is recovered, the slabs are removed, exported and sold as vhjrT' il'ni-i THE PAL-ICE OF LOVE Emma turned her bold glance on Gersen. "WTly do you want to know?" "To be candid, I'm trying to locate a certain Vogel Filschner." Emma laughed soundlessly and without mirth. "You've come to the wrong place to find Vogel Filschner. What a joke!" "You knew him?" "Oh yes. He was in the class under mine at the Lyceum." "You haven't seen him since the kidnaping?" "Oh no. Never. Still—it's strange that you should ask." Emma hesitated, smiling tremulously as if in embarrassment. "It's like a cloud passing over the sun. Sometimes I look around, sure that I've glimpsed Vogel Filschner—but he's never there." "W^Tiat happened to Jheral?" Emma seated herself, looked far back aown the years. "You must remember that there was much publicity and outcry. It was the greatest outrage in memory. Jheral was pointed at; there were unpleasant scenes. Several of the mothers actually slapped and abused Jheral; she had snubbed Vogel, driven him to crime, hence, shared his guilt... I must admit," said Emma reflectively, "that Jheral was a heartless flirt. She was simply adorable, of course. She could bring the boys with one little sidelong glance—like this . . ." Emma demonstrated. "Such a rascal. She even flirted with Vogel. Pure sadism, because she couldn't bear the sight of him. Ah, the detestable Vogel! Every day Jheral would come home from school to tell us another of Vogel's enormities. How he dissected a frog, and then, after wiping his hands on a paper towel, ate his lunch. How badly he smelled, as if he never changed his clothes. How he would boast of his poetic mind, and try to impress her with his magnificence. It's true! Jheral with her tricks incited Vogel—and twenty-eight other girls paid the price." "And then?" "Great indignation. Everyone turned against Jheral, as perhaps they had always longed to do. Jheral finally ran away with an older man. She never returned to Ambeules. Not even her mother knows where she is." Into the room rushed a blazing-eyed old woman with a mane of flying white hair. Gersen Jumped behind a chair to avoid her charge. "WTiat do you want, asking questions in this house? Be off with you—hasn't there been trouble enough? I don't trust your 3SS IHF D^MON PRINCES face, you are like all the rest. Out, never return' Scoundrel' The audacity, entering this house with your filthy questions . ." Gersen left the house as expeditiously as he was able. Emma started to accompany him to the door but her aunt, hobbling for- ward, shoved her aside. The door closed, the near-hysterical ranting became muffled. Gersen heaved a deep breath. A virago' He had been lucky to es- cape without scratches At a nearby cafe Gersen drank a flask of wine and watched the sun sink toward the sea ... An excellent possibility, of course, that the entire line oi investigation, beginning with the notice in the Avente newspaper, was a wild goose chase. To date, the only link between Viole Falushe and Vogel Filschner was the opinion ofKa- karsis Asm. Emma Tm?y apparently believed that she had seen Vogel F'llschncr m Ambeules, Viole Falushe might well enjoy the dangerous pleasure of returning to the scenes of his childhood. If so, why had he not revealed himself to his old acquaintances? Al- though it seemed that Vogel Filschner had made precious few friends or acquaintances in any event. Jheral Tmzy perhaps had made the wisest of decisions when she took herself away from Am- beules Vmie Falushe had a notoriously long memory. His one friend had been Roman Haemgsen, the chess champion. Some- where also there had been mention of a poet who had incited Vogel Filschner to excess .. . Gersen called for a directory, and searched for the name Haemgsen. There it was; the book almost fell open to the name Gersen copied the address and asked directions from a waiter It appeared that Roman Haemgsen lived scarcely five minutes' walk away. Finishing his wine, Gersen set off through the waning sunlight. The house of Roman Haemgsen was the most elegant of the houses he had visited this day a three-story structure of metal and meltstone panels, with electric windows to go transparent or opaque at a spoken word. Haemgsen was only ;ust arriving home when Gersen turned into the walk. A small brisk man with a large head and prim me- ticulous features, he peered sharply at Gersen and asked his busi- ness Candor in this case seemed more useful than indirection. Gersen said: "I am making inquiries in regard to your old classmate Vogel Filschner. I understand that you were almost his only friend " THE PALACE OF LOVE 389 "Hm," said Roman Haenigsen. He thought a moment. "Come, inside, if you will, and we will talk." He took Gersen into a study decorated with all manner of chess memorabilia, portraits, busts, collections of chessmen, photographs. "Do you play chess?" he asked Gersen. "I have played on occasion, though not often." "Like anything else, one must practice to keep in fighting trim. Chess is an old game." He went to a board, disarranged the chess- men with affectionate contempt. "Every variation has been ana- lyzed; there is a recorded game to illuminate the results of any reasonable move. If one had a sufficiently good memory, he would not need to think to win his games, he could merely play someone else's winning game. Luckily, no one owns such a memory but the robots. Still, you did not come here to talk of chess. Will you take a glass of liquor?" "Thank you." Gersen accepted a crystal goblet containing an inch of spirits. "Vogel Filschner! Strange to hear that name once more. Is his whereabouts known?" "This is what I am attempting to learn." Roman Haemgsen gave his head a wry shake. "You will learn nothing from me. I have neither seen him nor heard from him since 1494." "I had hardly expected that he would return in his old identity. But it's possible—" Gersen paused as Roman Haemgsen snapped his fingers. "Peculiar'" said Haenigsen. "Each Thursday night I play at the Chess Club. Perhaps a year ago I noticed a man standing under the clock. I thought, surely that's not Vogel Filschner^ He turned, I saw his face. It was a man somewhat like Vogel, but far different. A man of fine appearance and poise, a man who had nothing of Vogel's hangdog surliness. And yet—since you mention it—there was something to this man, perhaps his manner of holding his arms and hands, which reminded me of Vogel " "You haven't seen this man smce^" "Not once." "Did you speak to him?" "No. In my surprise I must have halted to stare, but then I hurried on past." ?90 '1 HE DEMON PRINCFS "Can you think of anyone Vogel might wish to see3 Did he have friend'i other than yourself^" Roman Haenigsen pursed his lips wryly. "I was hardly his friend We shared a laboratory table, I played him an occasional game of chess, which he often won. Had he applied himself he might have taken the championship But he cared only for mooning over girls and writing bad poetry in imitation of a certain Navarth." "Ah, Navarth. This is the poet whom Vogel Filschner sought to emulate " "Unfortunately In my opinion Navarth was a charlatan, a bom- bast, a man of the most dubious attitudes." "And what has become of Navarth^" "I believe he still is about, though hardly the man he was thirty years ago People have grown wise, studied decadence no longer shocks as it did when I was a lad Vogel naturally was entranced, and went through the most ludicrous antics in order to identify with his idol. Yes indeed. If anyone is to blame for the crimes of Vogel Filschner, it is the mad poet Navarth'" Drinking whisky by the peg, Singing songs of drunken glee, I thought to swallow half a keg But Tim R. Mortiss degurgled me. Not precisely comme il faut To practice frank polygamy; I might have practiced, even so, But Tim R Mortiss disturgled me. Chorus: Tim R. Mortiss, Tim R. Mortiss, He's a loving friend- He holds my hand while I'm asleep He guides me on my four-day creep, He's with me to the end. To woo a dainty Eskimo I vowed to swim the Bering Sea. No sooner had I wet a toe When Tim R. Mortiss occurgled me. A threat arcane, a fearful bane Within an old phylactery. I turned the rubbish down a dram, Now Tim R. Mortiss perturgles me Chorus (with a snapping of fingers and clicking of heels in mid-air) THE DKMON PRINCES 392 Tim R. Morriss, Tim R. Mortiss, He's a loving friend. He holds my hand while I'm asleep, He guides me on my four-day creep, He's with me to the end. —Navarth On the following day Gersen paid a second visit to the offices of the Helion. The dossier on Navarth was enthusiastic and ample, reporting scandals, improprieties, defiances and outrageous pro- nouncements across a period of forty years. The initial entry dealt with an opera, presented by students of the university, with a li- bretto by Navarth. The first performance was declared an infamy, and nine students were expelled from the university. Thereafter, Navarth's career soared and collapsed, resurged, re-collapsed, at last with finality. For the past ten years he had resided aboard a house- boat on the Gaas estuary near the Fitlingasse. Gersen tubed to Station Hedrick on Boulevard Castel Vivence and surfaced in the commercial and shipping district of Ambeules beside the Gaas estuary. The district roiled with the activity of agencies, warehouses, offices, wharves, buffets, restaurants, wine- shops, fruit hawkers, news kiosks, dispensaries. Barges nosed into docks to be unloaded by robots; drays rumbled along the boulevard; from below came the vibration of freight moving by tube. At a sweetshop Gersen inquired for the Fitlingasse and was directed east along the boulevard. Automatic open-sided passenger wagons served the boulevard, with patrons riding on benches facing the street. Gersen rode a mile, two miles, with the Gaas on the right hand. The bustle di- minished; the imposing blocks and masses of the commercial dis- trict gave way to ancient three- and four-story structures: queer narrow-windowed buildings of melt-stone or terra-cotta panels stained a hundred subtle colors by smoke and salt air. Occasionally the wagon passed vacant areas, where only weeds grow. Through these gaps could be seen the next street to the north, on a somewhat higher level than Boulevard Castel Vivence, with tall apartment buildings pressed tightly against each other. The Fitlingasse was a narrow gray alley striking off up the hill. Gersen alighted and almost at once observed a hulking two-storied THE PALACE OF LOVE 393 houseboat moored to a dilapidated dock. A wisp of smoke drifted up from the chimney. Someone was aboard. Gersen took stock of the surroundings. Hazy sunlight played on the estuary; on the far shore thousands of houses with brown tile roofs stood in ranks down to the water's edge. Elsewhere were unused wharves, rotting piles, a warehouse or two, a saloon with purple and green windows extending over the water. On the dock a girl of seventeen or eighteen sat tossing pebbles into the water. She gave Gersen a brief dispassionate stare, then looked away. Ger- sen turned back to consider the houseboat. If this were Navarth's residence, he enjoyed a very pleasant prospect—though the wan sunlight, the brown roofs of Dourrai, the rotting wharves, the lap- ping water, invested the scene with melancholy. Even the girl seemed somber beyond her years. She wore a short black skirt, a brown jacket. Her hair was dark and rumpled, whether from wind or neglect, it could not be known. Gersen approached and inquired, "Is Navarth aboard the houseboat?" She nodded without change of expression, and watched with the detachment of a naturalist as Gersen descended the ladder to the landing, then crossed an alarming gangplank to the foredeck of the houseboat. Gersen knocked at the door. There was no response. Gersen knocked again. The door was flung violently open; a sleepy un- shaven man peered forth. His age was indeterminate; he was thin, spindle-shanked, with a twisted beak of a nose, rumpled hair of no particular color, eyes which though perfectly set gave the impres- sion of looking in two directions at once. His manner was wild and truculent. "Is there no privacy left in the world? Off the boat, at once. Whenever I settle for a moment's rest, some sheep-faced functionary, some importunate peddler of tracts insists on pounding me out of my couch. Will you not depart? Have I not made myself clear? I warn you, I have a trick or two up my sleeve .. ." Gersen tried to speak to no avail. When Navarrh reached within he hastily retreated to the dock. "A moment of your time!" he called. "I am no functionary, no salesman. I am named Henry Lucas, and I wish—" Navarth shook his skinny fist. "Not now, not tomorrow^ not in the total scope of the future, nor at any time thereafter, do I wish to make your acquaintance. Be off with you! You have the face of a man that brings ill news; a gnashing blacktooth grin. These mat- THE DEMON PRINCES 394 ters are clear to me: you are fey! I want nothing of you. Go away." With a leer of evil triumph he swung the gangplank away from the landing, re-entered the houseboat. Gersen returned to the dock. The girl sat as before. Gersen looked back down at the houseboat. He asked in a wondering voice: "Is he always like that?" "He is Navarth," said the girl, as if this were all that need be said. Gersen went to the saloon, drank a pint of beer. The bartender was a quiet watchful man of great height with an imposing stomach, and either knew nothing about Navarth or did not choose to reveal what he knew. Gersen gleaned no information. He sat thinking. A half hour passed. Then going to the tele- phone directory, he looked in the classified section under Salvage. An advertisement caught his eye: JOBAN SALVAGE AND TOW TUGS—CRANE BARGE—DIVING EQUIPMENT No job too large or too small. Gersen telephoned and made his needs known. He was assured that on the morrow the equipment he required would be at his service. The following morning a heavy ocean-going tug drove up the estuary, turned, eased into the mooring next to Navarth's house- boat, with a bare three feet between. The mate bawled orders to the seamen; lines were flung up to the dock and dropped over bol- lards. The tug was moored. Navarth came out on deck, dancing with fury. "Must you moor so close? Take that great hulk away; do you intend to thrust me into the dock?" Leaning on the railing of the tug, Gersen looked down into Navarth's upturned face. "I believe I spoke a few words to you yesterday?" "I recall very well; I requested your departure, and here you are again, more inconveniently than before." "I wonder if you would give me the pleasure of a few minutes' conversation? Perhaps there might be profit in it for you." "Profit? Bah. I have poured more money out of my shoe than you have spent. I require only that you take your tug elsewhere." THE PALACE OF LOl^E 395 "Gertainly. We are here but for a few minutes." Navarth gave a pettish nod. At the far side of the tug the diver Gersen had hired was climbing back on board. Gersen turned to Navarth. "It's very important that I speak to you; if you would be so good as to—" "This importance exists from a single point of view. Be off with you and your mammoth tug!" "At once," said Gersen. He nodded to the diver, who touched a button. Under the houseboat sounded an explosion; the houseboat shuddered and began to list. Navarth ran back and forth in a frenzy. From the tug grapples were lowered and hooked to the houseboat's rub-rail. "Apparently there has been an explosion in your engine room," Gersen told Navarth. "How can this be? There has never been an explosion before. There is not even an engine. I am about to sink!" "Not so long as you are supported by the lines. But we are leaving in one minute and I must cast loose the grapples." "WTiat?" Navarth threw up his arms. "I will go to the bottom, together with the boat! Is this your desire?" "If you recall, you yourself ordered me to leave," said Gersen in a reasonable voice. "Hence—" he turned to the crewmen. "Throw off the grapples. We depart." "No, no!" bellowed Navarth. 'Til sink!" "If you invite me aboard your boat, if you talk to me and help me compose an article I'm writing, then that's a different matter," said Gersen. "I might be disposed to help you through this mis- fortune, even, perhaps, to the extent of repairing your hull." "WTly not?" stormed Navarth. "You are responsible for the explosion." "Careful, Navarth. That's at the very verge of slander! Remem- ber, there are witnesses." "Bah! What you have done is piracy and extortion. Writing an article, indeed. Well, then—why didn't you say so in the first place? I too am a writer! Come aboard; we will talk. I am always grateful for some small diversion; a man without friends is a tree without leaves." Gersen jumped down upon the houseboat; Navarth, now all amiability, arranged chairs where they caught the full play of the pallid sunlight. He brought forth a bottle of white wine. "Sit then; I HE DEMON PRINCES 396 make yourself at ease'" He opened the bottle, poured, then leaning back in his chair drank with pleasure His face was placid and guile- less, as if all the racial wisdom had passed through leaving no per- ceptible traces. Like Earth, Navarth was old, irresponsible and melancholy, full of a dangerous mirth. "You are a writer then? I may say you do not correspond to the usual image." Gersen produced his Cosmopoliv identification. "Mr. Henry Lu- cas," read Navarth "Special writer Why do you come to me? I am no longer heeded, my vogue is a memory Discredited, penurious. Where was my offense^ I sought to express truth in all its vehe- mence. This is a danger. A meaning must be uttered idly, without emphasis. The listener is under no compulsion to react, his custom- ary defenses are not m place, the meaning enters his mind I have much to say about the world, but every year the compulsion dwin- dles. Let them live and die, it is all one to me. WTiat is the scope of your article^" "Viole Falushe." Navarth blinked. "An interesting topic, but why come to me?" "Because you knew him as Vogel Filschner." "Hm Well, yes. This is a fact not generally known." With fingers suddenly limp Navarth poured more wine "What specifi- cally do you wish^" "Knowledge." "I suggest," said Navarth suddenly brisk, "that you seek the information at its source." Gersen nodded agreement. "Well enough, if I knew where to look. But what if he is off Beyond^ At his Palace of Love." "This is not the case; he is here on Earth." As soon as Navarth spoke he seemed to regret his ingenuousness and frowned in irri- tation. Gersen leaned back, his doubts and misgivings dissolved. Vogel Filschner and Viole Falushe were one; here was a man who knew him in both identities. Navarth had become uneasy and resentful. "A thousand topics more interesting than Viole Falushe " "How do you know he's on Earth3" Navarth made a sound of grand scorn. "How do I know any- thing^ 1 am Navarth'" He pointed to a wisp of smoke on the sky. "I see that, I know." He pointed to a dead fish, floating belly up- THE PAL4LF OF LOVE ward. "I see that, I know " He raised the bottle of wine, held it up against the sunlight. "I see that, I know " Gersen reflected a moment m silence. "I am in no position to criticize your epistemology," he said at last "In the first place, I don't understand it Have you no more explicit knowledge of Viole Falushe3" Navarth attempted to lay his finger slyly alongside his nose, but miscalculating, prodded his eye. "There is a time for bravado and another for caution I still do not know the point of your article." "It is to be a judicious document, without exaggeration or apol- ogy. I intend that the facts will speak for themselves." Navarth pursed his lips "A dangerous undertaking. Viole Fa- lushe is the most sensitive of men. Do you recall the princess who detected a pea under forty mattresses3 Viole Falushe can smell out a slur in a blind infant's morning invocation to Kalzibah . . On the other hand, the world revolves, the carpet of knowledge unrolls. Viole Falushe has given me no cause for gratitude." "Your appraisal of his character then is negative?" asked Gersen cautiously. Navarth could control himself no longer. He drank wine with a grandiose gesture. "Negative indeed. Were I to give all orders, what a retribution I could create'" He slumped back in his chair, pointed a skinny finger toward the horizon, spoke in a hushed mon- otone. "A pyre tall as a mountain, and Viole Falushe at the top. Platforms surrounding for ten thousand musicians. With a single glance I strike the fire The musicians play while their whisky boils and their instruments melt Viole Falushe sings soprano .. ." He poured more wine. "A wistful vision. It can never be I would be content seeing Viole Falushe drowned or dismembered by lions—" "You evidently are well acquainted." Navarth nodded, his gaze fixed on the past "Vogel Filschner read my poetry An imaginative youth, but disoriented How he changed, how he expanded. To his imagination he added control, he is now a great artist." "Artist3 What manner of artist5" Navarth dismissed the question as irrelevant. "Never could he have arrived at his present stature without art, without style and proportion. Do not be deceived' Like myself he is a simple man, with the clearest of goals Now you—you are the most complicated THE. DEMON PRINCES 398 and opaque of men. I see a corner of your mind, then a black film shifts. Are you an Earthman? But tell me nothing." Navarth waved his hands as if to intercept any answer Gersen might feel called upon to make. "There is too much knowledge already in the world; we use facts as crutches, to the impoverishment of our senses. Facts are falsehoods; logic is deceit. I know a single system of commu- nication: the declaiming of poetry." "Viole Falushe is also a poet?" "He has no great art with words," grumbled Navarth, unwilling to relinquish control of the conversation. "When Viole Falushe visits Earth, where does he stay? Here with you?" Navarth stared at Gersen unbelievingly. "This is a sorry thought." "Where then does he stay?" "Here, there, everywhere. He is as elusive as air." "How do you seek him out?" "That I never do. He occasionally visits me." "And he has done so recently?" "Yes, yes, yes. Have I not implied as much? Why are you so interested in Viole Falushe?" "To answer this would be to inflict a fact upon you," said Ger- sen with a grin. "But it's no secret. I represent Cosmopolis magazine and I wish to write an article on his life and activities." "Hmmf. A popinjay for vanity is Viole Falushe. But why not put your questions to him directly?" "I would like to do so. First I must make his acquaintance." "Nothing is easier," declared Navarth, "provided you pay the fees." "W^hy not? I am on a liberal expense account." Navarth jumped to his feet, suddenly full of enthusiasm. "We will need a beautiful girl, young, unsullied. She must project a par- ticular quality of scintillance, a susceptibility, a fervor, an urgency." He looked vaguely here and there, as if in search of something he had lost. Up on the dock he spied the girl whom Gersen had seen the day before. Navarth put fingers to his mouth, produced a shrill whistle, signaled the girl to approach. "She'll do very well." "Is this an unsullied young scintillant?" asked Gersen. "She seems more of a guttersnipe." "Ha ha," cawed Navarth. "You will see! I am weak and ca- THE PALACE OF LOVE 399 chectic, but I am Navarth; old as I am, women bloom under my touch. You will see." The girl came aboard the houseboat, and listened to Navarth's program without comment. "We go forth to dine. Expense means nothing, we shall exalt ourselves with the finest. Prepare yourself then with silks, with jewels, with your most precious unguents. This is a wealthy gentleman, the finest of fellows. WTiat is your name once more?" "Henry Lucas." "Henry Lucas. He is impatient to proceed. Go then, prepare yourself." The girl shrugged. "I am prepared," "You are the best judge of this," declared Navarth. "Inside then, while I consult my wardrobe." He glanced at the sky. "A yellow day, a yellow night. I will wear yellow." He led the way into his saloon, which was furnished with a wooden table, two chairs of carved oak, shelves stuffed with books and oddments, a vase containing several stalks of pampas grass. Na- varth reached into a cabinet for a second flagon of wine, which he opened and banged upon the table, along with glasses. "Drink." With this he disappeared into the next room. Gersen and the girl were left alone. He examined her covertly. She wore the black skirt of yesterday, with a black short-sleeved blouse, sandals, no jewelry or skin tone, which on Earth was not currently fashionable. The girl had good features, though her hair was a tangle. She was either extremely poised or vastly indifferent. On impulse Gersen took a comb from Navarth's washstand and going to the girl, combed her hair. After a single startled glance she stood, quiet and passive. Gersen wondered what went on in her mind. Was she as mad as Navarth? "There," he said at last. "You look somewhat less of a raga- muffin." Navarth returned, wearing a maroon jacket, several sizes too large, a pair of yellow shoes. "You have not tasted the wine." He filled three glasses brimming. "A merry evening in prospect. Here, the three of us; three islands in the sea, on each island a castaway soul. We go forth together, and what shall we find?" Gersen tasted the wine: a fine heady muscatel; he drank. Na- varth poured the wine down his throat as if he were emptying a bucket into the estuary. The girl drank, without a tremor, without 400 THE DEMON PRINCES any display of emotion. A strange girl, thought Gersen. Somewhere behind the grave face was flamboyance. What stimulus could bring it forth? What would cause her to laugh? "Are we ready then?" Navarth looked inquiringly from the girl to Gersen, then threw open the door and ushered them graciously forth. "In search ofViole Falushe!" From "Viole Falushe," Chapter III of The Demon Princes, by Carl Carphen (Elucidarian Press, New Wexford, Aloy- sius, Vega). Each of the Demon Princes must cope with the prob- lem of notoriety. Each is sufficiently vain and flamboy- ant (Attel Malagate is the exception) to wish to flourish his personality, to impress his style upon as many lives as possible. Practical considerations, however, make an- onymity and facelessness important, especially as each of the Demon Princes relishes his visits to the worlds of Oikumene. Viole Falushe is no exception. Like Mal- agate, Kokor Hekkus, Lens Larque and Howard Alan Treesong, he Jealously guards his identity, and not even guests at his Palace of Love have seen his face. In some respects Viole Falushe is the most human of the Demon Princes: which is to say his vices are on a scale of human understanding. The unimaginable cru- elty, reptilian callousness, megalomania, weird mischief exemplified respectively by Kokor Hekkus, Malagate, Lens Larque and Howard Alan Treesong are totally absent. The evil in Viole Falushe can be characterized as arachnid vindictiveness, infantile sensitivity, mon- strous self-indulgence. His vices aside, there is an oddly appealing aspect to Viole Falushe, a warmth, an idealism: so much is conceded by the most uncompromising moralists. Lis- THE DKMON PRINCFS ten to Viole Falushe himself, as he addresses the stu- dents of Cervantes University (by recording, naturallv): "I am an unhappy man. I am haunted by my in- ability to express the inexpressible, to come to terms with the unknown. The pursuit of beauty is, of course, a major psychological drive. In its various guises— which is to say, the urge to perfection, the yearning to merge with the eternal, the explorer's restlessness, the realization of an Absolute created by ourselves, yet larger than our totality—it is perhaps the most single important human thrust. "I am tormented by this thrust; I strive, I build; yet, paradoxically, I suffer from the conviction that should I ever achieve my peculiar goals, I might find the results dissatisfying. In this case, the contest is worth more than the victory. I will not describe my own struggle, my griefs, my dark midnights, my heartbreaks. You might find them incomprehensible, or worse, ludicrous.